Supercharging Business Success: Recent Episodes
Bill Prater: America's Business Alchemist
*Show Notes:*
Agatha Wright is the founder of Fluxus Haus Inc., an organization that focuses on impactful collaborations to break down barriers and support historically marginalized communities and individuals. Agatha’s background in art and her commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion have shaped the core values of Fluxus Haus Inc.. The organization works with a diverse and robust artist roster, collaborating partners, and both emerging and established nonprofit organizations. They strive to serve historically divested communities, recognizing the importance of addressing inequities and focusing on those who have been historically overlooked. Fluxus Haus Inc. helps clients overcome barriers to grant funding by providing personalized support, demystifying the grant application process, and emphasizing the importance of documentation and compliance.
Agatha shares some common problems faced by organizations and artists seeking grant funding. One major barrier is the lack of access to resources and knowledge required to submit compelling grant applications. Many applicants struggle with technical aspects such as internet access, administrative capabilities, and support documentation. Another challenge is understanding the different platforms and requirements in the grant world. Agatha highlights the importance of building relationships, conducting research, and demystifying the application process. She also emphasizes the need for representation, comprehensive team building, and ongoing assessments to ensure program effectiveness. Agatha’s personalized approach, industry knowledge, and dedication to staying current with trends and opportunities set her apart from competitors in the grant writing field.
*Company site:*
fluxushaus.org
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:In this episode of “Supercharging Business Success”, host Bill Prater interviews Emmanuel Rose, a marketing expert and founder of Strategic e-Marketing, about authentic marketing to Generation Z. Emmanuel shares his experience in helping manufacturing companies achieve business success by bringing them up to speed with modern marketing strategies. He identifies the common problem of these companies having a book of business but not fully allocating marketing dollars, resulting in a gap in their marketing efforts. Emmanuel also highlights the mistakes that companies make when trying to solve this problem internally. He suggests making the CEO the primary influencer to create a week’s worth of content to push out to various platforms.
Related Links and Resources:
Emanuel’s Gift to you:
Champions 90 Challenge:
Use coupon code “Prater” for free workbook (just pay shipping).
In the AUTHENTICITY workbook, I review the demographics of Generation Z, explore successful marketing campaigns that were explicitly directed at Generation Z, and dive into developing a market.
Summary:
Emanuel Rose was born and raised on the West Coast of the United States. He has spent over three decades earning a reputation in cutting-edge marketing. A renowned expert in the field, Emanuel specializes in branding, advertising, and day-to-day operations at his digital agency, Strategic eMarketing. His passion lies in helping companies achieve business success from the bottom to the top. Emanuel’s unique approach to marketing strategies has resulted in countless clients reaching their goals.
Emanuel Rose is an accomplished author and marketing expert. He is the author of several books including the Authenticity series which include:In “Authenticity-Marketing to Generation Z”, Emanuel dives into the demographics of Generation Z and explores successful marketing campaigns that hit the bullseye with this generation. He guides readers through the process of developing a fully-fledged marketing plan and web presence that will make them a pro at reaching both Business to Business (B2B) and Business to Consumer (B2C) campaigns. With his extensive experience in marketing, Emanuel offers practical insights and actionable strategies for businesses to achieve marketing success in the digital age.”The Social Media Edge” is a guide for executives to leverage the social CEO, employee advocacy and social media to boost their brand image. The book covers topics such as understanding the role of employee advocacy, the social CEO phenomenon, building a social media advocacy program for employees, creating content, best practices, measuring success, and success stories. It also provides insights on developing effective content strategies, using paid social ads, internal communications, creating a social media policy, analyzing and optimizing performance, and using video to enhance employee advocacy.“Authentic Marketing in the Age of AI” is a guide for marketers looking to create effective marketing strategies in the era of AI. The book covers topics such as understanding authentic marketing, the impact of AI on marketing, building authentic marketing strategies, engaging customers authentically, measuring the effectiveness of marketing efforts, overcoming challenges, and leveraging AI tools. It provides practical insights and strategies for marketers to stay ahead of the curve and achieve marketing success in the age of AI.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:In this episode of “Supercharging Business Success,” host Bill Prater interviews hiring expert Steven Goldberg about how to take the guesswork out of hiring in just seven minutes. Goldberg discusses his experience in assisting companies in hiring the right person for the job and the common mistakes that companies make in the hiring process. He also provides valuable tips and advice on how to hire the right fit for the job and offers a free gift to listeners. Goldberg emphasizes the importance of having the right person in the job to deliver quality and quantity of products and services expected by customers.
Related Links and Resources:
Stephen’s Gift to you:
A free test run of the PXT Select psychometric assessment tool http://www.optimusperformance.ca/PXT_Select/#intro
Summary:
For more than 25 years, Stephen Goldberg has been assisting companies in hiring the best person for the job by taking the guesswork out of hiring. Utilizing the PXT Select assessment tool, he provides the data to select the best person for the job, not just the most skilled. Having the right person in the job enables the organization to deliver both the quantity and quality of products and services expected by customers. Stephen grew up working in a successful family business and went from weekend order picker to director of sales. Along the way he discovered his love of learning and his interest in people and business. This led him to transition into the work he does today, working directly with business owners of companies from 10-200 employees.
Learn more here:
http://www.optimusperformance.ca
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* Oh crap, I really gotta become a business owner. * Most new entrepreneurs don’t know how to totally shift from an employee mindset to a business owner mindset. It’s a massive leap. * Personal branding are the stories that people tell about you when you’re not in the room. So you need to be putting out social content, pick one platform and go all in on the freaking platform.
Related Links and Resources:
Donnie’s Gift to you:
Champions 90 Challenge:
Building a business is hard and the mental beat-down is real. You walked away from a career no longer able to be confined by a corporate structure.
The stress of finding clients, delivering what you sell, and keeping your head in the game is crazy hard.
You work long hours always thinking about the business and then feel guilty when you should be spending time with the family. You can’t stop thinking about the bills and the people who are counting on you.
Get yours here: https://successchampionnetworking.com/champions-90/
Summary:
Donnie Boivin is is a five-time Best Selling Author and an entrepreneur and serves as CEO and Founder of Success Champions and Success Champion Networking. Donnie is considered one of the leading global minds on sales, business development, and business growth. Donnie is a community builder at heart — he builds champions.
Today he helps small business owners leverage sales and business development to grow and then scale their business through Success Champion Networking, Badass Business Summit, Champions Table Masterminds, and the Champions 90 Challenge.
Learn more here:
https://successchampionnetworking.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* Why most fall prey to the next shiny penny and why it is the biggest mistake you can make when trying to build your brand. * they’ve got to look at their point of differentiation. What is it that sets them apart from everybody else doing the exact same thing that they’re doing to the exact same people they’re doing it to? * You can have a great photo shoot, nice slick logo, perfect tagline, right? But a brand is not just those three things. We look at 77 different criteria, and those are designed to produce a purposeful. and profitable per personal brand, and that’s really what sets us apart from everybody else.
Related Links and Resources:
Tonya and Michael’s Gift to you:
The Ultimate Guide to a Profitable Personal Brand, and you can go to https://www.brandfaceforexperts.com/guide to grab that beautiful book.
Summary:
Tonya Eberhart and Michael Carr are international bestselling authors, hosts of the Be Bold Branding Podcast, and partners in BrandFace®, the most comprehensive personal brand-building system across the globe. They have helped and inspired thousands of Coaches, Creators and Experts to define, develop, and display a profitable personal brand so they can “change how they’re seen and charge what they’re worth”. Their mantra is “People don’t do business with a logo. They do business with a person.”
Learn more here:
https://brandfacestar.com/discussyourbrandindustry
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* Big Mistake: Too much planning before starting up. You need to start and course correct later. * You need to kind of figure out these goals in advance so then you can go back after three months, six months, or whatever time period, and be able to see if it’s working or not. * Subscribe to five different shows and for the next 30 days, listen to those shows. Write down what you like about ’em. Write down what you don’t like about it, and you’re going to get a really good feel for podcasting.
Related Links and Resources:
Sunny’s Gift to you:
Short PDF outlining the benefits of doing a podcast for your business.
Get yours here: https://independentpodcast.network/training/5-ways-podcasts-can-grow-your-business/
Summary:
Sunny Gault is passionate about helping professionals achieve their podcasting goals. In 2005, she started her first podcast in her backyard. Her show was discovered by a popular video-sharing site which earned her a job and launched her podcasting career. Since then, Sunny has been involved in every aspect of podcasting- from concept and creation to launching her own podcast networks. Sunny is currently the Founder and CEO of Independent Podcast Network which provides independent podcasters with expert tools and resources to stay competitive.
Sunny also explains how to master the 5 Ps of Podcasting with her free online podcast courses! Her most recent podcast, Podcast Your Business, teaches entrepreneurs how to have a successful podcast that benefits their business. Prior to podcasting, Sunny was an award-winning broadcast journalist, having worked at television and radio stations across the country. Sunny lives in San Diego, California with her husband and their four children.
Learn more here:
https://independentpodcast.network
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* Entrepreneurs, for the most part are, are struggling, suffering, making sacrifices, and typically are stressed out, burnt out, and essentially have no time for anything. * Entrepreneurs are going so fast that they’re actually missing out on the joy of actually having their business—their original objective. * The solution is to schedule quiet time, at least 15 minutes each day, and make a commitment to actually do it.
Related Links and Resources:
Ken’s Gift to you:
Free Masterclass Training…“3 Secrets preventing you from adapting and pivoting right now!”
Get your’s here: https://adaptandpivotnow.com/
Summary:
Ken Attard is the founder of Mindset Malta. After successfully working with various clients over the span of 15 years, Ken now specializes as a Mindset Consultant specifically helping Frustrated Entrepreneurs to Adapt and Pivot using his proprietary Arc Method allowing them to have more free time, guaranteed.Helping you shift your Mindset to create the results that you desire is without a doubt one of his biggest passions in life. Ken brings to the stage his personal experiences not only as a Mindset Consultant, but also as an Entrepreneur, Father and human being like the rest of this planet. He has a firm belief that life is not meant to be difficult or a continuous struggle, but is meant to be fun and flowing, full of new experiences that are fruitful, abundant and inspiring. His fun and easy-going manner comes through in the way he conveys his message which allows you to feel at ease, be empowered and ultimately get the results you want.
Learn more here:
https://adaptandpivotnow.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* Big Mistake: Only looking inside of your industry. * Think about whatever your ideal day looks like, script it and make sure you include one to two hours of inspiration time. * First, admit what your weaknesses are and then shed everything that comes into your day in that category.
Related Links and Resources:
Jeff’s Gift to you:
3-Part Master Class on Main Street Success in an Amazon World – https://thebigticketlife.com/mainstreet
Summary:
Jeff does business in your bedroom. He co-owns Gardner’s Mattress & More, the region’s premier better sleep store. He is fanatical about the 5-star experience and has gathered thousands of 5-star reviews. His book Sleep Better has helped thousands of people wake up happy too.
As a driven entrepreneur he has licensed both his own custom software and educational marketing materials to others in his industry and in other industries.
Jeff’s marketing skills and knowledge are regularly featured and acknowledged online, in books, and in magazines.
He is best suited working with clients in a fractional visionary role with high performing integrators who realize they can hit new levels but just need an ally and visionary to support their efforts.
Learn more here:
https://thebigticketlife.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* Growing businesses are typically duct taped and bubble gummed and rubber banded together with a bunch of different softwares. * Most common is the business is successful from a revenue perspective, but from a profit perspective, it’s not. * If you can track just, just high level metrics across these five areas, you’re gonna be leaps and bounds above most of your competition.
Related Links and Resources:
Jerry’s Gift to you:
CEO Dashboard
visionaryvitals.com
Summary:
From being left at a yard sale as a 12 week old baby to losing $160k of his own money in a failed company, Kyle knows what failure feels like, tastes like, and smells like. But he did not let his circumstances determine his attitude in life. From the lessons learned, Kyle Livingston has since built three 7 figure brick and mortar companies and helped turn nine companies in the red to be wildly profitable. Now as a Business Consultant and Coach his goal is to help others turn Chaos into Profit.
Learn more here:
https://www.7figureindustry.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* One of the ways in which that you can level up your skills is to borrow those experiences from people who have been there and done that * It all has to get done, but you don’t have to do all the doing. Your job is to resource the doing. * Stay curious!
Related Links and Resources:
Jerry’s Gift to you:
2023 Strategic Planning – Seed Questions
https://l.provenchaos.com/2023-questions
Summary:
For twenty-five years, Jerry’s fearlessly positive approach to business led to massive success. He’s led five companies in five different industries in B2B and B2C and in both products and services. His companies have been recognized as Franchise 500 (2x), Inc Fastest Growing (2x), Business Journal Fast 50 (3x), and Trend Magazine Best Places to Work. Individually, he has been selected as Business Journal’s Ultimate CEO and Business Journal’s 40 under 40. Jerry runs Proven Chaos – a company driven to help CEOs create compelling companies that outperform… and still make it home for dinner. Jerry’s mission: positively impact 5MM people in 5 years through better business.
Jerry is an award-winning CEO who advises high-growth leadership teams.
Jerry is passionate about using leadership as a force for good. He is on a mission to positively impact 5MM people in the next 5 years through better business.
Learn more here:
https://provenchaos.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* If we could actually learn how to manage our stress levels, And actually harness the power that stress is not necessarily a bad thing. * Notice how your body speaks to you mentally, emotionally, and physically. All three components are speaking. Are you listening? * Anytime you feel mentally, emotionally, or physically a sense of overwhelm use Nancy’s STOP tool.
Related Links and Resources:
Nancy’s Gift to you:
Her famous Mindful Pause Meditation MP3.
Get your very own copy by simply asking for it yourself:
nancy@awakenwithlight.com
Summary:
For 35 years, Nancy has helped Business Owners and Corporations peak perform and create exponential success. Whether setting up safety programs in the transportation industry or creating multi-million-dollar independent insurance agencies, one of which was her own, Nancy has been assisting business professionals and organizations in creating seven-figure success. Most recently, for the last 15 plus years, Nancy found her true passion and purpose in coaching company leaders and employees to manage high levels of stress and navigate the unprecedented challenges facing today’s organizations.
She uniquely blends her entrepreneurial business knowledge with her training in mindset skills such as Mindful Based Stress Reduction (MBSR) and Naropa University’s Mindful Leadership Training. Nancy teaches business professionals to be creative, innovative, and resilient during challenges to create a life of design, not one of default. Furthermore, she assists organizations in increasing morale, profitability and reducing workman’s comp claims and absenteeism by implementing programs that support employee engagement by improving mental and emotional mindset.
Learn more here:
https://awakenwithlight.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* What, what am I gonna do about the people that are relying on me to help them make their own livelihood? * You have to be really clear about your ideal client. * You have to know what you believe in, so then you can design and execute your plan.
Related Links and Resources:
Pat’s Gift to you:
Free Planning Guide: Take Less Than 30 Minutes to Plan Your Company’s MarketingFor 90 Days or More.
Get your very own copy here:
https://afpmarketing.com/create-plan-sign-up/
Summary:
Pat Altvater is the owner of AFP Marketing and the publisher of Soar to Success Magazine.
She’s an accomplished entrepreneur that left corporate America over 20 years ago and hasn’t looked back
Her first foray into business ownership started when she became a franchisee. She and a partner owned 10 locations of the fitness franchise, Curves for Women from 2002 until 2009. It ended badly; however, it was a great learning experience.
In 2010, she started AFP Marketing on a shoestring and has built it up into a full-service marketing agency. As a Marketing Strategist she works with successful business owners and professionals to create and implement a business acceleration roadmap that positions them to achieve the sales growth they desire.
She is a member of NAWBO, the National Association of Women Business Owners, and over the past nine years have served on the Board of the Cleveland Chapter as Director of Marketing, Director of Programming, President and Past President.
Learn more here:
https://afpmarketing.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* In order to scale impact, in order to grow authority, you have to start to make yourself more and more obsolete * There is a relationship that she calls the “slave relationship” to your business where you are the slave. * Without the appropriate mindset to make sure that you actually know that you are about to do something that changes the way you do things, nothing can happen.
Related Links and Resources:
Beatte’s Gift to you:
Her proprietary “Growth Blocker Quiz” where you will discover what is holding you back and what to do about it.
Get your very own here:
www.growthblockerquiz.com
Summary:
Beate’s entrepreneurial journey is a crazy transition from being a broke single mom and immigrant who was $135,000 in debt, to cracking the code and then selling her business to Bill Gates for millions.
She helps consultants, coaches, and service providers who want to grow their authority so that they can scale their impact. I help them to design the framework, strategy, and the system to streamline operations and workflows.
She is passionate about building structure for overwhelmed and frustrated business owners who can’t squeeze any more time out of their busy days.
In so many words – she doesn’t sell the dream, she provides the strategy.
Learn more here:
https://beatechelette.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* They either realize that no-show is costing them a lot of time and money, or it’s just annoying. * You must figure out at what point is closest to your appointment time that will give you enough time to fill an opening. * Everyone has a limited amount of time, meaning a no-show costs you twice—no revenue AND no time to replace it.
Related Links and Resources:
Jonathan’s Gift to you:
Our free guide will teach you the 5 critical strategies to make no-shows a thing of the past.
Get your very own here:
https://www.goreminders.com/appointment-show-up-maximizer
Summary:
Jonathan is on a mission to decimate no-show appointments. After running an appointment-based business for a decade, he co-founded GoReminders, which increases business revenue and cuts wasted staff time with automated appointment reminders & online booking. At GoReminders, Jonathan heads up Growth & Marketing and loves helping small businesses with automation and communication.
Learn more here:
https://www.goreminders.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* Aligning with people that have those similar beliefs and approaches really makes the world a much better place for all of us. * If you haven’t taken some time to make sure your podcast aligns with what you are doing with your objectives, if it doesn’t make sense for you to be there, you’re wasting everyone’s time, including yourself. * Be a podcast guest because you’re getting to talk about your passion. You get to talk about the things you love with someone else who loves it too.
Related Links and Resources:
Jason’s Gift to you:
Access to a masterclass called
“5 Things People Fail to Do Before Becoming a Podcast Guest,”
Get inside here:
jasoncercone.com/sbspodcast
Summary:
Jason Cercone helps value-driven coaches and consultants establish authority status and become thought leaders in their niche by effectively leveraging podcast guest appearances. He is also The Voice of Evolution of Brand, a podcast featuring authentic entrepreneurs and professionals sharing brand-building strategies to help you succeed in your professional pursuits, as well as a contributing author to the best-selling book, PodMatch Guest Mastery.
Learn more here:
https://jasoncercone.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* The problem becomes you end up being time capped and income capped. * If you’re anything like the people that I work with, you don’t test your idea before you finish it. * Look at your existing systems and see where they could, where you could teach somebody else—convert that to a product.
Related Links and Resources:
Kathleens’s Gift to you:
A special collection of $100,000 Case Studies
Get yours here:
https://thewellpaidexpert.com/100kcasestudy
Summary:
Kathleen is a desert-dwelling yogi who helps agency owners and service providers uncover a $100,000 revenue stream without having to create anything new. Every business owner who has been working for at least a few years has $100,000 just sitting in their digital files, collecting digital dust. She works with them to uncover those income streams, leverage their expertise, and package it properly.
Learn more here:
https://thewellpaidexpert.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:* The surface level problem is being able to communicate effectively who they are and who they serve. * Number one, understand who your I ideal client is. Number two, how do you serve them? * You need to develop a clear and concise 30 second message that diferentiates you from everyone else.
Related Links and Resources:
Laura’s Gift to you:
A special report on “Brand Messages That Convert”
Get yours here:
https://courses.30secondsuccess.com/
Summary:
Global Speaker, Best-selling Author of 30 Second Success: ditch the pitch and start connecting!, and Communications Consultant.
Know as the Chief Instigator at 30 Second Success, she works with inspiring business owners and professionals who understand the power of connecting and want to make the most of their networking with an impactful message that leads to deeper conversations and more opportunities.
Laura inspires audiences around the world to dig deep and find the words that define who they are and how they serve others. Helping business owners and professionals “ditch the pitch and start connecting” is her passion and her mission.
Learn more here: https://30secondsuccess.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:If you say to me, I'm a "health coach" or similar, you literally just commoditized what you do. All things considered people are going to make their decisions based on price.When you emulate what other people are doing, you're only ever gonna be the second best version of that person.You need to stand out. So, ask 20 to 30 people "when you hear my name, what do you think about?"Related Links and Resources:Patty's Gift to you:Discover your “Positioning to Profit” Potential with this quiz and supporting reportGet yours here:http://positioningquiz.comSummary:Patty Dominguez is the founder of Positioning to Profit. She helps service-based women entrepreneurs establish their Category of One status making their competition irrelevant. She also hosts a thriving community of female entrepreneurs over in Prolific Cafe. She and the Mavens, as they are affectionately known, focus on creating a collaborative network to help build each other’s businesses. Learn more here: https://www.positioningtoprofit.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:They know that they have a lot of expertise, years and years of expertise often, but they feel like they don't have the experience because maybe they're a new consultant or a new coach.Nobody really cares about you. They care what you can do for them.Look into your existing network. Reach out to five people this week. Just reconnect with five people that you maybe worked with in the past.Related Links and Resources:Karen's Gift to you:Free Masterclass: You'll get some tips as to how to kind of shift the way you look at LinkedIn, stop thinking about it as a resume, start thinking about it as the first impression people get when they Google you.URL:KarenYankovich.com/masterclassSummary:Karen Yankovich is the CEO of Uplevel Media, LLC. Having “been there and done that” in the arena of losing (and then re-finding) a focused approach to business and life, Karen now offers coaching and consulting for entrepreneurs. Her unique specialty blends her “get it done” attitude with a passion for soulful living in her personal services and online workshops.Host of the Good Girls Get Rich Podcast and LinkedIn Evangelist, Karen guides entrepreneurs to creating wealth by combining smart business practices with simple proven systems that develop and maintain strong customer relationships. She offers results-oriented and expert LinkedIn Marketing strategies that position her clients to bring in instant results. Karen’s background includes over twenty years in the fields of information technology, marketing, and customer relationships, making social media her ideal niche.Learn more here: KarenYankovich.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:With the right approach, small and medium sized businesses can make use of the same sort of intellectual rigor that makes big businesses super strong brands.Lots of companies don't really go about their branding in a very thoughtful wayYour brand needs to communicate the three R's, which is being recognized, being remembered, and being revered.Related Links and Resources:Phillip's Gift to you:9 Brand Design Elements You Absolutely Positively NeedURL:https://philipvandusen.com/freebieSummary:Philip VanDusen, is a creative entrepreneur and owner of Verhaal Brand Design a branding agency based in New Jersey, USA. As a thought leader, Philip shares his expertise in marketing, design and entrepreneurship on YouTube to his 255k subscribers, in his Brand•Muse newsletter, on the Brand Design Masters podcast and in his Brand Design Masters Facebook community.In his career, Philip has lead creative teams on both the client-side and agency-sides of the street— serving as VP of Design for PepsiCo and Old Navy and Executive Creative Director at the iconic branding firm Landor Associates. Past clients include a host of the Fortune 100.Learn more here: https://johnnybeirne.com/.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Over 60% of people don't stay to the end of a of a webinar.If you're sharing your slides the traditional way it typically means, Death by Powerpoint.If a picture is a thousand words, then a video must be worth tens of thousands. Use B-roll video clips in your next presentation.Related Links and Resources:Johnny's Gift to you:A guide called Presentation Transformation, and it'll walk you through the hardware, the software, the setup in about 10 to 12 pages.Get it right here: https://johnnybeirne.com/. A popup window will appear for you.Summary:Johnny Beirne helps world-class experts to stand out on screen so that they deliver with maximum engagement with minimum effort and can 3x their webinar conversion.Learn more here: https://johnnybeirne.com/.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:You have to transition from the expert to a manager, and then ultimately transition to an entrepreneurial business owner.Think about what can you do to eliminate yourself from this business.Most of the time we are the chokehold of the business because we can not let go.Related Links and Resources:Sabastian's Gift to you:Valuable Free Resource (VFR):https://growwith.sebastianschieke.com/360-degree-leadership-assessment/Summary:Sebastian Schieke is an Entrepreneur, CEO Mentor+Coach, Business Angel, and Investor. He founded, ran, and grew multiple 7-figure companies. He invests in Startups, mentor and coach CEOs, and help them to move their teams forward. He has also gone through challenging times. He knows what it takes and how to get there, taught by business and life and not only through seminars and books.Learn more here: https://www.sebastianschieke.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:The problem is that individuals are doing things in their life, but they're not feeling fulfilled in a business aspect.How people stand in their own way and are not able to think outside the box.Ask yourself what is really driving you and if your prospects want that.Related Links and Resources:Catherine's Gifts to you:FREE guides: Personal Growth: https://www.catherinemccourt.com/free-tips-to-prosperBusiness Coaching & Consulting: https://www.catherinemccourt.com/create-page Summary:Catherine is the Founder of Fearless Future Inc., a Transformational Life & Business Coach and hosts the Podcast: Fearless Future w/Catherine McCourt.Her programs empower individuals, entrepreneurs, and businesses to think differently, discover and lead with purpose to prosper. Through her own soul journey and a successful 20-year career in business, Catherine has honed her skills in helping her clients succeed on a path for change and set the foundation to thrive. Learn more here: https://www.catherinemccourt.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:It's really about focusing on the client and going through their process to find what they're really looking for and how they really wanna grow.You need to do is understand who you wanna reach, what industries you wanna reach, the size of the industry you wanna reach.The podcasting world's kind of still the Wild West, so I always recommend people should do a little homework first.Related Links and Resources:Lisa's Gift to you:A collection of podcast ad reads to give you an idea about what you can do.https://twit.tv/advertiseSummary:Lisa Laporte has worked a number of executive positions in a range of organizations with a focus on startups for over thirty years. She has developed skills in growing companies, building successful and diverse teams, and establishing strong and profitable partnerships through company growth and income production during the course of her career.Laporte started her own consulting firm in her 30s, handling a variety of C-level jobs for them. She eventually decided that she wanted to pursue a different professional path, which led her to TWiT.tv, a Podcast Network that features the #1 ranked technology podcast This Week in Tech, along with other top-ranked online shows.Learn more here: https: //twit.tv/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:You started this company to make an impact, but you're starting to feel a little bit like your passion is turned into a prison.Take a two hour walk and just think about your business strategy.Your passion made you start your business, but it will not be the tool to scale it to size.Related Links and Resources:Jaxon's Gift to you:A membership in his upcoming "The Goal Setting Process Of Dynasties".https://www.spearandclover.comSummary:Jason Skeesick is a US Army veteran, coach, and an entrepreneurial evangelist. He is a father, husband, fighter, and carrier of heavy things.His company Spear and Clover helps businesses with good leaders, talented teams, and strong playbooks go from perennial contenders to championship dynasties.You can find Jason hosting the weekly Spear and Clover Podcast available on Youtube and across all audio platforms.Learn more here: https://www.spearandclover.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:The average person re receives over 4,000 notifications on their phone every single month, over 134 emails a day.So when somebody receives a handwritten note, it's like a surprise, it's a delight.A simple 5% improvement on your retention rate can increase your year over year revenue by 25 to 95%.Related Links and Resources:Rick's Gift to you:Actually, he is giving two of them.First, you get to send out your first handwritten note to anyone for free.Second, he will get, via mail, a beautiful same pack with many examples to help you decide what you would like to send.You can get these right here:https://simplynoted.com/pages/businessSummary:Rick Elmore is an entrepreneur, sales and marketing expert. As the Founder and CEO of Simply Noted, Rick developed a proprietary technology that puts real pen and ink to paper to scale handwritten communication, helping businesses of all industries scale this unique marketing platform to stand out from their competition and build meaningful relationships with clients, customers, and employees.Founded in 2018 and based in Tempe, Arizona, Simply Noted has grown into a thriving company with clients of various sizes across the country including in hospitality, real estate, insurance, nonprofit, franchise, B2B, and others. Rick has served as the company’s CEO since its founding, for more than three years, and has over a decade of sales and marketing industry experience.“I help businesses of all industries to stand out from their competition & build meaningful relationships by using unique marketing platform”Learn more here: https://simplynoted.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why not having a content strategy is such a big mistake.Make it a practice to record a video answering a customer question every day. Soon you will have a great library of FAQs.You desperately to build the muscle of creating.Related Links and Resources:Antiba's Gift to you:"What I'm gonna give you there is my guide to creating your first five YouTube videos. And on top of it all, you also get my SOPs that my team uses to help our clients get started on."Get yours up here:https://clientattractionpros.com/resources/downloads/free-youtube-guide-sops/Summary:Atiba started his career in internet-based search in 1996. In the early 2000’s he consulted for several government agencies (INS, EPA, DLA, and several military departments) and led teams that designed and built search tools. For the EPA, in 2001, Atiba and his team built a $10 million dollar system that allowed the EPA to easily search their data agency-wide. After almost 10 years in the government sector, Atiba turned to the private sector and the burgeoning field of SEO. Using a unique method of blending storytelling with search keywords Atiba has helped rank over 10, 000 pages on Google’s Page 1 for various search terms.When he is not geeking out on the latest SEO principles and trends Atiba is a man of God, husband, father, and IG Food Influencer in the Washington DC area.Find out more:https://clientattractionpros.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:A lack of system is probably the single most important problem that everyone shares.Instead of focusing on the quality of their network, they, they focus on the quantity of their connections—big mistake.Your Linkedin profile is not for you, it's for your ideal reader, your ideal prospect.Related Links and Resources:Daniel's Gift to you:A Linkedin cheat sheet enabling you to improve your profile dramatically in just a few stepsGet yours up here:https://www.danielalfon.com/freebie/#billSummary:Daniel Alfon is the author of “Build a LinkedIn Profile for Business Success.”Daniel joined LinkedIn in early 2004, which means he has made all the mistakes you can imagine but came back to tell what works!Today, Daniel's clients get results organically: No need to spam people when growing your business. Absolutely no need to share 24/7 when pivoting. And you never have to become someone else, because LinkedIn is here to serve you and not the other way around.Daniel publishes articles, interviews and exclusive content about advanced LinkedIn strategies to clients and subscribers on his website: DanielAlfon.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Just being passionate about something does not translate into being a good business owner.Watch out for Charlatan Marketers who promise big results, charge you a bunch of money, and don't really deliver you anything of valueAvoid copying your competition because how do you know they know what they are doing?Related Links and Resources:Bethanie's Gift to you:Get a free copy of her 8-page Social Media Strategies Workbook.Get yours here:https://www.timetothrivemembership.com/socialSummary:Bethany Meadows has been a mompreneur for almost 20 years and understands firsthand about the “juggle” of running a business and raising a family. In 2008, after going through a divorce and wanting to continue homeschooling her five children, starting her own business seemed like the answer. Using her previous experience as a corporate marketing executive, Bethany founded Vertical Solutions Media, a full-service brand and marketing agency that helps businesses grow and succeed.Her most recent book The Juggle is REAL! Finding success and balance as a mompreneur gives the reader the benefit of 30 years of brand and marketing experience to help them grow their business. At the same time, she explores how to strike the right balance, remove friction, build a tribe and find parenting success. As part of that mission, Bethany launched www.TimeToThrive.Zone as a way of helping small business owners level up their sales and marketing skills.Learn more at: www.TimeToThrive.Zone
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Video adds an an additional dimension so you can read the person's body language and you can evaluate their personality.If you find yourself struggling to convert people on the back end, if you find that you're repeating the same boring questions over and over, video is a good.Have a conversation with somebody behind the camera and you will find that your content is much more magnetic and much more instructive.Related Links and Resources:Bob's Gift to you:Bob has created the ultimate video guide to building trust and creating customers for life. It is a 30 page report they typically sell for $39.Get yours up here:"The Ultimate Guide For Using Video To Build Trust and Create Customers”https://www.ultimatevideoguide.comSummary:Bob is the Co-Founder of Feedstories, a digital marketing expert, and author of five books, including the 4th Edition of the Ultimate Guide to Facebook Advertising.Since 1998, Bob has been helping his clients achieve their goals through digital media and storytelling, and he is eager to share his experience with you.Bob is a sought-after expert in the area of Facebook Advertising and Deep Funnel Video Marketing™ strategies. Most importantly, Bob is a husband to his high school sweetheart and a dad to 2 amazing daughters and is a high school basketball coach.Learn more at: https://feedstories.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Video adds an an additional dimension so you can read the person's body language and you can evaluate their personality.If you find yourself struggling to convert people on the back end, if you find that you're repeating the same boring questions over and over, video is a good.Have a conversation with somebody behind the camera and you will find that your content is much more magnetic and much more instructive.Related Links and Resources:Bob's Gift to you:Bob has created the ultimate video guide to building trust and creating customers for life. It is a 30 page report they typically sell for $39.Get yours up here:"The Ultimate Guide For Using Video To Build Trust and Create Customers”https://www.ultimatevideoguide.comSummary:Bob is the Co-Founder of Feedstories, a digital marketing expert, and author of five books, including the 4th Edition of the Ultimate Guide to Facebook Advertising.Since 1998, Bob has been helping his clients achieve their goals through digital media and storytelling, and he is eager to share his experience with you.Bob is a sought-after expert in the area of Facebook Advertising and Deep Funnel Video Marketing™ strategies. Most importantly, Bob is a husband to his high school sweetheart and a dad to 2 amazing daughters and is a high school basketball coach.Learn more at: https://feedstories.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:What real freedoms are, the freedom of health, the freedom of wealth, the freedom of relationships.Why every decision within your business should be made at the lowest possible level.What the 5 P's are and how to clarify them for yourself.Related Links and Resources:Pete's Gift to you:Pete has set up a free assessment that identifies and scores a whole of your business attributes and then produces a full written report for you.Get yours up here:https://simplifyingentrepreneurship.com/freedomSummary:Pete helps entrepreneurs transform their frustrations into freedoms by using a variety of frameworks that help them cut through the chaos and overwhelm of running a business.He’s refined his tips, tools, and techniques within his own businesses over the past 25 years and loves sharing them so others can live the life they deserve as business leaders.Learn more at: website@simplifyingentrepreneurship.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:What real freedoms are, the freedom of health, the freedom of wealth, the freedom of relationships.Why every decision within your business should be made at the lowest possible level.What the 5 P's are and how to clarify them for yourself.Related Links and Resources:Pete's Gift to you:Pete has set up a free assessment that identifies and scores a whole of your business attributes and then produces a full written report for you.Get yours up here:https://simplifyingentrepreneurship.com/freedomSummary:Pete helps entrepreneurs transform their frustrations into freedoms by using a variety of frameworks that help them cut through the chaos and overwhelm of running a business.He’s refined his tips, tools, and techniques within his own businesses over the past 25 years and loves sharing them so others can live the life they deserve as business leaders.Learn more at: website@simplifyingentrepreneurship.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why whether you're starting a podcast or a YouTube channel, you're generally trying to just put content out there to see what sticks - a "hoping strategy" at best.Social media is just another form of marketing that might work for you, and it'll work better for some offers and it'll work horrible for other offers.You need to look at these big four platforms, Facebook reels, Instagram reels, TikTok, and YouTube shorts.Related Links and Resources:Omar's Gift to you:Book a call with Omar and he'll literally sit down there with you 30 minutes to an hour, nothing more out of it, and he'll break down exactly what you're doing and give you a solid strategy on what you should do next. You don't really have to do anything else with Omar after.Sign up here:https://www.nomadscast.com/ - Scroll to the bottom.Summary:Omar is the founder of Nomads Cast, a Content Marketing Agency. Being an avid lover of travel and building online businesses, Omar began his journey into the content space with his first podcast, The Nomadic Executive. During this time, he interviewed top leaders in the entrepreneurship space from Dan Lok, to Pat Flynn, Iman Gadzhi, Eric Siu, and John Lee Dumas. After hundreds of episodes and a growing agency, today Omar and his team have helped over 50 podcasters generate millions of dollars from their video content. Learn more at: https://www.nomadscast.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why whether you're starting a podcast or a YouTube channel, you're generally trying to just put content out there to see what sticks - a "hoping strategy" at best.Social media is just another form of marketing that might work for you, and it'll work better for some offers and it'll work horrible for other offers.You need to look at these big four platforms, Facebook reels, Instagram reels, TikTok, and YouTube shorts.Related Links and Resources:Omar's Gift to you:Book a call with Omar and he'll literally sit down there with you 30 minutes to an hour, nothing more out of it, and he'll break down exactly what you're doing and give you a solid strategy on what you should do next. You don't really have to do anything else with Omar after.Sign up here:https://www.nomadscast.com/ - Scroll to the bottom.Summary:Omar is the founder of Nomads Cast, a Content Marketing Agency. Being an avid lover of travel and building online businesses, Omar began his journey into the content space with his first podcast, The Nomadic Executive. During this time, he interviewed top leaders in the entrepreneurship space from Dan Lok, to Pat Flynn, Iman Gadzhi, Eric Siu, and John Lee Dumas. After hundreds of episodes and a growing agency, today Omar and his team have helped over 50 podcasters generate millions of dollars from their video content. Learn more at: https://www.nomadscast.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Solos want to get what they want out of self-employment, but they don't want to downsize their life.Why you really must know what the most impactful actions are that you can take and how to take those actions more effectively.The market tells you what product to build for them, not you. That's a very important distinction.Related Links and Resources:Larry's Gift to you:The Self-Employment Mastery System™ for experienced achievement-oriented solopreneurs tired of feeling ineffective despite significant time, energy, and money expended>Sign up here:https://www.gosoloinc.com/Summary:Larry has over 22 years working for himself made $17M in revenue, averaging over $750,000 in annual business receipts. What happened behind the curtains is more interesting than the results. After two years hosting events and running groups Larry founded Solopreneur Inc. His people told him they felt like one-man bands struggling to master self-employment.. With his partner Dave, Larry created The Solopreneur Inc. support system to solve the problem. Solopreneur Inc. provides a way for solopreneurs to fund their lifestyle, but unlike his other businesses without compromising happiness.Learn more at: https://www.gosoloinc.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Solos want to get what they want out of self-employment, but they don't want to downsize their life.Why you really must know what the most impactful actions are that you can take and how to take those actions more effectively.The market tells you what product to build for them, not you. That's a very important distinction.Related Links and Resources:Larry's Gift to you:The Self-Employment Mastery System™ for experienced achievement-oriented solopreneurs tired of feeling ineffective despite significant time, energy, and money expended>Sign up here:https://www.gosoloinc.com/Summary:Larry has over 22 years working for himself made $17M in revenue, averaging over $750,000 in annual business receipts. What happened behind the curtains is more interesting than the results. After two years hosting events and running groups Larry founded Solopreneur Inc. His people told him they felt like one-man bands struggling to master self-employment.. With his partner Dave, Larry created The Solopreneur Inc. support system to solve the problem. Solopreneur Inc. provides a way for solopreneurs to fund their lifestyle, but unlike his other businesses without compromising happiness.Learn more at: https://www.gosoloinc.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Stop using techniques that are just not creating that predictable and reliable flow of new leads.The most important real estate on your LinkedIn profile is your headline—turn that into your elevator pitch.If you're posting content and reaching out the response rate that you can get on LinkedIn is so much better than cold calling or cold emailing.Related Links and Resources:Candyce's Gift to you:A framework for using LinkedIn for lead generation and a workbook that will help you update their headline for hyper effectiveness.Get yours here:https://www.learning.propelgrowth.com/podcastsSummary:Candyce is a serial entrepreneur who has started 5 businesses. In 2018, she pivoted her current company to a new target market. Needing to find sales leads quickly, she experimented with LinkedIn and landed on an approach that delivered 125 sales calls and $438K in new sales in 6 months. 100s of sellers are now using her strategy to build sales pipelines.Learn more at: https://www.learning.propelgrowth.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Stop using techniques that are just not creating that predictable and reliable flow of new leads.The most important real estate on your LinkedIn profile is your headline—turn that into your elevator pitch.If you're posting content and reaching out the response rate that you can get on LinkedIn is so much better than cold calling or cold emailing.Related Links and Resources:Candyce's Gift to you:A framework for using LinkedIn for lead generation and a workbook that will help you update their headline for hyper effectiveness.Get yours here:https://www.learning.propelgrowth.com/podcastsSummary:Candyce is a serial entrepreneur who has started 5 businesses. In 2018, she pivoted her current company to a new target market. Needing to find sales leads quickly, she experimented with LinkedIn and landed on an approach that delivered 125 sales calls and $438K in new sales in 6 months. 100s of sellers are now using her strategy to build sales pipelines.Learn more at: https://www.learning.propelgrowth.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Figuring out what you really want in life and who you wish to be.Start to listen to your own voice and then start to draw and assemble the picture, the vision of what that would look like, feel like, sound like, smell like.A Vision Board is not just a set it and forget it thing.Related Links and Resources:Steve's Gift to you:A Video and Action Sheet explaining the most basic steps of Visualization, for personal and professional growth.Get yours here:MotivationalFirewood.com/bonus5Summary:As The Motivational Firewood® Guy, Steve Gamlin blends back-to-basics positivity, Visualization & humor, teaching his clients to SEE their desired outcomes, understand their WHY, & build ACTION PLANS to achieve them, via his Vision Board Mastery program, 1-to-1 and Group Coaching, plus Live and Virtual events.Learn more at: MotivationalFirewood.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Figuring out what you really want in life and who you wish to be.Start to listen to your own voice and then start to draw and assemble the picture, the vision of what that would look like, feel like, sound like, smell like.A Vision Board is not just a set it and forget it thing.Related Links and Resources:Steve's Gift to you:A Video and Action Sheet explaining the most basic steps of Visualization, for personal and professional growth.Get yours here:MotivationalFirewood.com/bonus5Summary:As The Motivational Firewood® Guy, Steve Gamlin blends back-to-basics positivity, Visualization & humor, teaching his clients to SEE their desired outcomes, understand their WHY, & build ACTION PLANS to achieve them, via his Vision Board Mastery program, 1-to-1 and Group Coaching, plus Live and Virtual events.Learn more at: MotivationalFirewood.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:The key factor for blocking growth or bottleneck of growth is not having one or two key players.You must be open to more diverse input.Why you need an organizational chart for today and for the future.Related Links and Resources:Patty's Gift to you:A free collection of hiring checklists and tools.Get yours here:https://dedominicweb.com/tools/Summary:Patty DeDominic was an award-winning entrepreneur who grew her start-up to over 600 employees and sold it. Then she became a business coach to help entrepreneurs avoid the long learning curve and eliminate roadblocks faster. Patty has been named CEO of the Year and one of America’s finest employers. She loves helping small businesses grow.Learn more at: https://dedominicweb.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:You're not holding yourself accountable to communication mastery at the highest level.Why you need to devote 5 minutes a day for answering a single question about your expertise. In a year, you will have 365 great answers and be bulletproof.Pick three people you admire in your own industry. Make it industry specific, and just watch them keynote and just ask yourself what is one thing that that speaker has that I don't in my game?.Related Links and Resources:Wade's Gift to you:Free live communications workshop.Sign up here:rockstarcommunicator.comSummary:Brenden is the founder of MasterTalk, he coaches ambitious executives & entrepreneurs to become top 1% communicators in their industry. He also has a popular YouTube channel called MasterTalk, with the goal of providing free access to communication tools for everyone in the world.Learn more at: rockstarcommunicator.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:You're not holding yourself accountable to communication mastery at the highest level.Why you need to devote 5 minutes a day for answering a single question about your expertise. In a year, you will have 365 great answers and be bulletproof.Pick three people you admire in your own industry. Make it industry specific, and just watch them keynote and just ask yourself what is one thing that that speaker has that I don't in my game?.Related Links and Resources:Wade's Gift to you:Free live communications workshop.Sign up here:rockstarcommunicator.comSummary:Brenden is the founder of MasterTalk, he coaches ambitious executives & entrepreneurs to become top 1% communicators in their industry. He also has a popular YouTube channel called MasterTalk, with the goal of providing free access to communication tools for everyone in the world.Learn more at: rockstarcommunicator.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:When we work all the time, we miss out on other things that could be going on in life like friendships, relationships, travel experiences, maybe even a second business.Why the lack of creativity and belief can mean time off is not spent doing something extraordinary.Entrepreneurs have a hard time letting go of lost opportunities and that prevents us from focusing on what we need to be doing.Related Links and Resources:Wade's Gift to you:Free membership in Wade's 3-Day Weekend Club.Get yours here:https://www.3dayweekendentrepreneur.com/SuperchargingBusinessSuccessSummary:Wade teaches Entrepreneurs & Professionals to create an abundant & sustainable 3-Day Weekend lifestyle so they can better enjoy their family, friends, and life.He's a 20+ year Software Company Founder, Business Growth Coach and Author of books on business growth, finance, personal growth, parenting, & spirituality.He & his family have lived ocean-side in North America & South America.He enjoys 3-day weekends and Fridays at the beach playing volleyball with friends + weekends with his family.Learn more at: https://www.3dayweekendentrepreneur.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How define what we call their brand story and their financial story and put it together in a nice, clear and concise fashion.In order to have a really nice good pitch deck, whether to raise capital or sell your company, you've gotta be able to tell a really good story in 5, maybe 10 minutes.Why you don't want to use spreadsheets and detailed financial forecasts.Related Links and Resources:Michael's Gift to you:How to build your very own capital raise slide deck.Get yours here:capraisedeck.comSummary:Michael is the CEO of Brand Iron where we help clients "Forge Brands and Drive Revenue" We brand and position companies to achieve their desired outcomes.Learn more at: capraisedeck.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How a lot of people can overcomplicate their marketing and sales processThe importance of networking at scale because instead of talking to a few people, you're talking to a few hundred.Why you should write down your 10 frequently asked questions and create a quick video answering them.Related Links and Resources:Chris's Gift to you:Ten video examples to swipe:Get yours here:https://www.cleavercreates.com/tenfreevideosSummary:Chris started his career directing and producing short films before founding CLEAVER Creative in 2013. He grew the company by creating animation videos for companies including Accenture, Salesforce and SAP. In 2019 before the pandemic struck Chris discovered significant organic traction creating videos on LinkedIn. Since then he’s been helping businesses to develop their own video strategies through B2B videos on LinkedIn to grow their brands authentically.Learn more at: https://www.cleavercreates.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How small business owners try to do it all and they just can't.The importance of being proactive vs. reactive.Why you must determine who is your audience, who is the person that will buy your products, shop at your store, who needs your services, and then market directly to them.Related Links and Resources:Sherry's Gift to you:A JOLT session: a two hour intensive one one-on-one consulting session designed to move the needle in your business to the direction you want to go in—value $175.Get yours here:https://central515.com/jolt-session-2/Summary:Sherry Eichberger is the Owner of Central515 Consulting. She is a creative business consultant with a focus on Inbound Marketing, PR and Events. She's been helping small to medium sized businesses thrive for over 8 years. She injects creativity into every aspect of running a business.Learn more at: https://central515.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How do you actually find and book paid gigs, emphasis on the paid part?How to avoid one of the biggest mistakes that a lot of speakers make, especially early on, is going to go too broad and vague.Why you must treat speaking as a business.Related Links and Resources:Grant's Gift to you:A 7-step free guide to landing paid speaking engagements.Get yours here:https://thespeakerlab.com/sevensteps Summary:As founder and CEO of The Speaker Lab, Grant Baldwin has helped thousands of people build successful and sustainable speaking businesses. Over the last 15 years, Grant has become a sought-after speaker, podcaster, author, and accomplished entrepreneur. Featured on the Inc. 5000 list, Forbes, Inc, Entrepreneur, and The Huffington Post, he has committed his expertise and insight to equip others to share their meaningful message with the masses. His leadership and dedication to creating a one-of-a-kind organizational culture are evidenced by the impact of the team he leads.Learn more at: https://thespeakerlab.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How do we increase sales with data driven creative marketingThe biggest mistake is to throw a bunch of tactics around and hope that somehow they work without having a strategy to unify everything.Why you must work backwards and optimize the approaches that are actually working.Related Links and Resources:Pamela's Gift to you:The Digital Marketing Assessment.Get yours here:https://www.pamelawilson.com/consultingSummary:Pamela Wilson is a 30-year business owner. She’s a digital marketing expert, executive coach, keynote speaker, and the founder of PamelaWilson.com. She's the author of two popular books on content marketing: Master Content Marketing and Master Content Strategy. Learn more at: https://www.pamelawilson.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why figuring out how to take that into a more scalable model that takes less time is the next code to crack in the expert model.Why you need to find and lean on someone you can trust.If you don't have a way to predictably generate on profile leads, you don't have a business.Related Links and Resources:Chris's Gift to you:A literal mountain of resources all designed to help you scale your business.Get yours right here:Just go to https://groupcoachnation.comSummary:Chris works with entrepreneurial and business experts, speakers, coaches, and leaders helping them market, monetize, and lead their own high-ticket mastermind (or group coaching) programs.As the world continues to shift, many experts are trying to build high-ticket groups for additional income, lead generation, or impact. Chris teaches experts how to generate leads, close high-ticket deals, and build strong, transformational groups. He has his own digital agency, leads two masterminds of his own, and has learned many of these lessons the hard way, so sharing his journey and offering strategies is why he is here. Learn more at: https://groupcoachnation.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why you need to be open to discovering your blind spots and discovering how things might change in your live to create more successWhy 97% of the population is driven by their feelings rather than their commitments or their goals or their intent.Why you must honest with yourself. To be a scientist and ask, Why did I feel that? Where's that coming from? Why did I do that? Where was that coming from?Related Links and Resources:Dan's Gift to you:His TED Talk about human connection and relationships.Get yours right here:Just go to YouTube and type in Dan Foxx in the search bar. It is the video at the top of the results.Summary:Dan Foxx is an Executive Coach. He has coached over 500 CEOs and 5,000 VPs over the last 25 years. He has coached executives all over America and the world, including places like: Amsterdam, Paris, London, and Mumbai. Dan has coached in good times and bad, like the dot-com-era when money was free, and through the dot-com crash. He is a sought after public speaker, guest on television talk shows, an executive team facilitator, conflict resolution coach, and leadership coach to CEOs. He also the author of the best selling book: Confessions From the Heart of an Executive Coach, available on Amazon.FoxxLearn more at: www.unlockyourleadership.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why you do not want this self talk: I love what I do, but I hate to sell, because hate is a strong word.Why you must start changing the negative approach that you have to the only thing that drives business—selling.Why you need to stop sending signals that say you are bothering someone and using language that says, I don't mean to bother you.Related Links and Resources:Summary:Liz Wendling is a nationally recognized speaker, sales consultant, and author of 6 books. Her two most recent are The Heart of Authentic Selling and Sell Without Selling Your Soul. Liz is driven by the mantra, It's not WHAT you sell, it's HOW you sell that matters. Liz understands the sales challenges that professionals face when selling in today's competitive environment and shows them how to make a profound difference in their sales approach, language, and process —online and offline. Whether it's for her one-on-one consulting, group coaching, multiple-day training, or workshops, Liz will customize programs around the specific needs, challenges, and objectives a business faces.Learn more at: https://www.lizwendling.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why it's easy for us to recall folks who genuinely helped us and were really effective salespeople.What we can do to make selling less like rejection and more like play in a game that you don't necessarily win a hundred percent of the time but you still enjoyed it even if you didn't win.What you do to be more intentional about creating more of those conversational opportunities.Related Links and Resources:Reubens's Gift to you:Here's a "Fill in the Blank" proposal template that's his most popular giveaway: https://www.mimiran.com/sample-proposal/fill-in-the-blank-consulting-proposal-template/Summary:Reuben Swartz is the founder of Mimiran, the fun CRM for independent consultants who love serving clients but hate "selling". He's also the host and chief nerd on the Sales for Nerds podcast. He went from a background in computer science and software engineering to sales and marketing consulting for the Fortune 500, while struggling with sales and marketing for his own firm. His mission is to help other independent consultants make a bigger dent in the universe and get more clients by using their talents to teach instead of market, connect instead of network, and help instead of sell.Learn more at: https://www.mimiran.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:You want to make sure that when your audience is searching on Google, Especially when they're searching your own brand name, that they see the message as you intended.Why you need to educate Google like you would a child.Don't make the mistake Amazon did for over 20 years.Related Links and Resources:Jason's Gift to you:Copywriting Secrets for SEO in 2022. Get your copy right here:https://solutions.kalicube.com/produce-great-copywriting-for-seo-in-2022Summary:Jason Barnard (The Brand SERP Guy) is an author and digital marketing consultant. He specialises in Brand SERP optimisation and Knowledge Panel management.Jason has over 2 decades of experience in digital marketing, starting in 1998 (the year Google was incorporated) with a website for kids based on the cartoon characters Boowa & Kwala that he built up to become one of the 10,000 most visited sites in the world. In the 1990s he was a professional musician with the Punk-Folk group The Barking Dogs. In 1988 he graduated from Liverpool John Moores University with a degree in Economics and Statistical Analysis. Learn more at: https://kalicube.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why figuring out how to take that into a more scalable model that takes less time is the next code to crack in the expert model.Why you need to find and lean on someone you can trust.If you don't have a way to predictably generate on profile leads, you don't have a business.Related Links and Resources:Chris's Gift to you:A literal mountain of resources all designed to help you scale your business.Get yours right here:Just go to https://groupcoachnation.comSummary:Chris works with entrepreneurial and business experts, speakers, coaches, and leaders helping them market, monetize, and lead their own high-ticket mastermind (or group coaching) programs.As the world continues to shift, many experts are trying to build high-ticket groups for additional income, lead generation, or impact. Chris teaches experts how to generate leads, close high-ticket deals, and build strong, transformational groups. He has his own digital agency, leads two masterminds of his own, and has learned many of these lessons the hard way, so sharing his journey and offering strategies is why he is here. Learn more at: https://groupcoachnation.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why you might be lacking clarity in your messaging, clarity in your vision, and often clarity in your offer.Why you don't want to present yourself as the hero and forget to present what transformation the audience or your customer's going to have.Why you must ask and answer 3 key questions about your offer before you make one.Related Links and Resources:Chrissy's Gift to you:Get clarity by using her Clarity JournalGet yours right here:https://chrissybernal.com/podcastgiveaway/Summary:After accidentally ending up in the global spotlight for her unique identical twins, Chrissy was forced to create & grow a brand on the fly. She knew she needed to harness the power of the publicity they were getting. Fast forward 15 years, and now by combining her formal education with the real-world knowledge gained from her family’s growth toward global brand awareness, she has a deep understanding of how to help brands clearly communicate their stories, increase their influence & reduce the chaos experienced in the journey of being known, and she does so with proven Branding & Marketing frameworks and strategic PR.She began her professional career as a newspaper editor for The University of Mary Hardin-Baylor, her university. Since graduating over 20 years ago, she’s also become a published author and ghostwriter and has been involved in every aspect of building a brand.Chrissy lives with her husband and three children, one of whom has special needs, just outside of Houston, TX, and has three European Blue Great Danes.When not working or attending one of her daughter’s gigs, you can find her watching a Hallmark mystery movie, reading a book, going to the gym or trying something new in the kitchen.Learn more at: https://chrissybernal.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why you have to have a really powerful positioning statement about why your book is about.Why 81% of people think about it, or been told to write a book less than 1% actually pull it off.How you can simply talk to a ghostwriter who is able to capture your unique essence and style and repurpose it in a best selling book.Related Links and Resources:Over 2,000,000 Entrepreneurs will Publish a Book in 2023Over 98% of them will Fail... HARDWeird Fact: 100% of people believe they are in the 2%.Not only is this statistically impossible, but without guidance, your book, your message, and you potential influence will leave you...Insignificant & anonymous.Get the solution here: https://authoryourbrand.com/goSummary:Doug Crowe is an author, speaker, and business growth strategist. He's passionate about helping executives and founders create a personal brand through a book… without them writing a word.His flagship company, Author Your Brand, ghostwrites and publishes books. His client list includes C-suite executives from Starbucks, NASA, Nascar, Pepsi, Touchstone Pictures, Johnson & Johnson, Merck, Louis Vuitton, Vistage, and Stamps.com.He’s been published and featured in Entrepreneur Magazine, the Chicago Tribune, Reuters News, Bloomberg, Daily Cafe, ABC News Chicago, ABC radio Chicago, Daily Herald Chicago, Chicago Business Ledger, Seattle Times, Playboy Radio, and KTLA Los Angeles.Learn more at: https://dougcrowe.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why you don't want to get caught up in the social media echo chamber.Why you don't want to swipe or emulate what the leaders in your industry are doing.Get old direct mail sales letters and to write them out by hand, copy them down onto a physical piece of paper, a yellow, legal pad and a pen and write them word for word.Related Links and Resources:Andrew's Gift to you:Learn my 4-step Framework for creating REAL contentHere are a few of the things you'll learn in this free training:The simple principle that 99% of online business owners miss when it comes to creating content that people actually enjoy reading.How to capitalize on Steve Jobs’ 1997 prediction for the future of content marketing that is finally coming true today.Why most free content is worthless, and what to do instead that can make your content significantly more valuable and even cherished by your readers.How to sell your programs without "selling," acting salesy, or feeling sleazy.Get yours right here:aryder.me/sbsSummary:Andrew Ryder is a content marketing strategist and email copywriter helping entrepreneurs to grow and keep an engaged audience, create content faster, and never run out of ideas.Learn more at: aryder.me
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:What do to before you hire a marketing person or a marketing firm.Who you need to talk to who will tell you exactly what your customer wants.Why your revenue is not growing anywhere near as fast as it could.Related Links and Resources:Tim is gifting you his Revenue Roadblock Scorecard and a complimentary strategy session. You can get yours here: https://www.rialtomarketing.com/revenue-roadblock-scorecard/Summary:Tim is an entrepreneur/business owner with marketing and growth expertise. He has 20+ years of entrepreneurial experience with a passion for developing and growing businesses. That passion served him well in operating and managing a wholesale distribution company he co-owned for nine years before being acquired in 2005.Since then, he’s had failures and successes. He started Rialto Marketing in 2013 and has been helping B2B professional service firms that want to accelerate revenue growth and attract more ideal clients. He believes marketing shouldn’t be difficult. But, you must remove your revenue roadblocks if you want to grow consistently and predictably.Learn more at: https://www.rialtomarketing.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why you have to have a really powerful positioning statement about why your book is about.Why 81% of people think about it, or been told to write a book less than 1% actually pull it off.How you can simply talk to a ghostwriter who is able to capture your unique essence and style and repurpose it in a best selling book.Related Links and Resources:Over 2,000,000 Entrepreneurs will Publish a Book in 2023Over 98% of them will Fail... HARDWeird Fact: 100% of people believe they are in the 2%.Not only is this statistically impossible, but without guidance, your book, your message, and you potential influence will leave you...Insignificant & anonymous.Get the solution here: https://authoryourbrand.com/goSummary:Doug Crowe is an author, speaker, and business growth strategist. He's passionate about helping executives and founders create a personal brand through a book… without them writing a word.His flagship company, Author Your Brand, ghostwrites and publishes books. His client list includes C-suite executives from Starbucks, NASA, Nascar, Pepsi, Touchstone Pictures, Johnson & Johnson, Merck, Louis Vuitton, Vistage, and Stamps.com.He’s been published and featured in Entrepreneur Magazine, the Chicago Tribune, Reuters News, Bloomberg, Daily Cafe, ABC News Chicago, ABC radio Chicago, Daily Herald Chicago, Chicago Business Ledger, Seattle Times, Playboy Radio, and KTLA Los Angeles.Learn more at: https://dougcrowe.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why you have to have a really powerful positioning statement about why your book is about.Why 81% of people think about it, or been told to write a book less than 1% actually pull it off.How you can simply talk to a ghostwriter who is able to capture your unique essence and style and repurpose it in a best selling book.Related Links and Resources:Over 2,000,000 Entrepreneurs will Publish a Book in 2023Over 98% of them will Fail... HARDWeird Fact: 100% of people believe they are in the 2%.Not only is this statistically impossible, but without guidance, your book, your message, and you potential influence will leave you...Insignificant & anonymous.Get the solution here: https://authoryourbrand.com/goSummary:Doug Crowe is an author, speaker, and business growth strategist. He's passionate about helping executives and founders create a personal brand through a book… without them writing a word.His flagship company, Author Your Brand, ghostwrites and publishes books. His client list includes C-suite executives from Starbucks, NASA, Nascar, Pepsi, Touchstone Pictures, Johnson & Johnson, Merck, Louis Vuitton, Vistage, and Stamps.com.He’s been published and featured in Entrepreneur Magazine, the Chicago Tribune, Reuters News, Bloomberg, Daily Cafe, ABC News Chicago, ABC radio Chicago, Daily Herald Chicago, Chicago Business Ledger, Seattle Times, Playboy Radio, and KTLA Los Angeles.Learn more at: https://dougcrowe.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How most business owners over-complicate what they need to do to succeed wildly.The two key skills you must master first.How you get your online business set up for a few hundred dollars.Related Links and Resources:Tom is gifting you the keys to how to get started fast in his new ebook: "How Tom automates his business, saves millions of keystrokes, and handles customers and prospects lightning fast.https://www.ScrewTheCommute.com/automatefreeSummary:Tom Antion has never had a job.He's an Internet Multimillionaire "guy next door" and founder of the only licensed, dedicated Internet marketing school in the country. He's the subject of a Hollywood Documentary "The American Entrepreneur" premiering in Fall 2022.Learn more at: https://www.ScrewTheCommute.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why story-telling is essential to being a great leader.What your core story needs to be.Why you must have all 7 stories perfected to consistently demonstrate your leadership abilities.Related Links and Resources:Kurian is giving you a copy of his next book "Leadership Parables". You can get on the waiting list right here: https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSdDEKkEA-zPEVkgCaV1XORD0NhMoZqOycRE887Ibedu9ybClg/viewformSummary:Kurian is the founder of the sales and marketing strategy firm StrategyPeak Sales & Marketing Advisors and a 27-year veteran of the sales and marketing industry.Mr. Tharakan is also the author of the Amazon Bestseller, “The 7 Essential Stories Charismatic Leaders Tell,” which details how anyone can move people and mountains with the power of story.Learn more at: https://strategypeak.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Why your revenue is growing, but there's no money left over.How you overcomplicate the whole process of understanding the numbers in your business.Why you need to start tracking your cash flow manually yourself for a few weeks.Related Links and Resources:Alvin is offering a free 15 minute cash flow and profit audit with him personally. Simply go to his Linkedin page and tell you heard this offer on Bill Prater's podcast: https://www.linkedin.com/in/alvinnarsey/Summary:Alvin Narsey has had an exciting journey buying and selling multiple Pharmacy Businesses in Australia over the past 16 years. He is known for his ability to simplify the fundamentals in growing retail businesses.Alvin has a framework that boils down to implementing the basics, focussing on CASHFLOW and PROFIT and from day one setting everything up so your retail business runs without YOU.Learn more at: https://www.linkedin.com/in/alvinnarsey/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:What do to before you hire a marketing person or a marketing firm.Who you need to talk to who will tell you exactly what your customer wants.Why your revenue is not growing anywhere near as fast as it could.Related Links and Resources:Tim is gifting you his Revenue Roadblock Scorecard and a complimentary strategy session. You can get yours here: https://www.rialtomarketing.com/revenue-roadblock-scorecard/Summary:Tim is an entrepreneur/business owner with marketing and growth expertise. He has 20+ years of entrepreneurial experience with a passion for developing and growing businesses. That passion served him well in operating and managing a wholesale distribution company he co-owned for nine years before being acquired in 2005.Since then, he’s had failures and successes. He started Rialto Marketing in 2013 and has been helping B2B professional service firms that want to accelerate revenue growth and attract more ideal clients. He believes marketing shouldn’t be difficult. But, you must remove your revenue roadblocks if you want to grow consistently and predictably.Learn more at: https://www.rialtomarketing.com/
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How to get people to follow you and love to do so.How to communicate from the other person's perspective.How to recognize and deal with the quiet quitters in your company.Related Links and Resources:Jay is gifting you several complimentary gifts. You will find them right here: https://www.jaywilliamsco.com/booksSummary:Jay helps leaders from small businesses to Fortune 500 companies achieve desired outcomes through his leadership philosophy and methodology. He has significant experience in executive development, sales, process analysis and transformation, client services, and change management.Learn more at: https://www.jaywilliamsco.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How your podcast can be converted into a lead generation funnel.The key mistakes nearly every podcaster makes over and over again.How you can get others to promote your podcast for you.Related Links and Resources:Get your free ticket to the Podcast Sales Funnel Secrets Masterclass and Learn Exactly How to Cash-In on the Hidden Funnel that Turns Your Podcast Into a Daily Leads and Sales Machine (Without Needing Paid Ads or a Large Audience!)www.PodcastSalesMachine.comSummary:Evans is known as the go-to expert for growing and monetizing podcasts using his unique, new Podcast Sales Funnel Framework.After serving clients in multiple Industries and leading them to successfully generate millions of listeners and millions in revenue using podcasts, his unique methodology has attracted some of The Who’s Who of business leaders today.Evans is on a mission to help podcasting entrepreneurs like you build profitable businesses, create more time freedom, generate infinite positive impact, and change more lives by using his Podcast Sales Funnel Framework.Learn more at: www.PodcastSalesMachine.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:SAGE is an acronym for Self-awareness, Accountability, Growth, and Empowerment.Why it is so difficult to change your mindset.A different approach to leadership.Related Links and Resources:Kyle is gifting his proprietary guide to accountability. You can get your hands on it at his website:https://www.sagemindset.com/accountability-guide/A bit about Kyle:Kyle Gillette has helped small business owners and leaders around the world to take their businesses from good to great.He is an ICF-certified coach, behavioral analyst, and creator of the SAGE Mindset Framework that helps leaders and small business owners become the leaders they’re meant to be.As a mindset coach helping clients understand how their thoughts affect their lives and business, Kyle understands what it takes for someone’s mindset to change.SAGE is an acronym for Self-awareness, Accountability, Growth, and Empowerment.He focuses on helping his clients build a foundation of Self-awareness in their life and business. Create exceptional Accountability to achieve big goals, dreams, and results with a Growth mindset that Empowers others to do, have, and be more than they ever thought possible!He’s the host of the SAGE Mindset podcast, developer of the SAGE Leadership Framework, the SAGE Mindset App, and owner of SAGE Mindset Coaching – a coaching and consulting organization.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How most business owners over-complicate what they need to do to succeed wildly.The two key skills you must master first.How you get your online business set up for a few hundred dollars.Related Links and Resources:Tom is gifting you the keys to how to get started fast in his new ebook: "How Tom automates his business, saves millions of keystrokes, and handles customers and prospects lightning fast.https://www.ScrewTheCommute.com/automatefreeSummary:Tom Antion has never had a job.He's an Internet Multimillionaire "guy next door" and founder of the only licensed, dedicated Internet marketing school in the country. He's the subject of a Hollywood Documentary "The American Entrepreneur" premiering in Fall 2022.Learn more at: https://www.ScrewTheCommute.com
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:You are an expert, you are just not monetizing it enough.How to define your niche that loves your expertise.Why you need to take action and stop getting ready.Related Links and Resources:Debbie is gifting you a literal blueprint detailing how to become an expert in your niche in just a few simple steps. You will find it right here: www.ExpertPositioningSuccess.com Summary:Debbie is the World’s #1 Authority on Expert Positioning. She is an internationally recognized business growth and market positioning expert.Debbie has been a professional speaker and business mentor for 25 years and presented before thousands of people in 28 countries. She is also the bestselling author of 10 books, including The Highly Paid Expert, Success Is Easy, and her newest book Expert Positioning.Learn more at www.DebbieAllen.com.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to attract new clients consistently without paid advertising. The importance of creating outstanding content on a consistent basis. Why having great social media profiles factor into your visibility and attracting your ideal clients.
Related Links and Resources:
Tracy is gifting a course and guide titled, "You really can create social media content with ease!". Get yours at:
www.tracybeavers.com/social
Summary:
Tracy Beavers is a Business and Sales coach from Arkansas. She has helped hundreds of entrepreneurs over the years with everything from overcoming the fear of sales to growing their business visibility through organic marketing strategies. She walks hand in hand with her clients providing them a roadmap of clear action steps so they can put their blinders on and confidently get to work.
Building your business does NOT have to be a struggle. Tracy can show you how to build with EASE.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to take your business systems, workflows and processes from chaos to clarity. How to determine the system you are using now and what to keep and what to change. Why you need to take a strategic approach to designing, maintaining and upgrading your business systems.
Related Links and Resources:
Yvonne is gifting a step by step guide to how to use Clickup, her favorite project management system for business owners.
https://askyvi.com/clickup-basic/
Summary:
Yvonne Heimann is the CEO & founder of AskYvi.com and the leading ClickUp evangelist, as well as a passionate Business Efficiency & Scalability Consultant, Mindset Coach, NLP Master Practitioner, & Speaker.
Using her knowledge of over 15 years running multiple businesses, she helps her clients organize, strengthen, and streamline their businesses into profitability and success.
Her work is driven by a vision of a world where digital entrepreneurs not only make a living doing what they are passionate about but thrive and wear their passions as badges of honor.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:You are an expert, you are just not monetizing it enough.How to define your niche that loves your expertise.Why you need to take action and stop getting ready.Related Links and Resources:Debbie is gifting you a literal blueprint detailing how to become an expert in your niche in just a few simple steps. You will find it right here: www.ExpertPositioningSuccess.com Summary:Debbie is the World’s #1 Authority on Expert Positioning. She is an internationally recognized business growth and market positioning expert.Debbie has been a professional speaker and business mentor for 25 years and presented before thousands of people in 28 countries. She is also the bestselling author of 10 books, including The Highly Paid Expert, Success Is Easy, and her newest book Expert Positioning.Learn more at www.DebbieAllen.com.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to stop buying the next great software because it "sounds good". How to build your entire sales funnel without lifting a finger. How to have a high-performance funnel delivering sales in just 6 weeks.
Related Links and Resources:
Want an entire library of all of the most effective funnels right now? Tammy is giving them to you; https://funnelcures.com/scaleology
Summary: Tammy Lane and her amazing team have been creating funnels since the dawn of Facebook, and in those years she has brought in more than $20 million of sales online. Before Tammy spotted the enormous gap screaming for a simple, one-stop funnel software, Tammy spent some significant time in the trenches creating her own multi-million-dollar businesses - three times! She has also worked as a CPA (Accountant) which means she looks at everything from a risk vs reward perspective and always ensures the numbers will make sense for her clients. For more than 15 years, Tammy has been building 7-figure Facebook funnels for her private clients so they can reap the benefits of never-ending, high-quality leads, clients, and sales while they do great things in the world. After realizing it could have been so much quicker, cheaper, and way less painful if she’d just had the right solution to start with (for herself and her clients), she decided to build the solution… FunnelCures. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Pick one funnel that will deliver the results you want and get it implemented.
What you need to know about our guest:
Related Links:
Company site: Company LinkedIn: LinkedIn Profile: Company Facebook: Facebook Profile: Company Twitter: Twitter Profile: Company Instagram: YouTube Profile: Email:
Free Gift:
The Question Rocco Enjoys Explaining:
"How can somebody else do that for their own company?"
Answer:
What you need to know about our guest:
Related Links:
Company site: Company LinkedIn: LinkedIn Profile: Company Facebook: Facebook Profile: Company Twitter: Twitter Profile: Company Instagram: YouTube Profile: Email:
Free Gift:
The Question Rocco Enjoys Explaining:
"How can somebody else do that for their own company?"
Answer:
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The value of paid ads Know how to be strategic in your approach to marketing Why you need to clearly define your goal before you ever place an ad anywhere
Related Links and Resources:
Simply go to https://ppcpitbulls.com where you will find tons of resources to pick from.
About our guest: Andy Janaitis is the founder and chief strategist of PPC Pitbulls, an e-commerce digital marketing agency, supporting craft food, beverage, and clothing brands with Google and Facebook ads as well as email marketing.Andy has over 10 years of agency experience in the digital space, across several industries and now focuses on creating custom strategies and driving measurable results for businesses looking to grow and find more customers online. Andy's Valuable Free Action (VFA): A great tool to help you begin forging a strategy for your marketing efforts - https://ppcpitbulls.com/digital-marketing-maturity-model/
What you need to know about our guest:Personality is important, but it’s your strength of character that determines your destiny.Pam is an innovator in the leadership and team assessments domain. After two decades of experience as a senior leader in the hospitality industry with Embassy Suites and later Hilton, she formed an original leadership theory and framework based on 12 character strengths that grow positive influence in people, teams and culture. She observed that there was ONE difference between dysfunctional teams and teams that flourish. And that one thing is measured by and taught with the use of the Tilt Suite of Development Assessments. Tilt365.com has a worldwide network of partners working around the world to grow character strengths in business. Its mission is to help the next generation of leaders produce ethical innovations that solve the complex problems of our time. "The one thing that can make the world a better place, is growing our inner character strength. The surprising byproduct of making that investment in yourself is a profound increase in your happiness in life and work.” Pam BoneyWe serve team leaders and their teams, as well as the talented professionals who help them grow. The problem we solve is extremes that arise from four hidden ego-fears that create dysfunction in teams. We solve these problems through innovative assessments and solutions that grow character strengths and team agility. We are different in that we don’t stop at the bias of personality type. We teach people how to grow well-rounded character strengths so their interactions are more productive, positive, and innovative. Knowing your preferred patterns can actually cause self-limiting beliefs, so we help you see the path to whole-person integration.Related Links:Company site: www.tilt365.com Email: pam@tilt365.com
What you need to know about our guest:Andrew Jernigan has lived/worked across five continents over the last twenty-five years, as single, married, and with his family. Serving as CEO of Insured Nomads, he leads the direction and vision for insurance as a service (IaaS) through a hybrid fintech/insurtech/traveltech platform for the globally mobile – whether vacationing, able to work from anywhere short term or long term, digital nomad, retiree, student or expat – they’ve got the coverage that is needed for this lifestyle. Insured Nomads, the evolution of insurance for the revolution of travel.Related Links:Company site: https://insurednomads.comCompany LinkedIn: https://linkedin.com/company/insurednomads LinkedIn Profile: https://linkedin.com/in/andrewjerniganCompany Facebook: https://facebook.com/insurednomadsFacebook Profile: https://facebook.com/andrewjerniganCompany Twitter: https://twitter.com/insurednomadsTwitter Profile: https://twitter.com/andrewjerniganCompany Instagram: https://instagram.com/insurednomadsYouTube Profile: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC0nVZ-b1GGWpR3BBdFPrnDAEmail: members@insurednomadsThe Question Andrew Enjoys Explaining:"What is even more dangerous for travelers than the health and safety concerns of traveling for work, pleasure and exploration?"Answer:We're in a scenario in the world right now where there between 45 and 50 million people are affected by human slavery today. And that's it's occurring in every continent. I mean, every country, every city and every town is affected.We're striving for a world where people and the planet function in harmony, a world where no one is for sale. A lot of money comes through the hands of insurance companies and all of our team there to provide great coverage, but also to give a fortune away to those who need assistance in coming out of a vulnerable or exploited situation that leads to human traffic.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:'Deadly Quad' - biggest risk in the businessApplying the 5CsEffects of high level of stress in the businessRelated Links and Resources:David is giving a free diagnostic so that you will get that clarity around your business. Go to https://metattude.com/deadly-quad-diagnosticSummary:David Deane-Spread is a 25-year veteran CEO coach and founder of Metattude. His clients range across federal and state government, public and private companies to small & medium businesses – his favorites, because they have the most skin in the game!David honed his skills in the military, law enforcement and another discreet agency where he specialized in developing and leading covert operators. He later adapted those skills to serve as a CEO and managing director of both private and public companies in Australia and Europe, before realizing his true calling was developing leaders, because they have the biggest impact on the workplace.Here are the highlights of this episode:David informed us that his ideal client would be a business owner who has about 200 staff and want to improve their business.He says that the 'deadly quad' is the biggest risks to the business. First would be the difficult behaviors that block progress, suck energy and cause mistrust. Secondly would be the misalignment and that's wasting time, resources, and causing confusion. Then you've got poor delegation which really impacts performance and productivity. And finally, those badly run meetings that everyone complains. Which actually causes a total waste of time at disengagement.There is a high level of stress when things are not working, and people start to feel frustration and disappointment because of slow or no progress in strategy execution. Then there would be unnecessary conflict. So, the customer satisfaction turns out to be at a lower level because the people aren't behaving the way the boss would really like them to behave.They tolerate unacceptable behavior because they can't afford to lose them. So, they hang in there and deal with all the problems around them. Then they will start to micromanage because of the situation. And once they micromanaged, then they're going to really annoy people. Threats and micromanagement don't work. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):Business owners should get absolute clarity about the actual state of their business regarding to that deadly quad, because too many business leaders make assumptions about those areas. Where are the bad behaviors? What's it doing to us? To what extent are we aligned or misaligned? Is our delegation process working and are our meetings effective? And if they don't have clarity around that, then they're going to be bumbling around in the dark.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Removing 'key person' dependency Applying 'critical client' flow Systemizing business if you don't like systems
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.systemology.com/resources, they'll find there a bunch of resources and one of them is the 'client flow template'. It's a PDF with the empty spaces for you to fill in. Summary: In 2016, David Jenyns successfully systemised himself out of his business, one of Australia’s most trusted digital agencies, Melbourne SEO. Through this process he became a systems devotee – founding systemHUB & SYSTEMology. Today, his mission is to free all business owners worldwide from the daily operations of running their business. Here are the highlights of this episode: During the interview, David told us that his ideal client would be a business owner who finds themself as the bottleneck in their business. They're starting to scale or wanting to scale, but they're really finding that everything needs to come through them. And that really seems to be the biggest linchpin or the thing that's holding them back from growth. The problem that they really help solve centers around the same thing, is helping businesses become more repeatable. He said that businesses and business owners must remove key person dependency, whether it's themselves or any other team member in order to make business a lot stronger and a lot more scalable. Oftentimes if the business owner feels like they're running an adult daycare center; constantly having to tend to different team members and clients when they come in. Maybe they've tried to systemize their business and they haven't failed. Business owner just loves to do everything and they think they're the best at everything. Therefore, they need to create the systems, but oftentimes they're not a system person. A lot of business owners tend to overcomplicate things. It's quite natural for the business owner to not like documenting systems, but that doesn't mean you can’t run a systems driven business. Every business should be working towards building systems, reducing that key person dependency and making sure that the business can grow without them because that's the real key. David's Valuable Free Action (VFA): David has an exercise called 'critical client' flow. On a paper, you map the linear journey of your dream client and selling your primary product or service to that dream client. From start to finish, think about "How do you grab their attention? How do you handle the inquiry when it comes into you? What's your sales process? How do you invoice them or take money? How do you onboard them? How do you deliver your core products or service? And then how do you get them to come back?" Literally map that out on a four bit of paper. You don't use more than about two or three words to explain each of the different steps. Exercise alone can be really eye opening for determining where should you start or what systems should you put in place. Just focus on the critical client flow and you'll get a tremendous result.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Learning to take consistent action Handling productivity shame Taking that messy, small, action!
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.kristinswansonconsulting.com you can download the free "Make it Happen Planner." Make a plan to start taking action, breaking it down into your quarters and months and make this happen. Summary: Kristin Swanson helps people execute their “someday when” procrastinated projects with ease. As a completion expert, coach & cancer survivor, Kristin has learned the importance of getting out of one’s own way and stop waiting until “someday” to make a unique impact. Realizing deeply that “you only live once,” she has gained perspective, tools and strategies to overcome the illusions fear instills in us. Here are the highlights of this episode: When we asked Kristin who she catered to, she told us that her ideal clients would be entrepreneurs and solopreneurs who have the urgency to turn their 'someday wind projects' into reality. She said it's important to take consistent action. Most of these clients she encountered had this feeling of "productivity shame". A feeling at the end of the day, like you didn't get to the things that you really wanted to get done. There would be feelings of regret and they tell themselves "I'm not spending my time where I really truly want to be spending my time." The problem is, they start taking all the courses, reading all the books and not implementing on a day-to-day basis. Not integrating it to your day-to-day life and just the waiting. Waiting until I feel ready, seems to be the biggest mistake. You should take action every day if you can. If there is something in the back of your mind that is whispering at you. I believe these are "soul led goals" that comes with no regrets and they're big projects that are not going to happen overnight anyway. Start small and start now. Once you get started, you'll be astounded with the compound effect and really the synchronicities that start to happen when you do that. Kristin’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The action that I would say is to get quiet and visualize your future self in having done the thing. And then asking that future self "What are some possible action steps I could have taken to get to where you are?" and just start taking action every day. Messy, small, action!
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Creating a realistic growth goals Knowing what a 'ruler method' is Importance of having the right goal and clients
Related Links and Resources: Darrell wrote a book called "Revenue Growth Engine", you can get that on Amazon or you can text the word 'revenue' to 21,000 and get instant access to the audio. You'll get access to our toolkit and also the opportunity to get access to a book full of ideas and strategies to help you accelerate your growth. Go to www.revenuegrowthengine.net/book. Summary: Darrell Amy, is passionate about helping great Kingdom[1]minded companies grow revenue. He’s the author of the best-selling book Revenue Growth Engine: How To Align Sales & Marketing To Drive Accelerate Growth. In addition to his work helping businesses grow, he’s the co-founder of the Kingdom Missions Fund and the executive director of the ManAlive EXPEDITION. As a Revenue Growth Strategist, he enjoys getting behind the scenes, rolling up his sleeves, and helping company owners, sales leaders, and marketing teams build revenue growth strategies so they can maximize their impact. Here are the highlights of this episode: Darrell has shared with us that he enjoys working with B2B companies that have sales teams. The problem that he sees is that these companies are setting in what he calls aggressive but realistic growth goals. A lot of companies have unrealistic growth goals and Darrell says it's really critical that businesses get very competent at setting goals that their team believes in. Most companies can do more when they get strategic about how they're going to fuel that growth. If you're feeling that tension and that frustration, it may be time to take a look at the systems that are driving your revenue growth or lack thereof. Let's look at the two drivers of growth; net new business and cross sell revenue. How many new clients can we bring on board and cross sell? What processes can we put in place to increase our revenue per client? You're going to find it's aggressive because when you get net new and cross sell going at the same time. You move from linear growth to exponential growth. Darrell's Valuable Free Action (VFA): Darrell's advice is that if you want to compound net new and cross sell, you need to have the types of clients that can buy everything that you offer, and he calls them 'ideal clients'. Those clients that can keeps coming back for your entire portfolio. Ultimately, they're the type of client that aligns with your company values that they're going to stick around. If we want to accelerate growth, we need the type of clients
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Inspiration for writing a book is based on gut feeling Aspire to write something interesting not just a good book What you need to do when you are not inspired writing anymore
Related Links and Resources: If you have an idea for a book and you'd like some free feedback, you can visit www.freshcomplaint.com, fill out our contact form and share your big idea. Or email Jeff directly at jeff@freshcomplaint.com. Summary: Jeff Goins is a writer, keynote speaker, and entrepreneur with a reputation for challenging the status quo. He is the best-selling author of five books including The Art of Work and Real Artists Don’t Starve, his award-winning blog Goinswriter.com is visited by millions of people every year, and his work has been featured in the Washington Post, USA Today, Entrepreneur, Forbes, Psychology Today, Business Insider, Time, and many others. A father of two and a guacamole aficionado, Jeff lives just outside of Nashville, Tennessee. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jeff told us that his ideal client would be any person with a big idea that want to turn into a bestselling book. He says that it's no surprise to most people that publishing a book today is relatively easy with all of the print-on demand technologies that is available. The problem that they help their clients solve is helping them not to write bad books. He thinks that the inspiration for writing a book has to come from literally your gut. It is a sort of physical sensation welling in your stomach especially when you hear somebody talking about their book or you see somebody doing something and it provokes jealousy, intrigue, or excitement. these are all kind of the same emotional callings that are prompting us to step into writing a book. And the biggest mistake that Jeff sees people make is trying to write good books when they should aspire to write interesting ones, because interesting is what captivates an audience's attention. It is very easy to write a good book that unfortunately, falls on deaf ears. Jeff’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
The first hurdle is your big book idea. When people are asking you what you're writing about, tell them this: everybody thinks X about a given topic, but what's actually true is Y so everybody thinks working at least 40 hours a week is what you need to succeed in the business world today. But what's actually true is you can work no more than four hours per week and live like a millionaire. So, everybody thinks X, but what's actually true is Y.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Unifying the brand, culture, and business strategy door Importance of knowing the core belief systems of your organization Why would anyone build a people first organization?
Related Links and Resources: The resource that Steve put together on is 'how to build a people first organization' and talks about the 10 principles within it. You can go to www.matterco.co/people-first Summary: Steven Morris helps business leaders build unignorable brands, cultures, and businesses through his work as an advisor, author, and speaker. He has worked with business leaders from Samsung, Sony, Habitat for Humanity, Amazon, International Trademark Association, NFL, MLB, and over 250 other brands. Over his 27 years as an entrepreneur, he’s served more than 3,000 global business leaders. He reaches 25,000+ readers through his blog and writes about branding, culture, leadership, and the intersection between work and life as a contributing writer for Retail Observer, Wisdom Well, Business Week, Brand Week, Conscious Company Magazine, Communication Arts, HOW Magazine and MarketingProfs. Here are the highlights of this episode: Steve stated that his ideal client is an apex of two things. Talking about the size between 7 to 9-figure company, having at least five years under their belt and they're looking for a big evolution. They're at the apex of change. They want to take their business to the next level. The companies he worked with come in through one of the three doors; it's either the brand, the culture door, or the business strategy door. And the common problem that exists is typically something that has to do with the unification or integrity between those three systems. These businesses are either having a marketing penetration issue, engagement issue, or capturing and retaining customers. The mistakes Steve notice is that they build a brand and the culture side that represents the exterior of their organization without tethering that into the heart and soul of their company. While on the culture side, they tend to treat the people as more a revolving door rather than really identify what is the core drivers behind our organization. Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start as deeply inside the beliefs within your organization as you possibly can. Practice around by asking "What is the essence of our company? Why are we really in business beyond just making money?" and have a very clear set of answers to that.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The importance of digital marketing to grow your business Learning first your business strategy for your marketing strategy Knowing how to apply 'Smarketing'
Related Links and Resources: Andy's team is offering a free website Audit. They will have one of their certified marketing guides go through your website. They will video record them talking their way through your website and giving you pointers. They, and they'll send you a video typically it's three to five, six minutes. NO COST for that. Go to www.TM.Media/website/review You can also get a free chapter download and you can buy the book from www.TM.Media/doublesales Summary: Andy Buyting is a two-time international bestselling author, serial entrepreneur, and strategic advisor. He is a leader in business development and marketing and has helped businesses grow all over North America with his integrated “SMarketing” strategy. Here are the highlights of this episode: Andy has shared with us that they ideally work with B2B clients or companies who wants to grow their businesses online whether that's locally, nationally or internationally. He believes that Google has not made it easy for people to market. Andy stated that digital marketing is part art and science, but it's not easy for most of us who are busy with everything in their business to devote the time to really become an expert and to understand online digital marketing. They don't know where to start and therefore they felt overwhelmed and intimidated. People should not use old fashioned sales tactics. In his company, they eliminated the whole sales department turned to online digital marketing to replace the inbound leads and opportunities. Then have production talk to those prospect clients who have inquiries. This way, he sees that digital marketing can be so effective and cost efficient as well. However, there are those who spent so much budget in digital marketing but they weren't using it in a smart way. He says that every good marketing strategy starts with a business strategy, so it's important to have a plan. Andy's Valuable Free Action (VFA): You should ask yourself if your website pass the grunt test in three seconds: Can they tell exactly what you do and what problem you solve? If they can't do that or if they need to look further, you'll lose them. Don't make it hard for them to buy. Don't make it hard for them to figure out what you do.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Expanding and growing your brand abroad Struggles you may face in expansion journey Know the 7 steps pathway to expansion
Related Links and Resources: Andy and his team created a success pathway on how people successfully expand into Europe. Go to www.globale-commerceexperts.com/sbs. There'll be able to go to a specific download for this podcast and it's our seven step E-book. So, in that E-book, you'll be able to get the seven steps, what you need to take in order to expand to Europe and a whole load of information on how to do that. Summary: Andy Hooper is the CEO of Global E-Commerce Experts and has been successfully expanding businesses into new markets for over 15 years. As an accomplished specialist in eCommerce, Andy now works with companies around the world providing comprehensive gateways and solutions to new markets, especially US-based organizations transitioning into the EU. Here are the highlights of this episode: Andy said that their ideal clients are e-commerce sellers who are typically based in the US doing over about half a million dollars. Now they're looking for additional opportunities to grow or scale their brand. And that's where we come in. By identifying the EU, being an epic market would be a great place for them to access. That common problem probably comes in two different parts. The first problem is they need to expand their brand before their competitors do. It's about making sure your brand is the one that is a global brand. Second would be the expansion journey which can be difficult and complicated. So, what we do is we have that all under one roof so sellers won't get confuse. What complexities are you struggling with? Is it the logistics? Is it the compliance? And that's when they should contact our team when they're hitting those roadblocks. The problems come when they haven't done all the research and they don't understand the fine details of the regulations to make sure that they're compliant either as a business. So how does Andy and his team make this as simple and as frictionless as possible? Download the E-book to know the 7 steps seamless and frictionless expansion! Andy’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): There's so many different complexities to this and first ways is to talk to a consultant that can help you. We can take you through all of those different bits, step-by-step on what you need to do and how to do it. And it's free, all of the information's there, you can go and do it yourself.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Expanding and growing your brand abroad * Struggles you may face in expansion journey * Know the 7 steps pathway to expansion
Related Links and Resources:
Andy and his team created a success pathway on how people successfully expand into Europe. Go to www.globale-commerceexperts.com/sbs. There’ll be able to go to a specific download for this podcast and it’s our seven step E-book. So, in that E-book, you’ll be able to get the seven steps, what you need to take in order to expand to Europe and a whole load of information on how to do that.
Summary:
Andy Hooper is the CEO of Global E-Commerce Experts and has been successfully expanding businesses into new markets for over 15 years.
As an accomplished specialist in eCommerce, Andy now works with companies around the world providing comprehensive gateways and solutions to new markets, especially US-based organizations transitioning into the EU.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Andy said that their ideal clients are e-commerce sellers who are typically based in the US doing over about half a million dollars. Now they’re looking for additional opportunities to grow or scale their brand. And that’s where we come in. By identifying the EU, being an epic market would be a great place for them to access.
That common problem probably comes in two different parts. The first problem is they need to expand their brand before their competitors do. It’s about making sure your brand is the one that is a global brand. Second would be the expansion journey which can be difficult and complicated. So, what we do is we have that all under one roof so sellers won’t get confuse. What complexities are you struggling with? Is it the logistics? Is it the compliance? And that’s when they should contact our team when they’re hitting those roadblocks.
The problems come when they haven’t done all the research and they don’t understand the fine details of the regulations to make sure that they’re compliant either as a business. So how does Andy and his team make this as simple and as frictionless as possible? Download the E-book to know the 7 steps seamless and frictionless expansion!
Andy’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): There’s so many different complexities to this and first ways is to talk to a consultant that can help you. We can take you through all of those different bits, step-by-step on what you need to do and how to do it. And it’s free, all of the information’s there, you can go and do it yourself.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * The results of bad hiring decisions * Applying the “you get to” mindset * How do you inspire a candidate to be authentic?
Related Links and Resources:
If go to www.jumpcoach.com/scaleology. We usually do 30 questions as a basis when hiring. What are the skills that people need to do, what are the pay, what are the extreme motivators that we can offer, etc. It will help people to know what do we really need and who’s going to be happy. Answering those questions is our foundation in answering those score cards, interview process, and so on.
Summary:
Scott Drake is the Founder and Executive Director at JumpCoach, a social enterprise on a mission to make best-in-class leadership training available to everyone who needs it.
He is a sought-after consultant and trainer who made every mistake when rising through the leadership ranks. After seeing emerging leaders on his teams repeating the same mistakes, he set out to find a simpler and faster way to grow leaders. When he couldn’t find a shortcut, he invented one.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Scott has told us during this interview that they work with small to medium size enterprises, specifically people hiring knowledge workers. A lot of people are just ‘winging it’ or not doing strategic or good hiring decisions.
They fall into two buckets; one is business outcomes. Are you getting results? Is the team productive in actually delivering results that needs to be done? Bad hiring decisions can cause some of these problems. If you’re having people who aren’t happy, part of hiring has to be “Who will actually enjoy this work?”. So, if you have an unhappy team who doesn’t want to be there, then it goes back to bad hiring decisions. Number two is the process. There’s some problem in their interview process where maybe good candidates are falling out. They have to be careful in not eliminating those good candidates.
It’s important to establish a score card or structured interview process. We’re really bad in the tech world of putting people through test that aren’t reflective of the work, so we created these artificial barriers.
If you want to inspire a candidate to be authentic or be truthful in interviews, it should be a collaborative conversation not an interrogation. Don’t put up those test or artificial barriers. Be more open to what your process is. The more authentic you can be, the more authentic they are.
Scott’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Must people start out with I NEED; “I need someone who can do X, I need someone with X, Y, and Z skills…” it’s about what I need as a manager. One you can do is flip that and start saying “you get to candidate who joins this organization, you get to solve this problem, you get to help this customer, you get to work with this team. Start to think about it not on the perspective of the hiring manager of ‘what do I need’ but thinking about it from the perspective of the person who’s going to join your team and hopefully be happy and deliver those results and solve those problems. With that shift of mindset can really help people start to think about hiring in a much better way.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The results of bad hiring decisions Applying the "you get to" mindset How do you inspire a candidate to be authentic?
Related Links and Resources: If go to www.jumpcoach.com/scaleology. We usually do 30 questions as a basis when hiring. What are the skills that people need to do, what are the pay, what are the extreme motivators that we can offer, etc. It will help people to know what do we really need and who's going to be happy. Answering those questions is our foundation in answering those score cards, interview process, and so on. Summary: Scott Drake is the Founder and Executive Director at JumpCoach, a social enterprise on a mission to make best-in-class leadership training available to everyone who needs it. He is a sought-after consultant and trainer who made every mistake when rising through the leadership ranks. After seeing emerging leaders on his teams repeating the same mistakes, he set out to find a simpler and faster way to grow leaders. When he couldn’t find a shortcut, he invented one. Here are the highlights of this episode: Scott has told us during this interview that they work with small to medium size enterprises, specifically people hiring knowledge workers. A lot of people are just 'winging it' or not doing strategic or good hiring decisions. They fall into two buckets; one is business outcomes. Are you getting results? Is the team productive in actually delivering results that needs to be done? Bad hiring decisions can cause some of these problems. If you're having people who aren't happy, part of hiring has to be "Who will actually enjoy this work?". So, if you have an unhappy team who doesn't want to be there, then it goes back to bad hiring decisions. Number two is the process. There's some problem in their interview process where maybe good candidates are falling out. They have to be careful in not eliminating those good candidates. It's important to establish a score card or structured interview process. We're really bad in the tech world of putting people through test that aren't reflective of the work, so we created these artificial barriers. If you want to inspire a candidate to be authentic or be truthful in interviews, it should be a collaborative conversation not an interrogation. Don't put up those test or artificial barriers. Be more open to what your process is. The more authentic you can be, the more authentic they are. Scott’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Must people start out with I NEED; "I need someone who can do X, I need someone with X, Y, and Z skills..." it's about what I need as a manager. One you can do is flip that and start saying "you get to candidate who joins this organization, you get to solve this problem, you get to help this customer, you get to work with this team. Start to think about it not on the perspective of the hiring manager of 'what do I need' but thinking about it from the perspective of the person who's going to join your team and hopefully be happy and deliver those results and solve those problems. With that shift of mindset can really help people start to think about hiring in a much better way.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Understanding people that surrounds us The metaphor of writing things down What would you do if you know you could not fail?
Related Links and Resources: Carrie got this "Nine Ways to be Human-centered Leaders" for the next decade, for 2030 That's easily found at Carrie's website at www.carriebenedet.com. Another thing you can do also is email Carrie at carrie@carriebenedet.com. They're really looking for skillsets and mindsets for 2030. It is something that you can use as a tool to talk with your team. Summary: Carrie Benedet has 24 years of industry experience in creating, leading and hosting leadership experiences, programs and courses. She is a global leadership coach, dynamic facilitator and keynote speaker who shares her belief and passion for developing future leaders and teams. Carrie has a global conference presence and podcast, Thriving Matters, where ordinary ‘gals and guys’ doing extra-ordinary things in life and work share their thriving habits and stories. Here are the highlights of this episode: Carrie ideally likes to work with curious educators and leaders who are really seekers and servants. We're surrounded with people, we work with people, our relationships are mostly with people, and sometimes they are the biggest pain of our existence because we just don't understand them. if they're wanting to continue to get to know the people that they're working with so they can lead them better, within some period they will feel burnout, stress, overwhelmed, etc. and that's taking a bit of toll. And there are some of those who wants to lead but never get the opportunity because they might not look the part. They don't want to be seen at not able to do the job or an impostor. And we should understand that working together is a good way to collaborate and come up with more solutions. Working with other people helps us learn about how they see the world and why they see it the way they do. If you start to wonder, what would you do if you knew you could not fail, well basically is the aspirational view. What are you so scared of or keep locking yourself in? That's actually stop you from being limitless in your imagination, creativity, and the way you connect your relationships. If leaders and educators would use that as a question, if they really want to look into the future, that's the question they need to ask themselves. It will then open the pandora's box! Carrie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Get your thoughts down; start with what you know your strengths are, then what areas you wanted to develop. The metaphor of writing it down will lead you to be able to say "I can't do this alone and I need someone to walk with me." Surround yourself with someone you can trust and you can work with.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Understanding people that surrounds us * The metaphor of writing things down * What would you do if you know you could not fail?
Related Links and Resources:
Carrie got this “Nine Ways to be Human-centered Leaders” for the next decade, for 2030 That’s easily found at Carrie’s website at www.carriebenedet.com. Another thing you can do also is email Carrie at carrie@carriebenedet.com. They’re really looking for skillsets and mindsets for 2030. It is something that you can use as a tool to talk with your team.
Summary:
Carrie Benedet has 24 years of industry experience in creating, leading and hosting leadership experiences, programs and courses.
She is a global leadership coach, dynamic facilitator and keynote speaker who shares her belief and passion for developing future leaders and teams. Carrie has a global conference presence and podcast, Thriving Matters, where ordinary ‘gals and guys’ doing extra-ordinary things in life and work share their thriving habits and stories.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Carrie ideally likes to work with curious educators and leaders who are really seekers and servants. We’re surrounded with people, we work with people, our relationships are mostly with people, and sometimes they are the biggest pain of our existence because we just don’t understand them.
if they’re wanting to continue to get to know the people that they’re working with so they can lead them better, within some period they will feel burnout, stress, overwhelmed, etc. and that’s taking a bit of toll. And there are some of those who wants to lead but never get the opportunity because they might not look the part. They don’t want to be seen at not able to do the job or an impostor. And we should understand that working together is a good way to collaborate and come up with more solutions. Working with other people helps us learn about how they see the world and why they see it the way they do.
If you start to wonder, what would you do if you knew you could not fail, well basically is the aspirational view. What are you so scared of or keep locking yourself in? That’s actually stop you from being limitless in your imagination, creativity, and the way you connect your relationships. If leaders and educators would use that as a question, if they really want to look into the future, that’s the question they need to ask themselves. It will then open the pandora’s box!
Carrie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Get your thoughts down; start with what you know your strengths are, then what areas you wanted to develop. The metaphor of writing it down will lead you to be able to say “I can’t do this alone and I need someone to walk with me.” Surround yourself with someone you can trust and you can work with.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * The importance of human-to-human connection * Create a story of your transformation * The biggest misperception about compelling content
Related Links and Resources:
Go to www.theheromethod.com and look for whatever interests you. There are various tracks that you can dive into and there’s all kinds of free stuff there. There are special reports, eBooks, checklists, and you can also try her free discovery call. During that 20-minute call, we can hone your story of transformation.
Summary:
Kathryn Gillett is the creator of The HERO Method … and the author of two best-selling books on the subject. Her mission is all about helping companies get more clients by talking and writing about what they do in a way that gets a “WOW!” instead of a “Huh?”. She has a degree in psychology, a minor in anthropology, and 40+ years’ experience in marketing.
As a messaging, story, and content strategist, she has consulted with global companies like Philips and GE, Amazon, Microsoft, and Dell. And as a copywriter, her work has been translated for distribution into more countries than are in the UN. Using a powerful alchemy of neuroscience and storytelling, The HERO Method helps companies create messaging and content that has proven to measurably increase response, revenue, list size, and year-over-year growth.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Kathryn ideally enjoys working with business decision-makers who want to increase their sales by doing an authentic human to human connection. Whether it’s email, content, website or presentation, they know their content can play a key role in helping them increase their revenue. The problem they face is that they are not getting that ‘wow’ response and they know they’re missing something. If you don’t have that connection or are not interesting the audience, then the conversations’ over.
These folks feel frustrated because they know that their solution is awesome but their audience is not engaging. They are not able to convey the right words so that people can see the value of what they do. Whether it’s a solopreneur or a team in an organization, they think that they’re the subject matter experts of what their solution is about. They then feel that they’re the best qualified to come up with the messaging for it. But it’s like a surgeon; they can’t do heart surgery on themselves. You really can’t talk about it from the perspective of your audience in a way that’s going to connect with them.
What’s the biggest misperception about what’s needed to create compelling content? Well, most people think and were taught that our solution is the hero of our story, that our solution is supposed to be the center of the spotlight. But the hero method would tell you that your hero is your audience. Therefore, if the audience is the hero, and the elixir is your solution, then your marketing materials is the mentor. Once you get that, everything changes.
*Kathryn’s* Valuable Free Action (VFA):
Kathryn is advising everyone to create a story of your transformation. Try to put yourself in the seat of your audience and ask yourself “where are they and why are they stuck because you’re not in their life?”, she calls this ‘the wounded land’. Your audience is stuck and it’s the words that they will use to describe what their situation is. Then, look at what they are wanting or needing for, not what you think they should get to. Then, how your solution helps them get from where they are to where they want to be. So, if you put it into your audience’s perspective, that’s what get them interested.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The importance of human-to-human connection Create a story of your transformation The biggest misperception about compelling content
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.theheromethod.com and look for whatever interests you. There are various tracks that you can dive into and there's all kinds of free stuff there. There are special reports, eBooks, checklists, and you can also try her free discovery call. During that 20-minute call, we can hone your story of transformation. Summary: Kathryn Gillett is the creator of The HERO Method … and the author of two best-selling books on the subject. Her mission is all about helping companies get more clients by talking and writing about what they do in a way that gets a “WOW!” instead of a “Huh?”. She has a degree in psychology, a minor in anthropology, and 40+ years’ experience in marketing. As a messaging, story, and content strategist, she has consulted with global companies like Philips and GE, Amazon, Microsoft, and Dell. And as a copywriter, her work has been translated for distribution into more countries than are in the UN. Using a powerful alchemy of neuroscience and storytelling, The HERO Method helps companies create messaging and content that has proven to measurably increase response, revenue, list size, and year-over-year growth. Here are the highlights of this episode: Kathryn ideally enjoys working with business decision-makers who want to increase their sales by doing an authentic human to human connection. Whether it's email, content, website or presentation, they know their content can play a key role in helping them increase their revenue. The problem they face is that they are not getting that 'wow' response and they know they're missing something. If you don't have that connection or are not interesting the audience, then the conversations' over. These folks feel frustrated because they know that their solution is awesome but their audience is not engaging. They are not able to convey the right words so that people can see the value of what they do. Whether it's a solopreneur or a team in an organization, they think that they're the subject matter experts of what their solution is about. They then feel that they're the best qualified to come up with the messaging for it. But it's like a surgeon; they can't do heart surgery on themselves. You really can't talk about it from the perspective of your audience in a way that's going to connect with them. What's the biggest misperception about what's needed to create compelling content? Well, most people think and were taught that our solution is the hero of our story, that our solution is supposed to be the center of the spotlight. But the hero method would tell you that your hero is your audience. Therefore, if the audience is the hero, and the elixir is your solution, then your marketing materials is the mentor. Once you get that, everything changes. Kathryn’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Kathryn is advising everyone to create a story of your transformation. Try to put yourself in the seat of your audience and ask yourself "where are they and why are they stuck because you're not in their life?", she calls this 'the wounded land'. Your audience is stuck and it's the words that they will use to describe what their situation is. Then, look at what they are wanting or needing for, not what you think they should get to. Then, how your solution helps them get from where they are to where they want to be. So, if you put it into your audience's perspective, that's what get them interested.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Attain to be excellent and not just average Importance of getting educated when it comes to money The advantage of targeting 2% to 4% in the market
Related Links and Resources: Mark wants everyone to get an opportunity to get their eBook called "Regular Paychecks from the Stock Market". A lot of people are interested to get that passive income, but a lot people doesn't know exactly how to do it. Visit Go.DestinyCreation.com/SBS Summary: Mark Yegge (YEG-ee), the Wealth Architect, is a lifelong learner, author, course-creator, mentor, and fund manager. He’s traded over $14-billion worth of securities. Using his experience and expertise, Mark is on a mission to change the way we invest. Along the way, he garnered awards as Small Business of the Year, the Florida 100, and the Inc Magazine Fast 500 - recognizing the fastest-growing companies in America. Personally, he was recognized twice by Deloitte as an Entrepreneur of the Year finalist. Here are the highlights of this episode: Mark has informed us that they usually deal with 7 to 8-figure investors, stressing to them on how to create a solid, reliable income from the stock market. The programming that comes from Wallstreet or perhaps the lack of knowledge that we get from the school system, or just about mediocrity and be average. You need to go for excellence and not just median. If you're not someone who's not doing well in the market or experiencing some down times, and then over diversify, you may think diversification will protect you. But if there's big money movement out of assets, it happens to all the assets. Mark and his team has a system to help them smooth out that riot along the way. A lot of people have given up a lot of their personal choices when it comes to their health, wealth, and time. They trust a lot of those sales people that makes you seem like they're financial planners. They just give up their power, they believe that some people have more power than we do in our own money. You need to figure out a system. You got to learn that there's variables that lead to repeatable result. Mark believes in diversifying among assets but concentrating within them. Mark and his team teach investors how to target 2% to 4% in the market. And they do that by letting them create income from the stocks that they own or the stocks that they wanted on. Not just any stocks, but the good ones, the big capitalized ones, that you can use to create income into a portfolio. You can predict and dial in the amount of income and risk that you want to have. And Mark advises these folks to shoot for 2 to 4% a month. Mark’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): It's important to get educated especially when it comes to your money. Dedicate and taking control of your financial life is the most valuable thing that you can be doing.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Attain to be excellent and not just average * Importance of getting educated when it comes to money * The advantage of targeting 2% to 4% in the market
Related Links and Resources:
Mark wants everyone to get an opportunity to get their eBook called “Regular Paychecks from the Stock Market”. A lot of people are interested to get that passive income, but a lot people doesn’t know exactly how to do it. Visit Go.DestinyCreation.com/SBS
Summary:
Mark Yegge (YEG-ee), the Wealth Architect, is a lifelong learner, author, course-creator, mentor, and fund manager. He’s traded over $14-billion worth of securities. Using his experience and expertise, Mark is on a mission to change the way we invest.
Along the way, he garnered awards as Small Business of the Year, the Florida 100, and the Inc Magazine Fast 500 – recognizing the fastest-growing companies in America. Personally, he was recognized twice by Deloitte as an Entrepreneur of the Year finalist.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Mark has informed us that they usually deal with 7 to 8-figure investors, stressing to them on how to create a solid, reliable income from the stock market. The programming that comes from Wallstreet or perhaps the lack of knowledge that we get from the school system, or just about mediocrity and be average. You need to go for excellence and not just median.
If you’re not someone who’s not doing well in the market or experiencing some down times, and then over diversify, you may think diversification will protect you. But if there’s big money movement out of assets, it happens to all the assets. Mark and his team has a system to help them smooth out that riot along the way.
A lot of people have given up a lot of their personal choices when it comes to their health, wealth, and time. They trust a lot of those sales people that makes you seem like they’re financial planners. They just give up their power, they believe that some people have more power than we do in our own money. You need to figure out a system. You got to learn that there’s variables that lead to repeatable result. Mark believes in diversifying among assets but concentrating within them.
Mark and his team teach investors how to target 2% to 4% in the market. And they do that by letting them create income from the stocks that they own or the stocks that they wanted on. Not just any stocks, but the good ones, the big capitalized ones, that you can use to create income into a portfolio. You can predict and dial in the amount of income and risk that you want to have. And Mark advises these folks to shoot for 2 to 4% a month.
Mark’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
It’s important to get educated especially when it comes to your money. Dedicate and taking control of your financial life is the most valuable thing that you can be doing.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How stress can 'suck the life' out of people Why joy is 'foundational' to success Know what 'SMILE" stands for
Related Links and Resources:
Barry is giving away a free mini class in Learning how to live and enjoy daily. Go to his site www.barryshore.com. You can sign up also for the newsletter.
Summary: Known as the “Ambassador of JOY,” Barry Shore is a mental health activist, philanthropist, multi-patent holding entrepreneur, speaker, author, podcaster, and former quadriplegic who is now swimming around the world! After a rare disease paralyzed Barry from the neck down, he created the JOY of LIVING Institute™ (a platform that teaches people to live in joy, no matter the situation), The Keep Smiling movement that has reached multiple celebrities and distributed millions of “Keep Smiling” cards worldwide, and Changebowl which is a philanthropic platform featured in Oprah’s Magazine. Barry’s podcast, The JOY of LIVING, is heard globally by hundreds of thousands and has over three million downloads. Here are the highlights of this episode: Barry shared with us that the ideal people whose attracted in what he and his team does, are people who are sad; suffering from stress, anxiety, and mild depression. Stress us sucking the life of these people, and the 3 possible roots of their stress can either be family, finances, and fitness or health. They will continue to suffer if they don't know how to reduce, eliminate, and leverage. People tend to each so much of the wrong food, they tend to drink too much, tend to be irritable, not to be able to have a restful sleep, and people tend to exercise less or they over exercise and they're stressing themselves. People think joy is a byproduct of success. And once they become to recognize that joy is 'foundational' to success, it opens a floodgate of understanding on how to solve problems. JOY stands for "Journey Of You". Barry got paralyzed; 144 days at the hospital, 4 years on a wheelchair, and a lot of obstacles he faced. Still, he is positive, just because of one word: SMILE - Seeing Miracles In Life Everyday. That's what he's sharing with the world now. Barry’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Learn to love 'dog poop'- it stands for "Doing Of Good, Power Of One Person". Service is the essence of business and the result is making money. So, when your mindset is doing of good and you know you have the power of one person, then things will shift. Connect, network, and grow.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * How stress can ‘suck the life’ out of people * Why joy is ‘foundational’ to success * Know what ‘SMILE” stands for
Related Links and Resources:
Barry is giving away a free mini class in Learning how to live and enjoy daily. Go to his site www.barryshore.com. You can sign up also for the newsletter.
Summary:
Known as the “Ambassador of JOY,” Barry Shore is a mental health activist, philanthropist, multi-patent holding entrepreneur, speaker, author, podcaster, and former quadriplegic who is now swimming around the world!
After a rare disease paralyzed Barry from the neck down, he created the JOY of LIVING Institute™ (a platform that teaches people to live in joy, no matter the situation), The Keep Smiling movement that has reached multiple celebrities and distributed millions of “Keep Smiling” cards worldwide, and Changebowl which is a philanthropic platform featured in Oprah’s Magazine.
Barry’s podcast, The JOY of LIVING, is heard globally by hundreds of thousands and has over three million downloads.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Barry shared with us that the ideal people whose attracted in what he and his team does, are people who are sad; suffering from stress, anxiety, and mild depression. Stress us sucking the life of these people, and the 3 possible roots of their stress can either be family, finances, and fitness or health. They will continue to suffer if they don’t know how to reduce, eliminate, and leverage.
People tend to each so much of the wrong food, they tend to drink too much, tend to be irritable, not to be able to have a restful sleep, and people tend to exercise less or they over exercise and they’re stressing themselves. People think joy is a byproduct of success. And once they become to recognize that joy is ‘foundational’ to success, it opens a floodgate of understanding on how to solve problems. JOY stands for “Journey Of You”.
Barry got paralyzed; 144 days at the hospital, 4 years on a wheelchair, and a lot of obstacles he faced. Still, he is positive, just because of one word: SMILE – Seeing Miracles In Life Everyday. That’s what he’s sharing with the world now.
Barry’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
Learn to love ‘dog poop’- it stands for “Doing Of Good, Power Of One Person”. Service is the essence of business and the result is making money. So, when your mindset is doing of good and you know you have the power of one person, then things will shift. Connect, network, and grow.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * The importance of engaging your listeners * Why entertainment is the real value * Why it’s ok to be imperfect
Related Links and Resources:
Steve has this “death to bad webinars” program. It is 5 videos, 5 templates, 5 walkthroughs of how to use it. It will tell you the 5-course stories that we talked about and where you can use them whether it’s your email, social media, or selling from stage. You can get that at www.deathtobadwebinars.com
Summary:
In the last 8 years, Steve Werner went from bombing his first live event to building over 65 sold-out productions for himself and his clients. He has crafted and critiqued over 370 one-to-many sales presentations and has spoken on more than 200 stages, including Harvard. When COVID hit ‘pause’ on live events, he pivoted — helping 32 online entrepreneurs launch storyselling webinars that have netted over $5.1M in sales in the last 18 months.
Steve’s focus is on helping coaches, influencers, and small business owners turn their stories into 6-figure sales machines on the live and digital stage.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Steve informed us that he works a lot with online coaches, consultants, authors, financial planners, lawyers, or anyone that is selling online. The problem he sees is that they’re selling one to many; they want the sales funnel to do the work for them or they do 1-on-1 sales calls. It’s good if you can talk about something in a way you can get across to people and they will say “I want that” before you can make an offer, or selling to a group that actually freezes so much of your time, but it’s the jet-fuel that you can pour on your business to really ramp up sales.
Think about your favorite teacher. After all these years, you can remember some of the things they taught you or you have a positive reaction to that. That’s the key to selling on stage. You want people to engage with you, share short stories, get people to smile or like you. It’s not about the technical stuff, but it’s about getting a positive reaction. Teaching way too much isn’t helpful; that doesn’t create anything but just overwhelms. Real value is entertainment. If you are able to mix entertainment and teaching together, then they will learn from you and reach out. So, the number one mistake is over teaching.
Steve further advises everyone to stop lying to yourself, stop lying to other people, be ok with being imperfect. Most people have the fear of judgement. People will judge you regardless, but people love authenticity.
Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
Come up with your 5-core stories, and one example from it would be the ‘value’ story. Come up with a short story that lets people understand that instead of saying “you can trust me.”
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:The importance of engaging your listenersWhy entertainment is the real valueWhy it's ok to be imperfectRelated Links and Resources:Steve has this "death to bad webinars" program. It is 5 videos, 5 templates, 5 walkthroughs of how to use it. It will tell you the 5-course stories that we talked about and where you can use them whether it's your email, social media, or selling from stage. You can get that at www.deathtobadwebinars.comSummary:In the last 8 years, Steve Werner went from bombing his first live event to building over 65 sold-out productions for himself and his clients. He has crafted and critiqued over 370 one-to-many sales presentations and has spoken on more than 200 stages, including Harvard. When COVID hit ‘pause’ on live events, he pivoted — helping 32 online entrepreneurs launch storyselling webinars that have netted over $5.1M in sales in the last 18 months.Steve’s focus is on helping coaches, influencers, and small business owners turn their stories into 6-figure sales machines on the live and digital stage.Here are the highlights of this episode:Steve informed us that he works a lot with online coaches, consultants, authors, financial planners, lawyers, or anyone that is selling online. The problem he sees is that they're selling one to many; they want the sales funnel to do the work for them or they do 1-on-1 sales calls. It's good if you can talk about something in a way you can get across to people and they will say "I want that" before you can make an offer, or selling to a group that actually freezes so much of your time, but it's the jet-fuel that you can pour on your business to really ramp up sales. Think about your favorite teacher. After all these years, you can remember some of the things they taught you or you have a positive reaction to that. That's the key to selling on stage. You want people to engage with you, share short stories, get people to smile or like you. It's not about the technical stuff, but it's about getting a positive reaction. Teaching way too much isn't helpful; that doesn't create anything but just overwhelms. Real value is entertainment. If you are able to mix entertainment and teaching together, then they will learn from you and reach out. So, the number one mistake is over teaching.Steve further advises everyone to stop lying to yourself, stop lying to other people, be ok with being imperfect. Most people have the fear of judgement. People will judge you regardless, but people love authenticity. Steve's Valuable Free Action (VFA):Come up with your 5-core stories, and one example from it would be the 'value' story. Come up with a short story that lets people understand that instead of saying "you can trust me."
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Turning your 'FOMO' into a fuel Why it's your moral responsibility to get your message out Why their tagline is "PR done differently"
Related Links and Resources: They can join "the be on tv bootcamp" program where we can help them not only with the mindset side but we can help them with the clear messaging, help them with a pitch, and help them leverage their own network to get on tv. If they can go to www.thebeontvbootcamp.com/billprater they will find special discount and they will be connected to the most amazing group of people. Summary: Chris Winfield is affectionately known as "The Super Connector". He is the CEO and Co-Founder of Super Connector Media and creator of The Super Connector Method. Here are the highlights of this episode: Chris told us that their absolute clients would be coaches, entrepreneurs, and experts who considered themselves as best kept secret; and they know that they can do so much more in terms of their visibility. So, these folks are facing the problem of not knowing how they can send out their message out there and build their brand. They don't have a clear plan. Also, they don't know how to leverage the media to build their credibility, authority, and get their name in front of everyone. These people start to feel the feeling of "FOMO", not the Fear of Missing Out but the Miss Of Opportunity. When they see their competitors on TV or big media, they tell themselves “That should have been me", and Chris' team use that FOMO and turn that into fuel. That shows you what you're actually wanting, what you're capable of, and where you should need to go. People wonder about their tagline "It's PR done differently" and Chris shared with us that he's grown his company through his network and PR. And then leverage the media to get multi-million clients. And then he started teaching people. It's all about being YOU; a lot of times PR agencies would tell you to be a different person but for Chris team, they will tell you “To be the most you that you can be." Don't just share the perfect part, also your own mess. People want the real you. Try to leverage your connection. Finally, how to take PR and leverage it to get more leads or contracts. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): If you're someone who's not comfortable asking for help, think about how good the feeling is when you help somebody. It's the best feeling in the world when you help someone you care about. So, don't deprive other people of that gift of helping you also. It is your responsibility to get your message out there into the media, let it reach to many people that you can actually help.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Turning your ‘FOMO’ into a fuel * Why it’s your moral responsibility to get your message out * Why their tagline is “PR done differently”
Related Links and Resources:
They can join “the be on tv bootcamp” program where we can help them not only with the mindset side but we can help them with the clear messaging, help them with a pitch, and help them leverage their own network to get on tv. If they can go to www.thebeontvbootcamp.com/billprater they will find special discount and they will be connected to the most amazing group of people.
Summary:
Chris Winfield is affectionately known as “The Super Connector”. He is the CEO and Co-Founder of Super Connector Media and creator of The Super Connector Method.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Chris told us that their absolute clients would be coaches, entrepreneurs, and experts who considered themselves as best kept secret; and they know that they can do so much more in terms of their visibility. So, these folks are facing the problem of not knowing how they can send out their message out there and build their brand. They don’t have a clear plan. Also, they don’t know how to leverage the media to build their credibility, authority, and get their name in front of everyone.
These people start to feel the feeling of “FOMO”, not the Fear of Missing Out but the Miss Of Opportunity. When they see their competitors on TV or big media, they tell themselves “That should have been me”, and Chris’ team use that FOMO and turn that into fuel. That shows you what you’re actually wanting, what you’re capable of, and where you should need to go.
People wonder about their tagline “It’s PR done differently” and Chris shared with us that he’s grown his company through his network and PR. And then leverage the media to get multi-million clients. And then he started teaching people. It’s all about being YOU; a lot of times PR agencies would tell you to be a different person but for Chris team, they will tell you “To be the most you that you can be.” Don’t just share the perfect part, also your own mess. People want the real you. Try to leverage your connection. Finally, how to take PR and leverage it to get more leads or contracts.
Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA):
If you’re someone who’s not comfortable asking for help, think about how good the feeling is when you help somebody. It’s the best feeling in the world when you help someone you care about. So, don’t deprive other people of that gift of helping you also. It is your responsibility to get your message out there into the media, let it reach to many people that you can actually help.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
What can eBrand Dashboard do for you Why is it important an emotional connection What is 'ZMOT'?
Related Links and Resources:
On their website www.zmotexpert.com, they offer eBrand Dashboard for FREE. It will bring all these different aspects of your online presence into a singular hub so that it will be easier to manage.
Summary: Paul Mackiewicz is founder of #Smart and an Army Veteran. After finding his way into the digital marketing industry working at two different INC 5000 fastest growing companies, Paul struck out on his own. Now he helps small businesses get a true understanding of their client’s behavior and uses that information to create highly effective digital marketing strategies. Here are the highlights of this episode: Paul has shared with us that his ideal client would be in law firms between 1-5 attorneys. He helps these folks to truly differentiate themselves with other law firms, and then accentuating those qualities to help them get their type of clients. When people start having multiple options, some makes snap judgements. And those little attributes that what we find on business online is what pushes that needle for them. What Paul usually see is that these attorney or business owner tries to find efficient way to solve things. They may be not having a process in place on how to generate positive reviews or answer these reviews. It is important to have that human connection even for 3 seconds. If you're wondering what is ZMOT and how to conceptualize it? It actually a concept that came out from Google about 10 years ago. It builds up the traditional marketing model which is 'awareness'. When you tried a certain product or service, you give your feedback online now. It can either be positive or negative, generate referrals or not. Then we come to the point of the 'zero' moment of truth. After awareness, you may have not made that buying decision yet. You might go online and check them out first or their competitor, etc. But what you need to look for is to find that attribute or something that's going to sway you in one direction or another. So, it's important to respond to those reviews and build emotional connection to let them feel at ease that you are the right decision by the end of the day. Paul’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): It's important to have a visible google business listing. Let's say you have an accident in Uber or Lyft, and you are not sure which or what type of attorney to contact. If you see a quick 'rideshare accident' with nice graphic and has the contact of the law firm, then it will be easier for anyone to stop searching further.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * What can eBrand Dashboard do for you * Why is it important an emotional connection * What is ‘ZMOT’?
Related Links and Resources:
On their website www.zmotexpert.com, they offer eBrand Dashboard for FREE. It will bring all these different aspects of your online presence into a singular hub so that it will be easier to manage.
Summary:
Paul Mackiewicz is founder of #Smart and an Army Veteran. After finding his way into the digital marketing industry
working at two different INC 5000 fastest growing companies, Paul struck out on his own. Now he helps small businesses get a true understanding of their client’s behavior and uses that information to create highly effective digital marketing strategies.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Paul has shared with us that his ideal client would be in law firms between 1-5 attorneys. He helps these folks to truly differentiate themselves with other law firms, and then accentuating those qualities to help them get their type of clients. When people start having multiple options, some makes snap judgements. And those little attributes that what we find on business online is what pushes that needle for them.
What Paul usually see is that these attorney or business owner tries to find efficient way to solve things. They may be not having a process in place on how to generate positive reviews or answer these reviews. It is important to have that human connection even for 3 seconds.
If you’re wondering what is ZMOT and how to conceptualize it? It actually a concept that came out from Google about 10 years ago. It builds up the traditional marketing model which is ‘awareness’. When you tried a certain product or service, you give your feedback online now. It can either be positive or negative, generate referrals or not. Then we come to the point of the ‘zero’ moment of truth. After awareness, you may have not made that buying decision yet. You might go online and check them out first or their competitor, etc. But what you need to look for is to find that attribute or something that’s going to sway you in one direction or another. So, it’s important to respond to those reviews and build emotional connection to let them feel at ease that you are the right decision by the end of the day.
Paul’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
It’s important to have a visible google business listing. Let’s say you have an accident in Uber or Lyft, and you are not sure which or what type of attorney to contact. If you see a quick ‘rideshare accident’ with nice graphic and has the contact of the law firm, then it will be easier for anyone to stop searching further.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Trying to use your business as a vehicle, not a destination * The importance of having a clear roadmap or plan * What’s the best way to be on track of your financial freedom
Related Links and Resources:
This about having the right education, the right tools, and taking the right action. You can get Jackson’s bestselling books for free, go to www.book.wealth-mentor.com.au/gift-page and this will help you level up your financial literacy and be more confident of being the architect of your financial plan.
Summary:
Jackson Millan – The Wealth Mentor has spent the last 14 years helping service businesses understand the language of money and manufacture financial freedom for themselves and their families.
He has successfully helped over 1,000 clients build in excess of $1.5 billion in combined wealth and has scaled multiple 7 figure businesses. He is a master of helping business owners make money work for them and turn their business profit into personal wealth.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Jackson has shared with us that their ideal clients are service businesses who are doing 6 to 7 figures and not prioritizing their health since they are caught in the trap of scaling. And most of them believe that scaling requires cash burn, and it comes in the expense of their lifestyle, wealth, and financial freedom. So, his team helps these folks to resolve this so that they can live a life that they desire.
These people has started to based their success, happiness, and fulfillment by the growth of their business. Jackson tries to let them see clear what financial freedom really looks like outside of the business, so that we can use the business as a supercharge vehicle to get them there faster. They are experts in what they do, but Jackson says that his clients are working for money as oppose to money working for them. Therefore, they provide simple systems and framework that will make sure that their effort results to increase income and at the same time, personal wealth.
He advises that it’s important to have a plan or clear roadmap. Also, some faces the problem of not having the sufficient cash for them to get where they want to go. Another problem is the lack of consistency, they also face of just being fine being in that ‘financial comfort’ where they coast through life with just having enough.
Get into a habit of taking imperfect action in pursuit of our ultimate goal. It’s about ‘failing forwards’. This is to ensure that we are taking the right steps and actions in doing so systematically and regularly for a long time. Remember that this is a marathon not a sprint. Take that regular and persistent action, and stop trying to make it perfect.
Jackson’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
There are so many things that we can be focusing on. Most businesses or households has this ‘cashflow bottlenecks’, these are small or invisible blockage of cashflow that’s consuming the life blood which is money. There are 40 things that you can do that can get you financially fit and on the right trajectory to creating that lifestyle that you want. With this, you will be able to evaluate where you are and get that low-hanging financial fruit.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Trying to use your business as a vehicle, not a destination The importance of having a clear roadmap or plan What's the best way to be on track of your financial freedom
Related Links and Resources: This about having the right education, the right tools, and taking the right action. You can get Jackson's bestselling books for free, go to www.book.wealth-mentor.com.au/gift-page and this will help you level up your financial literacy and be more confident of being the architect of your financial plan. Summary: Jackson Millan - The Wealth Mentor has spent the last 14 years helping service businesses understand the language of money and manufacture financial freedom for themselves and their families. He has successfully helped over 1,000 clients build in excess of $1.5 billion in combined wealth and has scaled multiple 7 figure businesses. He is a master of helping business owners make money work for them and turn their business profit into personal wealth. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jackson has shared with us that their ideal clients are service businesses who are doing 6 to 7 figures and not prioritizing their health since they are caught in the trap of scaling. And most of them believe that scaling requires cash burn, and it comes in the expense of their lifestyle, wealth, and financial freedom. So, his team helps these folks to resolve this so that they can live a life that they desire. These people has started to based their success, happiness, and fulfillment by the growth of their business. Jackson tries to let them see clear what financial freedom really looks like outside of the business, so that we can use the business as a supercharge vehicle to get them there faster. They are experts in what they do, but Jackson says that his clients are working for money as oppose to money working for them. Therefore, they provide simple systems and framework that will make sure that their effort results to increase income and at the same time, personal wealth. He advises that it's important to have a plan or clear roadmap. Also, some faces the problem of not having the sufficient cash for them to get where they want to go. Another problem is the lack of consistency, they also face of just being fine being in that 'financial comfort' where they coast through life with just having enough. Get into a habit of taking imperfect action in pursuit of our ultimate goal. It's about 'failing forwards'. This is to ensure that we are taking the right steps and actions in doing so systematically and regularly for a long time. Remember that this is a marathon not a sprint. Take that regular and persistent action, and stop trying to make it perfect. Jackson's Valuable Free Action (VFA): There are so many things that we can be focusing on. Most businesses or households has this 'cashflow bottlenecks', these are small or invisible blockage of cashflow that's consuming the life blood which is money. There are 40 things that you can do that can get you financially fit and on the right trajectory to creating that lifestyle that you want. With this, you will be able to evaluate where you are and get that low-hanging financial fruit.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Hiring the A-players * How to make your job post stand out * Why you need to hire from Eastern Europe
Related Links and Resources:
They got an actionable, comprehensive, how to hire remote guide. It’s completely FREE, you can head over to https://jobrack.eu and check the resources section. It’s literally how they hire. It’s all the action step that you need.
Summary:
Noel Andrews is the owner of JobRack.eu where he helps business owners hire high quality remote team members from Eastern Europe. Working with online businesses of all sizes Noel’s superpower is being helpful and friendly and guiding people through one of the hardest things any business owner ever has to tackle….hiring great people.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Noel has shared with us that ideally, he works with clients who have an online business that needs to grow, and they need the right people that’s going to drive the business. They work a lot with online agencies, SAS businesses, service providers, or basically anyone who can grow through developers, designers, customer service, SEOs, or high-quality assistants. And Noel’s team, are helping these folks to hire the A-players, those who’s really going to take away the pain from you.
Usually, these busy owners or businesses are too busy and therefore not getting things done that they need to and therefore need to hire. Or, they maybe started the hiring process and throwing money on job boards or services, recruiters asking for a big fee. They might end doing the whole hiring process themselves out and hire someone out of desperation and who isn’t capable to do the job. They are really not giving enough time and energy to do the hiring. Another mistake that business owners do is not selling the benefits and opportunities to potential candidates. Most try to hire by themselves instead of getting help, but failing to do so. They’re not making their job post stand out from the rest.
If you are wondering why you need to hire from Eastern Europe, Noel said that there’s a cultural alignment with the Western world and in UK. What you get from Easter Europe is high standard of education, great English skills, and really low cost of living. You can give lower salaries but you can still pay them really well from where they are, and you can get great benefits and savings as a business owner. And, they have a work ethic; they work hard and they want to have a stable long-term role.
Noel’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
If they want to do the hiring themselves and putting it on a job board or post, include a video of you on top of the job post. Introduce yourself, introduce your business, and do 30-60 seconds explaining about the role, what kind of person you are looking for, and you can end it by saying “if this sounds like you, then check out the rest of the details and follow the instructions to apply.” Adding a single video to a job post is the single best way to make it stand out and attract the kind of people that you want.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Hiring the A-players How to make your job post stand out Why you need to hire from Eastern Europe
Related Links and Resources: They got an actionable, comprehensive, how to hire remote guide. It's completely FREE, you can head over to https://jobrack.eu and check the resources section. It's literally how they hire. It's all the action step that you need. Summary: Noel Andrews is the owner of JobRack.eu where he helps business owners hire high quality remote team members from Eastern Europe. Working with online businesses of all sizes Noel’s superpower is being helpful and friendly and guiding people through one of the hardest things any business owner ever has to tackle….hiring great people. Here are the highlights of this episode: Noel has shared with us that ideally, he works with clients who have an online business that needs to grow, and they need the right people that's going to drive the business. They work a lot with online agencies, SAS businesses, service providers, or basically anyone who can grow through developers, designers, customer service, SEOs, or high-quality assistants. And Noel's team, are helping these folks to hire the A-players, those who's really going to take away the pain from you. Usually, these busy owners or businesses are too busy and therefore not getting things done that they need to and therefore need to hire. Or, they maybe started the hiring process and throwing money on job boards or services, recruiters asking for a big fee. They might end doing the whole hiring process themselves out and hire someone out of desperation and who isn't capable to do the job. They are really not giving enough time and energy to do the hiring. Another mistake that business owners do is not selling the benefits and opportunities to potential candidates. Most try to hire by themselves instead of getting help, but failing to do so. They're not making their job post stand out from the rest. If you are wondering why you need to hire from Eastern Europe, Noel said that there's a cultural alignment with the Western world and in UK. What you get from Easter Europe is high standard of education, great English skills, and really low cost of living. You can give lower salaries but you can still pay them really well from where they are, and you can get great benefits and savings as a business owner. And, they have a work ethic; they work hard and they want to have a stable long-term role. Noel’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If they want to do the hiring themselves and putting it on a job board or post, include a video of you on top of the job post. Introduce yourself, introduce your business, and do 30-60 seconds explaining about the role, what kind of person you are looking for, and you can end it by saying "if this sounds like you, then check out the rest of the details and follow the instructions to apply." Adding a single video to a job post is the single best way to make it stand out and attract the kind of people that you want.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding help that's also affordable Why you need to outsource something that you are good at Why hire someone from Philippines?
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.onlinejobs.ph/webinar, there's a 35-minute video where John will walk you through this process. How and why is this different than what you heard before in outsourcing. Summary: John Jonas has helped thousands of entrepreneurs succeed in their business by doing outsourcing differently. He created and runs OnlineJobs.ph, the largest website for finding Filipino virtual workers, with over 1,000,000 Filipino resumes and over 300,000 employers from around the world using it. While making a full-time living he rarely works full time. He works about 17 hours per week, choosing to spend his time with his family rather than working. John has made millions of dollars online directly from work that his 37 full-time Filipino workers have done for him and now teaches others exactly how to do the same thing. Here are the highlights of this episode: John has told us that typically their ideal client is not big business; a solopreneur or entrepreneur who's running your own business or having a small team. But they do have clients who area realtors, doctors, attorney, even from Google, Uber, and a lot more. These folks are facing the common issue of not having much of time of the day to get things done. The need assistance, but it's hard to find that help and someone who's affordable. In the Philippines, you can get a full-time talented designer or programmer. Typically, they feel overwhelmed, that's what John felt when he started the business. Like everyone, he wanted to work for himself and there's no 'boss.' But then he realized "yes, I'm the boss, I'm going to force myself to work 60hrs a day in a week" and it resulted to him feeling stressed and overworked. Common mistake is sometimes having this mindset of DIY (Do It Yourself) because you may still need help. John hired someone full time in the Philippines and it completely changed his life; for the first time ever, he stepped away from his business and worked ON his business to create something for him to do. He then felt liberated! He was forced to get the Filipino guy to do stuff for John and it was amazing. Why the Philippines? For John, he tried people from different countries. For him at beginning, the country doesn't matter. But when he went to the Philippines, he realized that the country matters. They're honest and loyal. The person that John hired back in 2005 still works for him today (16 years). They won't steal your idea, they're hard-working, the speak American English or no communication problem. They really value long-term full-time work, and that creates stability in the business. John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Most people would say "outsource what you don't know what to do and do what you're good at." And I say that's a terrible advice; outsource something that you are good at. It's maybe something you don't like doing but you know how to do, get something out of your plate. It makes hiring so easy because you know exactly the skills and qualities you're looking for, you what feedback to give, and even providing training. And when you succeed in this, you're less busy.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Finding help that’s also affordable * Why you need to outsource something that you are good at * Why hire someone from Philippines?
Related Links and Resources:
If you go to www.onlinejobs.ph/webinar, there’s a 35-minute video where John will walk you through this process. How and why is this different than what you heard before in outsourcing.
Summary:
John Jonas has helped thousands of entrepreneurs succeed in their business by doing outsourcing differently. He created and runs OnlineJobs.ph, the largest website for finding Filipino virtual workers, with over 1,000,000 Filipino resumes and over 300,000 employers from around the world using it.
While making a full-time living he rarely works full time. He works about 17 hours per week, choosing to spend his time with his family rather than working. John has made millions of dollars online directly from work that his 37 full-time Filipino workers have done for him and now teaches others exactly how to do the same thing.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
John has told us that typically their ideal client is not big business; a solopreneur or entrepreneur who’s running your own business or having a small team. But they do have clients who area realtors, doctors, attorney, even from Google, Uber, and a lot more. These folks are facing the common issue of not having much of time of the day to get things done. The need assistance, but it’s hard to find that help and someone who’s affordable. In the Philippines, you can get a full-time talented designer or programmer. Typically, they feel overwhelmed, that’s what John felt when he started the business. Like everyone, he wanted to work for himself and there’s no ‘boss.’ But then he realized “yes, I’m the boss, I’m going to force myself to work 60hrs a day in a week” and it resulted to him feeling stressed and overworked.
Common mistake is sometimes having this mindset of DIY (Do It Yourself) because you may still need help. John hired someone full time in the Philippines and it completely changed his life; for the first time ever, he stepped away from his business and worked ON his business to create something for him to do. He then felt liberated! He was forced to get the Filipino guy to do stuff for John and it was amazing.
Why the Philippines? For John, he tried people from different countries. For him at beginning, the country doesn’t matter. But when he went to the Philippines, he realized that the country matters. They’re honest and loyal. The person that John hired back in 2005 still works for him today (16 years). They won’t steal your idea, they’re hard-working, the speak American English or no communication problem. They really value long-term full-time work, and that creates stability in the business.
John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
Most people would say “outsource what you don’t know what to do and do what you’re good at.” And I say that’s a terrible advice; outsource something that you are good at. It’s maybe something you don’t like doing but you know how to do, get something out of your plate. It makes hiring so easy because you know exactly the skills and qualities you’re looking for, you what feedback to give, and even providing training. And when you succeed in this, you’re less busy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Getting that next level towards conversion Combining the right mindset and skillset Why can't people sell effectively?
Related Links and Resources: Navin has recently produced a PDF which talks about how to deal with curious customers into making them a paid client. It's available on his website at www.navinjaitlycoaching.com. Or, send him a direct email at navinjaitlycoaching@outlook.com and send it to you directly. Summary: Navin Jaitly is an award-winning salesman, public speaker and international bestselling author. 15 years' experience in sales and has sold millions of pounds in products/ services across the World. He went from underperformer to high achiever once he learnt what was needed (especially from a mindset perspective? Now he dedicates his life to help others (in particular small business owners/ solopreneurs) to ramp up their sales revenues. He has his own unique approach to sales coaching and focuses on both the technical as well as mental side of the sales game. As a result, clients who use him find that they exponentially grow their sales revenue and are able to consistently do this over a long period. Here are the highlights of this episode: Navin has shared with us that their ideal clients would be business owner or solopreneur, someone who's doing visibly well but they're in that position that they want to get to that next level. Typically, they have leads but it's falling flat from there. There are curious or interested people, but they are not becoming paid clients. Another problem is that they are stuck in their price zones, wanting to scale their prices up without scaring their existing clients or being able to attract new ones. There's a lot of fear and confusion, they don't know exactly what to do next. They're fantastic in what they do when it comes to products or services but facing problems with conversion. Navin helps them to get total clarity and total knowing what they're doing in order for them to get to the next level. The mistakes that he sees that they do is that firstly, the mindset. They are not thinking of themselves or their business in a grand manner that they need to in order to get to that next level. Second would be the skillset side. They're making it all about them and not getting into the client's world, asking the right questions, not effectively listening, they're not handling objections in the most empowering way. So, it's important to have those two things clear first. He says that some people can't sell effectively because they're never been taught how to. Some say that people are naturally born salespeople, but Navin disagrees to this. There are people who are great conversationalist, but sales is not all about the way you talk. It's all about your mindset, how you listen, what type of questions you ask, and how you position yourself. If you want to be a great salesperson which you need to be to grow your business, you need to be taught. Some will come naturally to you, but there is a system in place. Navin’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): For mindset perspective, they need to rethink and relook at what their business is and who they are. Once they work that out in the most empowering way, that will be a gamechanger. On the skillset perspective, the next time you're in front with someone, ask them more empowering questions, ask them opening questions that will get them to an emotional response. Because people buy with emotions and justify with logic. Those two things will surely help.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Getting that next level towards conversion * Combining the right mindset and skillset * Why can’t people sell effectively?
Related Links and Resources:
Navin has recently produced a PDF which talks about how to deal with curious customers into making them a paid client. It’s available on his website at www.navinjaitlycoaching.com. Or, send him a direct email at navinjaitlycoaching@outlook.com and send it to you directly.
Summary:
Navin Jaitly is an award-winning salesman, public speaker and international bestselling author. 15 years’ experience in sales and has sold millions of pounds in products/ services across the World. He went from underperformer to high achiever once he learnt what was needed (especially from a mindset perspective? Now he dedicates his life to help others (in particular small business owners/ solopreneurs) to ramp up their sales revenues.
He has his own unique approach to sales coaching and focuses on both the technical as well as mental side of the sales game. As a result, clients who use him find that they exponentially grow their sales revenue and are able to consistently do this over a long period.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Navin has shared with us that their ideal clients would be business owner or solopreneur, someone who’s doing visibly well but they’re in that position that they want to get to that next level. Typically, they have leads but it’s falling flat from there. There are curious or interested people, but they are not becoming paid clients. Another problem is that they are stuck in their price zones, wanting to scale their prices up without scaring their existing clients or being able to attract new ones. There’s a lot of fear and confusion, they don’t know exactly what to do next. They’re fantastic in what they do when it comes to products or services but facing problems with conversion. Navin helps them to get total clarity and total knowing what they’re doing in order for them to get to the next level.
The mistakes that he sees that they do is that firstly, the mindset. They are not thinking of themselves or their business in a grand manner that they need to in order to get to that next level. Second would be the skillset side. They’re making it all about them and not getting into the client’s world, asking the right questions, not effectively listening, they’re not handling objections in the most empowering way. So, it’s important to have those two things clear first.
He says that some people can’t sell effectively because they’re never been taught how to. Some say that people are naturally born salespeople, but Navin disagrees to this. There are people who are great conversationalist, but sales is not all about the way you talk. It’s all about your mindset, how you listen, what type of questions you ask, and how you position yourself. If you want to be a great salesperson which you need to be to grow your business, you need to be taught. Some will come naturally to you, but there is a system in place.
Navin’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
For mindset perspective, they need to rethink and relook at what their business is and who they are. Once they work that out in the most empowering way, that will be a gamechanger. On the skillset perspective, the next time you’re in front with someone, ask them more empowering questions, ask them opening questions that will get them to an emotional response. Because people buy with emotions and justify with logic. Those two things will surely help.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * How not be a lurker on LinkedIn * The downside of selling at a networking event * Why most people are not getting ROI on LinkedIn?
Related Links and Resources:
Go to www.evyrgreen.com/30tips we have a 30 tips booklet, if you want to know how to use LinkedIn better, grab that free gift and you’ll going to learn exactly the things you need to do in order to be more successful on LinkedIn.
Summary:
Joe Apfelbaum is the CEO and founder of Ajax Union, a B2B digital marketing agency in Brooklyn, NY. Joe is a business strategist, LinkedIn expert and Certified Google Trainer. He enjoys speaking and writing about digital marketing, professional networking, and personal development in his seminars, webinars, and articles.
Joe is the author of High Energy Marketing. Joe is the host of the popular podcast The Breakthrough Maze where he coaches entrepreneurs on how to go from frustration to ‘Mojovation’; he has also been featured on hundreds of popular podcasts. Joe is on a mission to help 1,000 hungry entrepreneurs go from Frustration to ‘Mojovation’ via his online courses, books, and speaking engagements.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Joe has shared with us that in their evergreen networking, they coach consultants, coaches, and entrepreneurs on how to use LinkedIn 15 minutes a day to create great conversations. If they are consultants or lawyers who needs usually needs more referrals or clients, then they are an ideal client for Joe’s team because they can help them on how to do that on LinkedIn.
There are thousands of things that someone can do on LinkedIn so if you walk there without a strategy, you will be totally lost. His team provides the framework, templates, cheats, scripts, and the system that can help someone generate on LinkedIn. Joe says they procrastinate if they don’t have preparation. If you’re afraid of doing the wrong thing, it’s because you don’t have enough preparation or training. As a result, fear stops you from taking action.
The mistake that Joe sees is when they start selling at a networking event, that is if they’re taking the wrong action. The other one is when they are being ‘reactive’, they’re perfecting their profile. But they need the right strategy to take the right actions and not selling. In addition, is also wasting their time on the feed; it’s not really a best place for you to generate revenue. Learn the things to do correctly in order for you to make an impact.
People wonder why they’re not getting ROI on LinkedIn, what do you need to measure on LinkedIn in order to be successful? One word: Conversations. Conversations lead to conversions. Measure how many conversations you had as a result of LinkedIn in the past 90 days. It will then indicate the next 90 days on how much revenue you’re going to generate.
Joe’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
Prospect clients wonder who you are and they tend to go on your profile. What people are missing on their profile is call to action. You have to be really clear on what you want them to do. So, go to your profile today and update it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How not be a lurker on LinkedIn The downside of selling at a networking event Why most people are not getting ROI on LinkedIn?
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.evyrgreen.com/30tips we have a 30 tips booklet, if you want to know how to use LinkedIn better, grab that free gift and you'll going to learn exactly the things you need to do in order to be more successful on LinkedIn. Summary: Joe Apfelbaum is the CEO and founder of Ajax Union, a B2B digital marketing agency in Brooklyn, NY. Joe is a business strategist, LinkedIn expert and Certified Google Trainer. He enjoys speaking and writing about digital marketing, professional networking, and personal development in his seminars, webinars, and articles. Joe is the author of High Energy Marketing. Joe is the host of the popular podcast The Breakthrough Maze where he coaches entrepreneurs on how to go from frustration to ‘Mojovation’; he has also been featured on hundreds of popular podcasts. Joe is on a mission to help 1,000 hungry entrepreneurs go from Frustration to ‘Mojovation’ via his online courses, books, and speaking engagements. Here are the highlights of this episode: Joe has shared with us that in their evergreen networking, they coach consultants, coaches, and entrepreneurs on how to use LinkedIn 15 minutes a day to create great conversations. If they are consultants or lawyers who needs usually needs more referrals or clients, then they are an ideal client for Joe's team because they can help them on how to do that on LinkedIn. There are thousands of things that someone can do on LinkedIn so if you walk there without a strategy, you will be totally lost. His team provides the framework, templates, cheats, scripts, and the system that can help someone generate on LinkedIn. Joe says they procrastinate if they don't have preparation. If you're afraid of doing the wrong thing, it's because you don't have enough preparation or training. As a result, fear stops you from taking action. The mistake that Joe sees is when they start selling at a networking event, that is if they're taking the wrong action. The other one is when they are being 'reactive', they're perfecting their profile. But they need the right strategy to take the right actions and not selling. In addition, is also wasting their time on the feed; it's not really a best place for you to generate revenue. Learn the things to do correctly in order for you to make an impact. People wonder why they're not getting ROI on LinkedIn, what do you need to measure on LinkedIn in order to be successful? One word: Conversations. Conversations lead to conversions. Measure how many conversations you had as a result of LinkedIn in the past 90 days. It will then indicate the next 90 days on how much revenue you're going to generate. Joe's Valuable Free Action (VFA): Prospect clients wonder who you are and they tend to go on your profile. What people are missing on their profile is call to action. You have to be really clear on what you want them to do. So, go to your profile today and update it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The 3 mistakes in online course Knowing "pre-sold, paid, pilot" course Why should you create an online course
Related Links and Resources: Ian has written a book called "The Ultimate Guide to Creating an Online Course" which is available on Amazon. But you can get it completely FREE if you go to www.coursebuildershub.com/sbs. You can download there, and you can also get updates of any new episodes coming on course builders TV. There's lot of people there who has successfully build their course and are sharing their tips and ideas on what they did. So, you will learn for free from those who actually succeeded. Summary:
Ian Brodie is the Founder of The Course Builders Hub, the online community where successful course builders share their insights, ideas and insider tips on creating and growing an online course. Here are the highlights of this episode: Ian helps those who wants to use or build an online course; either to supplement their face-to-face income or to fully replace that. Even perhaps those who wants to take it seriously as a scalable revenue stream and bring value to their clients. They help those who are stuck trying to create, launch, and market an online course and later on, grow it. He further said that everyone can do and succeed using this without being an expert or a social media guru. A lot of those Ian helps usually felt the frustration of these folks; either they are stuck and not able to create that course, or they already created it but not getting attraction with it. There are 3 mistakes in online course that he sees: first, people are building the wrong course. Most information is free on the internet, so if your course is just giving information, they'll just get it form YouTube. You need something that does something different. Secondly, if it's about providing information and skills, then it means we need to keep creating more and more content but most of us can't do that because we're not a big institution. Thirdly, if it's information and skills to use in the future or next step in your career, it's going to be difficult on the return on investment on that. One should create an 'outcome-focus' course which helps people solve an immediate problem that they have or achieve a goal that they really driving for. So, really narrow it down. Some creates a course before they even know there's a market for it. And it turns out no one wants to buy it. So, test the market first before you build a course. Online course is for people who sell their time for money like coaches, consultants, trainers, or people who offer their services. One of the easiest ways to transition to a business that's more scalable, gives you more free time & flexibility, is to turn what you know into an online course and deliver those. Ian’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The number one piece of advice that Ian would like to give you they you can do and helps you go fast is to do a "pre-sold, paid, pilot." Pilot is a strip-down version of your course that gets the result people are looking for, and it just does what's needed. If you do a paid pilot, if you charge for it or will give a discount, establish first if there's a market for it. And pre-sold, sell it to people after you write an outline on what's going to be on it, not after you created all the course. The most enthusiastic people are going to buy it if they can. If not enough people are going to buy it, don't create the content.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * The 3 mistakes in online course * Knowing “pre-sold, paid, pilot” course * Why should you create an online course
Related Links and Resources:
Ian has written a book called “The Ultimate Guide to Creating an Online Course” which is available on Amazon. But you can get it completely FREE if you go to www.coursebuildershub.com/sbs. You can download there, and you can also get updates of any new episodes coming on course builders TV. There’s lot of people there who has successfully build their course and are sharing their tips and ideas on what they did. So, you will learn for free from those who actually succeeded.
Summary:
Ian Brodie is the Founder of The Course Builders Hub, the online community where successful course builders share their insights, ideas and insider tips on creating and growing an online course.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Ian helps those who wants to use or build an online course; either to supplement their face-to-face income or to fully replace that. Even perhaps those who wants to take it seriously as a scalable revenue stream and bring value to their clients. They help those who are stuck trying to create, launch, and market an online course and later on, grow it. He further said that everyone can do and succeed using this without being an expert or a social media guru. A lot of those Ian helps usually felt the frustration of these folks; either they are stuck and not able to create that course, or they already created it but not getting attraction with it.
There are 3 mistakes in online course that he sees: first, people are building the wrong course. Most information is free on the internet, so if your course is just giving information, they’ll just get it form YouTube. You need something that does something different. Secondly, if it’s about providing information and skills, then it means we need to keep creating more and more content but most of us can’t do that because we’re not a big institution. Thirdly, if it’s information and skills to use in the future or next step in your career, it’s going to be difficult on the return on investment on that. One should create an ‘outcome-focus’ course which helps people solve an immediate problem that they have or achieve a goal that they really driving for. So, really narrow it down. Some creates a course before they even know there’s a market for it. And it turns out no one wants to buy it. So, test the market first before you build a course.
Online course is for people who sell their time for money like coaches, consultants, trainers, or people who offer their services. One of the easiest ways to transition to a business that’s more scalable, gives you more free time & flexibility, is to turn what you know into an online course and deliver those.
Ian’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
The number one piece of advice that Ian would like to give you they you can do and helps you go fast is to do a “pre-sold, paid, pilot.” Pilot is a strip-down version of your course that gets the result people are looking for, and it just does what’s needed. If you do a paid pilot, if you charge for it or will give a discount, establish first if there’s a market for it. And pre-sold, sell it to people after you write an outline on what’s going to be on it, not after you created all the course. The most enthusiastic people are going to buy it if they can. If not enough people are going to buy it, don’t create the content.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * How to communicate with potential customers * Three elements to get business done * The importance of collaboration
Related Links and Resources:
I will breakdown and teach you exactly what I do. It’s all about creating an environment where I build relationship and sales is the natural outcome from the good percentage of those people. Go www.upmyinfluence.com/free and if you scroll all the way to the bottom and you see ‘scholarship’ then that’s where you can go ahead and fill-in, it’s FREE. I’m going to breakdown step by step video to know exactly what I do, how I do it, where I build relationship, and guess what? I don’t do paid ads!
Summary:
Josh Elledge is a U.S. Navy veteran who launched UpMyInfluence to help entrepreneurs like himself attract the perfect audiences and grow their authority and influence.
While growing their better-than-PR agency, UpMyInfluence discovered that building 7-figure B2B Sales Systems (with zero paid advertising) for agencies, consultants, coaches, and other high-ticket B2B service providers is actually what they do better than anyone else on the planet.
Josh writes a syndicated newspaper column to 1.1 million readers, and regularly appears on more than 75 TV stations across the country. All told, Josh has appeared in the media more than 2000 times. Josh loves living in Orlando, FL with his wife and three children.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
Josh told us that he loves working with high-ticket consultants, coaches, agencies, or those folks who get a lot of good ‘word-of-mouth’ feedback. He knows that when you work with high-level customer client or those key-decision makers, it’s hard to reach out to these people. You may have tried all the typical lead-gen marketing but it doesn’t work. The thing is, everybody’s a consumer; there’s that and combine with the fact that most marketers ruined it. We don’t want to be sold at or in general, we just don’t have time for it. And you’re maybe a good service provider and you should make that connection. When you spent so much money trying things that doesn’t work, or hired lead-gen companies that ended up a low-quality provider, then you need to pay attention to the problem, because those who would value from your service, they’re too busy to engage.
He reminded everyone that it’s not your fault, but because of those bad marketers or those who ‘over fished’ the water. There’s a lot of potential customers, and we just communicate in way that we want to be dealt with.
Everyone wants to grow or scale faster. John truly believes that aligning with amazing people. When you are able to joint venture and build an alliance, it helps. He is a huge fan of collaboration. They have about 120 people or companies that they partnered with that resulted to an amazing business together.
Josh’s Valuable Free Action (VFA):
Business gets done today with 3 elements. One is Authority-busy decision makers are going to check you out. So, we need to communicate who we are very effectively, communicate the authority of what you have. Having a proper LinkedIn for example helps you to be seen. Number two is to lead with Generosity- Josh believes that it’s the best fuel to build meaningful relationship with your dream customer or partners. The most important is the Leverage platform. What you’re doing is creating proximity with the people that you want to build relationship with, then that leads to familiarity. When you have someone to watch your content for example, that will lead to ‘know-like-and trust’. That’s exactly how you do it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to communicate with potential customers Three elements to get business done The importance of collaboration
Related Links and Resources: I will breakdown and teach you exactly what I do. It's all about creating an environment where I build relationship and sales is the natural outcome from the good percentage of those people. Go www.upmyinfluence.com/free and if you scroll all the way to the bottom and you see 'scholarship' then that's where you can go ahead and fill-in, it's FREE. I'm going to breakdown step by step video to know exactly what I do, how I do it, where I build relationship, and guess what? I don't do paid ads! Summary: Josh Elledge is a U.S. Navy veteran who launched UpMyInfluence to help entrepreneurs like himself attract the perfect audiences and grow their authority and influence. While growing their better-than-PR agency, UpMyInfluence discovered that building 7-figure B2B Sales Systems (with zero paid advertising) for agencies, consultants, coaches, and other high-ticket B2B service providers is actually what they do better than anyone else on the planet. Josh writes a syndicated newspaper column to 1.1 million readers, and regularly appears on more than 75 TV stations across the country. All told, Josh has appeared in the media more than 2000 times. Josh loves living in Orlando, FL with his wife and three children. Here are the highlights of this episode: Josh told us that he loves working with high-ticket consultants, coaches, agencies, or those folks who get a lot of good 'word-of-mouth' feedback. He knows that when you work with high-level customer client or those key-decision makers, it's hard to reach out to these people. You may have tried all the typical lead-gen marketing but it doesn't work. The thing is, everybody's a consumer; there's that and combine with the fact that most marketers ruined it. We don't want to be sold at or in general, we just don't have time for it. And you're maybe a good service provider and you should make that connection. When you spent so much money trying things that doesn't work, or hired lead-gen companies that ended up a low-quality provider, then you need to pay attention to the problem, because those who would value from your service, they're too busy to engage. He reminded everyone that it's not your fault, but because of those bad marketers or those who 'over fished' the water. There's a lot of potential customers, and we just communicate in way that we want to be dealt with. Everyone wants to grow or scale faster. John truly believes that aligning with amazing people. When you are able to joint venture and build an alliance, it helps. He is a huge fan of collaboration. They have about 120 people or companies that they partnered with that resulted to an amazing business together. Josh’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Business gets done today with 3 elements. One is Authority-busy decision makers are going to check you out. So, we need to communicate who we are very effectively, communicate the authority of what you have. Having a proper LinkedIn for example helps you to be seen. Number two is to lead with Generosity- Josh believes that it's the best fuel to build meaningful relationship with your dream customer or partners. The most important is the Leverage platform. What you're doing is creating proximity with the people that you want to build relationship with, then that leads to familiarity. When you have someone to watch your content for example, that will lead to 'know-like-and trust'. That's exactly how you do it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Common problems: time, team, and money Why business owners need to make effort in recruiting Knowing the two dimensions of money
Related Links and Resources: If they go to www.w5coaching.com/downloads and on the menu item there are 20 FREE tools that I use every day with my clients. And hopefully it can help you. Summary: John Nieuwenburg, is an award-winning Business Coach, who has worked with hundreds of clients. He coaches in 3 primary areas. Business: getting things done using proven tools, strategies and techniques to grow your business. Personal Growth: working with you in areas such as decision making, leadership, delegation and time management. Accountability: helping you to stay accountable for the results you have chosen. In an earlier life, John was the President of the BC Liquor Stores that today does about $3Bn of which about $1Bn is profit. Here are the highlights of this episode: John has shared with us that he has one or two types of ideal clients; professional advisors in a small-ish firms, or someone who has a craft, construction, or trade type of business. This covers all those professionals from those industries and also including business coaches. The common problems they face are around time, team, and money. When they start to tell themselves "I got so much to do and I can't get everything done. If I don't do it, it won't get done", they need to reach out to John. It's about getting the people to work and also getting the culture you want. And money has two dimensions; one side of it is getting proper accounting, metrics, key performance, or indicators so that you can measure results. While the other side of money, would be "I need more money. I need better sales and marketing." These folks may even feel like they're the only air traffic controller at the airport, meaning if they even take a break to the bathroom, they will think that planes will crash. They really felt that it's all on them, the responsibility. John would even ask his clients "If you can start your business from scratch, how many of your present people would you rehire?" and most common answer is only around 50%. So many business owners don't put much effort into recruiting as they would, or they should. Then they ending up recruiting on the side of their desk or just kind of an afterthought. Presently, that system isn’t going to work anymore. And most business owners haven't really work with professional CFO's or someone who understand their financial status. Therefore, there's a gap between what they need to what are being offered to them by the accounting professional. John would like to remind us that information is cheap, execution is hard. If giving you the information gives you the tool you need, that's awesome. But a lot of times people needs help on how to implement. Then you can go to www.timewithjohn.com and it will take you to my calendar and let's have a short 15-minute chat to see if I can help you. John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If you want to have a help with the free resource I gave, then maybe we should talk.
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Common problems: time, team, and money * Why business owners need to make effort in recruiting * Knowing the two dimensions of money
Related Links and Resources:
If they go to www.w5coaching.com/downloads and on the menu item there are 20 FREE tools that I use every day with my clients. And hopefully it can help you.
Summary:
John Nieuwenburg, is an award-winning Business Coach, who has worked with hundreds of clients. He coaches in 3 primary areas. Business: getting things done using proven tools, strategies and techniques to grow your business. Personal Growth: working with you in areas such as decision making, leadership, delegation and time management. Accountability: helping you to stay accountable for the results you have chosen.
In an earlier life, John was the President of the BC Liquor Stores that today does about $3Bn of which about $1Bn is profit.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
John has shared with us that he has one or two types of ideal clients; professional advisors in a small-ish firms, or someone who has a craft, construction, or trade type of business. This covers all those professionals from those industries and also including business coaches. The common problems they face are around time, team, and money. When they start to tell themselves “I got so much to do and I can’t get everything done. If I don’t do it, it won’t get done”, they need to reach out to John. It’s about getting the people to work and also getting the culture you want. And money has two dimensions; one side of it is getting proper accounting, metrics, key performance, or indicators so that you can measure results. While the other side of money, would be “I need more money. I need better sales and marketing.”
These folks may even feel like they’re the only air traffic controller at the airport, meaning if they even take a break to the bathroom, they will think that planes will crash. They really felt that it’s all on them, the responsibility. John would even ask his clients “If you can start your business from scratch, how many of your present people would you rehire?” and most common answer is only around 50%. So many business owners don’t put much effort into recruiting as they would, or they should. Then they ending up recruiting on the side of their desk or just kind of an afterthought. Presently, that system isn’t going to work anymore. And most business owners haven’t really work with professional CFO’s or someone who understand their financial status. Therefore, there’s a gap between what they need to what are being offered to them by the accounting professional.
John would like to remind us that information is cheap, execution is hard. If giving you the information gives you the tool you need, that’s awesome. But a lot of times people needs help on how to implement. Then you can go to www.timewithjohn.com and it will take you to my calendar and let’s have a short 15-minute chat to see if I can help you.
John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If you want to have a help with the free resource I gave, then maybe we should talk.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why you need to treat your ad as an actual ad Result of hiring the wrong people Why do people don't get good help
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.bluecollarculture.com and you'll see a link for the FREE book "How to Hire the Ones you Won't Want to Fire". Then look at the interview process; what's going on, what they should be doing, or when they should be doing it so that they can prevent those common mistakes. Summary: Jeremy Macliver, Certified EOS Implementer and Core-fit Hiring Coach, is passionate about helping business owners get what they want from their business. As a serial entrepreneur, Jeremy has led multiple companies through high growth phases, such as construction, automotive, and service industries. Under Jeremy's leadership, companies have doubled in size year after year, created strong cultures that attracted top talent, increased profitability, won the Best Places to Work award, and created apprenticeship programs that support youths interested in getting into the trades. Today, Jeremy shares his insights with leadership teams to reignite the passion on which their business was founded, and guides them through the process of building a stable, long-lasting organization accountable to their vision. Here are the highlights of this episode: A line that Jeremy heard from his dad is "get a trade", therefore his ideal clients are business owners in the trades like construction and manufacturing. Particularly those who are hiring lots of people under 30 dollars an hour. He helps them in hiring better people- and faster. The saddest thing that Jeremy sees is when these folks started to lose their vision; their dreams for the company, all of the excitement they have in their business begins to wane. They tell themselves "Ok, I'm going to do that. I need to do that" it means they don't actually have a system to free them, and get the right people in the right seats. Because of this, they become desperate in taking anyone, and it ends up taking the wrong people. This lowers their confidence as a leader, and lowers their performance as a company, and causes tons of financial distractions. If you're wondering why do people don't get good help, that's because they haven't systemize that part of their process whether knowing what they're looking for, or how they're going to sort through it, That's why they're not finding the right people. Jeremy’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start thinking about your job ads as an actual ad. A lot of things that you put on the job ads; they would never put on a marketing ad to get a customer. Start to really think about you're advertising for employees. So, move your job ad over to an advertisement and think "Is it really selling me and my business in a way that I'm proud and represent us."
*What You’ll Learn* Fro*m This Episode:* * Why you need to treat your ad as an actual ad * Result of hiring the wrong people * Why do people don’t get good help
Related Links and Resources:
Go to www.bluecollarculture.com and you’ll see a link for the FREE book “How to Hire the Ones you Won’t Want to Fire”. Then look at the interview process; what’s going on, what they should be doing, or when they should be doing it so that they can prevent those common mistakes.
Summary:
Jeremy Macliver, Certified EOS Implementer and Core-fit Hiring Coach, is passionate about helping business owners get what they want from their business. As a serial entrepreneur, Jeremy has led multiple companies through high growth phases, such as construction, automotive, and service industries.
Under Jeremy’s leadership, companies have doubled in size year after year, created strong cultures that attracted top talent, increased profitability, won the Best Places to Work award, and created apprenticeship programs that support youths interested in getting into the trades.
Today, Jeremy shares his insights with leadership teams to reignite the passion on which their business was founded, and guides them through the process of building a stable, long-lasting organization accountable to their vision.
Here are the highlights of this episode:
A line that Jeremy heard from his dad is “get a trade”, therefore his ideal clients are business owners in the trades like construction and manufacturing. Particularly those who are hiring lots of people under 30 dollars an hour. He helps them in hiring better people- and faster. The saddest thing that Jeremy sees is when these folks started to lose their vision; their dreams for the company, all of the excitement they have in their business begins to wane. They tell themselves “Ok, I’m going to do that. I need to do that” it means they don’t actually have a system to free them, and get the right people in the right seats. Because of this, they become desperate in taking anyone, and it ends up taking the wrong people. This lowers their confidence as a leader, and lowers their performance as a company, and causes tons of financial distractions. If you’re wondering why do people don’t get good help, that’s because they haven’t systemize that part of their process whether knowing what they’re looking for, or how they’re going to sort through it, That’s why they’re not finding the right people.
Jeremy’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start thinking about your job ads as an actual ad. A lot of things that you put on the job ads; they would never put on a marketing ad to get a customer. Start to really think about you’re advertising for employees. So, move your job ad over to an advertisement and think “Is it really selling me and my business in a way that I’m proud and represent us.”
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Not get stuck on that profit-cashflow rollercoaster Revenue is not created equally Which is important; revenue or profit?
Related Links and Resources:
The free gift we have for our listeners is the "Profit Leaks" check list. This is a great way to just take one immediate action. Go to www.PowerofProfitability.com to get that.
Summary: Jennifer Peek is the founder of Peek Advisory Group and The CFO School which help businesses build sustainable profits for long-term business success and create business legacies. Her 20+ years of corporate experience combined with 10+ years of personal entrepreneurship focused on business profitability, valuation and transition uniquely qualify Jennifer to provide businesses with proven insights for focused growth and compounding results. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jennifer has shared with us that they've been working usually with business owners who knows exactly who their customers are, what services & products they offer, but they're still stuck on that profit-cashflow rollercoaster. her team then tries to help these folks to gain a consistent, sustainable, profitability. And the biggest payoff for that is that it helps people sleep better at night because they stop being constantly worried. Most business owners face the underlying level of anxiety; a wondering question like "Is this going to be a profitable month or not?". So, this overall anxiety shows up in different ways. The first thing these people do is to chase revenue, because revenue or sales will fix everything. However, they don't really look at what that cost is. Another thing they do is to cross-cut their way to profit. A bunch of little things that even when they cut them a 100% it will not make a big difference. If someone wonders "Which is important; revenue or profit?" because you can't have profit until you have revenues, it's like the 'chicken and the egg' question. The answer is that there should be a balance. Whatever happens so much with revenue, that's where the focus becomes. And the media is not helping with that. "What's your revenue? The size of your company is measured by the revenue..." but you can have a 10 million dollar company and be losing money. So, it's really that balance. Also, it's important to know that regardless where companies are in their business life cycle, to be balancing those and to look at them equally and not over corrected in one direction or the other. Jennifer’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She said that it's important to know that not all of your revenue is created equally. Take a good look at where your revenue is, not only where it's coming from but what is it generating for you. Because you don't want to chase revenue that's just going to give you the same results. It will just become as same problem but bigger number.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Not get stuck on that profit-cashflow rollercoaster Revenue is not created equally Which is important; revenue or profit?
Related Links and Resources:
The free gift we have for our listeners is the "Profit Leaks" check list. This is a great way to just take one immediate action. Go to www.PowerofProfitability.com to get that.
Summary: Jennifer Peek is the founder of Peek Advisory Group and The CFO School which help businesses build sustainable profits for long-term business success and create business legacies. Her 20+ years of corporate experience combined with 10+ years of personal entrepreneurship focused on business profitability, valuation and transition uniquely qualify Jennifer to provide businesses with proven insights for focused growth and compounding results. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jennifer has shared with us that they've been working usually with business owners who knows exactly who their customers are, what services & products they offer, but they're still stuck on that profit-cashflow rollercoaster. her team then tries to help these folks to gain a consistent, sustainable, profitability. And the biggest payoff for that is that it helps people sleep better at night because they stop being constantly worried. Most business owners face the underlying level of anxiety; a wondering question like "Is this going to be a profitable month or not?". So, this overall anxiety shows up in different ways. The first thing these people do is to chase revenue, because revenue or sales will fix everything. However, they don't really look at what that cost is. Another thing they do is to cross-cut their way to profit. A bunch of little things that even when they cut them a 100% it will not make a big difference. If someone wonders "Which is important; revenue or profit?" because you can't have profit until you have revenues, it's like the 'chicken and the egg' question. The answer is that there should be a balance. Whatever happens so much with revenue, that's where the focus becomes. And the media is not helping with that. "What's your revenue? The size of your company is measured by the revenue..." but you can have a 10 million dollar company and be losing money. So, it's really that balance. Also, it's important to know that regardless where companies are in their business life cycle, to be balancing those and to look at them equally and not over corrected in one direction or the other. Jennifer’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She said that it's important to know that not all of your revenue is created equally. Take a good look at where your revenue is, not only where it's coming from but what is it generating for you. Because you don't want to chase revenue that's just going to give you the same results. It will just become as same problem but bigger number.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding speaking engagements Applying a speaker 'one sheet' What will you get from SpeakerTunity
Related Links and Resources: Business podcast are really an important factor. And getting on them is not as easy as you think. So, I got a great training program called "How to make business podcast, video cast, and radio your number source of new clients." You can get that by going to www.speakertunity.com/source Summary: Jackie Lapin is a leader in helping leaders, authors, coaches, speakers and entrepreneurs connect with their next followers around the globe. An expert at aiding them to GET BOOKED, she provides strategies, guidance and leads through her SpeakerTunity® programs, tip sheets and regional directories that get changemakers booked for speaking engagements, radio shows, podcasts, virtual summits, TEDx events and virtual networking across North America. Jackie’s internationally acclaimed Conscious Media Relations Radio/Podcast Tours have helped nearly 200 luminaries, leaders, filmmakers and authors grow their businesses, sell more books, create viewership and change more lives by introducing them to up to 9000 radio shows and podcasts, including such clients as Don Miguel Ruiz, Dr. Joe Vitale, James Twyman, Denise Linn, Arielle Ford, Hay House and more. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jackie told us that she helps out anybody who needs to get in front of the audience in order to grow their business. If that's how you introduce people to what you do, then you are the kind of clients that Jackie serves. The problem with these folks, either they don't have the time or don't want to spend time in finding the speaking engagements that will get them in front of their new clients. Therefore, Jackie helps them out by giving directories or exact contacts so that they don't have to do it themselves. You then save the money, time, all the headaches to do the research and get book on stages. These people usually felt overwhelmed or having not enough time to book themselves, they're not finding enough clients and they're frustrated with that, or they're looking at everybody else who are getting bookings and they're envious. Problem is, they tell themselves "I'll get to booking myself within this week" but they never do. Because they have client commitments, family commitments, and all kinds situations that they need to attend to. But the thing is, if you're not going to do it, it's just not going to happen. In her company Speakertunity, they provide regional speaker directories, with around 2,000 just in your own market in 4 categories: business, service groups, direct consumer, and spiritual. They also have 'specialty directories' where you have one niche and you want all speaking engagements all across north America that you can book yourself. So, it's a combination of live speaking, virtual speaking, and hybrid speaking. They have directories for podcast, for virtual summit, TEDx, and virtual networking. And if you get one of their directories and don't want to do it yourself, her team have a strategic partner called "book for your vietual assistance" that will do the booking for you. Jackie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If you're trying to book for speaking engagements, you really need get a speaker one sheet. You really want to get something that's going to convince the booker that you are a showcase person. Another thing is you really need to have a great pitch letter that's going to get you on a podcast. You really need to have those tools so you can get on those stages and you can feel confident in sending them. It's a combination of have the tools, have the time, and then get your list, and then go out and start promoting yourself. If you don't want to do it yourself, you can also get a virtual assistant to do it for you once you get a directory.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding speaking engagements Applying a speaker 'one sheet' What will you get from SpeakerTunity
Related Links and Resources: Business podcast are really an important factor. And getting on them is not as easy as you think. So, I got a great training program called "How to make business podcast, video cast, and radio your number source of new clients." You can get that by going to www.speakertunity.com/source Summary: Jackie Lapin is a leader in helping leaders, authors, coaches, speakers and entrepreneurs connect with their next followers around the globe. An expert at aiding them to GET BOOKED, she provides strategies, guidance and leads through her SpeakerTunity® programs, tip sheets and regional directories that get changemakers booked for speaking engagements, radio shows, podcasts, virtual summits, TEDx events and virtual networking across North America. Jackie’s internationally acclaimed Conscious Media Relations Radio/Podcast Tours have helped nearly 200 luminaries, leaders, filmmakers and authors grow their businesses, sell more books, create viewership and change more lives by introducing them to up to 9000 radio shows and podcasts, including such clients as Don Miguel Ruiz, Dr. Joe Vitale, James Twyman, Denise Linn, Arielle Ford, Hay House and more. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jackie told us that she helps out anybody who needs to get in front of the audience in order to grow their business. If that's how you introduce people to what you do, then you are the kind of clients that Jackie serves. The problem with these folks, either they don't have the time or don't want to spend time in finding the speaking engagements that will get them in front of their new clients. Therefore, Jackie helps them out by giving directories or exact contacts so that they don't have to do it themselves. You then save the money, time, all the headaches to do the research and get book on stages. These people usually felt overwhelmed or having not enough time to book themselves, they're not finding enough clients and they're frustrated with that, or they're looking at everybody else who are getting bookings and they're envious. Problem is, they tell themselves "I'll get to booking myself within this week" but they never do. Because they have client commitments, family commitments, and all kinds situations that they need to attend to. But the thing is, if you're not going to do it, it's just not going to happen. In her company Speakertunity, they provide regional speaker directories, with around 2,000 just in your own market in 4 categories: business, service groups, direct consumer, and spiritual. They also have 'specialty directories' where you have one niche and you want all speaking engagements all across north America that you can book yourself. So, it's a combination of live speaking, virtual speaking, and hybrid speaking. They have directories for podcast, for virtual summit, TEDx, and virtual networking. And if you get one of their directories and don't want to do it yourself, her team have a strategic partner called "book for your vietual assistance" that will do the booking for you. Jackie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If you're trying to book for speaking engagements, you really need get a speaker one sheet. You really want to get something that's going to convince the booker that you are a showcase person. Another thing is you really need to have a great pitch letter that's going to get you on a podcast. You really need to have those tools so you can get on those stages and you can feel confident in sending them. It's a combination of have the tools, have the time, and then get your list, and then go out and start promoting yourself. If you don't want to do it yourself, you can also get a virtual assistant to do it for you once you get a directory.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Difference between cult and mediocre brand Mistakes of relying in paid media and discounting Applying the 8 brand cult principles
Related Links and Resources: I will encourage everyone to go to two places. One is the website called www.cultideas.com, there's a lot of case studies and a lot of free content, you can download a copy of the book and be exposed to those 8 principles. Even a free 'score card' or the self-assessment to see how well you are doing today. Another website would be www.cultgathering.com where you can register to the event that we do every year. There's a lot of videos there from brand leaders. The content is available for free for you to consume and learn from. Summary: Chris Kneeland is the co-founder of one of North America's leading marketing engagement agencies. He and his team have dissected hundreds of cult brands, such as Marvel, Porsche, The Home Depot, Lululemon, and Red Bull to discover how to create brands that people love to work at, and consumers love to buy from. Chris now helps business leaders clone the success of the world’s most beloved brands in their own businesses. Here are the highlights of this episode: Chris has shared with us that the client he fantasized about is working with YETI (American outdoor manufacturer). His firm works with two types of businesses; business like YUTI which is destined to become great. Or, businesses that used to be great that are failing now. So, his team tries to 'resuscitate' brands back to their former glory. The 'cult brands' which is what good looks like, and then there's the 'mediocre brands' which is sufficient but not excellent. And the difference is the focus on awareness vs. advocacy. Mediocre brands think that they'll become more successful when more people know about them. While Cult brands think that they'll become more successful when more people advocate on their behalf. Creating awareness involves one set of tools, tips, and tricks. Creating advocacy requires different set of tools, tips, and tricks. Too many businesses are using the 'awareness playbook' and not enough in using the 'advocacy playbook.' Chris sees that most business owners tend to have an unholy reliance upon paid media and upon discounting. They think that if they shout louder or bribe people more, that they will more trial into their business. That is false because the best way to learn about a company is not through a paid media ad but it's through a referral. But it also causes them to under invest in the things that actually matter around consideration, inbound marketing, purchase decisions, and post purchase. He says that when business starts to display negative symptoms, too many businesses owners’ default on hiring an ad agency to do more advertising. The creation of ads is almost counterproductive to the creation of advocates. They should stop fixing the symptoms of their issue but rather fix the cause of their issue. Chris says that if you don't change your behaviors, you don't change your beliefs. He thinks why most businesses falls short from their potential, and he concludes that most people don't have adequate professional role models. Not everybody is mediocre. I encourage everyone to go to those 2 websites to know what I'm talking about. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): We advise people to start to understand 8 proven cult brand principles; 8 things that businesses do to transcend their category. If you just follow these 8 things more likely than not, you're going to be more successful.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Difference between cult and mediocre brand Mistakes of relying in paid media and discounting Applying the 8 brand cult principles
Related Links and Resources: I will encourage everyone to go to two places. One is the website called www.cultideas.com, there's a lot of case studies and a lot of free content, you can download a copy of the book and be exposed to those 8 principles. Even a free 'score card' or the self-assessment to see how well you are doing today. Another website would be www.cultgathering.com where you can register to the event that we do every year. There's a lot of videos there from brand leaders. The content is available for free for you to consume and learn from. Summary: Chris Kneeland is the co-founder of one of North America's leading marketing engagement agencies. He and his team have dissected hundreds of cult brands, such as Marvel, Porsche, The Home Depot, Lululemon, and Red Bull to discover how to create brands that people love to work at, and consumers love to buy from. Chris now helps business leaders clone the success of the world’s most beloved brands in their own businesses. Here are the highlights of this episode: Chris has shared with us that the client he fantasized about is working with YETI (American outdoor manufacturer). His firm works with two types of businesses; business like YUTI which is destined to become great. Or, businesses that used to be great that are failing now. So, his team tries to 'resuscitate' brands back to their former glory. The 'cult brands' which is what good looks like, and then there's the 'mediocre brands' which is sufficient but not excellent. And the difference is the focus on awareness vs. advocacy. Mediocre brands think that they'll become more successful when more people know about them. While Cult brands think that they'll become more successful when more people advocate on their behalf. Creating awareness involves one set of tools, tips, and tricks. Creating advocacy requires different set of tools, tips, and tricks. Too many businesses are using the 'awareness playbook' and not enough in using the 'advocacy playbook.' Chris sees that most business owners tend to have an unholy reliance upon paid media and upon discounting. They think that if they shout louder or bribe people more, that they will more trial into their business. That is false because the best way to learn about a company is not through a paid media ad but it's through a referral. But it also causes them to under invest in the things that actually matter around consideration, inbound marketing, purchase decisions, and post purchase. He says that when business starts to display negative symptoms, too many businesses owners’ default on hiring an ad agency to do more advertising. The creation of ads is almost counterproductive to the creation of advocates. They should stop fixing the symptoms of their issue but rather fix the cause of their issue. Chris says that if you don't change your behaviors, you don't change your beliefs. He thinks why most businesses falls short from their potential, and he concludes that most people don't have adequate professional role models. Not everybody is mediocre. I encourage everyone to go to those 2 websites to know what I'm talking about. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): We advise people to start to understand 8 proven cult brand principles; 8 things that businesses do to transcend their category. If you just follow these 8 things more likely than not, you're going to be more successful.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Selling by heart through video Importance of emotional connection Why inspired living
Related Links and Resources: I usually get the question "Keri, thank you for teaching me some great things but what do I need? What equipment do I need, how do I setup my home studio or home office?". So, we come up with this guide that gives you a quick advice and how to setup. Go to www.inspiredliving.tv it's the B studio ready guide! Summary: The CEO and founder of Inspired Living, Keri Murphy is committed to empowering people all over the world to “Dream it. Live it. BE it!” This international speaker, video marketing expert, and business mentor honed her expertise in the entrepreneurial field for more than 22 years and on-camera for over 3 decades. Her company specializes in teaching entrepreneurs how to stand out online, authentically show up on-camera and become an industry leader in their space. She’s a warm, honest, funny, and captivating teacher who can spot and cultivate the “IT Factor” in her clients and students—and help them shine on-stage, on-camera, and in their lives and businesses. Here are the highlights of this episode: Keri enjoys working with those who knows that they have a message to share, they have lives to transform, and yet when it comes to being visible particularly with video, they're afraid because they don't know what to say, how to say it, and how to leverage it. She says that 9/10 don't feel clear with their message, their audience, and they're also not clear with their positioning in the marketplace. They felt like they're a best kept secret and there's a need to just get out there to the right people because they know they will give an impact to so many lives and at the same time make more money. That's what selling by heart is all about and video is the number one way to do that because it's all about emotional connection. The number one mistake Keri sees is what she calls "try to catch the ocean". When you get on camera, you are already scared and you're thinking about your words instead of connecting to your heart. The reason why it happens it's because they don't know who they're talking to. Although video seems like it's viral, it's also very intimate. You only have one set of eyeballs watching, listening, and feeling at a time, so it's all about emotional connections. Without emotional connection, your brand will not grow and you cannot sell with heart. When you start with your video saying how amazing you are, instead of thinking of 'them' (the audience) in mind, when you start with the WHY or "what's in it for the person listening and watching the video" then Keri can help you with this approach. Why inspired living and not camera coaching with Keri? Because for Keri, she said that we're doing our genius work on the planet, we're contributing to people's lives, we're showing that we're visible. Living and inspired life is about doing what you love, helping other people do what they love, making great money doing it, and putting it back into causes and communities that matter to you. Inspired living is about reciprocity, not just only being great on video but really building a business that is bigger than you and allows you to live the life you started the business for. Keri’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The one piece of advice that will change how you show up even if you are not clear on messaging, is know your 'one' person; speak THROUGH the lens not AT the lens. Remember a video is a dialogue not a monologue, you're not talking at someone. Pause, give yourself some time to think and know who you talking to on the other side of it. It will change how you show up forevermore!
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Selling by heart through video Importance of emotional connection Why inspired living
Related Links and Resources: I usually get the question "Keri, thank you for teaching me some great things but what do I need? What equipment do I need, how do I setup my home studio or home office?". So, we come up with this guide that gives you a quick advice and how to setup. Go to www.inspiredliving.tv it's the B studio ready guide! Summary: The CEO and founder of Inspired Living, Keri Murphy is committed to empowering people all over the world to “Dream it. Live it. BE it!” This international speaker, video marketing expert, and business mentor honed her expertise in the entrepreneurial field for more than 22 years and on-camera for over 3 decades. Her company specializes in teaching entrepreneurs how to stand out online, authentically show up on-camera and become an industry leader in their space. She’s a warm, honest, funny, and captivating teacher who can spot and cultivate the “IT Factor” in her clients and students—and help them shine on-stage, on-camera, and in their lives and businesses. Here are the highlights of this episode: Keri enjoys working with those who knows that they have a message to share, they have lives to transform, and yet when it comes to being visible particularly with video, they're afraid because they don't know what to say, how to say it, and how to leverage it. She says that 9/10 don't feel clear with their message, their audience, and they're also not clear with their positioning in the marketplace. They felt like they're a best kept secret and there's a need to just get out there to the right people because they know they will give an impact to so many lives and at the same time make more money. That's what selling by heart is all about and video is the number one way to do that because it's all about emotional connection. The number one mistake Keri sees is what she calls "try to catch the ocean". When you get on camera, you are already scared and you're thinking about your words instead of connecting to your heart. The reason why it happens it's because they don't know who they're talking to. Although video seems like it's viral, it's also very intimate. You only have one set of eyeballs watching, listening, and feeling at a time, so it's all about emotional connections. Without emotional connection, your brand will not grow and you cannot sell with heart. When you start with your video saying how amazing you are, instead of thinking of 'them' (the audience) in mind, when you start with the WHY or "what's in it for the person listening and watching the video" then Keri can help you with this approach. Why inspired living and not camera coaching with Keri? Because for Keri, she said that we're doing our genius work on the planet, we're contributing to people's lives, we're showing that we're visible. Living and inspired life is about doing what you love, helping other people do what they love, making great money doing it, and putting it back into causes and communities that matter to you. Inspired living is about reciprocity, not just only being great on video but really building a business that is bigger than you and allows you to live the life you started the business for. Keri’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The one piece of advice that will change how you show up even if you are not clear on messaging, is know your 'one' person; speak THROUGH the lens not AT the lens. Remember a video is a dialogue not a monologue, you're not talking at someone. Pause, give yourself some time to think and know who you talking to on the other side of it. It will change how you show up forevermore!
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Importance of sales training Why you shouldn't over complicate things Always 'simplify, simplify'
Related Links and Resources: Go get one of the free sales training courses of the Sales Gravy University. These are high-quality courses taught by trainers really across the spectrum. Get any course you want from our website, just go to www.learn.salesgravy.com (still needs to reconfirm from assistant because the link doesn’t work) and when you checkout, put in the coupon code “FREE COURSE” and you can get any course on our system in which we have thousands of hours of courses to choose from and it will be absolutely FREE. Summary: Jeb Blount is the author of thirteen books including Fanatical Prospecting, Sales EQ, Objections, Inked, People Follow You, Virtual Selling, and his latest book, Virtual Training. As Sales Gravy founder and CEO, Jeb advises a who’s who of the world’s leading organizations and their executives on the impact of emotional intelligence and interpersonal skills on customer-facing activities. He is among the world’s most respected thought leaders on prospecting, sales, leadership, and customer experience. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jeb has shared with us that their ideal clients would be B2B. However, they are industry and size agnostic, therefore he also works with companies who would be in the Fotune100 and even with small companies that's just getting started. Sales training itself is about teaching anyone how to sell and win in sales. Every organization have sales people, and Jeb's company got various programs that fit any of those companies depending on where they are in their life cycle. He helps primarily these team on how to accelerate sales growth, because growth has the tendency to smooth out everything else. If you are not growing, you got a lot more problems. Jeb helps them accelerate growth, build revenue, and do it fast without a whole lot of complications. Everybody wants to win, and today's fast-phase market place, everything is moving too quickly and a lot of competitors are moving in. What Jeb sees is that people tend to over complicate solving problems; difficult for them to take complex things and simplify them. Something as simple as pick-up the phone and have a conversation. If you really want to grow your business then talk to people, the more people you talk to the more your business will grow. A lot of businesses today are spread out; therefore, Jeb would like you to grab his latest book "Virtual Training". It tells you everything on what you need to know on how Jeb's organization scale their business. They triple the size of their business in 12 months using the techniques and even the technology they use. Jeb’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Just pick up the phone and call somebody. The number one problem I see in the marketplace is that they're using email or social media, and they're not making conversations. Call one of your customers and have a conversation.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Importance of sales training Why you shouldn't over complicate things Always 'simplify, simplify'
Related Links and Resources: Go get one of the free sales training courses of the Sales Gravy University. These are high-quality courses taught by trainers really across the spectrum. Get any course you want from our website, just go to www.learn.salesgravy.com (still needs to reconfirm from assistant because the link doesn’t work) and when you checkout, put in the coupon code “FREE COURSE” and you can get any course on our system in which we have thousands of hours of courses to choose from and it will be absolutely FREE. Summary: Jeb Blount is the author of thirteen books including Fanatical Prospecting, Sales EQ, Objections, Inked, People Follow You, Virtual Selling, and his latest book, Virtual Training. As Sales Gravy founder and CEO, Jeb advises a who’s who of the world’s leading organizations and their executives on the impact of emotional intelligence and interpersonal skills on customer-facing activities. He is among the world’s most respected thought leaders on prospecting, sales, leadership, and customer experience. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jeb has shared with us that their ideal clients would be B2B. However, they are industry and size agnostic, therefore he also works with companies who would be in the Fotune100 and even with small companies that's just getting started. Sales training itself is about teaching anyone how to sell and win in sales. Every organization have sales people, and Jeb's company got various programs that fit any of those companies depending on where they are in their life cycle. He helps primarily these team on how to accelerate sales growth, because growth has the tendency to smooth out everything else. If you are not growing, you got a lot more problems. Jeb helps them accelerate growth, build revenue, and do it fast without a whole lot of complications. Everybody wants to win, and today's fast-phase market place, everything is moving too quickly and a lot of competitors are moving in. What Jeb sees is that people tend to over complicate solving problems; difficult for them to take complex things and simplify them. Something as simple as pick-up the phone and have a conversation. If you really want to grow your business then talk to people, the more people you talk to the more your business will grow. A lot of businesses today are spread out; therefore, Jeb would like you to grab his latest book "Virtual Training". It tells you everything on what you need to know on how Jeb's organization scale their business. They triple the size of their business in 12 months using the techniques and even the technology they use. Jeb’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Just pick up the phone and call somebody. The number one problem I see in the marketplace is that they're using email or social media, and they're not making conversations. Call one of your customers and have a conversation.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to break through from hitting the ceiling Why desperation is not the solution Knowing what does success look like
Related Links and Resources:
Greg's team developed a 'system to create systems' and they can find that at http://bit.ly/system-for-creating-systems
Summary: Greg Gunther is an accomplished author, coach and speaker who knows first-hand the elation of business success and the desperation of failure. No overnight success, Greg has the experience behind him that can help business owners to fast-track their own success. Adding to the knowledge gained from working with businesses over the last three decades, Greg’s role has now grown to become a certified SYSTEMologist™. Greg believes that the true and lasting value of any business can be found in the maturity and efficiency of their business systems, their ability to replicate best practices and consistently produce desired results. Here are the highlights of this episode: Greg typically works with 4 to 50 employees, but mostly those who felt like that they hit the ceiling and they're not breaking through or just not sure how to actually grow from it. It's a question that you ask yourself "what is it that I need to do to take me away from this daily grind?" because a lot of owners is caught up of getting a lot reliance from everyone. Then they start to feel overwhelmed, frustrated, and sometimes at the point of desperation. It's that state of being lost and feeling a lot of tension. The biggest mistake Greg sees is when these folks don't ask for help. It's a mindset thing, you need to be able to shift from not having to do things the way you always done them. Some keeps on doing what they've done and they just keep on rewriting history. Others are throwing more money into people and often that's not the solution at all. Also, hiring out of desperation and not getting the right people is also another mistake. Greg has shared with us what does a success look like; it's not monetary reward but getting that free time back. It's like spending a month away from your business and being on the phone or checking in, knowing that the business is in good hands and being profitable while not being there. It's knowing that you put great people in place, doing the right things at the right time. And it's also a business asset when someone is willing to pay a hefty money because of your good service. That's typically what success is for Greg. Greg’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start to write down or map all the task that have to happen in your business. The thing you need to understand what goes on in your business to know how to make it work.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to break through from hitting the ceiling Why desperation is not the solution Knowing what does success look like
Related Links and Resources:
Greg's team developed a 'system to create systems' and they can find that at http://bit.ly/system-for-creating-systems
Summary: Greg Gunther is an accomplished author, coach and speaker who knows first-hand the elation of business success and the desperation of failure. No overnight success, Greg has the experience behind him that can help business owners to fast-track their own success. Adding to the knowledge gained from working with businesses over the last three decades, Greg’s role has now grown to become a certified SYSTEMologist™. Greg believes that the true and lasting value of any business can be found in the maturity and efficiency of their business systems, their ability to replicate best practices and consistently produce desired results. Here are the highlights of this episode: Greg typically works with 4 to 50 employees, but mostly those who felt like that they hit the ceiling and they're not breaking through or just not sure how to actually grow from it. It's a question that you ask yourself "what is it that I need to do to take me away from this daily grind?" because a lot of owners is caught up of getting a lot reliance from everyone. Then they start to feel overwhelmed, frustrated, and sometimes at the point of desperation. It's that state of being lost and feeling a lot of tension. The biggest mistake Greg sees is when these folks don't ask for help. It's a mindset thing, you need to be able to shift from not having to do things the way you always done them. Some keeps on doing what they've done and they just keep on rewriting history. Others are throwing more money into people and often that's not the solution at all. Also, hiring out of desperation and not getting the right people is also another mistake. Greg has shared with us what does a success look like; it's not monetary reward but getting that free time back. It's like spending a month away from your business and being on the phone or checking in, knowing that the business is in good hands and being profitable while not being there. It's knowing that you put great people in place, doing the right things at the right time. And it's also a business asset when someone is willing to pay a hefty money because of your good service. That's typically what success is for Greg. Greg’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start to write down or map all the task that have to happen in your business. The thing you need to understand what goes on in your business to know how to make it work.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Having a good strategy, system, and process Narrow your market from a clear messaging perspective Importance of treating people as if they already paid you
Related Links and Resources: It's called a "Sales Team Ready Assessment" and it is a 60-question graphic about yourself and you may not like your answers but you really need to know to determine if you are sales team ready. This is a fantastic resource to be able to see where you score on your readiness to move forward to actually putting a sales team in place. The link is __ (to be shared soon) . Jim is also giving away 29 online event ideas for creating revenue online, and check it at www.gtenow.com/29events1 Summary: As founder of Gain The Edge, Jim Padilla is known in the personal development and business coaching world as the go-to-guy for all things sales. With their army of heart-centered sales rock-stars Jim and his wife Cyndi partner with top industry leaders to help exponentially increase their online launch, and back-of-room revenue. Jim has created a strategic sales system and a sales force to be reckoned with! His team averages over 25,000 sales conversations per year in a variety of different formats. Gain The Edge is the secret weapon of choice for many industry experts; anchoring over $100 Million in sales for the likes of Josh Turner, Justin Livingston, Lisa Sasevich, and Bill Baren. Jim is a master collaborator whose purpose is to help entrepreneurs leverage the power of collaboration to scale their business so they can impact the world the way they intended. Jim is known for instilling into his sales team… “it’s not what you say, it’s who you are when you say it". Here are the highlights of this episode: Jim has interestingly told us that their ideal client is not about "who" but "when", it's more legacy-minded professionals that recognize they're at a place where doing their own sales is not the best use of their time. Because of this, they're spending so much time running the transaction of their business, but they wanted to spend time serving their clients. You shouldn't have to decide "Should I serve my clients or do I get more clients?". Jim says that it should happen naturally with good strategy, system, and process. You know that there are things that you want to be doing or ways to serve better but you're pulled in different directions. The mistake he sees is that a lot want to get that 'free hack' or things they see on social media, attending webinars, and so on. You really need to get clear and resonate with somebody and go deep with them to understand all the moving parts, why they do what they do, and not just what you think they're doing from the outside. People should ask themselves "how do I know what works best for me?". He wants everyone to realize each has a very unique way of solving problems for the people that they serve, but the problem is they don't properly communicate or articulate it very well. Give yourself permission to not be a salesperson professional but just be an optimistic human who cares about other people and speaks the truth and love. Trust your instincts to go there because if you do, you will have a massive breakthrough. Treat people like they already paid you because they will pay you. Jim’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Understanding that if you just narrow your market from a clear messaging perspective, and be crystal clear that your offer is actually the solution to the pain point that they're expressing, then you will go a long way to being able to hand that off. The more connected the ideal market is to the perfect offer, they don't have to become a major influential bad-ass offer for you.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Having a good strategy, system, and process Narrow your market from a clear messaging perspective Importance of treating people as if they already paid you
Related Links and Resources: It's called a "Sales Team Ready Assessment" and it is a 60-question graphic about yourself and you may not like your answers but you really need to know to determine if you are sales team ready. This is a fantastic resource to be able to see where you score on your readiness to move forward to actually putting a sales team in place. The link is __ (to be shared soon) . Jim is also giving away 29 online event ideas for creating revenue online, and check it at www.gtenow.com/29events1 Summary: As founder of Gain The Edge, Jim Padilla is known in the personal development and business coaching world as the go-to-guy for all things sales. With their army of heart-centered sales rock-stars Jim and his wife Cyndi partner with top industry leaders to help exponentially increase their online launch, and back-of-room revenue. Jim has created a strategic sales system and a sales force to be reckoned with! His team averages over 25,000 sales conversations per year in a variety of different formats. Gain The Edge is the secret weapon of choice for many industry experts; anchoring over $100 Million in sales for the likes of Josh Turner, Justin Livingston, Lisa Sasevich, and Bill Baren. Jim is a master collaborator whose purpose is to help entrepreneurs leverage the power of collaboration to scale their business so they can impact the world the way they intended. Jim is known for instilling into his sales team… “it’s not what you say, it’s who you are when you say it". Here are the highlights of this episode: Jim has interestingly told us that their ideal client is not about "who" but "when", it's more legacy-minded professionals that recognize they're at a place where doing their own sales is not the best use of their time. Because of this, they're spending so much time running the transaction of their business, but they wanted to spend time serving their clients. You shouldn't have to decide "Should I serve my clients or do I get more clients?". Jim says that it should happen naturally with good strategy, system, and process. You know that there are things that you want to be doing or ways to serve better but you're pulled in different directions. The mistake he sees is that a lot want to get that 'free hack' or things they see on social media, attending webinars, and so on. You really need to get clear and resonate with somebody and go deep with them to understand all the moving parts, why they do what they do, and not just what you think they're doing from the outside. People should ask themselves "how do I know what works best for me?". He wants everyone to realize each has a very unique way of solving problems for the people that they serve, but the problem is they don't properly communicate or articulate it very well. Give yourself permission to not be a salesperson professional but just be an optimistic human who cares about other people and speaks the truth and love. Trust your instincts to go there because if you do, you will have a massive breakthrough. Treat people like they already paid you because they will pay you. Jim’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Understanding that if you just narrow your market from a clear messaging perspective, and be crystal clear that your offer is actually the solution to the pain point that they're expressing, then you will go a long way to being able to hand that off. The more connected the ideal market is to the perfect offer, they don't have to become a major influential bad-ass offer for you.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why you need to surround yourself with people who are good at something you aren't The importance of monitoring your time Why you need to stop 'hustling'
Related Links and Resources: Antonio is giving away training on the 3 ways that you can 3x your business in the next 3 months. You can get that at www.gettimebank.com/supercharge, and there you can grab the resources that teaches you the 3 aspects of tripling your productivity and luring your time. And that is monitoring, monetizing, and maximizing your time. Summary: Antonio Thornton is the founder of Fearless Impact, a global movement of business leaders and passion-based entrepreneurs committed to make a positive impact on the world. Affectionately referred to as the “Profit Engineer”, Antonio is sought after for his mastery of direct response marketing and business growth strategy. Over the past 20 years, Antonio has worked on projects with the likes of Robert Kiyosaki, Bob Proctor, Les Brown, Georgia Pacific, Microsoft, and recently Facebook. Antonio has helped more than 250,000 business owners from all over the globe achieve greater profits, faster growth, and an improved quality of life. Here are the highlights of this episode: During our talk, Antonio has shared with us that their ideal clients would be "C.A.S.T" Entrepreneurs or Coaches, Authors, Speakers, and Trainers. They are the 'knowledge workers' or people having a business that's based on sharing their knowledge, expertise, and knowledge with their clients. The problem is, these folks feel that they're overworked and underpaid; they tend to find themselves in a business that they once loved but don't anymore; they felt it becomes a burden rather than a benefit in their lives. He told us to focus on one thing and at the same time, surround yourself with people who could do the other things which you know you aren't good at. He believes that trying to work harder to fix the problem just makes the problem worse. He shared with us why others think that the 'hustle' mentality and movement is provocative for so many people. There are two ways you can do things; the easy way or the hard way. If you want give up your life, jeopardize your marriage, or put your family on hold, then take the hustle route. But if you want to have a life that you love and desire, start designing your life and then build a business around that. It doesn't do you any good if you make millions of dollars if you are miserable in any other aspect of your life. So, stop hustling because it doesn't work for longevity and satisfaction in life. Antonio’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Antonio wants to tell everyone the importance of monitoring your time. He remembered a quote "That which is not measured cannot be improved". So, if you are not monitoring your time, you cannot improve it. This is something that he tells everyone to do.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why you need to surround yourself with people who are good at something you aren't The importance of monitoring your time Why you need to stop 'hustling'
Related Links and Resources: Antonio is giving away training on the 3 ways that you can 3x your business in the next 3 months. You can get that at www.gettimebank.com/supercharge, and there you can grab the resources that teaches you the 3 aspects of tripling your productivity and luring your time. And that is monitoring, monetizing, and maximizing your time. Summary: Antonio Thornton is the founder of Fearless Impact, a global movement of business leaders and passion-based entrepreneurs committed to make a positive impact on the world. Affectionately referred to as the “Profit Engineer”, Antonio is sought after for his mastery of direct response marketing and business growth strategy. Over the past 20 years, Antonio has worked on projects with the likes of Robert Kiyosaki, Bob Proctor, Les Brown, Georgia Pacific, Microsoft, and recently Facebook. Antonio has helped more than 250,000 business owners from all over the globe achieve greater profits, faster growth, and an improved quality of life. Here are the highlights of this episode: During our talk, Antonio has shared with us that their ideal clients would be "C.A.S.T" Entrepreneurs or Coaches, Authors, Speakers, and Trainers. They are the 'knowledge workers' or people having a business that's based on sharing their knowledge, expertise, and knowledge with their clients. The problem is, these folks feel that they're overworked and underpaid; they tend to find themselves in a business that they once loved but don't anymore; they felt it becomes a burden rather than a benefit in their lives. He told us to focus on one thing and at the same time, surround yourself with people who could do the other things which you know you aren't good at. He believes that trying to work harder to fix the problem just makes the problem worse. He shared with us why others think that the 'hustle' mentality and movement is provocative for so many people. There are two ways you can do things; the easy way or the hard way. If you want give up your life, jeopardize your marriage, or put your family on hold, then take the hustle route. But if you want to have a life that you love and desire, start designing your life and then build a business around that. It doesn't do you any good if you make millions of dollars if you are miserable in any other aspect of your life. So, stop hustling because it doesn't work for longevity and satisfaction in life. Antonio’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Antonio wants to tell everyone the importance of monitoring your time. He remembered a quote "That which is not measured cannot be improved". So, if you are not monitoring your time, you cannot improve it. This is something that he tells everyone to do.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How video helps in lead generation prospecting Why making video is an effective communication tool What makes Dubb stand out from others
Related Links and Resources:
Darius is offering a 15% off of any subscriptions to Dubb. So go to www.dubb.com/?REF=billprater. When you sign up through that link, that is going to make sure that you are enrolled in the opportunity to receive that 15% promotion.
Summary: Darius Santos is a Speaker, Author, and Co-Founder of Dubb.com who is helping to transform the way we do business, with Video. Here are the highlights of this episode: Darius has shared with us that they love to work with everyone in a customer-facing role. Whether you are in sales, marketing, or if your role is to put stuff in front of existing or prospective clients and for them to take action, then Dubb is something you need. Darius team dealt with people-facing problems in lead generation prospecting, and what video solves is giving you the ability to instantly differentiate yourself from those just sending messages to people's full inbox. Therefore, with video you can communicate properly and you build relationships quickly and effectively. No major tool change just technique change. If you are feeling that your email messaging is not effective anymore or your campaign response is lower, this is where Dubb.com can really help. Video can help you have more conversation, engagement, and better relationship. The biggest mistake he sees is when people throw instructions, or not following the guidelines of the blueprints or the road maps that shows what's successful is. When they jump to anything new, these folks would just say "I will just wing it" without following the instructions and this is wrong. Even Darius believes that it's important to take a page out of success and follow that to their best. And if you wonder "Why Dubb?" and not other platforms? Well, this is an all-inclusive platform where they provide what Mailchimp does (bulk email marketing), they provide something what Infusionsoft or HubSpot would do where you can build up sequences of emails, text messages, and videos to go out, it provides almost the same thing like Salesforce where it has 'Deals' and 'Tasks', etc. Therefore, Dubb is the software for you because it provides all the different pieces of these software in one tool. Even if you have an existing system, Dubb is built originally to integrate with those systems. Darius’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Darius knows that some might have this stigma of asking themselves "Does anyone wants to see me on video? Does someone want a video from me?" or that mindset that you need to be in a big production. He advises everyone to look at this in a different way, that it's not an obstacle. You never sent an email and someone would say "wow, this is the most amazing email I've ever receive". But if you will send a handful of videos to people, you will receive that sort of response. Number one action is to record a video; pretend that you're going to send a video to a prospect.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How video helps in lead generation prospecting Why making video is an effective communication tool What makes Dubb stand out from others
Related Links and Resources:
Darius is offering a 15% off of any subscriptions to Dubb. So go to www.dubb.com/?REF=billprater. When you sign up through that link, that is going to make sure that you are enrolled in the opportunity to receive that 15% promotion.
Summary: Darius Santos is a Speaker, Author, and Co-Founder of Dubb.com who is helping to transform the way we do business, with Video. Here are the highlights of this episode: Darius has shared with us that they love to work with everyone in a customer-facing role. Whether you are in sales, marketing, or if your role is to put stuff in front of existing or prospective clients and for them to take action, then Dubb is something you need. Darius team dealt with people-facing problems in lead generation prospecting, and what video solves is giving you the ability to instantly differentiate yourself from those just sending messages to people's full inbox. Therefore, with video you can communicate properly and you build relationships quickly and effectively. No major tool change just technique change. If you are feeling that your email messaging is not effective anymore or your campaign response is lower, this is where Dubb.com can really help. Video can help you have more conversation, engagement, and better relationship. The biggest mistake he sees is when people throw instructions, or not following the guidelines of the blueprints or the road maps that shows what's successful is. When they jump to anything new, these folks would just say "I will just wing it" without following the instructions and this is wrong. Even Darius believes that it's important to take a page out of success and follow that to their best. And if you wonder "Why Dubb?" and not other platforms? Well, this is an all-inclusive platform where they provide what Mailchimp does (bulk email marketing), they provide something what Infusionsoft or HubSpot would do where you can build up sequences of emails, text messages, and videos to go out, it provides almost the same thing like Salesforce where it has 'Deals' and 'Tasks', etc. Therefore, Dubb is the software for you because it provides all the different pieces of these software in one tool. Even if you have an existing system, Dubb is built originally to integrate with those systems. Darius’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Darius knows that some might have this stigma of asking themselves "Does anyone wants to see me on video? Does someone want a video from me?" or that mindset that you need to be in a big production. He advises everyone to look at this in a different way, that it's not an obstacle. You never sent an email and someone would say "wow, this is the most amazing email I've ever receive". But if you will send a handful of videos to people, you will receive that sort of response. Number one action is to record a video; pretend that you're going to send a video to a prospect.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Getting that 'freedom' from your business Taking a 2-minute alone time Importance of self-reflection
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.drawincustomers.com/scaleology/, there's a free copy of "The Bold Business Book" audio, a link to all the podcasts, and the 60-second business growth snippets. Summary: James Kademan is the author of The BOLD Business Book, The Awesome Book and You Got This. He owns Calls On Call Extraordinary Answering Service as well as Draw In Customers Business Coaching. He also chats entrepreneurs up on his podcast, Authentic Business Adventures. Here are the highlights of this episode: James and his team usually dealt with those who are starting out in the service sector; whether that's painter, plumber, accounting, etc. or simply those who need to do something for someone. We always hear people say about their desire to get "freedom" in which we typically hear from entrepreneurs. Those who wants freedom in their own business but end up being trapped. They start to feel the frustration, getting overwhelmed, or they feel like they work so much every single day but they still believe that they didn't advance their goal in their business. When these folks try to solve the problem, the solution may be temporary or it's not scaleable, plus it takes so much of their time. James shared with us that recently someone reached out to him and asked for help. He then realized that it's not a business question problem that she has, it's more of a mindset of not believing in herself. In order to get out of your own way to accomplish the goals that you want, you need to figure out clearly what you want. James’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): He advises everyone to take two minutes alone and think about what they want 3 years down the road. And if doing what they're doing in the past 2 years will get them there, then that's great. If not, you have to decide what you are willing to do to change that. Whether it's having a coach, reading a book, or taking a bold step to get what you really want.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Getting that 'freedom' from your business Taking a 2-minute alone time Importance of self-reflection
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.drawincustomers.com/scaleology/, there's a free copy of "The Bold Business Book" audio, a link to all the podcasts, and the 60-second business growth snippets. Summary: James Kademan is the author of The BOLD Business Book, The Awesome Book and You Got This. He owns Calls On Call Extraordinary Answering Service as well as Draw In Customers Business Coaching. He also chats entrepreneurs up on his podcast, Authentic Business Adventures. Here are the highlights of this episode: James and his team usually dealt with those who are starting out in the service sector; whether that's painter, plumber, accounting, etc. or simply those who need to do something for someone. We always hear people say about their desire to get "freedom" in which we typically hear from entrepreneurs. Those who wants freedom in their own business but end up being trapped. They start to feel the frustration, getting overwhelmed, or they feel like they work so much every single day but they still believe that they didn't advance their goal in their business. When these folks try to solve the problem, the solution may be temporary or it's not scaleable, plus it takes so much of their time. James shared with us that recently someone reached out to him and asked for help. He then realized that it's not a business question problem that she has, it's more of a mindset of not believing in herself. In order to get out of your own way to accomplish the goals that you want, you need to figure out clearly what you want. James’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): He advises everyone to take two minutes alone and think about what they want 3 years down the road. And if doing what they're doing in the past 2 years will get them there, then that's great. If not, you have to decide what you are willing to do to change that. Whether it's having a coach, reading a book, or taking a bold step to get what you really want.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Email subscription as a business asset How beneficial of email marketing Why you need to invest in an email system
Related Links and Resources:
I invented a little tip sheet that is 7 essential tips around email marketing that you'd probably don't know. And you can get that at www.confidentmarketer.com/billprater
Summary: A veteran owner of both a brick-and-mortar business and a successful online consulting business, Sue Painter founded The Confident Marketer in 2006. She has provided business strategies for online and small business owners across the United States and in many other countries since that time. Sue is a certified Book Yourself Solid business coach, a certified email marketing specialist, and a quick study at seeing where solo and small business owners are stuck. She is a world traveler, having left home at 16 as an exchange student and now has been to every continent and more than 80 countries. Sue and her husband, Bill, currently live in the Sarasota, Florida area. Here are the highlights of this episode: Since Sue has been in the business for 20 years, she told us that her ideal clients had evolve along the way. Now, it's either a solopreneur or a small local business who need help in organizing their marketing, specifically their email marketing process and campaigns. Because of time factors or the lack of knowledge on the business owner's part, they really not developing the business asset of the email subscriber list in their existing customers and their prospects. Susan solves the problem to them on how to approach, set-up, sustain, and get measurable results through their marketing including email. Sometimes, these people realize that they don't have a way to contact their prospects or to reach out even to existing customers. They don't have a way to educate people about their business on a regular basis, or they don't know how to make quick offers in response to business changes. They usually tell themselves "I know I need to do but I don't have time because I have more pressing business" or they don't know who to reach out to when organizing their email subscription or structure it properly so it works 24/7 for them. Sometimes they don't even know how to pick the correct autoresponder software. And if they do have one, they either didn't update it or used it properly. Another factor as well is that they think people won't open their emails, but they will if they are compelling, interesting, and used in the right way. Susan shared with us that her clients usually wonder if maintaining a marketing system expensive or it's hard to get a return on investment compared to pay advertisement. She says that once you invested in an email system and get the one which is not too robust for you, then you will find that you will use that asset over and over again. It will actually be cheap compared to ads bing in most of the markets you can spend money in. Sue’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Just commit and make a decision that you're going to build your email subscriber list and that you're going to see them as an asset. If you're going to sell your business to the size of your subscriber list then it would be a one factor that will enter into the sale as well as how active and responsive that email list is. Pay attention and be consistent, just like in any business asset that you have.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Email subscription as a business asset How beneficial of email marketing Why you need to invest in an email system
Related Links and Resources:
I invented a little tip sheet that is 7 essential tips around email marketing that you'd probably don't know. And you can get that at www.confidentmarketer.com/billprater
Summary: A veteran owner of both a brick-and-mortar business and a successful online consulting business, Sue Painter founded The Confident Marketer in 2006. She has provided business strategies for online and small business owners across the United States and in many other countries since that time. Sue is a certified Book Yourself Solid business coach, a certified email marketing specialist, and a quick study at seeing where solo and small business owners are stuck. She is a world traveler, having left home at 16 as an exchange student and now has been to every continent and more than 80 countries. Sue and her husband, Bill, currently live in the Sarasota, Florida area. Here are the highlights of this episode: Since Sue has been in the business for 20 years, she told us that her ideal clients had evolve along the way. Now, it's either a solopreneur or a small local business who need help in organizing their marketing, specifically their email marketing process and campaigns. Because of time factors or the lack of knowledge on the business owner's part, they really not developing the business asset of the email subscriber list in their existing customers and their prospects. Susan solves the problem to them on how to approach, set-up, sustain, and get measurable results through their marketing including email. Sometimes, these people realize that they don't have a way to contact their prospects or to reach out even to existing customers. They don't have a way to educate people about their business on a regular basis, or they don't know how to make quick offers in response to business changes. They usually tell themselves "I know I need to do but I don't have time because I have more pressing business" or they don't know who to reach out to when organizing their email subscription or structure it properly so it works 24/7 for them. Sometimes they don't even know how to pick the correct autoresponder software. And if they do have one, they either didn't update it or used it properly. Another factor as well is that they think people won't open their emails, but they will if they are compelling, interesting, and used in the right way. Susan shared with us that her clients usually wonder if maintaining a marketing system expensive or it's hard to get a return on investment compared to pay advertisement. She says that once you invested in an email system and get the one which is not too robust for you, then you will find that you will use that asset over and over again. It will actually be cheap compared to ads bing in most of the markets you can spend money in. Sue’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Just commit and make a decision that you're going to build your email subscriber list and that you're going to see them as an asset. If you're going to sell your business to the size of your subscriber list then it would be a one factor that will enter into the sale as well as how active and responsive that email list is. Pay attention and be consistent, just like in any business asset that you have.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to continuously feel that level of excitement The "two questions' that you need to ask yourself Why the whole 'component' must come together
Related Links and Resources: There's this tool called "The Diamond Path Life Mastery" that takes all of life's pieces and puts them together so that you can see how they can relate so that it can give you clarity on how to create miracles every day in your life. I usually charge 200 bucks whenever I teach it and everyone who's viewing this podcast can get FREE access to it. Go to www.jayminjpatel.com/freegift Summary: Jaymin J. Patel is a Growth Coach & Soul Mentor for High-Achievers. Business Owners, Founders, Spiritual Leaders, and celebrated Artists come to Jaymin after they've explored all the other coaches and want to explore their EDGE. In addition to being a (TEDx) speaker who has delivered 500+ paid talks and being an author of 8 books, Jaymin is a highly sought-after, heart-driven, no-fluff, intuitive coach who has been hired by powerful leaders in the spiritual & transformational communities as well as top leaders of corporations around the world like Kraft, Unilever, and Citibank. Jaymin has been invited to speak at prestigious stages like Harvard Business School, The London School of Economics, ASAE, and has consulted for high level strategy programs for national governments globally, most recently Saudi Arabia. Most importantly, Jaymin is a dad of two incredible kids and shares a beautiful conscious relationship with his wife, Eri. He and his family are currently living on the tropical island of Bali. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jaymin ideally loves to work with business owners or those who have reach some level of success in their lives and started to wonder "what's next?". They also felt like something is missing or they are not as passionate as they thought they would be when they reach that point. Jaymin wants to help these high-achievers to feel that connection of excitement for being on that place every day. The mistakes that these folks make is they would think that they need to 'create more' or 'do more' and 'do more' in order to be fulfilled. They think doing that thing that got them from where they are is going to lead them somewhere new but it doesn't. It's adding fuel to that fire to keep them in that rat race instead of leading them to a place that unlocks them to their greatest potential. People wonder "Why is it that success isn't satisfying for long" and Jaymin said that success is one of the components, so is impact, and happiness. And if you'll make that one component your full or only goal, then you're leaving so much of that full picture. And it won't be satisfying for long because your soul would be wanting to experience what life has to offer. When you see that everything relates in life and put them together, then you will reach that goal of living a life that's fully lived. Jaymin’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Two questions to ask yourself: First Who are you being as a partner, as a parent, as a friend, as a business owner or anything that defines your top 5 roles of your life. "Who are you being right now?". The second question to ask yourself is "who do you need to be for miracles to occur as a partner, as a parent, those 5 roles of your life. When you tune in to who you are now and who you need to be for those miracles to occur, you will then reconnect to that feeling that everything is possible.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to continuously feel that level of excitement The "two questions' that you need to ask yourself Why the whole 'component' must come together
Related Links and Resources: There's this tool called "The Diamond Path Life Mastery" that takes all of life's pieces and puts them together so that you can see how they can relate so that it can give you clarity on how to create miracles every day in your life. I usually charge 200 bucks whenever I teach it and everyone who's viewing this podcast can get FREE access to it. Go to www.jayminjpatel.com/freegift Summary: Jaymin J. Patel is a Growth Coach & Soul Mentor for High-Achievers. Business Owners, Founders, Spiritual Leaders, and celebrated Artists come to Jaymin after they've explored all the other coaches and want to explore their EDGE. In addition to being a (TEDx) speaker who has delivered 500+ paid talks and being an author of 8 books, Jaymin is a highly sought-after, heart-driven, no-fluff, intuitive coach who has been hired by powerful leaders in the spiritual & transformational communities as well as top leaders of corporations around the world like Kraft, Unilever, and Citibank. Jaymin has been invited to speak at prestigious stages like Harvard Business School, The London School of Economics, ASAE, and has consulted for high level strategy programs for national governments globally, most recently Saudi Arabia. Most importantly, Jaymin is a dad of two incredible kids and shares a beautiful conscious relationship with his wife, Eri. He and his family are currently living on the tropical island of Bali. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jaymin ideally loves to work with business owners or those who have reach some level of success in their lives and started to wonder "what's next?". They also felt like something is missing or they are not as passionate as they thought they would be when they reach that point. Jaymin wants to help these high-achievers to feel that connection of excitement for being on that place every day. The mistakes that these folks make is they would think that they need to 'create more' or 'do more' and 'do more' in order to be fulfilled. They think doing that thing that got them from where they are is going to lead them somewhere new but it doesn't. It's adding fuel to that fire to keep them in that rat race instead of leading them to a place that unlocks them to their greatest potential. People wonder "Why is it that success isn't satisfying for long" and Jaymin said that success is one of the components, so is impact, and happiness. And if you'll make that one component your full or only goal, then you're leaving so much of that full picture. And it won't be satisfying for long because your soul would be wanting to experience what life has to offer. When you see that everything relates in life and put them together, then you will reach that goal of living a life that's fully lived. Jaymin’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Two questions to ask yourself: First Who are you being as a partner, as a parent, as a friend, as a business owner or anything that defines your top 5 roles of your life. "Who are you being right now?". The second question to ask yourself is "who do you need to be for miracles to occur as a partner, as a parent, those 5 roles of your life. When you tune in to who you are now and who you need to be for those miracles to occur, you will then reconnect to that feeling that everything is possible.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to know if you're in that 'alignment' or not The mistakes of trying to be hyper independent Importance of writing a manifesto
Related Links and Resources: I interviewed 30 other entrepreneurs and I asked them on how did they grow their business while being more of themselves or while leaning into who they are. They answered by audio, they answered by video, or they answered by written. So, I have these 31 (including myself) resources that answers those questions. If you're looking for inspiration and ideas, go to www.helentremethick.com/moreplease Summary: Helen Tremethick is a thought partner & co-conspirator for badass entrepreneurs (and those who want to be). Helen uses a unique methodology called Love & Badassery that helps business owners find the courage, confidence, and clarity they need to show up wholly in their businesses. Since 2011, she has worked with hundreds of business owners to clarify their messaging, copy, business models, and transform their self-confidence while doing so. To find out more about Helen, check out helentremethick.com Here are the highlights of this episode: Helen told us that she likes working with visionary entrepreneurs, coaches, and service providers who are feeling like they lost something of themselves in their business. She helps them rejuvenate or bring that life back into their business and she does that through 1 on 1 coaching and group coaching. The lack of alignment can look like how we run business on the inside as to what do we sell, how do we hire, who do we serve, etc. It can also be how we talk about business; does it feel like ourselves, does our methodology flow properly, and so on. Even their website, does it really represent them and resonates with their ideal audience. This is something that she tackles with her clients. When someone is feeling the like of alignment, they feel insecure about making small or big decisions. Also, the question of who you are attracting, is that feeling working well for you? Helen says that one of the problems she sees that people goes through is when they try to be hyper independent or they're trying to figure it out, but then ending up just chasing their own tail or just making the same mistakes again. They then try to fit themselves to this carefully prescribe recipes that they learn from webinars or learning from other people. So, this pendulum swing from hyper independent to hyper dependent. We need to learn how to ask for help that we can trust or someone who can understand us, then allowing them to nurture who you are, something that will work for you and your business. To write more easily and authentically, it's all about PRACTICE; it's showing up as you are. It's writing to that one person where you would say "if I can get more of that client, that's what I want." When you create new services, you think about them. And try to read your stuff out loud, because if you're stumbling over it, then that's not you. so, try to lean to who you really are. Helen’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): A lot of the work that I'm talking about is coming home to yourself; who are you, why do you this work, why is it important, what values do you believe in, who are your people, and why. The activity that I will recommend for everybody is to write a manifesto; writing it is like a sneaky back door room into figuring out the words, energy, the real motivation behind your business. The bonus is that you ended up writing a lot of copy that has that element of you. It's a guiding document that can help your team get on board and even knowing if your new services are good for you.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to know if you're in that 'alignment' or not The mistakes of trying to be hyper independent Importance of writing a manifesto
Related Links and Resources: I interviewed 30 other entrepreneurs and I asked them on how did they grow their business while being more of themselves or while leaning into who they are. They answered by audio, they answered by video, or they answered by written. So, I have these 31 (including myself) resources that answers those questions. If you're looking for inspiration and ideas, go to www.helentremethick.com/moreplease Summary: Helen Tremethick is a thought partner & co-conspirator for badass entrepreneurs (and those who want to be). Helen uses a unique methodology called Love & Badassery that helps business owners find the courage, confidence, and clarity they need to show up wholly in their businesses. Since 2011, she has worked with hundreds of business owners to clarify their messaging, copy, business models, and transform their self-confidence while doing so. To find out more about Helen, check out helentremethick.com Here are the highlights of this episode: Helen told us that she likes working with visionary entrepreneurs, coaches, and service providers who are feeling like they lost something of themselves in their business. She helps them rejuvenate or bring that life back into their business and she does that through 1 on 1 coaching and group coaching. The lack of alignment can look like how we run business on the inside as to what do we sell, how do we hire, who do we serve, etc. It can also be how we talk about business; does it feel like ourselves, does our methodology flow properly, and so on. Even their website, does it really represent them and resonates with their ideal audience. This is something that she tackles with her clients. When someone is feeling the like of alignment, they feel insecure about making small or big decisions. Also, the question of who you are attracting, is that feeling working well for you? Helen says that one of the problems she sees that people goes through is when they try to be hyper independent or they're trying to figure it out, but then ending up just chasing their own tail or just making the same mistakes again. They then try to fit themselves to this carefully prescribe recipes that they learn from webinars or learning from other people. So, this pendulum swing from hyper independent to hyper dependent. We need to learn how to ask for help that we can trust or someone who can understand us, then allowing them to nurture who you are, something that will work for you and your business. To write more easily and authentically, it's all about PRACTICE; it's showing up as you are. It's writing to that one person where you would say "if I can get more of that client, that's what I want." When you create new services, you think about them. And try to read your stuff out loud, because if you're stumbling over it, then that's not you. so, try to lean to who you really are. Helen’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): A lot of the work that I'm talking about is coming home to yourself; who are you, why do you this work, why is it important, what values do you believe in, who are your people, and why. The activity that I will recommend for everybody is to write a manifesto; writing it is like a sneaky back door room into figuring out the words, energy, the real motivation behind your business. The bonus is that you ended up writing a lot of copy that has that element of you. It's a guiding document that can help your team get on board and even knowing if your new services are good for you.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Avoiding trying to give from an 'empty cup'How to define a good online courseHaving the right business modelRelated Links and Resources:I have a 3-day virtual boot camp that will allow you to create a blueprint for your online course and program, including how much one on one or group support you want to include. This is something I sell for $950 on our website. You can go to www.scaledgenius.com/blueprint and if you use the coupon code "BillVIP" and you will get it for free.Summary:Jane Sagalovich, CFA is the Chief Strategist and Founder of Scale Your Genius. On a mission to Rid the World of Crappy Online Courses. Jane inspires and guides people whose work makes a positive difference to play full out with their wisdom and expertise and create offerings in full alignment with their vision and goals and in integrity with their skill level and reputation.She has helped hundreds of experts create their online courses and programs with clarity, confidence, and ease. Originally from Ukraine, she now loves living the American Dream in Colorado where she gets to play in the beautiful Rocky Mountains surrounded by family and friends... and scheming her next international adventureHere are the highlights of this episode:Jane has shared with us that she loves working the most with those in the 'helping' professions such as therapists, lawyers, dieticians, or people who make a difference to their clients. They have so much wisdom to give but slightly struggle in their current business model. These folks felt like they're stuck in a bubble with their expertise or they're trying to give from an empty cup. They're not earning much money or their work takes so much time that they are sacrificing their own self-care, therefore it's not allowing them to service big. When you start to ask yourself "I know there's more; I can't believe that's all there is with all my education. How can this be all of it" then this is someone that Jane usually helps out. Even people in the expertise sees a lot of unqualified people coming into the coaching space, and doing things they shouldn't be doing. A lot of them see the online courses as the potential next step for them. So, they take their expertise, they create digital video and just put it out there. But then, the thing doesn’t sell. And the few that do sell don't actually get the results that they want. Jane wants to tell everyone that "You deserve to play a better game. You deserve to have a business you love. You deserve to earn a lot more money from your expertise and wisdom. And it's not that hard to get there." She further added that there will always be a model that works for someone's particular situation that is scalable. Jane’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Super simple: understand that a good online course or program is actually a combination of those digital courses and some form of high-tech support. When you envision the result that you want your program or course to create for your clients, then give some thought to how much or what kind of support will enhance that process, experience and results. It can be one-on-one support, group support, or any support that goes beyond the digital experience and also not just a Facebook group.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Avoiding trying to give from an 'empty cup'How to define a good online courseHaving the right business modelRelated Links and Resources:I have a 3-day virtual boot camp that will allow you to create a blueprint for your online course and program, including how much one on one or group support you want to include. This is something I sell for $950 on our website. You can go to www.scaledgenius.com/blueprint and if you use the coupon code "BillVIP" and you will get it for free.Summary:Jane Sagalovich, CFA is the Chief Strategist and Founder of Scale Your Genius. On a mission to Rid the World of Crappy Online Courses. Jane inspires and guides people whose work makes a positive difference to play full out with their wisdom and expertise and create offerings in full alignment with their vision and goals and in integrity with their skill level and reputation.She has helped hundreds of experts create their online courses and programs with clarity, confidence, and ease. Originally from Ukraine, she now loves living the American Dream in Colorado where she gets to play in the beautiful Rocky Mountains surrounded by family and friends... and scheming her next international adventureHere are the highlights of this episode:Jane has shared with us that she loves working the most with those in the 'helping' professions such as therapists, lawyers, dieticians, or people who make a difference to their clients. They have so much wisdom to give but slightly struggle in their current business model. These folks felt like they're stuck in a bubble with their expertise or they're trying to give from an empty cup. They're not earning much money or their work takes so much time that they are sacrificing their own self-care, therefore it's not allowing them to service big. When you start to ask yourself "I know there's more; I can't believe that's all there is with all my education. How can this be all of it" then this is someone that Jane usually helps out. Even people in the expertise sees a lot of unqualified people coming into the coaching space, and doing things they shouldn't be doing. A lot of them see the online courses as the potential next step for them. So, they take their expertise, they create digital video and just put it out there. But then, the thing doesn’t sell. And the few that do sell don't actually get the results that they want. Jane wants to tell everyone that "You deserve to play a better game. You deserve to have a business you love. You deserve to earn a lot more money from your expertise and wisdom. And it's not that hard to get there." She further added that there will always be a model that works for someone's particular situation that is scalable. Jane’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Super simple: understand that a good online course or program is actually a combination of those digital courses and some form of high-tech support. When you envision the result that you want your program or course to create for your clients, then give some thought to how much or what kind of support will enhance that process, experience and results. It can be one-on-one support, group support, or any support that goes beyond the digital experience and also not just a Facebook group.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Influence people with the right psychologyImportance of building long-term relationships with customersWhy you need to change your old 'tactics'Related Links and Resources:I will give two valuable resources; if you go to the library and check out Dr. Robert Cialdini's book 'Influence' and read it cover to cover, you will find that the tactics that have been taught are not being taught properly. You will be ahead of the game if you take Dr. Cialdini's advice. If you go to www.matthewchampagne.com/sbs and if you go to that link, there's a direct download for the infographic that list out the 9 psychological principles upon which all of these are being based. I want you to read that and see if that resonates with you. Summary:For 28 years, Dr. Matt Champagne has been a researcher, university professor, and serial entrepreneur. He was named “Technology Visionary” by SURVEY Magazine for his pioneering work merging psychology and technology to predict customer behavior. When not teaching, Matt can be found on-stage playing keyboard in his rock band.Here are the highlights of this episode:Matt's motto is "keep your customers forever" and if that resonates with you, you'd probably be an ideal client for him. But he also helps those who sell their products or services to a live audience whether it's webinar or on stage. He knows that some feel like their tactics, formulas, or the hacks don't work like they used to, and Matt tells us that there's a psychological reason behind that. People buy from others that they trust. For salespeople, they try to build relationships along the way. But when you're trying to sell on a webinar for 35 minutes and try to convince the audience to trust you, it's just not enough. What you need to do is extend that trust runway through psychology. You should start asking people attending the webinar before the event, and then share the answers to them. And then, we ask the right questions in the right way during the event. And those who don't buy, we ask them after the event. This is like extending relationship building. You don't want to have that 'icky' feeling when you try to present and reach out to customers. Some tries hit the audience with all those influence tactics just to close the sale immediately but most of these audience would want to build a long-term relationship. He then stated "Do you want to be that person who uses just the tactics?" Matt’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If you can step back from the digital world and try to talk to them (audience) as if they're in front of you, would you treat them in that way? How would they like to be sold to? Think of what you would like to say in order to establish a relationship and familiarity with them. So, when you start thinking of that person being in the room, it totally changes the way you deliver on webinar. Ask yourself "How would you want to be sold to or how would you sell to a friend?"
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Influence people with the right psychologyImportance of building long-term relationships with customersWhy you need to change your old 'tactics'Related Links and Resources:I will give two valuable resources; if you go to the library and check out Dr. Robert Cialdini's book 'Influence' and read it cover to cover, you will find that the tactics that have been taught are not being taught properly. You will be ahead of the game if you take Dr. Cialdini's advice. If you go to www.matthewchampagne.com/sbs and if you go to that link, there's a direct download for the infographic that list out the 9 psychological principles upon which all of these are being based. I want you to read that and see if that resonates with you. Summary:For 28 years, Dr. Matt Champagne has been a researcher, university professor, and serial entrepreneur. He was named “Technology Visionary” by SURVEY Magazine for his pioneering work merging psychology and technology to predict customer behavior. When not teaching, Matt can be found on-stage playing keyboard in his rock band.Here are the highlights of this episode:Matt's motto is "keep your customers forever" and if that resonates with you, you'd probably be an ideal client for him. But he also helps those who sell their products or services to a live audience whether it's webinar or on stage. He knows that some feel like their tactics, formulas, or the hacks don't work like they used to, and Matt tells us that there's a psychological reason behind that. People buy from others that they trust. For salespeople, they try to build relationships along the way. But when you're trying to sell on a webinar for 35 minutes and try to convince the audience to trust you, it's just not enough. What you need to do is extend that trust runway through psychology. You should start asking people attending the webinar before the event, and then share the answers to them. And then, we ask the right questions in the right way during the event. And those who don't buy, we ask them after the event. This is like extending relationship building. You don't want to have that 'icky' feeling when you try to present and reach out to customers. Some tries hit the audience with all those influence tactics just to close the sale immediately but most of these audience would want to build a long-term relationship. He then stated "Do you want to be that person who uses just the tactics?" Matt’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If you can step back from the digital world and try to talk to them (audience) as if they're in front of you, would you treat them in that way? How would they like to be sold to? Think of what you would like to say in order to establish a relationship and familiarity with them. So, when you start thinking of that person being in the room, it totally changes the way you deliver on webinar. Ask yourself "How would you want to be sold to or how would you sell to a friend?"
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The result of changing your habits, mindset and your life Why it's important to be intentional on what you're trying Why everyone needs to 'win'
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The result of changing your habits, mindset and your life Why it's important to be intentional on what you're trying Why everyone needs to 'win'
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Simplify everything into a one pager The problem of not having a clear goal Applying Mostafa's 4-steps ADX formula
Related Links and Resources:
Mostafa is sharing with us the template for the one-page marketing plan template, download it at www.persyo.com/op. You can fill it out on your own or you can join them to do it together.
Summary: Mostafa Hosseini Helps Coaches and Consultants Create & Implement Their 1-Page Marketing Plan In 3 Days or Less. He is a Serial Entrepreneur, Business Coach, founder of Persyo Inc and host of Daily Confidence for Entrepreneurs Podcast, creator of Simple Marketing Formula, creator of Simple Offer Formula, and much more. He has been coaching and consulting for the past 11 years, helping businesses in various niches and industries grow, scale, and become more profitable. Here are the highlights of this episode: Mostafa has shared with us that he usually works with coaches and consultants that has been around within a year or two, and they've been trying different marketing ideas, programs, software, or asking guidance from other coaches, but they started to feel overwhelmed or anxious with all of this because of the lack of results. They've been poking around trying all of these and most likely, they would have benefited from simplifying everything into a one pager that they can implement on a daily basis. When they are constantly trying a lot of ways, they start to feel tired after putting in too many hours but not enough results by the end of the day, week, or month. One of the biggest mistakes Mostafa sees is when these folks don't have a clear goal of what they actually want to build. It's like building a house; you design it, put the drawing, and then start building the house piece by piece starting from the foundation. But with the business, some business owners start building the roof without the foundation. Also, they try to serve everybody and anybody. They don't pick a niche, therefore it's more of a scarcity mindset. He then shared with us his 4-steps formula on how to increase the odds of winning by 80x: write your goal down, come up with a plan to reach that goal, implement the plan you just created, and then get support and accountability along the way. Mostafa’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): One thing that I'm going to ask you to do is sit down and figure out how much business you want to bring in the next 12 months. And put it somewhere where you can see it on a daily basis. Because once you know your goal, then your brain comes up with solutions to help you get there. You got to know what you want this year.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Simplify everything into a one pager The problem of not having a clear goal Applying Mostafa's 4-steps ADX formula
Related Links and Resources:
Mostafa is sharing with us the template for the one-page marketing plan template, download it at www.persyo.com/op. You can fill it out on your own or you can join them to do it together.
Summary: Mostafa Hosseini Helps Coaches and Consultants Create & Implement Their 1-Page Marketing Plan In 3 Days or Less. He is a Serial Entrepreneur, Business Coach, founder of Persyo Inc and host of Daily Confidence for Entrepreneurs Podcast, creator of Simple Marketing Formula, creator of Simple Offer Formula, and much more. He has been coaching and consulting for the past 11 years, helping businesses in various niches and industries grow, scale, and become more profitable. Here are the highlights of this episode: Mostafa has shared with us that he usually works with coaches and consultants that has been around within a year or two, and they've been trying different marketing ideas, programs, software, or asking guidance from other coaches, but they started to feel overwhelmed or anxious with all of this because of the lack of results. They've been poking around trying all of these and most likely, they would have benefited from simplifying everything into a one pager that they can implement on a daily basis. When they are constantly trying a lot of ways, they start to feel tired after putting in too many hours but not enough results by the end of the day, week, or month. One of the biggest mistakes Mostafa sees is when these folks don't have a clear goal of what they actually want to build. It's like building a house; you design it, put the drawing, and then start building the house piece by piece starting from the foundation. But with the business, some business owners start building the roof without the foundation. Also, they try to serve everybody and anybody. They don't pick a niche, therefore it's more of a scarcity mindset. He then shared with us his 4-steps formula on how to increase the odds of winning by 80x: write your goal down, come up with a plan to reach that goal, implement the plan you just created, and then get support and accountability along the way. Mostafa’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): One thing that I'm going to ask you to do is sit down and figure out how much business you want to bring in the next 12 months. And put it somewhere where you can see it on a daily basis. Because once you know your goal, then your brain comes up with solutions to help you get there. You got to know what you want this year.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to analyze your 'pipeline coverage' Stop applying the old 'selling playbook' to customers Why monitoring humans can help you with sales
Related Links and Resources: Jamie owns two companies; one is Sales for Life. If you go to www.salesforlife.com and you fill-in the coaching hotline, his team can do a 15-minute call and help you understand best practices, with pitfalls and challenges, and becoming a social, digital seller. Summary: Jamie Shanks is the CEO of Sales for Life, the world's largest Digital Selling training program for mid-market and enterprise companies. Sales for Life has trained over 250,000 sales and marketing professionals, in dozens of industries. Jamie's workshops have been delivered across 6 continents, for brands such as Microsoft, Thomson Reuters, Oracle, American Airlines & Intel. He is also the CEO of Pipeline Signals, a managed service BPaaS firm that's pioneering in Compelling Event - Signal Intelligence monitoring. They monitor the entire global account TAM for their customers, looking for sales opportunities and risks. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jamie told us that their ideal customer is a B2B organization with a growing salesforce that has a problem, typically sales generated pipeline at scale. He says that the principal problem is looking at the 'pipeline coverage'. For example, you needed to close a million dollars from now until Christmas, you reverse engineer the number of units and revenue that you would need in extrapolating against the wind rate that you have. The average B2B company has an average 25% wind rate, that means you would need 4x the pipeline or 4 million in pipeline to achieve those 1 million dollars by Christmas. By analyzing that, you would know if you are ahead of the game or you are behind. From a sentiment standpoint, if your team is using that 'selling playbook' or what you call 'email-rinse-repeat', you will then recognize that the way you consume knowledge from the Internet is different from the way that your team is engaging to your customers. Because recent buyers now are digital, modern, and social. The biggest challenge we see with sales leaders, because they are the ones that device the strategy in the sales place, and sellers executes it. The problem then is, the leaders believe is that what made them successful in their heyday as a seller, that must be the playbook to indoctrinate to their team, which is not true because it evolves every year. Another tip Jamie gave is that when you are looking at your sales organization, the number one element that makes or breaks quota attainment is account selection and prioritization. The time you spent on which account to focus on today not tomorrow, matters. Humans makes decision in businesses; humans go in the businesses and they leave businesses, they bring with them competitors, they bring with them relationships. So, it's important to monitor humans because they are a leading indicator to where a priority goes in and out of a company. Jamie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): What I like everybody to do is take a sheet of paper and at the center, draw or write the logo of one of your best and successful active customers. Then circle that name. Stare at that and tell yourself “Who cares about that story?" and then from there, draw spiderwebs outside of that company. There are people within that organization who leaves and go to other businesses. There are those who are the key stakeholders who can refer you to businesses. You are trying to find people that had walk a mile in your shoes or had lived around the success you built within the company. Reverse engineer it like using the tool LinkedIn and figure out who use to work there, where have they gone, who can refer me. That singular spider webbing called the sphere of influence is a simple tactical you can do using LinkedIn.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to analyze your 'pipeline coverage' Stop applying the old 'selling playbook' to customers Why monitoring humans can help you with sales
Related Links and Resources: Jamie owns two companies; one is Sales for Life. If you go to www.salesforlife.com and you fill-in the coaching hotline, his team can do a 15-minute call and help you understand best practices, with pitfalls and challenges, and becoming a social, digital seller. Summary: Jamie Shanks is the CEO of Sales for Life, the world's largest Digital Selling training program for mid-market and enterprise companies. Sales for Life has trained over 250,000 sales and marketing professionals, in dozens of industries. Jamie's workshops have been delivered across 6 continents, for brands such as Microsoft, Thomson Reuters, Oracle, American Airlines & Intel. He is also the CEO of Pipeline Signals, a managed service BPaaS firm that's pioneering in Compelling Event - Signal Intelligence monitoring. They monitor the entire global account TAM for their customers, looking for sales opportunities and risks. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jamie told us that their ideal customer is a B2B organization with a growing salesforce that has a problem, typically sales generated pipeline at scale. He says that the principal problem is looking at the 'pipeline coverage'. For example, you needed to close a million dollars from now until Christmas, you reverse engineer the number of units and revenue that you would need in extrapolating against the wind rate that you have. The average B2B company has an average 25% wind rate, that means you would need 4x the pipeline or 4 million in pipeline to achieve those 1 million dollars by Christmas. By analyzing that, you would know if you are ahead of the game or you are behind. From a sentiment standpoint, if your team is using that 'selling playbook' or what you call 'email-rinse-repeat', you will then recognize that the way you consume knowledge from the Internet is different from the way that your team is engaging to your customers. Because recent buyers now are digital, modern, and social. The biggest challenge we see with sales leaders, because they are the ones that device the strategy in the sales place, and sellers executes it. The problem then is, the leaders believe is that what made them successful in their heyday as a seller, that must be the playbook to indoctrinate to their team, which is not true because it evolves every year. Another tip Jamie gave is that when you are looking at your sales organization, the number one element that makes or breaks quota attainment is account selection and prioritization. The time you spent on which account to focus on today not tomorrow, matters. Humans makes decision in businesses; humans go in the businesses and they leave businesses, they bring with them competitors, they bring with them relationships. So, it's important to monitor humans because they are a leading indicator to where a priority goes in and out of a company. Jamie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): What I like everybody to do is take a sheet of paper and at the center, draw or write the logo of one of your best and successful active customers. Then circle that name. Stare at that and tell yourself “Who cares about that story?" and then from there, draw spiderwebs outside of that company. There are people within that organization who leaves and go to other businesses. There are those who are the key stakeholders who can refer you to businesses. You are trying to find people that had walk a mile in your shoes or had lived around the success you built within the company. Reverse engineer it like using the tool LinkedIn and figure out who use to work there, where have they gone, who can refer me. That singular spider webbing called the sphere of influence is a simple tactical you can do using LinkedIn.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How leaders become stuck like they're in a 'groundhog day' Applying the process of self-discovery How to find your true high self
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How leaders become stuck like they're in a 'groundhog day' Applying the process of self-discovery How to find your true high self
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding your 'quality leads' The advantage in being part of their virtual events Why it's important to go out there and try
Related Links and Resources: Liam has shared with us one of his checklists, which is his checklist for virtual workshops; delivering it within just 90 minutes. It's just one page checklist for you to follow, so go to www.quickworkshopwin.com you will be able to download it. Summary: Liam Austin is the co-founder of Entrepreneurs HQ and a virtual event strategist, having launched over 15 virtual summits, dozens of quick workshops, and many more online events, hosting over 400 speakers whilst educating 100,000+ business owners through his programs. Virtual Events That Sell is his 6-week implementation program which makes it easy for you to create your own high impact virtual events, from workshops and masterminds to summits and conferences, with the end goal of selling more of your high-ticket offer (includes how to blueprint, validate and sell your new program.) Liam is also the creator of the Million Dollar Virtual Summit Program, where he partners with select clients to generate seven figures. Here are the highlights of this episode: Liam has shared with us that their ideal clients would be someone who wants to sell more of their online courses & programs. They can be course creators, coaches, authors, speakers, podcasters, or anyone who wants to be seen as an expert in their market. These folks are facing difficulty in getting that 'quality leads' who wants to see them as the go-to authority that will help them overcome their pain and get that X result they are looking for. If you want to increase or triple your client leads or even perhaps convert more sales from your cold leads, Liam says to check out their virtual events. They can help you attract your ideal perfect client in a simple, quick, and easy way. Liam's team had thousands of people that went through their programs and trainings to launch their own, from quick workshops to summit, or single to half day event. They have run several of these events and every time they turn it into an asset; meaning it's not just a one-time event but an event that also runs in evergreen for the upcoming months or years so that it can help you generate leads or sales for yourself. Consistently and predictably, generating predictable income for you and your business. He advises that when you are designing your business, you don't have to work every hour of the day. Work hard, put in an effort, follow a proven system or checklist. Liam’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): He says that a lot of people are not sure if there is any interest in what they're going to create. Liam suggest for you to just put it out their into your community or even FB groups and let people know you are creating this brand new event and if anyone would be interested. With such a simple post, it can generate leads overnight and it can validate your idea.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding your 'quality leads' The advantage in being part of their virtual events Why it's important to go out there and try
Related Links and Resources: Liam has shared with us one of his checklists, which is his checklist for virtual workshops; delivering it within just 90 minutes. It's just one page checklist for you to follow, so go to www.quickworkshopwin.com you will be able to download it. Summary: Liam Austin is the co-founder of Entrepreneurs HQ and a virtual event strategist, having launched over 15 virtual summits, dozens of quick workshops, and many more online events, hosting over 400 speakers whilst educating 100,000+ business owners through his programs. Virtual Events That Sell is his 6-week implementation program which makes it easy for you to create your own high impact virtual events, from workshops and masterminds to summits and conferences, with the end goal of selling more of your high-ticket offer (includes how to blueprint, validate and sell your new program.) Liam is also the creator of the Million Dollar Virtual Summit Program, where he partners with select clients to generate seven figures. Here are the highlights of this episode: Liam has shared with us that their ideal clients would be someone who wants to sell more of their online courses & programs. They can be course creators, coaches, authors, speakers, podcasters, or anyone who wants to be seen as an expert in their market. These folks are facing difficulty in getting that 'quality leads' who wants to see them as the go-to authority that will help them overcome their pain and get that X result they are looking for. If you want to increase or triple your client leads or even perhaps convert more sales from your cold leads, Liam says to check out their virtual events. They can help you attract your ideal perfect client in a simple, quick, and easy way. Liam's team had thousands of people that went through their programs and trainings to launch their own, from quick workshops to summit, or single to half day event. They have run several of these events and every time they turn it into an asset; meaning it's not just a one-time event but an event that also runs in evergreen for the upcoming months or years so that it can help you generate leads or sales for yourself. Consistently and predictably, generating predictable income for you and your business. He advises that when you are designing your business, you don't have to work every hour of the day. Work hard, put in an effort, follow a proven system or checklist. Liam’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): He says that a lot of people are not sure if there is any interest in what they're going to create. Liam suggest for you to just put it out their into your community or even FB groups and let people know you are creating this brand new event and if anyone would be interested. With such a simple post, it can generate leads overnight and it can validate your idea.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Facing 'unpredictable referrals' The mistake of not having a system in place Three key things for predictable referrals
Related Links and Resources: A lot of people ask "how can I get those predictable referrals?". You need to have 9 critical questions that you need to have in place. We have those questions and it will only take you 3 minutes and the best thing after that, based on your results, I will then have a call with you. It's not a sales call, it's a planning. If you go to www.paulhigginsmentoring.com/pulse Summary: Paul Higgins is passionate about helping business owners create a business asset that funds freedom in life. He feels blessed to have worked for Coca-Cola for 18 years, then launched his own business with a successful exit. In February of 2019, he received a life-changing kidney donation from his best friend. Given this second chance, he wants to make the most of it by helping others. He is a podcaster with 300+ episodes, a book author, and has mentored hundreds of business owners globally. Paul has 27 years of combined sales experience but people are truly impressed by his professionalism, honesty, integrity and pure tenacity to get clients' results. Paul loves to spend time with his family, friends and playing golf. Here are the highlights of this episode: Paul says that his ideal clients would be consultants and SAS resellers. He tries to solve problems that they face such as unpredictable referrals from their networks or partners. Of course, these folks feel the exhaustion of doing everything by themselves, and often they don't know what they don't know. Therefore, they are not spending quality time with their family after leaving their corporate job to run this business. They are not having the freedom that they really wanted. They often believe that one day, things will change, but it doesn't. Often they are hire a salesperson to come in. It doesn't work because there's no system to make it easy for the salesperson to do it. Recent poll of salesforce stated that 66% of sales is admin. If 66% of the stuff is removed from the salesperson, they can have a better return on the time invested in them. When you wonder how to get more predictable referrals, make these 3 key things: one is CONNECT- you got to be the face of the business. Second thing is CONVERT- once leads are coming in, there are a lot of ways to speed up the sales cycle. How do you amplify that? That's where you get strategic partners, that's the third one which is COLLABORATE. You can find out more of that from Paul's website. Paul’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Get yourself a virtual assistant. Get someone who can help you remove that 66%
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Facing 'unpredictable referrals' The mistake of not having a system in place Three key things for predictable referrals
Related Links and Resources: A lot of people ask "how can I get those predictable referrals?". You need to have 9 critical questions that you need to have in place. We have those questions and it will only take you 3 minutes and the best thing after that, based on your results, I will then have a call with you. It's not a sales call, it's a planning. If you go to www.paulhigginsmentoring.com/pulse Summary: Paul Higgins is passionate about helping business owners create a business asset that funds freedom in life. He feels blessed to have worked for Coca-Cola for 18 years, then launched his own business with a successful exit. In February of 2019, he received a life-changing kidney donation from his best friend. Given this second chance, he wants to make the most of it by helping others. He is a podcaster with 300+ episodes, a book author, and has mentored hundreds of business owners globally. Paul has 27 years of combined sales experience but people are truly impressed by his professionalism, honesty, integrity and pure tenacity to get clients' results. Paul loves to spend time with his family, friends and playing golf. Here are the highlights of this episode: Paul says that his ideal clients would be consultants and SAS resellers. He tries to solve problems that they face such as unpredictable referrals from their networks or partners. Of course, these folks feel the exhaustion of doing everything by themselves, and often they don't know what they don't know. Therefore, they are not spending quality time with their family after leaving their corporate job to run this business. They are not having the freedom that they really wanted. They often believe that one day, things will change, but it doesn't. Often they are hire a salesperson to come in. It doesn't work because there's no system to make it easy for the salesperson to do it. Recent poll of salesforce stated that 66% of sales is admin. If 66% of the stuff is removed from the salesperson, they can have a better return on the time invested in them. When you wonder how to get more predictable referrals, make these 3 key things: one is CONNECT- you got to be the face of the business. Second thing is CONVERT- once leads are coming in, there are a lot of ways to speed up the sales cycle. How do you amplify that? That's where you get strategic partners, that's the third one which is COLLABORATE. You can find out more of that from Paul's website. Paul’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Get yourself a virtual assistant. Get someone who can help you remove that 66%
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Accepting when you are at a 'breakpoint'Importance of asking for help and giving help Applying the three Cs- clarity, commitment, consistencyRelated Links and Resources:C-Roc and his team are releasing a tech product called BLOOPRINTED and they partnered up with TEDx. If you go to www.blooprinted.com, if you will have behind the scenes access, you will be known to be the first 1,000 inside this app, etc. There will be a giveaway for a 1 person that's worth 5,000 gift package.Summary:Mike "C-Roc" Ciorrocco is the Co-Founder of Blooprinted, best-selling Author of ROCKET FUEL -Convert Setbacks. Become Unstoppable- and the powerhouse behind the "What Are You Made Of?" podcast. He has been featured by Yahoo! Finance as one of the Top Business Leaders to Follow in 2020 and is on a mission to build people. He is driven to inspire others and he measures his success on how he is able to help others achieve greatness. C-Roc had a fire lit in him at an early age. That fire has ignited him with a fierce desire to compel people to see the greatness inside themselves using past life events to fuel their fire.Here are the highlights of this episode:C-Roc extends his hand to those people who are sick and tired of being 'sick and tired'. These may be business owners, professional sports athletes, or even anyone who wants a better relationship. His mission is to help them become unstoppable and to live the life of their dreams. He sees that something's blocking or stopping them to where they want to go, whether it's personal or something out there that's holding them back. When you wake up in the morning having this 'productive paranoia' or anxiety feeling in the morning time, or when you yourself "what's going to happen today? Am I going to do enough today? Do I even know what I'm going to do today?" then these are the kinds of things that C-Roc helps people go through to get them clear with what they want. It's important that these folks accepts if they are at a 'breakpoint' so that they can assess where they are, then C-Roc & his team can identify what or how big of a bridge that they need to get to point B. He beautifully explained the importance of asking help and giving help, that's step one for you to progress. If you know exactly what to do, you wouldn't need to 'wing it'. If you just wing it, you cause yourself to hitting your goal, how much time you wasted, adding stress, and how much it will cost you if you don't have steps to accomplish it. C-roc gave us an idea of what is this 'blooprinted', and that is a marketplace where you can go and search any topic in any industry, and you will find experts with their blueprints to success. He further explains about this in the last part of this interview. C-Roc’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): C-Roc provided three things to remember. Number one is CLARITY- if you don't know what you're doing or what your target is, you're not going to hit it. You need to have a clear vision of where you want to go. Second would be COMMITMENT to that life; should be all-in as if nothing's stopping you to achieve it. Lastly CONSISTENCY; consistency is greater than your emotions or how you feel.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Accepting when you are at a 'breakpoint'Importance of asking for help and giving help Applying the three Cs- clarity, commitment, consistencyRelated Links and Resources:C-Roc and his team are releasing a tech product called BLOOPRINTED and they partnered up with TEDx. If you go to www.blooprinted.com, if you will have behind the scenes access, you will be known to be the first 1,000 inside this app, etc. There will be a giveaway for a 1 person that's worth 5,000 gift package.Summary:Mike "C-Roc" Ciorrocco is the Co-Founder of Blooprinted, best-selling Author of ROCKET FUEL -Convert Setbacks. Become Unstoppable- and the powerhouse behind the "What Are You Made Of?" podcast. He has been featured by Yahoo! Finance as one of the Top Business Leaders to Follow in 2020 and is on a mission to build people. He is driven to inspire others and he measures his success on how he is able to help others achieve greatness. C-Roc had a fire lit in him at an early age. That fire has ignited him with a fierce desire to compel people to see the greatness inside themselves using past life events to fuel their fire.Here are the highlights of this episode:C-Roc extends his hand to those people who are sick and tired of being 'sick and tired'. These may be business owners, professional sports athletes, or even anyone who wants a better relationship. His mission is to help them become unstoppable and to live the life of their dreams. He sees that something's blocking or stopping them to where they want to go, whether it's personal or something out there that's holding them back. When you wake up in the morning having this 'productive paranoia' or anxiety feeling in the morning time, or when you yourself "what's going to happen today? Am I going to do enough today? Do I even know what I'm going to do today?" then these are the kinds of things that C-Roc helps people go through to get them clear with what they want. It's important that these folks accepts if they are at a 'breakpoint' so that they can assess where they are, then C-Roc & his team can identify what or how big of a bridge that they need to get to point B. He beautifully explained the importance of asking help and giving help, that's step one for you to progress. If you know exactly what to do, you wouldn't need to 'wing it'. If you just wing it, you cause yourself to hitting your goal, how much time you wasted, adding stress, and how much it will cost you if you don't have steps to accomplish it. C-roc gave us an idea of what is this 'blooprinted', and that is a marketplace where you can go and search any topic in any industry, and you will find experts with their blueprints to success. He further explains about this in the last part of this interview. C-Roc’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): C-Roc provided three things to remember. Number one is CLARITY- if you don't know what you're doing or what your target is, you're not going to hit it. You need to have a clear vision of where you want to go. Second would be COMMITMENT to that life; should be all-in as if nothing's stopping you to achieve it. Lastly CONSISTENCY; consistency is greater than your emotions or how you feel.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to be heard and be seen Seeking help from others to find your 'blind spots' Why it's important to get customer feedback
Related Links and Resources: Simply go to www.speakerexpressscorecard.co.uk and click on the 'speaker assessment' they can go to a series of questions which will help their listener to find out how influential they are right now with their speaking or their ability to sell. It will give you a personalize score, an 18-page report, and couple of tips and advice. Summary: For the last decade, Elliot Kay has worked with Business Owners, Entrepreneurs, MD’s & Investors in order to help them stand out when they are public speaking, pitching, or looking to win business through public speaking. Elliot’s unique and effective structures, impactful delivery training, and teaching “language that lands” has helped them to hone their messaging, perfect their stories, and thus win them more business. Elliot has spoken globally at conferences, events, and in front of teams, leaders, and managers on how to pitch and win new business. As well as speaking Elliot has worked with some of the leading companies and corporations and entrepreneurs on customer service, how to get into the media and how to successfully pitch on top-rated television programs such as “Dragons Den” and “MasterChef the Professionals”. Here are the highlights of this episode: Elliot deals mostly with business owners and entrepreneurs who wants to be seen and be heard. They believe that speaking will be an extension to their brand and access to their audience in a way that other forms of marketing doesn't. They assume their problem is "How do I get more bookings and how do I get paid?" but there's more problems underneath that. These folks are feeling frustrated because they're not getting the media presence they want while their competitors are winning more clients. And when it comes to speaking, they tend to lose their confidence sometimes. And the problem Elliot sees is that if you're keep doing things on your own, you will burnout and not see the 'blind spots'. Doing things on your own leaves you blind, but bringing people to see the blind spots helps you see the light. He says that when you're out there putting yourself out speaking, either virtually or offline, you need to offer your audience an experience. Make sure to have the right language that meets the audience from where they are and have a structure to do that. If you sound like everybody else, your speaking is boring like everybody else. Elliot’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Elliot's tip for you to stand out is to go to your customers and ask them what would they like from you. There is no greater person that will give you the utmost feedback than your customer. You can simply send an email and say "What do you like about us? What can we do better or what you expect from us and how would you like us to deliver it?". The answer you will get from that could change the course of your strategy and marketing.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to be heard and be seen Seeking help from others to find your 'blind spots' Why it's important to get customer feedback
Related Links and Resources: Simply go to www.speakerexpressscorecard.co.uk and click on the 'speaker assessment' they can go to a series of questions which will help their listener to find out how influential they are right now with their speaking or their ability to sell. It will give you a personalize score, an 18-page report, and couple of tips and advice. Summary: For the last decade, Elliot Kay has worked with Business Owners, Entrepreneurs, MD’s & Investors in order to help them stand out when they are public speaking, pitching, or looking to win business through public speaking. Elliot’s unique and effective structures, impactful delivery training, and teaching “language that lands” has helped them to hone their messaging, perfect their stories, and thus win them more business. Elliot has spoken globally at conferences, events, and in front of teams, leaders, and managers on how to pitch and win new business. As well as speaking Elliot has worked with some of the leading companies and corporations and entrepreneurs on customer service, how to get into the media and how to successfully pitch on top-rated television programs such as “Dragons Den” and “MasterChef the Professionals”. Here are the highlights of this episode: Elliot deals mostly with business owners and entrepreneurs who wants to be seen and be heard. They believe that speaking will be an extension to their brand and access to their audience in a way that other forms of marketing doesn't. They assume their problem is "How do I get more bookings and how do I get paid?" but there's more problems underneath that. These folks are feeling frustrated because they're not getting the media presence they want while their competitors are winning more clients. And when it comes to speaking, they tend to lose their confidence sometimes. And the problem Elliot sees is that if you're keep doing things on your own, you will burnout and not see the 'blind spots'. Doing things on your own leaves you blind, but bringing people to see the blind spots helps you see the light. He says that when you're out there putting yourself out speaking, either virtually or offline, you need to offer your audience an experience. Make sure to have the right language that meets the audience from where they are and have a structure to do that. If you sound like everybody else, your speaking is boring like everybody else. Elliot’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Elliot's tip for you to stand out is to go to your customers and ask them what would they like from you. There is no greater person that will give you the utmost feedback than your customer. You can simply send an email and say "What do you like about us? What can we do better or what you expect from us and how would you like us to deliver it?". The answer you will get from that could change the course of your strategy and marketing.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Gaining visibility in a busy market Why you need to know your ideal clients first How collaborating with influencers can help
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.cloriskylie.com/scale to get this comprehensive package. This gift includes a complete series of templates that you can use to connect with podcasters or influencers, training on how to get tangible ROI from your podcast interviews, and also an eCopy of her book. Summary: Cloris Kylie, MBA, is the bestselling author of Beyond Influencer Marketing and host of the top-rated “Beyond Influencer Marketing” podcast. With a background in industrial engineering and digital marketing, she helps expertise-based entrepreneurs build authority, grow their list, and get ideal clients by collaborating with influencers. She has been featured on platforms with millions of followers including network TV, top-ranked podcasts, YouTube channels, and blogs. Her motto is “reveal your magnificence.” Here are the highlights of this episode: Cloris ideally wants to work with people who build business with their expertise; then help others advance in their business but they need the exposure or wants to be seen. These folks are having difficulties in gaining that visibility in a very crowded market place. Therefore, they feel frustrated, they know they have the value and yet, not enough people know about them. There are different ways to promote your business out there but it can be overwhelming or impossible thing to do; write a blog, post on LinkedIn, create email marketing, etc. that these things become too much. One must enjoy what they're doing in order to enjoy helping others in return, but this won’t happen if you're feeling overwhelmed. The mistakes as well is trying to reach out to everyone; "Who exactly do you work with?". You really need to define your ideal clients or niche audience. When you are able to define that, you can really create a message that resonates with them. Another thing that Cloris see is when someone 'wants to do it all' or being in all social media platforms. Based from her experience, collaborating with someone who already have an audience to build that momentum. When you reach out to a podcast influencer and say "I have a gap that I can fill or a subject that your audience doesn't know about and teach them how to do it" then that's the good starting to point. start TODAY to reach out and you will see your business grow. Cloris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): First advice is to get to know your ideal client much better, and then reach out to your ideal audience by connecting to influencers. And to find that type of influencers is to go back again to the people you worked with and ask "Who do you admire? Where do you get inspiration from?" and that will give you a head start. You now know the influencers they respect, then build a connection with them since you know they reached your ideal audience. That's one of the best things you can do starting today.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Gaining visibility in a busy market Why you need to know your ideal clients first How collaborating with influencers can help
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.cloriskylie.com/scale to get this comprehensive package. This gift includes a complete series of templates that you can use to connect with podcasters or influencers, training on how to get tangible ROI from your podcast interviews, and also an eCopy of her book. Summary: Cloris Kylie, MBA, is the bestselling author of Beyond Influencer Marketing and host of the top-rated “Beyond Influencer Marketing” podcast. With a background in industrial engineering and digital marketing, she helps expertise-based entrepreneurs build authority, grow their list, and get ideal clients by collaborating with influencers. She has been featured on platforms with millions of followers including network TV, top-ranked podcasts, YouTube channels, and blogs. Her motto is “reveal your magnificence.” Here are the highlights of this episode: Cloris ideally wants to work with people who build business with their expertise; then help others advance in their business but they need the exposure or wants to be seen. These folks are having difficulties in gaining that visibility in a very crowded market place. Therefore, they feel frustrated, they know they have the value and yet, not enough people know about them. There are different ways to promote your business out there but it can be overwhelming or impossible thing to do; write a blog, post on LinkedIn, create email marketing, etc. that these things become too much. One must enjoy what they're doing in order to enjoy helping others in return, but this won’t happen if you're feeling overwhelmed. The mistakes as well is trying to reach out to everyone; "Who exactly do you work with?". You really need to define your ideal clients or niche audience. When you are able to define that, you can really create a message that resonates with them. Another thing that Cloris see is when someone 'wants to do it all' or being in all social media platforms. Based from her experience, collaborating with someone who already have an audience to build that momentum. When you reach out to a podcast influencer and say "I have a gap that I can fill or a subject that your audience doesn't know about and teach them how to do it" then that's the good starting to point. start TODAY to reach out and you will see your business grow. Cloris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): First advice is to get to know your ideal client much better, and then reach out to your ideal audience by connecting to influencers. And to find that type of influencers is to go back again to the people you worked with and ask "Who do you admire? Where do you get inspiration from?" and that will give you a head start. You now know the influencers they respect, then build a connection with them since you know they reached your ideal audience. That's one of the best things you can do starting today.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why asking for help is important Starting that 'difficult conversation' with your team Benefits of having a coach
Related Links and Resources: One of the biggest skills that leaders don't have is coaching skills; don't know which questions to ask or when to use questions. Questioning is a powerful tool inside communication because it gives a chance for others to share what they discovered and how they want to move forward. I created a free resource to help understand to coaching skills. If you want to get those 15 questions go to www.genehammett.com/questions and download it. You can then mix them with your next conversation so that you are more of a coach in that role than telling someone what to do next. Summary:
Gene Hammett is the best-selling author of The Trap of Success, a book about breaking through to new levels of growth. He has leadership insights have appeared in large publications like Inc, Entrepreneur, and Success Magazines. Since 2014, his show, Growth Think Tank has been recognized by Inc., Business Insider, and Entrepreneur for its consistent content about leadership and cultures in fast-growth companies featuring more than 300 founders/CEOs from the Inc 5000 List. Here are the highlights of this episode: Gene mainly works with CEOs and owners of fast-growing companies. The common problem that he notices is that these folks has been spending so much time managing the work, and less time managing or leading the people. Unfortunately, some even resist having difficult conversations about tensions, stress, or something similar. These are things Gene helps them see their blind spots, to let them excel as a leader. These leaders are also feeling overwhelmed in joggling several stuff at the same time, so he lets them realize what will be their next role; "what's next for me? how do I spend my time?". Some leaders also resist asking for help; they would rather suffer feeling overwhelmed and may have anxiety than seek assistance. But those who ask for help would actually feel a sense of relief, more clarity, and more confidence to move forward. Gene says almost everyone will benefit from a coach or a wise council that can help them see a different perspective. Hopefully someone who understands where you going through or has been there before that can give you insights and then let you get out of that emotional struggle or stress. He believes that the predictable growth comes from better leadership. Gene’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): "Do you feel any tension of a missing conversation between you and an individual or you in a team?" because that tension is a signal to be proactive in having that difficult conversation before it gets worse than it already is.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why asking for help is important Starting that 'difficult conversation' with your team Benefits of having a coach
Related Links and Resources: One of the biggest skills that leaders don't have is coaching skills; don't know which questions to ask or when to use questions. Questioning is a powerful tool inside communication because it gives a chance for others to share what they discovered and how they want to move forward. I created a free resource to help understand to coaching skills. If you want to get those 15 questions go to www.genehammett.com/questions and download it. You can then mix them with your next conversation so that you are more of a coach in that role than telling someone what to do next. Summary:
Gene Hammett is the best-selling author of The Trap of Success, a book about breaking through to new levels of growth. He has leadership insights have appeared in large publications like Inc, Entrepreneur, and Success Magazines. Since 2014, his show, Growth Think Tank has been recognized by Inc., Business Insider, and Entrepreneur for its consistent content about leadership and cultures in fast-growth companies featuring more than 300 founders/CEOs from the Inc 5000 List. Here are the highlights of this episode: Gene mainly works with CEOs and owners of fast-growing companies. The common problem that he notices is that these folks has been spending so much time managing the work, and less time managing or leading the people. Unfortunately, some even resist having difficult conversations about tensions, stress, or something similar. These are things Gene helps them see their blind spots, to let them excel as a leader. These leaders are also feeling overwhelmed in joggling several stuff at the same time, so he lets them realize what will be their next role; "what's next for me? how do I spend my time?". Some leaders also resist asking for help; they would rather suffer feeling overwhelmed and may have anxiety than seek assistance. But those who ask for help would actually feel a sense of relief, more clarity, and more confidence to move forward. Gene says almost everyone will benefit from a coach or a wise council that can help them see a different perspective. Hopefully someone who understands where you going through or has been there before that can give you insights and then let you get out of that emotional struggle or stress. He believes that the predictable growth comes from better leadership. Gene’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): "Do you feel any tension of a missing conversation between you and an individual or you in a team?" because that tension is a signal to be proactive in having that difficult conversation before it gets worse than it already is.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing what is a 'people-problem' How to put into the account the people side of the problem Why it's important to take a people-centered assessment
Related Links and Resources: Go to http://bit.ly/ChangePlaybook, we're giving you 8 days of quick video everyday which is around 5-7 minutes which helps you to build out a change playbook. This will help you know the key components that involves in working through an important change process. This will give you an insight that you never thought of before. Summary: Dr. Natasha Todorovic-Cowan is the CEO and co-founder of the National Values-Center Consulting (and owner of Spiral Dynamics brand). Whether your challenges are resistance to change, cultures in conflict, strategic partnerships, dysfunctional teams, or strategic change implementation, Natasha's experience includes unraveling the people side of organizational challenges from C-suite to shop floor using a proven human systems approach. For over 25 years Natasha has been working with leaders, consultants, coaches, and organizations applying her proprietary Spiral Dynamics cultural DNA survey, leadership assessments, and change readiness index to predict hurdles to change. Her techniques for handling corporate change are rooted in 70 years of research and application in a variety of industries and sectors. Here are the highlights of this episode: Dr. Natasha's ideal client would be senior executive who is in a transformation and people-oriented. She says that every time there's a profit or production problem, IT IS a people-problem. If your team is not rowing in the same direction, if there is unproductive conflict, if people are showing up but not putting an effort or not engage, or a merger acquisition that you are concern it will go south, then these are actually a people-problem. What Dr. Natasha sees that when they try to solve this problem on their own, they tend to focus mostly on the nitty-gritty stuff like the legalities or finance, and not putting into the account the people side of it. Leaders are not aligning change for the way people want to or able to absorb change, perhaps not even taking people's motivational flows into account. She says that the everyone has cognitive biases or blind spots to other human being, so her team helps in trying to build that bridge biases and understand people at a core level. Dr. Natasha’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the things that she always insists on is to take a people-centered assessment to give you the landscape. Because whatever you think is going on, that's not going on.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing what is a 'people-problem' How to put into the account the people side of the problem Why it's important to take a people-centered assessment
Related Links and Resources: Go to http://bit.ly/ChangePlaybook, we're giving you 8 days of quick video everyday which is around 5-7 minutes which helps you to build out a change playbook. This will help you know the key components that involves in working through an important change process. This will give you an insight that you never thought of before. Summary: Dr. Natasha Todorovic-Cowan is the CEO and co-founder of the National Values-Center Consulting (and owner of Spiral Dynamics brand). Whether your challenges are resistance to change, cultures in conflict, strategic partnerships, dysfunctional teams, or strategic change implementation, Natasha's experience includes unraveling the people side of organizational challenges from C-suite to shop floor using a proven human systems approach. For over 25 years Natasha has been working with leaders, consultants, coaches, and organizations applying her proprietary Spiral Dynamics cultural DNA survey, leadership assessments, and change readiness index to predict hurdles to change. Her techniques for handling corporate change are rooted in 70 years of research and application in a variety of industries and sectors. Here are the highlights of this episode: Dr. Natasha's ideal client would be senior executive who is in a transformation and people-oriented. She says that every time there's a profit or production problem, IT IS a people-problem. If your team is not rowing in the same direction, if there is unproductive conflict, if people are showing up but not putting an effort or not engage, or a merger acquisition that you are concern it will go south, then these are actually a people-problem. What Dr. Natasha sees that when they try to solve this problem on their own, they tend to focus mostly on the nitty-gritty stuff like the legalities or finance, and not putting into the account the people side of it. Leaders are not aligning change for the way people want to or able to absorb change, perhaps not even taking people's motivational flows into account. She says that the everyone has cognitive biases or blind spots to other human being, so her team helps in trying to build that bridge biases and understand people at a core level. Dr. Natasha’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the things that she always insists on is to take a people-centered assessment to give you the landscape. Because whatever you think is going on, that's not going on.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Importance of getting clear of your goals Getting clarity by working out with someone else Knowing what is "self-coaching"
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.saraebrown.com and sign up for my newsletter then you will get a chapter of my book "Let your personality be your career guide." It will involve exercises that you can do to get clear about your interest, strength and motivational needs. Then you can turn them into your goals. Summary: After a 30+ year career in Corporate America, most recently as Managing Director with Accenture, Dr. Sarah E. Brown retired to focus on helping mid-career professional women gain clarity on business and career goals, and develop the confidence and support needed to achieve them. Her method is called Self-Coaching. She has a Ph. D. in Pyschoeducational Processes (combination of group psychology and adult learning) and 20+ years of Talent Management Experience. Here are the highlights of this episode: Dr. Sarah working with female solopreneur or even a woman who's thinking of being a solopreneur. She tries to help them have clarification about their goals, getting the confidence and commitment to actually achieving it. These folks might feel stuck or not happy with what they're doing right now. They know that there could be something better but afraid to take the initial step to achieve it. Perhaps they already took that first step but then they already face that first roadblock and they start to feel frustrated. The reality is, most of this stuff we cannot work out on our own. Dr. Sarah then shared an interesting story about Abraham Lincoln during the interview to give an example. The point is, Lincoln got his clarity and commitment by actually working it out with his friend on the emancipation proclamation. Dr. Sarah tells us that self-coaching is actually getting clarity on your goals, working around obstacles, doing 'smart' actions, and getting the support or mentorship to actually achieve them. Dr. Sarah’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Try talking to someone about your goals; so that you can get clarity about it yourself and so that it will become uniquely yours.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Importance of getting clear of your goals Getting clarity by working out with someone else Knowing what is "self-coaching"
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.saraebrown.com and sign up for my newsletter then you will get a chapter of my book "Let your personality be your career guide." It will involve exercises that you can do to get clear about your interest, strength and motivational needs. Then you can turn them into your goals. Summary: After a 30+ year career in Corporate America, most recently as Managing Director with Accenture, Dr. Sarah E. Brown retired to focus on helping mid-career professional women gain clarity on business and career goals, and develop the confidence and support needed to achieve them. Her method is called Self-Coaching. She has a Ph. D. in Pyschoeducational Processes (combination of group psychology and adult learning) and 20+ years of Talent Management Experience. Here are the highlights of this episode: Dr. Sarah working with female solopreneur or even a woman who's thinking of being a solopreneur. She tries to help them have clarification about their goals, getting the confidence and commitment to actually achieving it. These folks might feel stuck or not happy with what they're doing right now. They know that there could be something better but afraid to take the initial step to achieve it. Perhaps they already took that first step but then they already face that first roadblock and they start to feel frustrated. The reality is, most of this stuff we cannot work out on our own. Dr. Sarah then shared an interesting story about Abraham Lincoln during the interview to give an example. The point is, Lincoln got his clarity and commitment by actually working it out with his friend on the emancipation proclamation. Dr. Sarah tells us that self-coaching is actually getting clarity on your goals, working around obstacles, doing 'smart' actions, and getting the support or mentorship to actually achieve them. Dr. Sarah’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Try talking to someone about your goals; so that you can get clarity about it yourself and so that it will become uniquely yours.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding your true potential The importance of uncovering your 'roadblocks' The mistake of "I'm right and you're wrong" mentality
Related Links and Resources: The number one core value that I discovered was 'contribution'. Go to my website at www.merrijohillaker.com and you can find different resources there. Summary: Merri-jo Hillaker - attorney, mindset coach, health coach, author, and sits on numerous charitable boards. She is committed to interfere in as many peoples’ lives as possible by supporting them to break through their limiting beliefs from as early as 3 years old, many of which "they don’t know they don’t know." As successful as she was through her thirties including being VP and General Counsel of a publicly-traded company at the young age 28, she was frustrated by some things in her life that just were not working. She refused to accept life as it was so searched to uncover her limiting beliefs, as well as understanding the full power of the mind which truly is within our control. Her #1 core value: CONTRIBUTION. Here are the highlights of this episode: Merri-jo likes to help those people who are struggling to see their full potential; either they're failing to uncover what's stopping them or they're caught up making excuses of saying "it's not so important". Most people don't understand how their mindset really operates and she says that uncovering those hinders or roadblocks us important. Otherwise, it will impact the rest of your life. If your average day involves expressing negative emotions, then that's something that's stopping you to truly understanding how you can take back control over your own mindset. Because that's what allows us to live every day to its fullest. The common mistakes Merri-jo sees is when people started to do the "I'm right and you're wrong" mentality and that's the worst thing that you can do. Pursuing knowledge is endless. Merri-jo's core value is 'contribution' and therefore she pledges that she will go out there every single day of her life contributing. Merri-jo’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): When you come up with something that you don't know, then ask yourself "If I didn't know the answer, what will it be?" because a lot of us don't give ourselves a credit of knowing answers within. It's a great approach of discovery process. A lot of times if we start to ask those questions over and over again, a lot of times we start to end up in new conclusions and see something new that we never saw before.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding your true potential The importance of uncovering your 'roadblocks' The mistake of "I'm right and you're wrong" mentality
Related Links and Resources: The number one core value that I discovered was 'contribution'. Go to my website at www.merrijohillaker.com and you can find different resources there. Summary: Merri-jo Hillaker - attorney, mindset coach, health coach, author, and sits on numerous charitable boards. She is committed to interfere in as many peoples’ lives as possible by supporting them to break through their limiting beliefs from as early as 3 years old, many of which "they don’t know they don’t know." As successful as she was through her thirties including being VP and General Counsel of a publicly-traded company at the young age 28, she was frustrated by some things in her life that just were not working. She refused to accept life as it was so searched to uncover her limiting beliefs, as well as understanding the full power of the mind which truly is within our control. Her #1 core value: CONTRIBUTION. Here are the highlights of this episode: Merri-jo likes to help those people who are struggling to see their full potential; either they're failing to uncover what's stopping them or they're caught up making excuses of saying "it's not so important". Most people don't understand how their mindset really operates and she says that uncovering those hinders or roadblocks us important. Otherwise, it will impact the rest of your life. If your average day involves expressing negative emotions, then that's something that's stopping you to truly understanding how you can take back control over your own mindset. Because that's what allows us to live every day to its fullest. The common mistakes Merri-jo sees is when people started to do the "I'm right and you're wrong" mentality and that's the worst thing that you can do. Pursuing knowledge is endless. Merri-jo's core value is 'contribution' and therefore she pledges that she will go out there every single day of her life contributing. Merri-jo’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): When you come up with something that you don't know, then ask yourself "If I didn't know the answer, what will it be?" because a lot of us don't give ourselves a credit of knowing answers within. It's a great approach of discovery process. A lot of times if we start to ask those questions over and over again, a lot of times we start to end up in new conclusions and see something new that we never saw before.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Finding clarity of your ideal clientThe 3 elements of magnetic messageApplying 'capacity expansion model'Related Links and Resources:We compiled our popular articles and best practices into a consulting blueprint. Go to www.consultingsuccess.com/blueprint you can access it right away that can really help you grow and develop your consulting business.Summary:Michael Zipursky is the CEO of Consulting Success® where they specialize in helping entrepreneurial consultants grow profitable, scalable and strategic consulting businesses. He has advised organizations like Financial Times, Dow Jones, RBC, and helped Panasonic launch new products into global markets, but more importantly, he’s helped over 500 consultants from around the world in over 75 industries add 6 and 7 figures to their annual revenues. Over 35,000 consultants read his weekly consulting newsletter. Michael is also the author of the Amazon Best Sellers ACT NOW: How successful consultants thrive during chaos and uncertainty, The Elite Consulting Mind and Consulting Success® the book, and the Future of Consulting.Here are the highlights of this episode:Michael helps entrepreneur consultants, those who are thinking to build a thriving, successful business for the long term. Some fail to have a 'magnetic messaging', and this is the message that you put in front of your ideal clients. This is the message that gets the attention and interest of your ideal clients. If you end up telling yourself "I'm not getting enough leads or my marketing isn't working for me". If we trace back the cause of that, it's either two things: they don't have clarity of their ideal client, and they don't have the message that gets the attention or resonates with that ideal client. There are 3 parts of the magnetic message and one is knowing the WHO-your ideal client. Some may be knowledgeable about many different things that they find it difficult to narrow in one special area. It can be challenging, but Michael says it's critical to your success. Michael also shared with us the 'capacity expansion model', and this applies when you are in that point in your business where you can't see yourself delivering more. The breakdown would be increasing your fees, building a team, and then bringing in better processes or systems into your business. Michael’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): First, get clear of who your ideal client is. Second, is to develop a magnetic message. The 3 components of the magnetic message are knowing WHO is your ideal client, then WHAT is the problem that client and what result do they want, and lastly, WHY you. You just do not need to talk only on what it is that you do but also the problem that you solve. Applying these 3 elements, you'll start seeing interest in what you're doing.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Finding clarity of your ideal clientThe 3 elements of magnetic messageApplying 'capacity expansion model'Related Links and Resources:We compiled our popular articles and best practices into a consulting blueprint. Go to www.consultingsuccess.com/blueprint you can access it right away that can really help you grow and develop your consulting business.Summary:Michael Zipursky is the CEO of Consulting Success® where they specialize in helping entrepreneurial consultants grow profitable, scalable and strategic consulting businesses. He has advised organizations like Financial Times, Dow Jones, RBC, and helped Panasonic launch new products into global markets, but more importantly, he’s helped over 500 consultants from around the world in over 75 industries add 6 and 7 figures to their annual revenues. Over 35,000 consultants read his weekly consulting newsletter. Michael is also the author of the Amazon Best Sellers ACT NOW: How successful consultants thrive during chaos and uncertainty, The Elite Consulting Mind and Consulting Success® the book, and the Future of Consulting.Here are the highlights of this episode:Michael helps entrepreneur consultants, those who are thinking to build a thriving, successful business for the long term. Some fail to have a 'magnetic messaging', and this is the message that you put in front of your ideal clients. This is the message that gets the attention and interest of your ideal clients. If you end up telling yourself "I'm not getting enough leads or my marketing isn't working for me". If we trace back the cause of that, it's either two things: they don't have clarity of their ideal client, and they don't have the message that gets the attention or resonates with that ideal client. There are 3 parts of the magnetic message and one is knowing the WHO-your ideal client. Some may be knowledgeable about many different things that they find it difficult to narrow in one special area. It can be challenging, but Michael says it's critical to your success. Michael also shared with us the 'capacity expansion model', and this applies when you are in that point in your business where you can't see yourself delivering more. The breakdown would be increasing your fees, building a team, and then bringing in better processes or systems into your business. Michael’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): First, get clear of who your ideal client is. Second, is to develop a magnetic message. The 3 components of the magnetic message are knowing WHO is your ideal client, then WHAT is the problem that client and what result do they want, and lastly, WHY you. You just do not need to talk only on what it is that you do but also the problem that you solve. Applying these 3 elements, you'll start seeing interest in what you're doing.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing that 'math is money and money is fun' Importance of finding a doable, simple, and actionable way to compute Market to your 'qualified clients' not fan
Related Links and Resources: Susie Carder will be giving away a copy of her book called "Power Your Profits", it won in the top books in 2020 by Cosmopolitan and it's everything she learned the hard way. All you need really is to follow a system, and the system will allow you to create and monetize. Go to www.susiecarder.com/ebook-scaleology to get the book for FREE and there's a free training that goes with it. It is a GAME CHANGER. Summary: Susie Carder started out as a low paid hairdresser trying to support her 2 little girls. So she decided to do whatever it took to create her own business. After much blood sweat and tears, she went on to create, not one, but two $10 Million companies! Her core genius is the ability to simplify complicated issues by creating simple proven systems that are guaranteed to create dramatic growth. She has helped over 100,000 entrepreneurs increase their revenues by more than 3000%. Here are the highlights of this episode: Susie told us that she enjoys working with entrepreneurs who knows that it's their calling or what they're meant to do in life. She helps them grow, monetize, scale, and explode. "Most entrepreneurs wants to stick their heads in the sand but not with their financial projections; they just want it to magically occur. She stated that "math is money and money is fun", most people want the benefit of the money but not when it comes to computation. So, find a doable, simple, and actionable way to do this. The emotional problems that these people face is that they felt frustrated because their business is growing consistently but they're paying people more than themselves, and they started to wonder "why there's no money left?". Susie further explained that 15% of their financial success is based on their vocation, and the remaining 85% is in sales, marketing, operation, and finance. You have got to be good at your 15% but you have to work on the 85% because that's where the 'juice' is. Only 1.7% of the small business hit the million-dollar mark; and this is because they don't spend the time to put a business plan together and have true execution. She says that most of us are creative as entrepreneurs, but we may need to hire a really good coach that can handle you into this prosperity. Susie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest mistake that Susie sees is that these folks are marketing to their fans but not their 'qualified' clients. You may have an 'ideal' client but 'qualified' client will the ones having the money to swipe the card. She advises to quit marketing the fans, doesn't matter if they like you if they can't afford you. Otherwise, you're just spinning your wheels and wasting your time.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing that 'math is money and money is fun' Importance of finding a doable, simple, and actionable way to compute Market to your 'qualified clients' not fan
Related Links and Resources: Susie Carder will be giving away a copy of her book called "Power Your Profits", it won in the top books in 2020 by Cosmopolitan and it's everything she learned the hard way. All you need really is to follow a system, and the system will allow you to create and monetize. Go to www.susiecarder.com/ebook-scaleology to get the book for FREE and there's a free training that goes with it. It is a GAME CHANGER. Summary: Susie Carder started out as a low paid hairdresser trying to support her 2 little girls. So she decided to do whatever it took to create her own business. After much blood sweat and tears, she went on to create, not one, but two $10 Million companies! Her core genius is the ability to simplify complicated issues by creating simple proven systems that are guaranteed to create dramatic growth. She has helped over 100,000 entrepreneurs increase their revenues by more than 3000%. Here are the highlights of this episode: Susie told us that she enjoys working with entrepreneurs who knows that it's their calling or what they're meant to do in life. She helps them grow, monetize, scale, and explode. "Most entrepreneurs wants to stick their heads in the sand but not with their financial projections; they just want it to magically occur. She stated that "math is money and money is fun", most people want the benefit of the money but not when it comes to computation. So, find a doable, simple, and actionable way to do this. The emotional problems that these people face is that they felt frustrated because their business is growing consistently but they're paying people more than themselves, and they started to wonder "why there's no money left?". Susie further explained that 15% of their financial success is based on their vocation, and the remaining 85% is in sales, marketing, operation, and finance. You have got to be good at your 15% but you have to work on the 85% because that's where the 'juice' is. Only 1.7% of the small business hit the million-dollar mark; and this is because they don't spend the time to put a business plan together and have true execution. She says that most of us are creative as entrepreneurs, but we may need to hire a really good coach that can handle you into this prosperity. Susie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest mistake that Susie sees is that these folks are marketing to their fans but not their 'qualified' clients. You may have an 'ideal' client but 'qualified' client will the ones having the money to swipe the card. She advises to quit marketing the fans, doesn't matter if they like you if they can't afford you. Otherwise, you're just spinning your wheels and wasting your time.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The progression before closing sales Learning to incorporate conversation Applying the 5 planks of door opening success
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.koppconsultingusa.com/VFR and you will find some useful resources. One of them is pinpointing your company's sweet spots. Most people go wide in their targeting, but Caryn recommends adding 3 additional filters to your prospecting efforts. One of them is those who are experiencing urgency, those who are willing to pay for the charge of your services, and those who would find you to be an obvious solution. If you add those 3 filters, you're more likely to contact people who are right and ready. Summary: When Caryn Kopp was 11 years old, her neighbor who owned a franchise company told her she had a great phone voice and wondered if she’d like to try getting appointments for them. As time went on she won awards for this skill and it “opened the door,” pun intended, for her to launch her award-winning firm, Kopp Consulting where she holds the title of Chief Door Opener. Caryn’s talent for seeing a company’s “path to the cash” has inspired her to help thousands of business leaders and sellers secure initial meetings with their most important prospects. Here are the highlights of this episode: Caryn helps business leaders who need to get in the door at the executive level to have the first meeting with a prospect to usually discuss large engagement. They need more opportunities to close; they either don't have the time or the talent to get those opportunities to the top of their funnel. Primarily, they need more closed sales, and before that they need more opportunities, before that they need more meetings. Even before that, they need enough time to get those meetings on the calendar. That's usually the progression. When people aren't getting enough meetings as they often should, there's one or more problems with door opening success. The right target, the right sales message. The marketing message and the sales message are not the same thing. They need to have right answers to any objections, so that they can move forward towards the meeting. They need to have the right person doing the work. Then having the right execution; are you people spending enough time in getting those doors open? Those are the 5 planks of door opening success. Any one of those planks is missing, the doors may not open. Caryn’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She says that one should learn to incorporate conversation when they do their prospecting outreach. LinkedIn, Phone and email in combination to the right person is what usually leads to the meeting, one-on-one communication.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The progression before closing sales Learning to incorporate conversation Applying the 5 planks of door opening success
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.koppconsultingusa.com/VFR and you will find some useful resources. One of them is pinpointing your company's sweet spots. Most people go wide in their targeting, but Caryn recommends adding 3 additional filters to your prospecting efforts. One of them is those who are experiencing urgency, those who are willing to pay for the charge of your services, and those who would find you to be an obvious solution. If you add those 3 filters, you're more likely to contact people who are right and ready. Summary: When Caryn Kopp was 11 years old, her neighbor who owned a franchise company told her she had a great phone voice and wondered if she’d like to try getting appointments for them. As time went on she won awards for this skill and it “opened the door,” pun intended, for her to launch her award-winning firm, Kopp Consulting where she holds the title of Chief Door Opener. Caryn’s talent for seeing a company’s “path to the cash” has inspired her to help thousands of business leaders and sellers secure initial meetings with their most important prospects. Here are the highlights of this episode: Caryn helps business leaders who need to get in the door at the executive level to have the first meeting with a prospect to usually discuss large engagement. They need more opportunities to close; they either don't have the time or the talent to get those opportunities to the top of their funnel. Primarily, they need more closed sales, and before that they need more opportunities, before that they need more meetings. Even before that, they need enough time to get those meetings on the calendar. That's usually the progression. When people aren't getting enough meetings as they often should, there's one or more problems with door opening success. The right target, the right sales message. The marketing message and the sales message are not the same thing. They need to have right answers to any objections, so that they can move forward towards the meeting. They need to have the right person doing the work. Then having the right execution; are you people spending enough time in getting those doors open? Those are the 5 planks of door opening success. Any one of those planks is missing, the doors may not open. Caryn’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She says that one should learn to incorporate conversation when they do their prospecting outreach. LinkedIn, Phone and email in combination to the right person is what usually leads to the meeting, one-on-one communication.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing the advantage of using Growitfor.me and Readitfor.me The mistake of over complicating things Applying the 'power positioning'
Related Links and Resources: Steve's team will be launching 'growitforme.learn' where they will package up 3 new summaries per week, specifically on sales, marketing, and product development. These are mostly the 3 things that you need to master in order to succeed. Also, the step-by-step process that Steve use from having a job to creating a product-based business with world-class conversion rates and an army of affiliates who's promoting his products. They will launch this plan for a $199/year. Go to www.growitfor.me/scaleology and they'll get their first year for FREE. Summary: Steve Cunningham is the founder of Readitfor.me, the #1 book summary service for busy business leaders, and Growitfor.me, the #1 marketing platform for solopreneurs. At the beginning of his career, he was a lawyer for exactly one week, and he now has a product based business that has grown almost exclusively through partner and affiliate marketing. In between, he's run a digital marketing agency, been mentored by billionaire entrepreneurs, read a book a day for several years straight, and created a $5,000/hr coaching practice. He's most passionate about the idea that "everybody is an entrepreneur now,' and helping people climb what he calls the Growpreneur Curve. Here are the highlights of this episode: He has two distinct products that caters 2 different target markets. The Readitfor.me, it's for growth-minded business leaders, and for Growthitfor.me it's for B2B service providers like coaches and consultants, etc. The Growitfor.me, they try to solve problems for specific sets of people. It can help solopreneurs generate leads, nurture those leads with valuable content, then creating services or products that can help them create passive and recurring revenue. For Readitfor.me is knowing what the top world business experts are teaching or publishing. He says that these people face the frustration of perhaps that stack of books that they haven't started to read or courses they purchased but never use due to lack of time, or really not doing the things that they really wanted to do. He sees that these folks are sometimes complicate things and because of this, nothing ever really gets executed. The two books that he says that you should check out would be "The Lean Startup" by Eric Ries and "Principles" by Ray Dalio. Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Steve advised us to be crystal clear on the specific and pressing problems that you solve. Get 10 people that are in your ideal customer profile, get them on a zoom call, have a one-on-one meeting. Walk them through on what Steve calls 'power positioning'. When you get 8 out of 10 people nodding their heads while you're talking, that's your que that you nailed it. That's when you move on in creating that product, service, or marketing that goes along with it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing the advantage of using Growitfor.me and Readitfor.me The mistake of over complicating things Applying the 'power positioning'
Related Links and Resources: Steve's team will be launching 'growitforme.learn' where they will package up 3 new summaries per week, specifically on sales, marketing, and product development. These are mostly the 3 things that you need to master in order to succeed. Also, the step-by-step process that Steve use from having a job to creating a product-based business with world-class conversion rates and an army of affiliates who's promoting his products. They will launch this plan for a $199/year. Go to www.growitfor.me/scaleology and they'll get their first year for FREE. Summary: Steve Cunningham is the founder of Readitfor.me, the #1 book summary service for busy business leaders, and Growitfor.me, the #1 marketing platform for solopreneurs. At the beginning of his career, he was a lawyer for exactly one week, and he now has a product based business that has grown almost exclusively through partner and affiliate marketing. In between, he's run a digital marketing agency, been mentored by billionaire entrepreneurs, read a book a day for several years straight, and created a $5,000/hr coaching practice. He's most passionate about the idea that "everybody is an entrepreneur now,' and helping people climb what he calls the Growpreneur Curve. Here are the highlights of this episode: He has two distinct products that caters 2 different target markets. The Readitfor.me, it's for growth-minded business leaders, and for Growthitfor.me it's for B2B service providers like coaches and consultants, etc. The Growitfor.me, they try to solve problems for specific sets of people. It can help solopreneurs generate leads, nurture those leads with valuable content, then creating services or products that can help them create passive and recurring revenue. For Readitfor.me is knowing what the top world business experts are teaching or publishing. He says that these people face the frustration of perhaps that stack of books that they haven't started to read or courses they purchased but never use due to lack of time, or really not doing the things that they really wanted to do. He sees that these folks are sometimes complicate things and because of this, nothing ever really gets executed. The two books that he says that you should check out would be "The Lean Startup" by Eric Ries and "Principles" by Ray Dalio. Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Steve advised us to be crystal clear on the specific and pressing problems that you solve. Get 10 people that are in your ideal customer profile, get them on a zoom call, have a one-on-one meeting. Walk them through on what Steve calls 'power positioning'. When you get 8 out of 10 people nodding their heads while you're talking, that's your que that you nailed it. That's when you move on in creating that product, service, or marketing that goes along with it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Providing an efficient group coaching The advantage of using 'upcoach' Importance of selling out of love
Related Links and Resources: I would like to give 6 months of FREE upcoach; so, if you email me at david@upcoach.com then I will hook you up with a coupon code where you can get 250 USD which will be enough to last for 6 months. Summary: David Henzel has been building businesses in the saas and ecom space for over 20 years. He had multiple successful exits, including a well-known content delivery network company MaxCDN. He's passion is helping individuals and their organizations reach their full potential. Latest passion project that David is involved with is upcoach - coaching delivery platform, and a portfolio of businesses under How We Solve umbrella: LTVplus, (Outsourcing for e-commerce & saas), TaskDrive (Sales Development), Shortlist.io (Digital Marketing Agency). Here are the highlights of this episode: David says he works with several people with all sorts of background; whether they are authors, business leaders, and so forth. Some of the several problems, and one of them is how to run an efficient group coaching or how to make more impact while coaching multiple people all in one. When he started focusing on group coaching, he attained 94% completion rate in comparison to his previous DIY online course of 7% only. David says that some of them lack the confidence of selling their services. Using his upcoach can help you systematizes all your teachings. He knows that selling is difficult if it's not selling out of love. The biggest epiphany in David's life is that he used to be introverted and he hated doing sales with a passion. He attended toastmasters, public speaking courses, etc. to really overcome this exposure therapy. It worked, but the advice of his yoga teacher that decision making is either made out of fear or out of love is something that really flipped the switch in his head. When David sells out of love, he knows that what he's offering would be good for your business, he sincerely wants to improve your life. If he sells out of fear, he sells because he just needs to get his numbers, which can be difficult. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start doing a group coaching and it can simply start by sending to your list, or even reach out to your friends. Start developing content. Doesn't need to be perfect, just get started with a beta group either for free or minimal price. Just keep rolling, don't hold back.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Providing an efficient group coaching The advantage of using 'upcoach' Importance of selling out of love
Related Links and Resources: I would like to give 6 months of FREE upcoach; so, if you email me at david@upcoach.com then I will hook you up with a coupon code where you can get 250 USD which will be enough to last for 6 months. Summary: David Henzel has been building businesses in the saas and ecom space for over 20 years. He had multiple successful exits, including a well-known content delivery network company MaxCDN. He's passion is helping individuals and their organizations reach their full potential. Latest passion project that David is involved with is upcoach - coaching delivery platform, and a portfolio of businesses under How We Solve umbrella: LTVplus, (Outsourcing for e-commerce & saas), TaskDrive (Sales Development), Shortlist.io (Digital Marketing Agency). Here are the highlights of this episode: David says he works with several people with all sorts of background; whether they are authors, business leaders, and so forth. Some of the several problems, and one of them is how to run an efficient group coaching or how to make more impact while coaching multiple people all in one. When he started focusing on group coaching, he attained 94% completion rate in comparison to his previous DIY online course of 7% only. David says that some of them lack the confidence of selling their services. Using his upcoach can help you systematizes all your teachings. He knows that selling is difficult if it's not selling out of love. The biggest epiphany in David's life is that he used to be introverted and he hated doing sales with a passion. He attended toastmasters, public speaking courses, etc. to really overcome this exposure therapy. It worked, but the advice of his yoga teacher that decision making is either made out of fear or out of love is something that really flipped the switch in his head. When David sells out of love, he knows that what he's offering would be good for your business, he sincerely wants to improve your life. If he sells out of fear, he sells because he just needs to get his numbers, which can be difficult. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start doing a group coaching and it can simply start by sending to your list, or even reach out to your friends. Start developing content. Doesn't need to be perfect, just get started with a beta group either for free or minimal price. Just keep rolling, don't hold back.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Learning the value of writing a book Knowing what's the 'wallet biopsy' The high-income opportunities in writing a business book
Related Links and Resources: Go to my website www.patiyer.com and I have a number of free reports that are available on the home page, tools that I put together, check list and reports to help you in writing a book. Also on my blog, I have episodes of "writing to get business podcast" which is designed to interview authors and talk about their journey in writing a book. Summary: Pat Iyer is a consultant, speaker, author, editor and coach. She has written or edited 49 of her own books. She delights in assisting people to share their expertise by writing a book. Pat serves entrepreneurs as an editor, ghostwriter, and producer of online courses. Pat is the host of Writing to Get Business podcast, broadcast on the C Suite Radio Network, the largest business podcast network in the world. Here are the highlights of this episode: Pat's ideal client would be working with business owner or entrepreneur who knows the value of writing a book for authority, credibility, and invincibility. They understand that a business book can open the doors to opportunity and they are ready to make a commitment to writing a book. The problem is, they have the motivation but sometimes they lack the knowledge. Their end goal is to write a book but they see it as a daunting task or there's so many obstacles in doing so. They ask themselves if they have enough time, can they make a commitment, and so on. They worry that it may not be good enough or perhaps nobody will buy the book. But Pat says it's even worse when they actually stall or do nothing because they face the fear of procrastination. Another one is when they get pulled-in by 'vanity' publishers whose objective is to sign up authors but not their objective to sell books. People often think that they're going to get rich through their book sales which is true if you are a celebrity. What makes you money is when you write a business book is the opportunities that it opens for you. The higher income opportunities are coaching, consulting, speaking, creating online courses, as well as running a membership program. Those 5 opportunities flow very nicely when you have the content from your book. Pat’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Make a commitment to yourself; think about what you want to accomplish. If you say "now is the time" then you take that journey with the first step. Start a book by identifying who want to write for, what do you want to cover, and start developing an outline. There's really no ideal time in writing a book. You need to tell yourself "This is important to me. I'm going to block off a time, I'm going to do this, I'm going to get started."
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Learning the value of writing a book Knowing what's the 'wallet biopsy' The high-income opportunities in writing a business book
Related Links and Resources: Go to my website www.patiyer.com and I have a number of free reports that are available on the home page, tools that I put together, check list and reports to help you in writing a book. Also on my blog, I have episodes of "writing to get business podcast" which is designed to interview authors and talk about their journey in writing a book. Summary: Pat Iyer is a consultant, speaker, author, editor and coach. She has written or edited 49 of her own books. She delights in assisting people to share their expertise by writing a book. Pat serves entrepreneurs as an editor, ghostwriter, and producer of online courses. Pat is the host of Writing to Get Business podcast, broadcast on the C Suite Radio Network, the largest business podcast network in the world. Here are the highlights of this episode: Pat's ideal client would be working with business owner or entrepreneur who knows the value of writing a book for authority, credibility, and invincibility. They understand that a business book can open the doors to opportunity and they are ready to make a commitment to writing a book. The problem is, they have the motivation but sometimes they lack the knowledge. Their end goal is to write a book but they see it as a daunting task or there's so many obstacles in doing so. They ask themselves if they have enough time, can they make a commitment, and so on. They worry that it may not be good enough or perhaps nobody will buy the book. But Pat says it's even worse when they actually stall or do nothing because they face the fear of procrastination. Another one is when they get pulled-in by 'vanity' publishers whose objective is to sign up authors but not their objective to sell books. People often think that they're going to get rich through their book sales which is true if you are a celebrity. What makes you money is when you write a business book is the opportunities that it opens for you. The higher income opportunities are coaching, consulting, speaking, creating online courses, as well as running a membership program. Those 5 opportunities flow very nicely when you have the content from your book. Pat’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Make a commitment to yourself; think about what you want to accomplish. If you say "now is the time" then you take that journey with the first step. Start a book by identifying who want to write for, what do you want to cover, and start developing an outline. There's really no ideal time in writing a book. You need to tell yourself "This is important to me. I'm going to block off a time, I'm going to do this, I'm going to get started."
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Having the life and business balance you want The problem when facing the 'symptoms' by themselves Finding the difference between high performance and high-ER performance
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.erikluhrs.com/epiphany and there you'll find my self-diagnostic epiphany process. Most people who took it seriously said that it made them cry, it loosened some side of them that needs shaking, and some say that they can't look at themselves or their business the same way after going through the questions. Summary: Erik Luhrs is the creator of Beyond the Brain Higher Performance Coaching, The GURUS Selling System, Subconscious Lead Generation and the Peerless Positioning method, and author of BE DO SALE. He helps executives and entrepreneurs become who they desire to be and achieve what they desire to achieve by aligning what is beyond their brain with what is in their business. Here are the highlights of this episode: Erik ideally likes to work with executives or entrepreneurs who are successful but, they somehow felt that they're not experiencing the life that they could have. They think that their personal life and business doesn't seem to be aligning well or doesn't seem to have any movement going on. They felt that they're stuck in multiple areas. When it comes to tangible things, their revenue & company status remains stagnant; life and business seems like on autopilot that's going in circles, rather than the autopilot still taking them to their destination. These folks try to solve the 'symptoms', they try the new marketing or sales tactics by themselves. They may try to put a band-aid on one thing but it's going to pop out on somewhere else because they haven't addressed the actual problem that's causing the symptoms. Erik gave a very interesting explanation of the difference between high performance and high-ER performance. He says that some are hyper performing in one area of life and ignoring others. We need to expand as people and by doing that, you need to expand with your higher self. Erik’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): When they put aside on what I called the "Facebook revenge list" which is the things they think they want because everybody else has them. Sit down and think about what you truly desire, look at that as a tree. What's the lowest hanging fruit on that tree that you desire but still scares you to go for it? That thing which is outside your comfort zone that scares you a little bit - just commit going for that. Then that will start the cascading effect.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Having the life and business balance you want The problem when facing the 'symptoms' by themselves Finding the difference between high performance and high-ER performance
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.erikluhrs.com/epiphany and there you'll find my self-diagnostic epiphany process. Most people who took it seriously said that it made them cry, it loosened some side of them that needs shaking, and some say that they can't look at themselves or their business the same way after going through the questions. Summary: Erik Luhrs is the creator of Beyond the Brain Higher Performance Coaching, The GURUS Selling System, Subconscious Lead Generation and the Peerless Positioning method, and author of BE DO SALE. He helps executives and entrepreneurs become who they desire to be and achieve what they desire to achieve by aligning what is beyond their brain with what is in their business. Here are the highlights of this episode: Erik ideally likes to work with executives or entrepreneurs who are successful but, they somehow felt that they're not experiencing the life that they could have. They think that their personal life and business doesn't seem to be aligning well or doesn't seem to have any movement going on. They felt that they're stuck in multiple areas. When it comes to tangible things, their revenue & company status remains stagnant; life and business seems like on autopilot that's going in circles, rather than the autopilot still taking them to their destination. These folks try to solve the 'symptoms', they try the new marketing or sales tactics by themselves. They may try to put a band-aid on one thing but it's going to pop out on somewhere else because they haven't addressed the actual problem that's causing the symptoms. Erik gave a very interesting explanation of the difference between high performance and high-ER performance. He says that some are hyper performing in one area of life and ignoring others. We need to expand as people and by doing that, you need to expand with your higher self. Erik’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): When they put aside on what I called the "Facebook revenge list" which is the things they think they want because everybody else has them. Sit down and think about what you truly desire, look at that as a tree. What's the lowest hanging fruit on that tree that you desire but still scares you to go for it? That thing which is outside your comfort zone that scares you a little bit - just commit going for that. Then that will start the cascading effect.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Deploying the right task to the team members Finding out the energy level of each individual Understanding that greatness is different for each person
Related Links and Resources:
It's a free eBook that really states about how to deploy people even better. This is to understanding not only competency but also energy level. Go to www.perfectperformance.org/primal-greatness so you can download the resources to help your team immediately.
Summary: Jason Ho is the founder of Strengths School™ and Performance Capital™, who has over 13 years of Training and Coaching Top Leaders in MNCs, SMEs; to optimize team development and drive PERFECT PERFORMANCE™. His work spans organisations across Asia, Canada and the UAE. Some of many include Ubisoft, DHL, Johnson&Johnson, LeeJeans,Vans, VFCorp, National University of Singapore, NUS Business School and Singapore’s Ministry of Education. As South East Asia's 1st Gallup Certified Strengths Finder® & Platinum Coach, Jason was invited as a keynote speaker for an ASEAN Future Leaders Summit. He also sits on the Singapore’s NUS Business School panel as a Strengths Finder® Advisor. Here are the highlights of this episode: Most of the time Jason works with Directors, GM's, and C-levels to whom he does his 1-on-1 coaching. He says that the challenges these people face is when they wonder on how they can deploy their team in the best possible way. When they try to designate a certain task to someone, they don't get the performance that they want from that person. Jason tries to ask them "if somebody is really actually good at doing something, do you think that person likes it or hates it?" and most of the time they'll say they like it of course. But that's WRONG, that's not true. Sometimes there are people who are good at doing something but they don't like it. We need to understand what are the things they are good at they really enjoy. By doing so, they will give you their greatest performance. Jason believes that everyone is built for greatness. The issue is, the greatness is different for each person. How we get that greatness from each person, that world-class standard, is really to identify what they're built to do, since each person is different. Jason’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): There's this one question that you could ask: try asking them "For this task, how energize or drain do you feel in doing that task? From 10 being 'energized' and zero being 'drained'. Jason emphasizes that everybody's energy level is different, and as a leader, you need to figure out what they are their best in doing a job.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Deploying the right task to the team members Finding out the energy level of each individual Understanding that greatness is different for each person
Related Links and Resources:
It's a free eBook that really states about how to deploy people even better. This is to understanding not only competency but also energy level. Go to www.perfectperformance.org/primal-greatness so you can download the resources to help your team immediately.
Summary: Jason Ho is the founder of Strengths School™ and Performance Capital™, who has over 13 years of Training and Coaching Top Leaders in MNCs, SMEs; to optimize team development and drive PERFECT PERFORMANCE™. His work spans organisations across Asia, Canada and the UAE. Some of many include Ubisoft, DHL, Johnson&Johnson, LeeJeans,Vans, VFCorp, National University of Singapore, NUS Business School and Singapore’s Ministry of Education. As South East Asia's 1st Gallup Certified Strengths Finder® & Platinum Coach, Jason was invited as a keynote speaker for an ASEAN Future Leaders Summit. He also sits on the Singapore’s NUS Business School panel as a Strengths Finder® Advisor. Here are the highlights of this episode: Most of the time Jason works with Directors, GM's, and C-levels to whom he does his 1-on-1 coaching. He says that the challenges these people face is when they wonder on how they can deploy their team in the best possible way. When they try to designate a certain task to someone, they don't get the performance that they want from that person. Jason tries to ask them "if somebody is really actually good at doing something, do you think that person likes it or hates it?" and most of the time they'll say they like it of course. But that's WRONG, that's not true. Sometimes there are people who are good at doing something but they don't like it. We need to understand what are the things they are good at they really enjoy. By doing so, they will give you their greatest performance. Jason believes that everyone is built for greatness. The issue is, the greatness is different for each person. How we get that greatness from each person, that world-class standard, is really to identify what they're built to do, since each person is different. Jason’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): There's this one question that you could ask: try asking them "For this task, how energize or drain do you feel in doing that task? From 10 being 'energized' and zero being 'drained'. Jason emphasizes that everybody's energy level is different, and as a leader, you need to figure out what they are their best in doing a job.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to stop being a 'best kept secret' Finding customers who need what you offer Getting the exposure you need in the media
Related Links and Resources: I have "365 days to power up your publicity", it's another free thing that you can do. On every single day of week, there's always something going on (public holiday, special day celebration, etc.). So, the media is always looking for a new angle for these particular celebrations. Use my calendar and see what fits your business. Go to my website www.larissabanting.com and you'll find it there. Summary: Larissa Banting is one of only a handful of professionals to be Accredited by the Canadian Public Relations Society. Through her boutique agency, El Bee PR, she helps entrepreneurs amplify their audience and authority via publicity. Past clients include Bombay Sapphire Gin, the City of St. Albert, Nelvana, CBC and CTV networks. After moving to Costa Rica in 2002, she opened one of the first destination wedding planning firms in Central America and within four years had been named Top 30 Destination Wedding Planners in the World, hitting 7-figures in her business the next year, all thanks to publicity. She is the author of the best-selling Costa Rica - The Bradt Guide. Here are the highlights of this episode: Larissa enjoys working with coaches, consultants, authors, and entrepreneurs. Those who have been in the business for a while and are ready to step up to the microphone and share something unique to the public. These folks felt that they're the best kept secret in their industry and they're tired of it already. They want to find those who need what they have or can offer but they don't know how to do it. These folks are already tired of spending money on ads and being on the hamster wheel of social media. Sometimes they hire very expensive public relations agencies and they end up working with someone who's probably an intern or has less experience as a publicist, therefore ending not getting exactly what they're hoping for. The problem is, they don't really know where to start because they don't know exactly what they're doing. Larissa will tell us in this interview on how PR can really help your business. Larissa’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Here's something that's really simple for you to do. There's a free service called "HARO"-helpareporter.com. Go there, sign up, it's FREE. Everyday you're going to get 3 emails sent to your inbox from reporters looking for resources that they can interview for their articles. We are talking about Entrepreneur, Forbes, New York Times, Good Morning America, etc. Just browse quickly see if there is anything which is a good fit. If you find one, click on it, quickly answer, and send. You might get lucky hearing from them.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to stop being a 'best kept secret' Finding customers who need what you offer Getting the exposure you need in the media
Related Links and Resources: I have "365 days to power up your publicity", it's another free thing that you can do. On every single day of week, there's always something going on (public holiday, special day celebration, etc.). So, the media is always looking for a new angle for these particular celebrations. Use my calendar and see what fits your business. Go to my website www.larissabanting.com and you'll find it there. Summary: Larissa Banting is one of only a handful of professionals to be Accredited by the Canadian Public Relations Society. Through her boutique agency, El Bee PR, she helps entrepreneurs amplify their audience and authority via publicity. Past clients include Bombay Sapphire Gin, the City of St. Albert, Nelvana, CBC and CTV networks. After moving to Costa Rica in 2002, she opened one of the first destination wedding planning firms in Central America and within four years had been named Top 30 Destination Wedding Planners in the World, hitting 7-figures in her business the next year, all thanks to publicity. She is the author of the best-selling Costa Rica - The Bradt Guide. Here are the highlights of this episode: Larissa enjoys working with coaches, consultants, authors, and entrepreneurs. Those who have been in the business for a while and are ready to step up to the microphone and share something unique to the public. These folks felt that they're the best kept secret in their industry and they're tired of it already. They want to find those who need what they have or can offer but they don't know how to do it. These folks are already tired of spending money on ads and being on the hamster wheel of social media. Sometimes they hire very expensive public relations agencies and they end up working with someone who's probably an intern or has less experience as a publicist, therefore ending not getting exactly what they're hoping for. The problem is, they don't really know where to start because they don't know exactly what they're doing. Larissa will tell us in this interview on how PR can really help your business. Larissa’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Here's something that's really simple for you to do. There's a free service called "HARO"-helpareporter.com. Go there, sign up, it's FREE. Everyday you're going to get 3 emails sent to your inbox from reporters looking for resources that they can interview for their articles. We are talking about Entrepreneur, Forbes, New York Times, Good Morning America, etc. Just browse quickly see if there is anything which is a good fit. If you find one, click on it, quickly answer, and send. You might get lucky hearing from them.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
To pursue and understand your potential Learning 'radical humility' Applying the effective "5 daily practices"
Related Links and Resources: I actually would like everyone to have my book for FREE; I will sign it, I will ship it, I will pay for the book and shipping for everyone. If you don't the shipping, you can have the eBook or audiobook. Specifically email me at david@dmeltzer.com or go to www.dmeltzer.com. I answer everything myself & I would love to send a sign copy of my book, paid for & shipping for you to change your life. To allow you to enjoy the consistent, persistent, pursuit of your potential. Summary: David Meltzer is the Co-Founder of Sports 1 Marketing and formerly served as CEO of the renowned Leigh (“Lee”) Steinberg Sports & Entertainment agency, which was the inspiration for the movie Jerry Maguire. David has been recognized by Variety Magazine as their Sports Humanitarian of the Year and awarded the Ellis Island Medal of Honor. He is also the Executive Producer of the brand-new Bloomberg and Amazon Prime television series 2 Minute Drill.His life’s mission is to empower OVER 1 BILLION people to be happy! This simple yet powerful mission has led him on an incredible journey to provide one thing…VALUE. In all his content, and communication that’s exactly what you’ll receive. As part of that mission, for the past 20 years, he’s been providing free weekly trainings to empower others to empower others to be happy. Here are the highlights of this episode: David's clients are mostly someone who wants to pursue or understand their potential and at the same time, enjoy the consistency in utilizing this in daily practices and values. He helps them identify their ego; instead of resist it, understand it. He believes that you are healthy, wealthy, and worthy. David helps you shift to paradigm and get rid of what's interfering of what you're already are. When you feel that certain 'triggers' that are getting in the way of your professional and personal growth, the ability to make more money, help more people and have more fun, then David he's the person you can reach out to and he's happy to help in any capacity that he can. The easiest way to get to where we want to be is find somebody in this situation that's already where we want to be and ask for directions. The number thing David teaches is applying 'radical humility' and that's by asking for help; you'll be accelerating and growing at an exponential rate. He stated "don't pay the dummy tax yourself." He also shared with us the greatest lesson that David learned is to utilize the 5-daily practices. You need to know your "WHAT" - you need to know what you want from your personal experience in giving and receiving, know your "WHO" as what we he discussed earlier (Who can I help? Who can I get help from?), know your "HOW" - how am I going to get it done & know your NOW by prioritizing what's important in accordance to your WHAT, WHO & your HOW. Then apply your WHY - you can learn to love everything, you don't need to love everything you do, learn to love all the things that you do. Learn to love what you do by knowing your WHAT, your WHO, your HOW, your NOW and your WHY. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): David says that a lot of people tries to outthink their feelings. Logic will not change your emotions or feelings - ACTION will. The action that he teaches is to be kind to your future self by doing good deeds. If you have any of the triggers, go ahead and take action to be your better self or do higher things. Something like pick up the trash for someone, smile at someone or even hug them. It's amazing, the power of the truth, the power of abundance, the power of doing good deeds.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
To pursue and understand your potential Learning 'radical humility' Applying the effective "5 daily practices"
Related Links and Resources: I actually would like everyone to have my book for FREE; I will sign it, I will ship it, I will pay for the book and shipping for everyone. If you don't the shipping, you can have the eBook or audiobook. Specifically email me at david@dmeltzer.com or go to www.dmeltzer.com. I answer everything myself & I would love to send a sign copy of my book, paid for & shipping for you to change your life. To allow you to enjoy the consistent, persistent, pursuit of your potential. Summary: David Meltzer is the Co-Founder of Sports 1 Marketing and formerly served as CEO of the renowned Leigh (“Lee”) Steinberg Sports & Entertainment agency, which was the inspiration for the movie Jerry Maguire. David has been recognized by Variety Magazine as their Sports Humanitarian of the Year and awarded the Ellis Island Medal of Honor. He is also the Executive Producer of the brand-new Bloomberg and Amazon Prime television series 2 Minute Drill.His life’s mission is to empower OVER 1 BILLION people to be happy! This simple yet powerful mission has led him on an incredible journey to provide one thing…VALUE. In all his content, and communication that’s exactly what you’ll receive. As part of that mission, for the past 20 years, he’s been providing free weekly trainings to empower others to empower others to be happy. Here are the highlights of this episode: David's clients are mostly someone who wants to pursue or understand their potential and at the same time, enjoy the consistency in utilizing this in daily practices and values. He helps them identify their ego; instead of resist it, understand it. He believes that you are healthy, wealthy, and worthy. David helps you shift to paradigm and get rid of what's interfering of what you're already are. When you feel that certain 'triggers' that are getting in the way of your professional and personal growth, the ability to make more money, help more people and have more fun, then David he's the person you can reach out to and he's happy to help in any capacity that he can. The easiest way to get to where we want to be is find somebody in this situation that's already where we want to be and ask for directions. The number thing David teaches is applying 'radical humility' and that's by asking for help; you'll be accelerating and growing at an exponential rate. He stated "don't pay the dummy tax yourself." He also shared with us the greatest lesson that David learned is to utilize the 5-daily practices. You need to know your "WHAT" - you need to know what you want from your personal experience in giving and receiving, know your "WHO" as what we he discussed earlier (Who can I help? Who can I get help from?), know your "HOW" - how am I going to get it done & know your NOW by prioritizing what's important in accordance to your WHAT, WHO & your HOW. Then apply your WHY - you can learn to love everything, you don't need to love everything you do, learn to love all the things that you do. Learn to love what you do by knowing your WHAT, your WHO, your HOW, your NOW and your WHY. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): David says that a lot of people tries to outthink their feelings. Logic will not change your emotions or feelings - ACTION will. The action that he teaches is to be kind to your future self by doing good deeds. If you have any of the triggers, go ahead and take action to be your better self or do higher things. Something like pick up the trash for someone, smile at someone or even hug them. It's amazing, the power of the truth, the power of abundance, the power of doing good deeds.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing how be referred to a prospect client Why you shouldn't be too close to your material Applying 'check for understanding' method
Related Links and Resources:
Go to www.myreferabilityrater.com, in which it will ask you series of questions about your level of referability. So, you can actually if people are going to be able to get you? Are they going to be able to refer you?
Summary: Michael Roderick is the CEO of Small Pond Enterprises which helps thoughtful givers become thought leaders by making their brands referable, their messaging memorable, and their ideas unforgettable. He is also the host of the podcast Access to Anyone which shows how you can get to know anyone you want in business and in life using time-tested relationship-building principles. Michael's unique methodology comes from his own experience of going from being a Highschool English teacher to a Broadway Producer in under two years. Here are the highlights of this episode: He ideally would like to work with individuals who's really fantastic in what they do but they can't seem to get other people understand it. Their friends love them but they don't know how to refer them. And the problem is, they are too close to their material; the metaphor is, as if they're staring at a TV screen and all they see are color pixels. Michael tries to help them see what's on TV and most importantly let them know if they need to change the channel. These people will start to feel frustrated; they know that they are doing great work so why people aren't spending more on it. Or wondering "all of my friends love me yet why aren't they referring me?". The problem Michael sees is when they talk about things that they think is interesting and they don't talk to it in the context of what they are actually doing for the client. In his opinion about the term 'influence' is that most people think of it in the context of persuasion. Michael says that true influence is when you do something without me asking you to do it. The only reason you're going to do that, is if it makes you look good. We have to think about how we package our ideas & concepts that can make other people look good when they share it. If we do that, more and more people will refer us and want to connect with us. Michael’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I refer to it as 'check for understanding', it comes from my background as a teacher. You go to somebody that you already work with and you ask them in your own words "can you tell me what I did for you?" because your best copy is always in your client's mouth.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing how be referred to a prospect client Why you shouldn't be too close to your material Applying 'check for understanding' method
Related Links and Resources:
Go to www.myreferabilityrater.com, in which it will ask you series of questions about your level of referability. So, you can actually if people are going to be able to get you? Are they going to be able to refer you?
Summary: Michael Roderick is the CEO of Small Pond Enterprises which helps thoughtful givers become thought leaders by making their brands referable, their messaging memorable, and their ideas unforgettable. He is also the host of the podcast Access to Anyone which shows how you can get to know anyone you want in business and in life using time-tested relationship-building principles. Michael's unique methodology comes from his own experience of going from being a Highschool English teacher to a Broadway Producer in under two years. Here are the highlights of this episode: He ideally would like to work with individuals who's really fantastic in what they do but they can't seem to get other people understand it. Their friends love them but they don't know how to refer them. And the problem is, they are too close to their material; the metaphor is, as if they're staring at a TV screen and all they see are color pixels. Michael tries to help them see what's on TV and most importantly let them know if they need to change the channel. These people will start to feel frustrated; they know that they are doing great work so why people aren't spending more on it. Or wondering "all of my friends love me yet why aren't they referring me?". The problem Michael sees is when they talk about things that they think is interesting and they don't talk to it in the context of what they are actually doing for the client. In his opinion about the term 'influence' is that most people think of it in the context of persuasion. Michael says that true influence is when you do something without me asking you to do it. The only reason you're going to do that, is if it makes you look good. We have to think about how we package our ideas & concepts that can make other people look good when they share it. If we do that, more and more people will refer us and want to connect with us. Michael’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I refer to it as 'check for understanding', it comes from my background as a teacher. You go to somebody that you already work with and you ask them in your own words "can you tell me what I did for you?" because your best copy is always in your client's mouth.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The mistake of writing in 'academic style' approach How writing is similar to talking To write and have the mindset of a persuader
Related Links and Resources: David would like to give a video on "How to Come Up with Great Ideas" because he thinks that's where a lot of business people or writers gets stuck. Generating ideas is really systematic, there's different ways to trigger ideas. It's in www.DavidLDeutsch.com/video Summary: David Deutsch helps companies large and small tell their story and convert prospects into customers. He started on Madison Avenue in New York City at one of the most prestigious ad agencies in the world, Ogilvy and Mather. Today he is one of the top direct response copywriters in the world. Over the years, his copy and has helped sell over a billion dollars in products and services for his clients. Today he enables companies to get higher-converting copy by providing training, coaching, and creative direction. Here are the highlights of this episode: David enjoys working with someone who has their own business and writes their own copy or would like to write their own copy. When you have a business, you know your product and market really well, and that's 80% of copywriting, is to really know the market. And he helps them with the 20% to write a really good, compelling copy that can accelerate their business. That 20% is putting the words together; knowing how do you write the copy, how do you put your own 'salesmanship', or how do you put those words into the pages. Even if you do write it yourself and also hire copywriters, you will be far able to give them the type of direction that they need to write great copy for you. People make mistakes when they think they need to go back to that 'academic style' like writing book reports, or write the way they think writing should sound. One of the reasons for really learning how to write a copy is it makes you a better buyer of copy. He tells us the most important thing in terms of being a writer is really mindset; what state are you in while writing. Have that mindset of a persuader; it's persuading them to do what you think is for their own best interest. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One thing that David tells people to do is to talk to people about your product or even talking to yourself with a recorder. Because writing is similar to talking, it's just written on a page. The best writing is really a very conversational or easy to listen to writing. These days, a lot of writing is doing videos so it's literally talking. Try to use your own voice to get those words.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The mistake of writing in 'academic style' approach How writing is similar to talking To write and have the mindset of a persuader
Related Links and Resources: David would like to give a video on "How to Come Up with Great Ideas" because he thinks that's where a lot of business people or writers gets stuck. Generating ideas is really systematic, there's different ways to trigger ideas. It's in www.DavidLDeutsch.com/video Summary: David Deutsch helps companies large and small tell their story and convert prospects into customers. He started on Madison Avenue in New York City at one of the most prestigious ad agencies in the world, Ogilvy and Mather. Today he is one of the top direct response copywriters in the world. Over the years, his copy and has helped sell over a billion dollars in products and services for his clients. Today he enables companies to get higher-converting copy by providing training, coaching, and creative direction. Here are the highlights of this episode: David enjoys working with someone who has their own business and writes their own copy or would like to write their own copy. When you have a business, you know your product and market really well, and that's 80% of copywriting, is to really know the market. And he helps them with the 20% to write a really good, compelling copy that can accelerate their business. That 20% is putting the words together; knowing how do you write the copy, how do you put your own 'salesmanship', or how do you put those words into the pages. Even if you do write it yourself and also hire copywriters, you will be far able to give them the type of direction that they need to write great copy for you. People make mistakes when they think they need to go back to that 'academic style' like writing book reports, or write the way they think writing should sound. One of the reasons for really learning how to write a copy is it makes you a better buyer of copy. He tells us the most important thing in terms of being a writer is really mindset; what state are you in while writing. Have that mindset of a persuader; it's persuading them to do what you think is for their own best interest. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One thing that David tells people to do is to talk to people about your product or even talking to yourself with a recorder. Because writing is similar to talking, it's just written on a page. The best writing is really a very conversational or easy to listen to writing. These days, a lot of writing is doing videos so it's literally talking. Try to use your own voice to get those words.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to build/strengthen business around a book From being an unknown author to become an expert authority The importance of knowing first your target audience
Related Links and Resources: I want all authors to have this gift, "The Author to Authority Playbook" and this is literally on how to get recognized as an expert in your industry. It goes to different levels on how authors can get themselves up to that expert authority place where they want to be. You can find it at www.avivapubs.com/gift Summary: Susan Friedmann, international bestselling author of 17 books, is on a mission to wipe out sameness and add vitality and differentiation to your marketing. Through her company, Aviva Publishing, she’s guided hundreds of non-fiction authors to use their book to become a recognized expert authority in their field. She also hosts the award-winning podcast, Book Marketing Mentors. Here are the highlights of this episode: Her ideal client is working with non-fiction author; someone who wants to take their book & use it to build a business around that book, or to strengthen an existing business. Making them from unknown author to expert authority in their field. These process takes planning and strategy, and it can give anyone an intense feeling along the way. You just want everyone to recognize the time, the energy, the blood sweat & tears that you've given on this book. And when you don't get that, it can be really frustrating & upsetting. The mistake to this is also not knowing who is your target audience. And most response she gets is that clients would often say "my book is for everyone" but this is not something that anyone can do so well. Learn to narrow down your ideal audience. Susan admitted as well that the biggest mistake she did in her business at the very beginning was being reluctant to ask for help; she felt that she wasted a lot of years trying to do things the hard way where as it could have been easier. Susan’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I really believe that it's really identifying that target audience. If they feel that their book is for women, then break it down if they have a profession or not, what sort of industry, education, and so on. The more you can narrow down who exactly your target audience is, the better and easier it's going to be on focusing on your marketing. It will be much more efficient and more effective if you can do it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to build/strengthen business around a book From being an unknown author to become an expert authority The importance of knowing first your target audience
Related Links and Resources: I want all authors to have this gift, "The Author to Authority Playbook" and this is literally on how to get recognized as an expert in your industry. It goes to different levels on how authors can get themselves up to that expert authority place where they want to be. You can find it at www.avivapubs.com/gift Summary: Susan Friedmann, international bestselling author of 17 books, is on a mission to wipe out sameness and add vitality and differentiation to your marketing. Through her company, Aviva Publishing, she’s guided hundreds of non-fiction authors to use their book to become a recognized expert authority in their field. She also hosts the award-winning podcast, Book Marketing Mentors. Here are the highlights of this episode: Her ideal client is working with non-fiction author; someone who wants to take their book & use it to build a business around that book, or to strengthen an existing business. Making them from unknown author to expert authority in their field. These process takes planning and strategy, and it can give anyone an intense feeling along the way. You just want everyone to recognize the time, the energy, the blood sweat & tears that you've given on this book. And when you don't get that, it can be really frustrating & upsetting. The mistake to this is also not knowing who is your target audience. And most response she gets is that clients would often say "my book is for everyone" but this is not something that anyone can do so well. Learn to narrow down your ideal audience. Susan admitted as well that the biggest mistake she did in her business at the very beginning was being reluctant to ask for help; she felt that she wasted a lot of years trying to do things the hard way where as it could have been easier. Susan’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I really believe that it's really identifying that target audience. If they feel that their book is for women, then break it down if they have a profession or not, what sort of industry, education, and so on. The more you can narrow down who exactly your target audience is, the better and easier it's going to be on focusing on your marketing. It will be much more efficient and more effective if you can do it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The importance of making a follow up Why you need a customer relationship management system The power of referrals
Related Links and Resources: I got something super special, it's actually a two-part gift. The first is "Three Key Scripts to Follow-up your Sales w/o Being Sales-y". I'm going to share with you what to say when you find a card or you don't even know who they are yet. And what do you say when you invite a potential partner to connect with you. So, 3 really great scripts. The other part is that I host networking events every month where I bring heart-centered entrepreneurs from all over the world. And listeners can attend 6 months or 6 events for FREE. People can meet potential clients, getting speaking gigs, or partnering up with people and getting referrals. It's in www.powerupyourfollowup.com/freegift-bundle Summary: Debbie Hoffman is a heart-centered sales & follow-up expert, speaker and founder of “Power-Up! Your Follow-Up.” She works with relationship driven entrepreneurs, coaches, and network marketers who are letting potential clients and income slip through the cracks because they don’t have a reliable follow-up system in place. Her proven step-by-step formula supports them to have more ideal clients saying “yes” to working with them. After 20 years of working on Wall Street as a Managing Director, with over $25-billion in sales, Debbie took her organizational skills (and an extraordinary ability to connect with people) and created multiple six-figure businesses. In addition, Debbie had tremendous success as a Network Marketer, having built an international team of several thousand consultants. She’s also a best-selling author and has a book highlighting her proven follow-up system… due out in 2022. Her mission is to support entrepreneurs to share their gifts and get their message out in a big way so they can create the impact they’re here to make. Here are the highlights of this episode: Debbie enjoys working with heart-centered, spiritually conscious coaches. She also works with consultants & entrepreneurs. She says that she can feel a connection immediately if they will be a potential client for her. These folks tell her that they are facing problems of having potential clients slipping away from them; which results in losing business equals losing income. They may tend to focus on doing that perfect website, perfect package offer, etc. but they are not making any follow-up or not having a sales process in place. These folks start to feel frustrated or they're lacking confidence because they don't know exactly what to say when they make a follow-up. And adding to that, is that they are all over the place when it comes to having a system of potential clients. They have old business cards somewhere, various spreadsheets to pull out, and written notes everywhere. She further tells us that the best way to have a consistent flow of ideal clients coming to you is through referrals. But you need to know when to ask, how to ask, and also train people on how to get us the referrals. It's so much easier to have someone saying 'yes' to working with you when that person is referred to you. The chances improve by 300% when someone is referred to you. Debbie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): You need to have a customer relationship management system. You need to have software to keep track of all of your potential clients, potential referral partners, a place to keep notes or something that will remind you to the next step. So, get a CRM. I do have a resources tab on my website, www.powerupyourfollowup.com/ . They are simple to use, they are affordable up to more expensive. But you need to have a system in place.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The importance of making a follow up Why you need a customer relationship management system The power of referrals
Related Links and Resources: I got something super special, it's actually a two-part gift. The first is "Three Key Scripts to Follow-up your Sales w/o Being Sales-y". I'm going to share with you what to say when you find a card or you don't even know who they are yet. And what do you say when you invite a potential partner to connect with you. So, 3 really great scripts. The other part is that I host networking events every month where I bring heart-centered entrepreneurs from all over the world. And listeners can attend 6 months or 6 events for FREE. People can meet potential clients, getting speaking gigs, or partnering up with people and getting referrals. It's in www.powerupyourfollowup.com/freegift-bundle Summary: Debbie Hoffman is a heart-centered sales & follow-up expert, speaker and founder of “Power-Up! Your Follow-Up.” She works with relationship driven entrepreneurs, coaches, and network marketers who are letting potential clients and income slip through the cracks because they don’t have a reliable follow-up system in place. Her proven step-by-step formula supports them to have more ideal clients saying “yes” to working with them. After 20 years of working on Wall Street as a Managing Director, with over $25-billion in sales, Debbie took her organizational skills (and an extraordinary ability to connect with people) and created multiple six-figure businesses. In addition, Debbie had tremendous success as a Network Marketer, having built an international team of several thousand consultants. She’s also a best-selling author and has a book highlighting her proven follow-up system… due out in 2022. Her mission is to support entrepreneurs to share their gifts and get their message out in a big way so they can create the impact they’re here to make. Here are the highlights of this episode: Debbie enjoys working with heart-centered, spiritually conscious coaches. She also works with consultants & entrepreneurs. She says that she can feel a connection immediately if they will be a potential client for her. These folks tell her that they are facing problems of having potential clients slipping away from them; which results in losing business equals losing income. They may tend to focus on doing that perfect website, perfect package offer, etc. but they are not making any follow-up or not having a sales process in place. These folks start to feel frustrated or they're lacking confidence because they don't know exactly what to say when they make a follow-up. And adding to that, is that they are all over the place when it comes to having a system of potential clients. They have old business cards somewhere, various spreadsheets to pull out, and written notes everywhere. She further tells us that the best way to have a consistent flow of ideal clients coming to you is through referrals. But you need to know when to ask, how to ask, and also train people on how to get us the referrals. It's so much easier to have someone saying 'yes' to working with you when that person is referred to you. The chances improve by 300% when someone is referred to you. Debbie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): You need to have a customer relationship management system. You need to have software to keep track of all of your potential clients, potential referral partners, a place to keep notes or something that will remind you to the next step. So, get a CRM. I do have a resources tab on my website, www.powerupyourfollowup.com/ . They are simple to use, they are affordable up to more expensive. But you need to have a system in place.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to maximize value when selling a business and exit rich Building a business that somebody wants to buy How to get the 'Exit Rich' book and be a lifetime club member
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.seilertuckeracademy.com and take two quizzes; The '6P quiz' which is the infrastructure and then the 'find out what type business you own' quiz.
Summary: Michelle Seiler Tucker is the Founder and CEO of Seiler Tucker Incorporated. She holds the M&AMI (Mergers & Acquisitions Master Intermediary) title, as well as Certified Mergers and Acquisitions Professional (CM&AP) and Certified Senior Business Analyst (CSBA). Michelle also owns many other businesses in several different industries. As a 20-year veteran in the M&A industry, she is regarded as the leading authority on buying, selling, fixing, and growing businesses. Her and her firm have sold over a thousand businesses in almost every vertical and have a remarkable track record of success. Here are the highlights of this episode: Michelle usually deals with private companies who wants to sell businesses, maximize value, and exit rich. Usually 80% of businesses don't sell, and only 20% do. She says because business owners don't think about selling until internal or external catastrophic event occurs, so they haven't built a business that somebody wants to buy. And when business owners try to sell this own their own, they usually don't maximize value, selling it to one buyer only, they reach a confidentiality, and a lot more of those mistakes that they tend to do. That's where Michelle and her team steps in to help solve this problem. She has been in the industry for 20+ years and she's a business owner who knows exactly what she's doing. They also help fix or grow businesses. They are able to provide their clients 20-30% higher selling price. If you go to www.exitrichbook.com, you can buy the book. You will get the downloadable eBook immediately but they will ship the hard copy directly to your doorstep for free shipping if you're within US. They will also give you a lifetime membership to the 'exit rich' book club where they provide valuable content that can help your business. Michelle’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Visit www.seilertucker.com/sell-a-business/business-worth/ and there's a financial calculator there that will give you a quick idea of what is the rough estimation of your business today.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to maximize value when selling a business and exit rich Building a business that somebody wants to buy How to get the 'Exit Rich' book and be a lifetime club member
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.seilertuckeracademy.com and take two quizzes; The '6P quiz' which is the infrastructure and then the 'find out what type business you own' quiz.
Summary: Michelle Seiler Tucker is the Founder and CEO of Seiler Tucker Incorporated. She holds the M&AMI (Mergers & Acquisitions Master Intermediary) title, as well as Certified Mergers and Acquisitions Professional (CM&AP) and Certified Senior Business Analyst (CSBA). Michelle also owns many other businesses in several different industries. As a 20-year veteran in the M&A industry, she is regarded as the leading authority on buying, selling, fixing, and growing businesses. Her and her firm have sold over a thousand businesses in almost every vertical and have a remarkable track record of success. Here are the highlights of this episode: Michelle usually deals with private companies who wants to sell businesses, maximize value, and exit rich. Usually 80% of businesses don't sell, and only 20% do. She says because business owners don't think about selling until internal or external catastrophic event occurs, so they haven't built a business that somebody wants to buy. And when business owners try to sell this own their own, they usually don't maximize value, selling it to one buyer only, they reach a confidentiality, and a lot more of those mistakes that they tend to do. That's where Michelle and her team steps in to help solve this problem. She has been in the industry for 20+ years and she's a business owner who knows exactly what she's doing. They also help fix or grow businesses. They are able to provide their clients 20-30% higher selling price. If you go to www.exitrichbook.com, you can buy the book. You will get the downloadable eBook immediately but they will ship the hard copy directly to your doorstep for free shipping if you're within US. They will also give you a lifetime membership to the 'exit rich' book club where they provide valuable content that can help your business. Michelle’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Visit www.seilertucker.com/sell-a-business/business-worth/ and there's a financial calculator there that will give you a quick idea of what is the rough estimation of your business today.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Starting an E-commerce business in Amazon Knowing what to sell in the E-commerce market Why sell in Amazon?
Related Links and Resources:
Go to https://voltgaedm.com/businessbuilders and the keyword "scaleology" that they can send to a text # listed on the thank you page, to be tracked as coming from this show. The giveaway is a 90-minute training on selling with Amazon.
Summary: Since 2012 Neil Twa has been launching, operating and growing private label businesses on Amazon FBA. He’s a cofounder of a software called Sixleaf that helps sellers launch brands. And since 2016 he’s helped 1000’s of students launch and grow their own private label brands many of whom have gone in to create amazing 6, 7 and 8 figure brands. Together they’ve sold over $100M+ In physical products across the Amazon channel. Today he’s focused on launching, operating and access e-commerce brands with a continued focused on Amazon FBA. Here are the highlights of this episode: The typical clients that Neil helps are those who's searching a solution to build an E-comm business, the ones who believes that Amazon is a good platform to begin with. These are usually individuals who got more money than time because they're already successful in other lines of business and want to dive in the E-commerce market. But to begin with, they wonder what will the sell in the first place. There's always a question of how do I make it sell, how do I make it profitable, or how do I make it grow as a business model. Because of the pandemic in 2020, the E-commerce actually boomed during this time. Retail or businesses offline realized that they should have an online presence. Customers and buyers started to adapt this concept. Problems that these folks face is that some of their products are not profitable enough to sustain growth, or it underperform and they typically get stuck with it. Almost 70% of the sellers in Amazon or small businesses or owners. But when you learn how use this in your favor or playing by their terms and service, it can be profitable. Then perhaps later on you sell it to other channels such as eBay, Walmart, Shopify store, and a lot more. Neil’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The software that we have is a free 7-day trial, which gives you a tool called 'phoenix' and that gives you the ability to 'data mine' right from Amazon itself. From there you can look at products that's already selling, understand their profitability and gain idea of what would be a profitable product. Visit www.sixleaf.com and there's a button at the top that says try for free.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Starting an E-commerce business in Amazon Knowing what to sell in the E-commerce market Why sell in Amazon?
Related Links and Resources:
Go to https://voltgaedm.com/businessbuilders and the keyword "scaleology" that they can send to a text # listed on the thank you page, to be tracked as coming from this show. The giveaway is a 90-minute training on selling with Amazon.
Summary: Since 2012 Neil Twa has been launching, operating and growing private label businesses on Amazon FBA. He’s a cofounder of a software called Sixleaf that helps sellers launch brands. And since 2016 he’s helped 1000’s of students launch and grow their own private label brands many of whom have gone in to create amazing 6, 7 and 8 figure brands. Together they’ve sold over $100M+ In physical products across the Amazon channel. Today he’s focused on launching, operating and access e-commerce brands with a continued focused on Amazon FBA. Here are the highlights of this episode: The typical clients that Neil helps are those who's searching a solution to build an E-comm business, the ones who believes that Amazon is a good platform to begin with. These are usually individuals who got more money than time because they're already successful in other lines of business and want to dive in the E-commerce market. But to begin with, they wonder what will the sell in the first place. There's always a question of how do I make it sell, how do I make it profitable, or how do I make it grow as a business model. Because of the pandemic in 2020, the E-commerce actually boomed during this time. Retail or businesses offline realized that they should have an online presence. Customers and buyers started to adapt this concept. Problems that these folks face is that some of their products are not profitable enough to sustain growth, or it underperform and they typically get stuck with it. Almost 70% of the sellers in Amazon or small businesses or owners. But when you learn how use this in your favor or playing by their terms and service, it can be profitable. Then perhaps later on you sell it to other channels such as eBay, Walmart, Shopify store, and a lot more. Neil’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The software that we have is a free 7-day trial, which gives you a tool called 'phoenix' and that gives you the ability to 'data mine' right from Amazon itself. From there you can look at products that's already selling, understand their profitability and gain idea of what would be a profitable product. Visit www.sixleaf.com and there's a button at the top that says try for free.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to accelerate your marketing and sales Defining your 'strategy & targeting problem' Knowing to apply taking action to eliminate fear
Related Links and Resources:
Two things; one is our free consulting revenue road map training, which is available at www.doitmarketing.com/webinar, and then we also have free 'Do It! Marketing' manifesto, you can find it at www.doitmarketing.com/manifesto
Summary: David Newman, CSP is a member of the NSA Million Dollar Speakers Group. He is the author of the business bestsellers “Do It! Marketing” and “Do It! Speaking: 77 Instant-Action Ideas to Market, Monetize, and Maximize Your Expertise.” David is also the creator of the Expert Profit Formula mentoring program where he helps thought leaders market their smarts and make a bigger dent in the universe. Free training, tools, and downloads are waiting for you at www.doitmarketing.com Here are the highlights of this episode: David said that the folks that they work quite well with are consultants, professional services, solopreneurs and small firms. His team helps them when it comes to marketing and sales acceleration; they either face not getting enough clients or having small deals resulting to small fees which is less than what they deserve. These folks would start to wonder on why marketing and sales seems challenging, why they not getting better clients who got the budget, and why are they always caught in a price-driven sale. This frustrates them especially if they've been doing this for a long time and cannot seem to 'crack the code' on how to do it right. Fear and disappointment will start to build up. Everyone thinks that they have a leads problem when in fact, it's a 'strategy & targeting' problem. They should be able to identify on what problem do they solve and what outcome do they provide. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): David advises to do an internal audit; it means looking at your favorite clients, your favorite projects, and the best work you've ever done. Figure out the common thread or found out the pattern recognition. Then figure out where should you go, offline or online platform, to find more prospects just like them. Go ahead and start engaging with value; start answering questions, start being helpful, and start being useful. If you're fearful in making a decision, fearful of where you're taking your business, fearful on where you're taking your business and so on, take the first baby step of action, and from that action you will get data. That data validates the direction and the decision.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to accelerate your marketing and sales Defining your 'strategy & targeting problem' Knowing to apply taking action to eliminate fear
Related Links and Resources:
Two things; one is our free consulting revenue road map training, which is available at www.doitmarketing.com/webinar, and then we also have free 'Do It! Marketing' manifesto, you can find it at www.doitmarketing.com/manifesto
Summary: David Newman, CSP is a member of the NSA Million Dollar Speakers Group. He is the author of the business bestsellers “Do It! Marketing” and “Do It! Speaking: 77 Instant-Action Ideas to Market, Monetize, and Maximize Your Expertise.” David is also the creator of the Expert Profit Formula mentoring program where he helps thought leaders market their smarts and make a bigger dent in the universe. Free training, tools, and downloads are waiting for you at www.doitmarketing.com Here are the highlights of this episode: David said that the folks that they work quite well with are consultants, professional services, solopreneurs and small firms. His team helps them when it comes to marketing and sales acceleration; they either face not getting enough clients or having small deals resulting to small fees which is less than what they deserve. These folks would start to wonder on why marketing and sales seems challenging, why they not getting better clients who got the budget, and why are they always caught in a price-driven sale. This frustrates them especially if they've been doing this for a long time and cannot seem to 'crack the code' on how to do it right. Fear and disappointment will start to build up. Everyone thinks that they have a leads problem when in fact, it's a 'strategy & targeting' problem. They should be able to identify on what problem do they solve and what outcome do they provide. David’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): David advises to do an internal audit; it means looking at your favorite clients, your favorite projects, and the best work you've ever done. Figure out the common thread or found out the pattern recognition. Then figure out where should you go, offline or online platform, to find more prospects just like them. Go ahead and start engaging with value; start answering questions, start being helpful, and start being useful. If you're fearful in making a decision, fearful of where you're taking your business, fearful on where you're taking your business and so on, take the first baby step of action, and from that action you will get data. That data validates the direction and the decision.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Avoiding to look like your competitors Making prospects have a different mindset about you The importance of telling your story
Related Links and Resources: We all have a credit score and we work to improve it. But do you know your credibility score is? Michael's team created a credibility calculator, just go to www.TheCredibilityCalculator.com and under 5 minutes in 20 questions, they're going to deliver your credibility score; how does your prospect see you in your credibility level. After that, you will get access to 5 video lessons to help you improve your credibility to gain prospects and grow your business. Summary: Michael DeLon creates credibility. As the president of Paperback Expert, he helps business owners publish a book that positions them as the expert in their field. Business owners seek out Michael to clarify their brand strategy, make them bestselling authors, and set up their profitable podcast. They use his Credibility Marketing strategies to gain more clients, get more referrals, and grow their revenue. Michael is the #1 Amazon bestselling author of On Marketing. Since 2013, he has worked with business owners across the United States and internationally to establish and market their credibility. Michael is the husband of one and father of four. He’s a committed follower of Jesus Christ who is deeply involved in his church. You can normally find Michael investing time with his family, reading a great book, or facilitating growth in the lives of those around him. Here are the highlights of this episode: Michael's ideal clients are those professional service providers; financial advisor, attorney, coach, or even realtor. And often times, they didn't realize that they look like their competition, meaning similar methods or offerings. And because of that, the prospect customers don’t see any compelling reason to choose them over the competitor. They felt that they are losing sales that they should be winning. They have the initial conversation with the prospects but they don't know why they are not closing the sales. Therefore, they felt stressed out, discouraged, and frustrated. He says it's important that prospects have a positive mindset about you, and for them to know your story. Because when you tell your story, it resonates with people and then they bond with you. He states that when you know how people think about you, everything becomes easier. Your message will become clear, your story will resonate with people, they will bond with you emotionally, and that will cause them to move towards you. Michael’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Remember that people buy "who you are" more than what you do. Try to discover your story, not create them. Discover your story that's unique about you and tell that.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Avoiding to look like your competitors Making prospects have a different mindset about you The importance of telling your story
Related Links and Resources: We all have a credit score and we work to improve it. But do you know your credibility score is? Michael's team created a credibility calculator, just go to www.TheCredibilityCalculator.com and under 5 minutes in 20 questions, they're going to deliver your credibility score; how does your prospect see you in your credibility level. After that, you will get access to 5 video lessons to help you improve your credibility to gain prospects and grow your business. Summary: Michael DeLon creates credibility. As the president of Paperback Expert, he helps business owners publish a book that positions them as the expert in their field. Business owners seek out Michael to clarify their brand strategy, make them bestselling authors, and set up their profitable podcast. They use his Credibility Marketing strategies to gain more clients, get more referrals, and grow their revenue. Michael is the #1 Amazon bestselling author of On Marketing. Since 2013, he has worked with business owners across the United States and internationally to establish and market their credibility. Michael is the husband of one and father of four. He’s a committed follower of Jesus Christ who is deeply involved in his church. You can normally find Michael investing time with his family, reading a great book, or facilitating growth in the lives of those around him. Here are the highlights of this episode: Michael's ideal clients are those professional service providers; financial advisor, attorney, coach, or even realtor. And often times, they didn't realize that they look like their competition, meaning similar methods or offerings. And because of that, the prospect customers don’t see any compelling reason to choose them over the competitor. They felt that they are losing sales that they should be winning. They have the initial conversation with the prospects but they don't know why they are not closing the sales. Therefore, they felt stressed out, discouraged, and frustrated. He says it's important that prospects have a positive mindset about you, and for them to know your story. Because when you tell your story, it resonates with people and then they bond with you. He states that when you know how people think about you, everything becomes easier. Your message will become clear, your story will resonate with people, they will bond with you emotionally, and that will cause them to move towards you. Michael’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Remember that people buy "who you are" more than what you do. Try to discover your story, not create them. Discover your story that's unique about you and tell that.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing the survivor mindset & the possibility mindset Result of decision making based on fear Applying the law of compound interest
Related Links and Resources: I'm offering a complimentary 1 hour, sales FREE, no strings attached coaching session if you're qualified. If you're qualified as a business person, executives, or business owner, go to my website that has my email address or send it to dcreed@focalpointcoaching.com and send me a note. I do 6 to 8 of these a month just to help some folks. Summary: Danny Creed is celebrating his 14th year as a professional and certified business and executive coach. He is a noted sales and leadership trainer, best-selling author, international keynote, and workshop speaker who has earned a reputation as a highly successful business turnaround expert.Danny personal coach and mentor is the legendary Brian Tracy. He is a certified Business Coach, Executive Coach and Sales trainer. Coach Dan has logged to date over 15,000 business coaching, consulting, and training hours. As an entrepreneur, he has worked with 15 successful start-up businesses and over 400 business turnaround challenges. Coach Dan is the SIX-time recipient of the FocalPoint International Brian Tracy Award of Sales Excellence and the 2019 FocalPoint Coaching Practice of the year. Danny Creed is a published author with six books to his credit. Dan is also involved in community and volunteer work. Foremost is his commitment to the Brothers in Blue Re-Entry Program Prison Ministry. Here are the highlights of this episode: Danny enjoys working with business owners, entrepreneurs, and also high-end executives working in a corporation. He tries to help these people to achieve their goals faster than they can ever do by themselves; to get them to the next level that they wanted to be in. Danny says the real problem is the confusion of priorities, lack of business clarity, and having a poor mindset. He believes that there's two mindsets; the survivor mindset & the possibility mindset. He advises that having a good coach, mentor, or advisor can help you with the struggle. Some tends to make decision based on fear rather than the reality of everything; the WHAT IF's rather than WHAT IS. Danny’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Try to work to improve yourself; your mindset, 1/10 of 1% every day. It may sound very simple but that's what makes it hard. Example is reading one chapter of the book, making one more sales call, etc. And do it every day. If you break the numbers down, that's 35% of improvement in your first year. And if you compound that in over 5 years, that's over a 1000% growth. Danny says that you should learn how to sell and how to listen, then work on that prodigy mindset. Always look for possibilities no matter how bad it is
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing the survivor mindset & the possibility mindset Result of decision making based on fear Applying the law of compound interest
Related Links and Resources: I'm offering a complimentary 1 hour, sales FREE, no strings attached coaching session if you're qualified. If you're qualified as a business person, executives, or business owner, go to my website that has my email address or send it to dcreed@focalpointcoaching.com and send me a note. I do 6 to 8 of these a month just to help some folks. Summary: Danny Creed is celebrating his 14th year as a professional and certified business and executive coach. He is a noted sales and leadership trainer, best-selling author, international keynote, and workshop speaker who has earned a reputation as a highly successful business turnaround expert.Danny personal coach and mentor is the legendary Brian Tracy. He is a certified Business Coach, Executive Coach and Sales trainer. Coach Dan has logged to date over 15,000 business coaching, consulting, and training hours. As an entrepreneur, he has worked with 15 successful start-up businesses and over 400 business turnaround challenges. Coach Dan is the SIX-time recipient of the FocalPoint International Brian Tracy Award of Sales Excellence and the 2019 FocalPoint Coaching Practice of the year. Danny Creed is a published author with six books to his credit. Dan is also involved in community and volunteer work. Foremost is his commitment to the Brothers in Blue Re-Entry Program Prison Ministry. Here are the highlights of this episode: Danny enjoys working with business owners, entrepreneurs, and also high-end executives working in a corporation. He tries to help these people to achieve their goals faster than they can ever do by themselves; to get them to the next level that they wanted to be in. Danny says the real problem is the confusion of priorities, lack of business clarity, and having a poor mindset. He believes that there's two mindsets; the survivor mindset & the possibility mindset. He advises that having a good coach, mentor, or advisor can help you with the struggle. Some tends to make decision based on fear rather than the reality of everything; the WHAT IF's rather than WHAT IS. Danny’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Try to work to improve yourself; your mindset, 1/10 of 1% every day. It may sound very simple but that's what makes it hard. Example is reading one chapter of the book, making one more sales call, etc. And do it every day. If you break the numbers down, that's 35% of improvement in your first year. And if you compound that in over 5 years, that's over a 1000% growth. Danny says that you should learn how to sell and how to listen, then work on that prodigy mindset. Always look for possibilities no matter how bad it is
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How doing live webinars can be tiresome Why offering your demo product immediately to customers is important The advantage of automated onboarding, training, and marketing
Related Links and Resources: Go to https://ewebinar.com/ and sign up for the free trial, take that best video that you've just recorded and load it there. Make it available every single day, in the attendees’ time zone, and offer it as your ongoing demo or ongoing onboarding. Your customers are going to be delighted, you'll be relieved that you don't have to do live anymore, you can to get customers up to speed without the need of hosting another live webinar, and they can still ask you questions through live chat and you'll be able to answer them at your own time. Summary: Melissa Kwan is the Cofounder and CEO of eWebinar, an automated webinar solution that saves customer success teams from doing the same webinar over and over again. eWebinar turns any video into an interactive webinar that you can set on a recurring schedule, helping you deliver the perfect webinar every single time without being there. Melissa has spent over a decade building startups and specialize in large enterprise sales, business development, and strategic partnerships. Her last company, Spacio, a real estate business SaaS company was acquired in 2019. Originally from Vancouver, Canada, Melissa most recently lived in New York 4 years ago, and since left to travel full time, working remotely, and living out of Airbnbs. Here are the highlights of this episode: Melissa's ideal clients that her team enjoys working with are those in small to medium-size companies who do repetitive presentations or doing a sales & marketing pitch. As she indicated, they are doing the exact same onboarding webinars for customers, and they are doing this to drive adoption engagement and also as a source of their revenue growth. Doing live zoom webinars has started to make them feel exhausted, and they're doing this continuously because there are new customers or perhaps new team members coming through. Adding the fact of the different time zones as well. These folks will just start to upload it on YouTube or other platforms but they're sacrificing direct customer engagement, so they believe people only like live webinars. But Melissa says this is a misconception and simply not true. She says automating your training or onboarding doesn't mean you're offering your customers a worse experience; oftentimes it means offering a BETTER experience because you just made that information accessible when they want it. Melissa's team is doing this because they want everyone to have their valued time back and to have that freedom as well. Melissa’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Melissa advises that if you can do one thing right now, take your 'best' demo; record it, host it on YouTube or any platform and offer it immediately to customers who are new to your platform. The quicker they learn your product offering, then they're most likely to stick around and the more loyalty there's going to be right away. You can still do live events but give people alternatives that they can access right now at their own time.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How doing live webinars can be tiresome Why offering your demo product immediately to customers is important The advantage of automated onboarding, training, and marketing
Related Links and Resources: Go to https://ewebinar.com/ and sign up for the free trial, take that best video that you've just recorded and load it there. Make it available every single day, in the attendees’ time zone, and offer it as your ongoing demo or ongoing onboarding. Your customers are going to be delighted, you'll be relieved that you don't have to do live anymore, you can to get customers up to speed without the need of hosting another live webinar, and they can still ask you questions through live chat and you'll be able to answer them at your own time. Summary: Melissa Kwan is the Cofounder and CEO of eWebinar, an automated webinar solution that saves customer success teams from doing the same webinar over and over again. eWebinar turns any video into an interactive webinar that you can set on a recurring schedule, helping you deliver the perfect webinar every single time without being there. Melissa has spent over a decade building startups and specialize in large enterprise sales, business development, and strategic partnerships. Her last company, Spacio, a real estate business SaaS company was acquired in 2019. Originally from Vancouver, Canada, Melissa most recently lived in New York 4 years ago, and since left to travel full time, working remotely, and living out of Airbnbs. Here are the highlights of this episode: Melissa's ideal clients that her team enjoys working with are those in small to medium-size companies who do repetitive presentations or doing a sales & marketing pitch. As she indicated, they are doing the exact same onboarding webinars for customers, and they are doing this to drive adoption engagement and also as a source of their revenue growth. Doing live zoom webinars has started to make them feel exhausted, and they're doing this continuously because there are new customers or perhaps new team members coming through. Adding the fact of the different time zones as well. These folks will just start to upload it on YouTube or other platforms but they're sacrificing direct customer engagement, so they believe people only like live webinars. But Melissa says this is a misconception and simply not true. She says automating your training or onboarding doesn't mean you're offering your customers a worse experience; oftentimes it means offering a BETTER experience because you just made that information accessible when they want it. Melissa's team is doing this because they want everyone to have their valued time back and to have that freedom as well. Melissa’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Melissa advises that if you can do one thing right now, take your 'best' demo; record it, host it on YouTube or any platform and offer it immediately to customers who are new to your platform. The quicker they learn your product offering, then they're most likely to stick around and the more loyalty there's going to be right away. You can still do live events but give people alternatives that they can access right now at their own time.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to get the visibility from ideal clients Knowing to share your expertise and not just selling Importance of creating your own content
Related Links and Resources:
I have a Social Media Post tips and tricks, which I shared different ways that you can utilize any social media platform to have different themes, different days, and also post that gives engagement. Visit www.cindyjholbrook.com/socialmediatips
Summary:
Cindy J. Holbrook, The Visibility wiz, is uniquely gifted at guiding entrepreneurs to thrive as they go from being the best-kept secret to a trusted and in-demand expert. As the host of the Biz Success In 15 podcast, she interviews top experts that share hot business-building strategies. Here are the highlights of this episode: She enjoys working with coaches, authors, speakers, and small business owners. She helps them be seen or get the visibility from their ideal clients and be known as a trusted, in-demand expert. They try to copy others on how to get visible in the social media platform because they think that's how it's supposed to be done, and the problem that Cindy think is when their sole intent is just to sell. They're telling but they're not showing. She advises that they should share their expertise and not just for the purpose of selling. On Facebook, these folks need to know how to utilize their profile, their FB Group and FB business page. She advises to create your own content because it is showcasing your expertise. Being visible to the right target audience is important and know exactly what you want to be known for, Cindy emphasizes on this interview. Cindy’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If their personal profile says they're self-employed, that self-employed goes NOWHERE. It's like a blank billboard on a highway. You need to have a Facebook business page where it says 'employed at' and directs it to your business page
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to get the visibility from ideal clients Knowing to share your expertise and not just selling Importance of creating your own content
Related Links and Resources:
I have a Social Media Post tips and tricks, which I shared different ways that you can utilize any social media platform to have different themes, different days, and also post that gives engagement. Visit www.cindyjholbrook.com/socialmediatips
Summary:
Cindy J. Holbrook, The Visibility wiz, is uniquely gifted at guiding entrepreneurs to thrive as they go from being the best-kept secret to a trusted and in-demand expert. As the host of the Biz Success In 15 podcast, she interviews top experts that share hot business-building strategies. Here are the highlights of this episode: She enjoys working with coaches, authors, speakers, and small business owners. She helps them be seen or get the visibility from their ideal clients and be known as a trusted, in-demand expert. They try to copy others on how to get visible in the social media platform because they think that's how it's supposed to be done, and the problem that Cindy think is when their sole intent is just to sell. They're telling but they're not showing. She advises that they should share their expertise and not just for the purpose of selling. On Facebook, these folks need to know how to utilize their profile, their FB Group and FB business page. She advises to create your own content because it is showcasing your expertise. Being visible to the right target audience is important and know exactly what you want to be known for, Cindy emphasizes on this interview. Cindy’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): If their personal profile says they're self-employed, that self-employed goes NOWHERE. It's like a blank billboard on a highway. You need to have a Facebook business page where it says 'employed at' and directs it to your business page
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The effectiveness of using the video medium Understanding that humans buy using 'emotional decision/ Knowing that the video world is an 'ecosystem'
Related Links and Resources: Christina recommends visiting their website www.skillmanvideogroup.com/contact-us and from there you can set up a quick 15-minute introductory call with her Summary: Since founding Skillman Video Group in 2005, Christina Skillman has served as CEO and Chief Creative Officer, leading a team of creative professionals that prides itself on its intellectual curiosity, grit, can-do attitude, and commitment to excellence in all forms. As the CEO, she is responsible for the future of the agency. Making the big decisions, maintaining the big relationships, and spark the innovation for future growth. As the Chief Creative Officer, she's responsible for managing and directing the creative team and their output. Here are the highlights of this episode: Christina ideally would like to work with those who want to try something new & unique in the marketplace, having complex products or services, and those who have a story to tell and want to use the video medium to tell it. Some of them felt that they hit the ceiling when it comes to doing their sales and marketing, perhaps they made an ineffective video in the past or maybe no video at all. She states that people need to get to know you first for them to like you, and then they make emotional decisions about your company or brand within seconds. You must gain their trust before you can ask for money. Christine explains to us that the video world is actually an 'ecosystem', and she elaborates this in the interview. Depending on your audience and platform, that's when you need to figure out if you need a professional crew to create your video. Please don't think that just making a video is going to help you, she explains that you need to be intention, strategic, and be considerate in not providing much information too soon. Put some very basic strategy behind why you're doing what you're doing. Christina’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She is providing a quick 15-minute introductory call; she wants to know what's working for you and what's not. To see if video is a good fit to help bring your marketing and your company to that next level of sales and revenue.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The effectiveness of using the video medium Understanding that humans buy using 'emotional decision/ Knowing that the video world is an 'ecosystem'
Related Links and Resources: Christina recommends visiting their website www.skillmanvideogroup.com/contact-us and from there you can set up a quick 15-minute introductory call with her Summary: Since founding Skillman Video Group in 2005, Christina Skillman has served as CEO and Chief Creative Officer, leading a team of creative professionals that prides itself on its intellectual curiosity, grit, can-do attitude, and commitment to excellence in all forms. As the CEO, she is responsible for the future of the agency. Making the big decisions, maintaining the big relationships, and spark the innovation for future growth. As the Chief Creative Officer, she's responsible for managing and directing the creative team and their output. Here are the highlights of this episode: Christina ideally would like to work with those who want to try something new & unique in the marketplace, having complex products or services, and those who have a story to tell and want to use the video medium to tell it. Some of them felt that they hit the ceiling when it comes to doing their sales and marketing, perhaps they made an ineffective video in the past or maybe no video at all. She states that people need to get to know you first for them to like you, and then they make emotional decisions about your company or brand within seconds. You must gain their trust before you can ask for money. Christine explains to us that the video world is actually an 'ecosystem', and she elaborates this in the interview. Depending on your audience and platform, that's when you need to figure out if you need a professional crew to create your video. Please don't think that just making a video is going to help you, she explains that you need to be intention, strategic, and be considerate in not providing much information too soon. Put some very basic strategy behind why you're doing what you're doing. Christina’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She is providing a quick 15-minute introductory call; she wants to know what's working for you and what's not. To see if video is a good fit to help bring your marketing and your company to that next level of sales and revenue.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to not be afraid of selling Engaging with your 'soulmate' clients The advantage of selling from the heart
Related Links and Resources: It'scalled "Heart Sells!" podcast and you can find it directly atchristineschlonski.com/podcast and there are around 350 episodes there withamazing heart-centered entrepreneurs there who shared their journey on how theyovercome their struggles in selling & created a wonderful business. Summary: Christine Schlonski, is a multi-talented leader in the field of Sales, Mindset, and Strategies. She is the Founder of Heart Sells! Academy, Creator of My Heart Sells! Members’ Community and the Host of Heart Sells! Podcast. She works with heart-centered entrepreneurs, just like you, who love what they do but do not feel comfortable selling their services and products. She shows you how to sell with ease, transition into the offer with grace, and close the sale with confidence while being authentic. Here are the highlights of this episode: Christine enjoys working with heart-centered entrepreneurs who wants to sell more with ease and grace but facing problems of getting what they want to say out of their mouth. They are afraid to sell and doesn't want to be like a 'sleazy' salesperson, because they really want to make a difference for people. She helps those folks who feels like they really don't want to sell, perhaps giving stuff for free or at a lower price point (over deliver but under charge!). When you are in your own little bubble and think that you created something that everyone would love but then nobody ends up buying it, it's because Christine tells us that you haven't engage yet with your 'soulmate' clients. She informed us that when you connect with your clients from the heart and have a great relationship, they will support you and will recommend other people to your service. Selling from the heart would become so natural and will help you grow your business. Christine’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She advises everyone should be clear with the value that they bring to the table. Understand that you and your business is very unique, and your soulmate client needs you. Guide them to the sales process with ease and give your client what they want and serve them with what they need, then really charge for it. Connect with them through your heart, let them be connected to you and your services.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to not be afraid of selling Engaging with your 'soulmate' clients The advantage of selling from the heart
Related Links and Resources: It'scalled "Heart Sells!" podcast and you can find it directly atchristineschlonski.com/podcast and there are around 350 episodes there withamazing heart-centered entrepreneurs there who shared their journey on how theyovercome their struggles in selling & created a wonderful business. Summary: Christine Schlonski, is a multi-talented leader in the field of Sales, Mindset, and Strategies. She is the Founder of Heart Sells! Academy, Creator of My Heart Sells! Members’ Community and the Host of Heart Sells! Podcast. She works with heart-centered entrepreneurs, just like you, who love what they do but do not feel comfortable selling their services and products. She shows you how to sell with ease, transition into the offer with grace, and close the sale with confidence while being authentic. Here are the highlights of this episode: Christine enjoys working with heart-centered entrepreneurs who wants to sell more with ease and grace but facing problems of getting what they want to say out of their mouth. They are afraid to sell and doesn't want to be like a 'sleazy' salesperson, because they really want to make a difference for people. She helps those folks who feels like they really don't want to sell, perhaps giving stuff for free or at a lower price point (over deliver but under charge!). When you are in your own little bubble and think that you created something that everyone would love but then nobody ends up buying it, it's because Christine tells us that you haven't engage yet with your 'soulmate' clients. She informed us that when you connect with your clients from the heart and have a great relationship, they will support you and will recommend other people to your service. Selling from the heart would become so natural and will help you grow your business. Christine’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She advises everyone should be clear with the value that they bring to the table. Understand that you and your business is very unique, and your soulmate client needs you. Guide them to the sales process with ease and give your client what they want and serve them with what they need, then really charge for it. Connect with them through your heart, let them be connected to you and your services.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The way you communicate is a powerful tool Difference between 'the reporting voice' and language of 'creation' 'Stop pitching' and to just have a conversation
Related Links and Resources:
Chris is giving away his book "Leadership Language" for the first 50 people who signs up. Go to www.westfallonline.com/sbs
Summary: Chris Westfall is a business coach, keynote speaker and author who's helped launch over 60 businesses, raising over $100 Million in capital investment (and counting). Entrepreneurs, executives and future leaders turn to Chris for guidance on peak performance, team building, business development, branding and more. Recognized as the US National Elevator Pitch Champion, Chris is the publisher of seven books. He's a corporate trainer and coach to global businesses, entrepreneurs and executives across a broad array of industries. Here are the highlights of this episode: Chris says that his clients are those who are frustrated of trying to go from commodity to creating value. To creating conversation that creates distinction that drives that kind of interest. They are mostly executives at a Fortunate 500 companies, and also high-growth entrepreneurs who knows that the way to communicate is the secret of creating powerful leadership, marketing, sales, and more. He helps them have the ability to share ideas with clarity and confidence so that people can get enrolled and engage with them. Chris tells further the difference of what he calls 'the reporting voice' and the language of 'creation'. He humbly says he's not a guru but his expertise is pointing people towards their own resourcefulness and helping them get out in their own way. Chris remembers someone told him "the waves always comes to you" and he elaborates the explanation in this interview. Chris discovered the importance of 'stop pitching' and to just have a conversation that concentrates on the value he can create for the person right in front of him. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Check out Chris YouTube channel (youtube.com/westfallonline), he has millions of videos that can help you access powerful communication skills. Take a look on the way on how you can train or onboard your employees and grasp the deeper understanding of leadership.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The way you communicate is a powerful tool Difference between 'the reporting voice' and language of 'creation' 'Stop pitching' and to just have a conversation
Related Links and Resources:
Chris is giving away his book "Leadership Language" for the first 50 people who signs up. Go to www.westfallonline.com/sbs
Summary: Chris Westfall is a business coach, keynote speaker and author who's helped launch over 60 businesses, raising over $100 Million in capital investment (and counting). Entrepreneurs, executives and future leaders turn to Chris for guidance on peak performance, team building, business development, branding and more. Recognized as the US National Elevator Pitch Champion, Chris is the publisher of seven books. He's a corporate trainer and coach to global businesses, entrepreneurs and executives across a broad array of industries. Here are the highlights of this episode: Chris says that his clients are those who are frustrated of trying to go from commodity to creating value. To creating conversation that creates distinction that drives that kind of interest. They are mostly executives at a Fortunate 500 companies, and also high-growth entrepreneurs who knows that the way to communicate is the secret of creating powerful leadership, marketing, sales, and more. He helps them have the ability to share ideas with clarity and confidence so that people can get enrolled and engage with them. Chris tells further the difference of what he calls 'the reporting voice' and the language of 'creation'. He humbly says he's not a guru but his expertise is pointing people towards their own resourcefulness and helping them get out in their own way. Chris remembers someone told him "the waves always comes to you" and he elaborates the explanation in this interview. Chris discovered the importance of 'stop pitching' and to just have a conversation that concentrates on the value he can create for the person right in front of him. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Check out Chris YouTube channel (youtube.com/westfallonline), he has millions of videos that can help you access powerful communication skills. Take a look on the way on how you can train or onboard your employees and grasp the deeper understanding of leadership.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The effectiveness of doing joint venture Getting the right and enough leads Applying a model called 'Upstream, Downstream'
Related Links and Resources: It is called "Escape The Marginal Success Trap Mini Course". The vast majority of the small business people are struggling inappropriately; they are caught in a spot where the business is making little enough of money only. It's a five-video training where you're going to assess exactly where you are at then have a contextual frame to understand where you are in the model and what you must do to break free. This will be a perfect map to know where you are and what you're going to do to get free. It's in https://jvology.com/marginal-success-trap Summary: Jay Fiset is a bestselling author, student of human nature, avid outdoorsman at 5 star hotels, speaks fluent smart ass, can see and reflect your life mission in 5 minutes flat, loves having 2 sons so he can play with their toys, still fantasizes about his wife after 25 years, loves ideas, but loves results even more, can simultaneously laugh and cry for different reasons at the same time, has never been star struck (but did not get a chance to meet martin Luther King, and there would have been teenage girl screaming if I had). I am dedicated to instigating a global movement of Conscious Creators and supporting people to organize their life and resources around their passions and gifts. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jay likes to work with small business owners and entrepreneurs who believe that the easy and fun way to grow their business is through collaboration, cooperation, and service their clients through joint ventures. His team provides them with perfectly qualified leads for FREE but on the flip side, they don't have enough leads, they pay too much for leads, or their leads are not even qualified enough to serve the right client in a joyful and easy manner. These folks get frustrated by their sales and a lot of things, and start to think that there is something wrong with their process, but the real fact is that they don't have enough leads. Jay's team solves this problem. Most of them felt a little jaded or ripped-off with paid ads, paper click, digital marketers that promise they will deliver, when all they need is something that works. Jay further advises that if you have people buying your products, services, and experience, then building relationships that can send a steady stream of people will work. Build relationships with the people which are your upstream partners, reward them well, and then enjoy your business. Jay’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): We teach a model that is called 'Upstream, Downstream'- answer this question: Who creates the problem that we solve? or Reveals or diagnoses the problem that we solve? If you can get perfectly clear if your upstream partners are or the folks that cause the problem that you solve.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The effectiveness of doing joint venture Getting the right and enough leads Applying a model called 'Upstream, Downstream'
Related Links and Resources: It is called "Escape The Marginal Success Trap Mini Course". The vast majority of the small business people are struggling inappropriately; they are caught in a spot where the business is making little enough of money only. It's a five-video training where you're going to assess exactly where you are at then have a contextual frame to understand where you are in the model and what you must do to break free. This will be a perfect map to know where you are and what you're going to do to get free. It's in https://jvology.com/marginal-success-trap Summary: Jay Fiset is a bestselling author, student of human nature, avid outdoorsman at 5 star hotels, speaks fluent smart ass, can see and reflect your life mission in 5 minutes flat, loves having 2 sons so he can play with their toys, still fantasizes about his wife after 25 years, loves ideas, but loves results even more, can simultaneously laugh and cry for different reasons at the same time, has never been star struck (but did not get a chance to meet martin Luther King, and there would have been teenage girl screaming if I had). I am dedicated to instigating a global movement of Conscious Creators and supporting people to organize their life and resources around their passions and gifts. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jay likes to work with small business owners and entrepreneurs who believe that the easy and fun way to grow their business is through collaboration, cooperation, and service their clients through joint ventures. His team provides them with perfectly qualified leads for FREE but on the flip side, they don't have enough leads, they pay too much for leads, or their leads are not even qualified enough to serve the right client in a joyful and easy manner. These folks get frustrated by their sales and a lot of things, and start to think that there is something wrong with their process, but the real fact is that they don't have enough leads. Jay's team solves this problem. Most of them felt a little jaded or ripped-off with paid ads, paper click, digital marketers that promise they will deliver, when all they need is something that works. Jay further advises that if you have people buying your products, services, and experience, then building relationships that can send a steady stream of people will work. Build relationships with the people which are your upstream partners, reward them well, and then enjoy your business. Jay’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): We teach a model that is called 'Upstream, Downstream'- answer this question: Who creates the problem that we solve? or Reveals or diagnoses the problem that we solve? If you can get perfectly clear if your upstream partners are or the folks that cause the problem that you solve.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing what's 'revenue throughput' Applying the right growth for your company Realizing that your business is a 'system'
Related Links and Resources: If they go to www.revenuethroughput.com, you will get an access to the free demo that they do once a month, that will describe the 3 core principles that they can think for themselves and start to apply them. It will then unlock revenue for your own business Summary: Jose Palomino has lived at the crossroads of B2B strategy, marketing, and sales for the past 20 years--which means he's an expert in guiding business owners through the complex process of revenue growth. Through his decades of experience, he created the Revenue Throughput System™ and has helped over 100 B2B businesses unlock over $250M in new growth. Here are the highlights of this episode: He ideally likes to work with owner-operator of a B2B business; it's not private equity or not publicly held, but an owner who goes every day to run the business. Jose tries to help those folks when their revenues became stuck, and we call this lack of 'revenue throughput'. Meaning the revenue is not flowing through the business the way it should. Frustration starts to build in when you felt like you are not being appreciated by your customers; it's when you are being 'squeeze' by price reduction continuously, that even your best customer is asking for that 5% price reduction. In addition, he sees that there are many offers out there about growing your business, and so you may end up doing one thing that may or may not help them. When you realize that your business is a system, you have to optimize that system to create value to your customers. The more valuable you are, it will affect how your customers thinks about your business and whether they want to continue doing business with you. Jose’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Get one piece of paper, a pen, and carve 20 minutes of your time to write 10 reasons you think why your best customers is doing business with you. Then, strike out those items that your competitors can make equally credible claims (in the mind of your buyer) and whatever you're left with, that will be the hook for your value preposition, that's what sets you apart.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing what's 'revenue throughput' Applying the right growth for your company Realizing that your business is a 'system'
Related Links and Resources: If they go to www.revenuethroughput.com, you will get an access to the free demo that they do once a month, that will describe the 3 core principles that they can think for themselves and start to apply them. It will then unlock revenue for your own business Summary: Jose Palomino has lived at the crossroads of B2B strategy, marketing, and sales for the past 20 years--which means he's an expert in guiding business owners through the complex process of revenue growth. Through his decades of experience, he created the Revenue Throughput System™ and has helped over 100 B2B businesses unlock over $250M in new growth. Here are the highlights of this episode: He ideally likes to work with owner-operator of a B2B business; it's not private equity or not publicly held, but an owner who goes every day to run the business. Jose tries to help those folks when their revenues became stuck, and we call this lack of 'revenue throughput'. Meaning the revenue is not flowing through the business the way it should. Frustration starts to build in when you felt like you are not being appreciated by your customers; it's when you are being 'squeeze' by price reduction continuously, that even your best customer is asking for that 5% price reduction. In addition, he sees that there are many offers out there about growing your business, and so you may end up doing one thing that may or may not help them. When you realize that your business is a system, you have to optimize that system to create value to your customers. The more valuable you are, it will affect how your customers thinks about your business and whether they want to continue doing business with you. Jose’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Get one piece of paper, a pen, and carve 20 minutes of your time to write 10 reasons you think why your best customers is doing business with you. Then, strike out those items that your competitors can make equally credible claims (in the mind of your buyer) and whatever you're left with, that will be the hook for your value preposition, that's what sets you apart.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: Text here Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Text here
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to establish your company better online The importance of learning how to run ads Applying an hour a week of 'think time'
Related Links and Resources: Paul wrote a best-selling book called "Rethink social media" and he wants to let the listeners get the opportunity to test it out and see if they like it. Go to www.rethinkgift.com and the first 4-5 chapters are in there. And if you like it and don't want to buy it on Amazon, just send Paul an email and he will give you the digital copy. He elaborated further on that book on how you can actually follow the 7 Steps Model to allow you to rethink social media and create whatever business you want online. Summary: Paul O' Mahony is an entrepreneur, four times best-selling author and a Guinness World Record-holding public speaker specializing in digital marketing, mindset and wealth management. In addition, he has a foundation focusing on assisting children and teens master finances in a fun way from an early age. Paul is a columnist for the Sunday Independent and Examiner newspapers and has multiple companies where he supports thousands of clients worldwide. His "Rethink Academy" brand focuses on helping you rethink and create an extraordinary life and he has worked with Forbes 100 companies as well as celebrities and sports stars. Here are the highlights of this episode: Paul mentions to us that his ideal clients are small business owners who wants to establish themselves better online; they either want to do more online, want to get started online, or do the next level online. Sometimes we immediately blame the social media platform, like saying the Facebook ads didn't work and you just wasted money. He says it's not the traffic that's usually the problem, it might the website that doesn't give clear calls to action. Him and his team helps these people who started to feel frustrated or being stuck and don't know how to really maximize they result they can get from Facebook or any of their opt-in pages. He says there are certain things that you need to be 'in' on and do it for yourself and one of them would be marketing; at least learn it before you outsource it. The project he's currently excited about is a company and the foundation that they created called FUNancial freedom; putting the fun in finances. Their mission is to empower children and teens on financial literacy from an early age. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Paul is applying the importance of 'think time'; he advises to put into your calendar an hour a week where you sit down and start asking a question like "who is my ideal client & what is the gap between them working with me right now?" and keep asking that question until you realize it's not a leads issue, service issue, and it's generally not what you think it is. You need to ask yourself better questions if you want to come up with better answers.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to establish your company better online The importance of learning how to run ads Applying an hour a week of 'think time'
Related Links and Resources: Paul wrote a best-selling book called "Rethink social media" and he wants to let the listeners get the opportunity to test it out and see if they like it. Go to www.rethinkgift.com and the first 4-5 chapters are in there. And if you like it and don't want to buy it on Amazon, just send Paul an email and he will give you the digital copy. He elaborated further on that book on how you can actually follow the 7 Steps Model to allow you to rethink social media and create whatever business you want online. Summary: Paul O' Mahony is an entrepreneur, four times best-selling author and a Guinness World Record-holding public speaker specializing in digital marketing, mindset and wealth management. In addition, he has a foundation focusing on assisting children and teens master finances in a fun way from an early age. Paul is a columnist for the Sunday Independent and Examiner newspapers and has multiple companies where he supports thousands of clients worldwide. His "Rethink Academy" brand focuses on helping you rethink and create an extraordinary life and he has worked with Forbes 100 companies as well as celebrities and sports stars. Here are the highlights of this episode: Paul mentions to us that his ideal clients are small business owners who wants to establish themselves better online; they either want to do more online, want to get started online, or do the next level online. Sometimes we immediately blame the social media platform, like saying the Facebook ads didn't work and you just wasted money. He says it's not the traffic that's usually the problem, it might the website that doesn't give clear calls to action. Him and his team helps these people who started to feel frustrated or being stuck and don't know how to really maximize they result they can get from Facebook or any of their opt-in pages. He says there are certain things that you need to be 'in' on and do it for yourself and one of them would be marketing; at least learn it before you outsource it. The project he's currently excited about is a company and the foundation that they created called FUNancial freedom; putting the fun in finances. Their mission is to empower children and teens on financial literacy from an early age. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Paul is applying the importance of 'think time'; he advises to put into your calendar an hour a week where you sit down and start asking a question like "who is my ideal client & what is the gap between them working with me right now?" and keep asking that question until you realize it's not a leads issue, service issue, and it's generally not what you think it is. You need to ask yourself better questions if you want to come up with better answers.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Advantage of using a client acquisition system The importance of 'growth' Applying a 'practical-tactical implementation'
Related Links and Resources:
He is giving a special report on his website called "Engineered Marketing: The 3 Essential Systems". You just have to go to www.chrisgoegan.com/3-systems-guide/
Summary: Chris Goegan has spent a decade as an engineer building high volume manufacturing systems, a decade in the trenches doing sales, and 15+ years in marketing. He’s personally worked with hundreds of business owners in 100+ industries, worked with thought leaders like Michael Gerber (author of The E-Myth), industry leaders and the smallest of the small. He is the creator of Engineered Marketing, a simple and pragmatic system designed to get leads and sales off of any, and every traffic platform. Here are the highlights of this episode: He ideally works with entrepreneurs or business owners inspiring to get around 5 million and above revenue but doesn't have the lead flow, a plan, and confidence to get it. Chris builds a client acquisition system that can generate leads or sales and gives you free time. He knows that life gets hard and it can be frustrating when you are not making any progress. The challenge is when there's "no growth" or "growth where everything depends upon you". And addressing these problems by themselves, Chris says they go into 'crazy mode'; they conduct their research, hire people or buy courses. Sadly, by the end of the day, it may not work the way they hope it will work. Chris loves applying systems; and he likes to help people build great businesses. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Chris says that most people think that having more revenue is the solution; so, they need more sales, more leads, and need more traffic. He says to STOP and take inventory for a moment and ask yourself if you will keep doing what you are doing, will your business get where you wanted it to go? Like it's an 'inventory exercise.'
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Advantage of using a client acquisition system The importance of 'growth' Applying a 'practical-tactical implementation'
Related Links and Resources:
He is giving a special report on his website called "Engineered Marketing: The 3 Essential Systems". You just have to go to www.chrisgoegan.com/3-systems-guide/
Summary: Chris Goegan has spent a decade as an engineer building high volume manufacturing systems, a decade in the trenches doing sales, and 15+ years in marketing. He’s personally worked with hundreds of business owners in 100+ industries, worked with thought leaders like Michael Gerber (author of The E-Myth), industry leaders and the smallest of the small. He is the creator of Engineered Marketing, a simple and pragmatic system designed to get leads and sales off of any, and every traffic platform. Here are the highlights of this episode: He ideally works with entrepreneurs or business owners inspiring to get around 5 million and above revenue but doesn't have the lead flow, a plan, and confidence to get it. Chris builds a client acquisition system that can generate leads or sales and gives you free time. He knows that life gets hard and it can be frustrating when you are not making any progress. The challenge is when there's "no growth" or "growth where everything depends upon you". And addressing these problems by themselves, Chris says they go into 'crazy mode'; they conduct their research, hire people or buy courses. Sadly, by the end of the day, it may not work the way they hope it will work. Chris loves applying systems; and he likes to help people build great businesses. Chris’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Chris says that most people think that having more revenue is the solution; so, they need more sales, more leads, and need more traffic. He says to STOP and take inventory for a moment and ask yourself if you will keep doing what you are doing, will your business get where you wanted it to go? Like it's an 'inventory exercise.'
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Applying ABN - Always Be Nice The advantage of dealing with independent agent Leveraging from your reviews
Related Links and Resources: He wrote a book "The Salesman Who Doesn't Sell. A Marketing Guide to Selling While you Sleep". Getting reviews and how to leverage those reviews on their website. Bryan is offering a free PDF copy and audio book by going to www.brianjgreenberg.com/scaleology Summary: Brian J. Greenberg, aka The Salesman Who Doesn't Sell, has founded businesses in e-commerce, marketing, and financial services. He has generated over 50 million in revenue from his businesses and collected over 10,000 reviews and testimonials from customers. Brian is the founder and president of True Blue Life Insurance, whose mission is to be transparent, honest and helpful to their customers without ever bugging or pushing them. Here are the highlights of this episode: He's currently in the life insurance industry and therefore works with those having a family or people going online shopping looking for life insurance. He knows that some or probably most folks encountered reps that are doing 'pushy sales' tactics, but his team provides simplified issue life insurance or term life insurance. It gets really personal in getting life insurance because they require full medical and financial history. Therefore, they want to get qualified to have the best applicable insurance since they represent 60 different companies. He reminds his staff to apply ABN (Always Be Nice); he believes in demonstrating knowledge, professionalism and trust. He tells us the difference working with 'captive agent' and 'independent agent' in the insurance industry. Brian’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Brian tells us the importance of selling to people online. He answers frequently asked questions on his site. He urges people to start gathering reviews, especially those found on third-party websites. Reach out and ask only the happy customers to provide a review; this is what they call the reciprocity theory.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Applying ABN - Always Be Nice The advantage of dealing with independent agent Leveraging from your reviews
Related Links and Resources: He wrote a book "The Salesman Who Doesn't Sell. A Marketing Guide to Selling While you Sleep". Getting reviews and how to leverage those reviews on their website. Bryan is offering a free PDF copy and audio book by going to www.brianjgreenberg.com/scaleology Summary: Brian J. Greenberg, aka The Salesman Who Doesn't Sell, has founded businesses in e-commerce, marketing, and financial services. He has generated over 50 million in revenue from his businesses and collected over 10,000 reviews and testimonials from customers. Brian is the founder and president of True Blue Life Insurance, whose mission is to be transparent, honest and helpful to their customers without ever bugging or pushing them. Here are the highlights of this episode: He's currently in the life insurance industry and therefore works with those having a family or people going online shopping looking for life insurance. He knows that some or probably most folks encountered reps that are doing 'pushy sales' tactics, but his team provides simplified issue life insurance or term life insurance. It gets really personal in getting life insurance because they require full medical and financial history. Therefore, they want to get qualified to have the best applicable insurance since they represent 60 different companies. He reminds his staff to apply ABN (Always Be Nice); he believes in demonstrating knowledge, professionalism and trust. He tells us the difference working with 'captive agent' and 'independent agent' in the insurance industry. Brian’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Brian tells us the importance of selling to people online. He answers frequently asked questions on his site. He urges people to start gathering reviews, especially those found on third-party websites. Reach out and ask only the happy customers to provide a review; this is what they call the reciprocity theory.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Turning your ideas into a book Importance of having a foundation first before writing Applying the '250 most important words'
Related Links and Resources: This is a brand-new resource that they brought to market a few months ago. She opened up the entire first module of her award-winning "Get Your Book Done" program absolutely free. Go in and build some of the key first five foundational blocks for your book. It's in www.freebookwritinghelp.com Summary: Christine Kloser is a transformational author coach, USA Today and Wall Street Journal best-selling author, and award-winning publisher who helps successful professionals, experts and leaders fulfill their calling to write and publish a book that transforms lives in a powerful and permanent way… starting with their own. She is the founder of the Get Your Book Done® program, and creator of the Transformational Author Experience®, with trainings that have impacted 90,000 people in 127 countries. Christine has been featured in The New York Times, Entrepreneur Magazine, Los Angeles Times, and FOX. Here are the highlights of this episode: Christine's helps those successful professionals to even have more success by letting their full expressions come out on the pages of a book that can help further grow their business. They have several notes and ideas everywhere that they've written but they don't know how to turn this into a book; ideas everywhere but ideas that goes NOWHERE. Frustration, overwhelmed and confusion is what they usually experience by then. In order for someone's book to transform or be successful, she advises to build a foundation first and be ready to write. She believes that there is no such thing as writer's block; what there is, is lack of clarity. Christine’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Christine's tip for non-fiction authors is to write 250 most important words that any author will ever write. These 250 important words are the ones appearing at back of your cover copy. A headline, engaging descriptive paragraphs that readers can identify themselves, bullet points, and then bio at the end. By narrowing your focus, it shows that you know what your book is about and who it's for.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Turning your ideas into a book Importance of having a foundation first before writing Applying the '250 most important words'
Related Links and Resources: This is a brand-new resource that they brought to market a few months ago. She opened up the entire first module of her award-winning "Get Your Book Done" program absolutely free. Go in and build some of the key first five foundational blocks for your book. It's in www.freebookwritinghelp.com Summary: Christine Kloser is a transformational author coach, USA Today and Wall Street Journal best-selling author, and award-winning publisher who helps successful professionals, experts and leaders fulfill their calling to write and publish a book that transforms lives in a powerful and permanent way… starting with their own. She is the founder of the Get Your Book Done® program, and creator of the Transformational Author Experience®, with trainings that have impacted 90,000 people in 127 countries. Christine has been featured in The New York Times, Entrepreneur Magazine, Los Angeles Times, and FOX. Here are the highlights of this episode: Christine's helps those successful professionals to even have more success by letting their full expressions come out on the pages of a book that can help further grow their business. They have several notes and ideas everywhere that they've written but they don't know how to turn this into a book; ideas everywhere but ideas that goes NOWHERE. Frustration, overwhelmed and confusion is what they usually experience by then. In order for someone's book to transform or be successful, she advises to build a foundation first and be ready to write. She believes that there is no such thing as writer's block; what there is, is lack of clarity. Christine’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Christine's tip for non-fiction authors is to write 250 most important words that any author will ever write. These 250 important words are the ones appearing at back of your cover copy. A headline, engaging descriptive paragraphs that readers can identify themselves, bullet points, and then bio at the end. By narrowing your focus, it shows that you know what your book is about and who it's for.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Learn about the 'one call sale' The importance of trust in doing sales Differentiating relationships with trust
Related Links and Resources: Ari has a free Intro Course, so just go to www.unlockthegame.com . You will also get his book there called "Unlock the Sales Game" and he also have an upcoming book called "One Call Sale" soon. Summary: Ari Galper is the world's number one authority on trust-based selling and has been featured in CEO Magazine, Forbes, INC Magazine, Sky News and the Australian Financial Review. His new book "Unlock The Sales Game" has become an instant best-seller among business owners and entrepreneurs across the globe. In his best-selling book, "Unlock The Sales Game", Ari describes his revolutionary sales approach based on getting to the truth and why having a mindset of focusing on deep trust, instead of “the sale” – is ironically, 10 times more profitable. Here are the highlights of this episode: Ari deals more with entrepreneurs, CEOs with a sales team, advisors and consultants as well. They are the ones who needs trust the most Ari believes. He sees these people as being conditioned to 'sales mode'; they unconsciously give free consulting or they give away too much value, they end up chasing people or having multiple steps in the sales tackle. He teaches people to apply on what he calls the 'trust-based language' in making that connection in which you focus on client's problem and not your sales' goal. Ari states that relationships and trust are mutually exclusive. There is no need to be their friend first to make a sale; relationship building should be happening after the sale not before the sale. And he would definitely would love to spend some time with Tim Grover, author of the book 'Relentless and he was a private coach of Michael Jordan and Kobe Bryant. Ari’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): For example, you are having a call conversation and they could be qualified to be a client, At the end of the call, don't move forward by saying "hey, why won't we grab a cup of coffee?" instead say "where do you think we should go from here?"
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Learn about the 'one call sale' The importance of trust in doing sales Differentiating relationships with trust
Related Links and Resources: Ari has a free Intro Course, so just go to www.unlockthegame.com . You will also get his book there called "Unlock the Sales Game" and he also have an upcoming book called "One Call Sale" soon. Summary: Ari Galper is the world's number one authority on trust-based selling and has been featured in CEO Magazine, Forbes, INC Magazine, Sky News and the Australian Financial Review. His new book "Unlock The Sales Game" has become an instant best-seller among business owners and entrepreneurs across the globe. In his best-selling book, "Unlock The Sales Game", Ari describes his revolutionary sales approach based on getting to the truth and why having a mindset of focusing on deep trust, instead of “the sale” – is ironically, 10 times more profitable. Here are the highlights of this episode: Ari deals more with entrepreneurs, CEOs with a sales team, advisors and consultants as well. They are the ones who needs trust the most Ari believes. He sees these people as being conditioned to 'sales mode'; they unconsciously give free consulting or they give away too much value, they end up chasing people or having multiple steps in the sales tackle. He teaches people to apply on what he calls the 'trust-based language' in making that connection in which you focus on client's problem and not your sales' goal. Ari states that relationships and trust are mutually exclusive. There is no need to be their friend first to make a sale; relationship building should be happening after the sale not before the sale. And he would definitely would love to spend some time with Tim Grover, author of the book 'Relentless and he was a private coach of Michael Jordan and Kobe Bryant. Ari’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): For example, you are having a call conversation and they could be qualified to be a client, At the end of the call, don't move forward by saying "hey, why won't we grab a cup of coffee?" instead say "where do you think we should go from here?"
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Using LinkedIn to convert your connections Avoiding the 'connect and forget' pattern Knowing that LinkedIn is a 24/7 networking meeting
Related Links and Resources: She has an eBook called "Day in the Life of a Social Seller" and that also comes with a planning worksheet that will help you identify what activities you want to do and how often which will help you in your social selling activity. Go to www.socialsaleslink.com/dayinthelife Summary: Brynne Tillman is the LinkedIn Whisperer and CEO of Social Sales Link. For over a decade she has been teaching Entrepreneurs, sales teams and business leaders how to leverage LinkedIn for social selling. As a former sales trainer and personal producer, Brynne adopted all of the traditional sales techniques and adapted them to the new digital world. She guides professionals to establish a thought leader and subject matter expert brand, find and engage the right targeted market, and leverage clients and networking partners for warm introductions into qualified buyers. Brynne is the author of The LinkedIn Sales Playbook, a Tactical Guide to Social Selling Here are the highlights of this episode: Brynne and her team helps those who wants to grow their business by leveraging LinkedIn platform from a content, prospect, and networking perspective. There as sales people who says that they need more conversation time to sell to reach out to the top of the funnel, and those especially struggling with 'connect and pitch' or 'bait and switch'. People need to grow their business and they know that they need to use LinkedIn but they're not quite sure how. She tells us to think of LinkedIn as networking event to start conversations and build relationships but not go at it as a sales pitch. Brynne can really help because she practice what she preach. She and her team are good in what they do and they're affordable, too. Brynne’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She advises to check your clients who truly supports you then search and filter their connections; make at least 8-12 people that you want to meet. Ask their permission to use their name or ask them to introduce you to them. By doing this, it will fill your pipeline very quickly at a high level of credibility.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Using LinkedIn to convert your connections Avoiding the 'connect and forget' pattern Knowing that LinkedIn is a 24/7 networking meeting
Related Links and Resources: She has an eBook called "Day in the Life of a Social Seller" and that also comes with a planning worksheet that will help you identify what activities you want to do and how often which will help you in your social selling activity. Go to www.socialsaleslink.com/dayinthelife Summary: Brynne Tillman is the LinkedIn Whisperer and CEO of Social Sales Link. For over a decade she has been teaching Entrepreneurs, sales teams and business leaders how to leverage LinkedIn for social selling. As a former sales trainer and personal producer, Brynne adopted all of the traditional sales techniques and adapted them to the new digital world. She guides professionals to establish a thought leader and subject matter expert brand, find and engage the right targeted market, and leverage clients and networking partners for warm introductions into qualified buyers. Brynne is the author of The LinkedIn Sales Playbook, a Tactical Guide to Social Selling Here are the highlights of this episode: Brynne and her team helps those who wants to grow their business by leveraging LinkedIn platform from a content, prospect, and networking perspective. There as sales people who says that they need more conversation time to sell to reach out to the top of the funnel, and those especially struggling with 'connect and pitch' or 'bait and switch'. People need to grow their business and they know that they need to use LinkedIn but they're not quite sure how. She tells us to think of LinkedIn as networking event to start conversations and build relationships but not go at it as a sales pitch. Brynne can really help because she practice what she preach. She and her team are good in what they do and they're affordable, too. Brynne’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She advises to check your clients who truly supports you then search and filter their connections; make at least 8-12 people that you want to meet. Ask their permission to use their name or ask them to introduce you to them. By doing this, it will fill your pipeline very quickly at a high level of credibility.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Having a clear vision for the family business Avoiding the feeling of frustration in running a family business Applying the 'accountability chart'
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.thesagepages.com/secret and what you will find there are 6 places to focus on to have a world class family business. It's actually an outline for her upcoming book. Summary: Sara B. Stern is on a quest to help owners get what they want from their family business and build lasting legacies. She is the former director of the nationally recognized Family Business Center at the University of Saint Thomas in Minnesota, a seasoned coach and trained EOS Implementer. She grew up in a family business and has worked for several. Her experience makes her uniquely skilled at helping family businesses implement practical tools that help them get clear about their vision, gain traction toward that vision and be a healthy team. Here are the highlights of this episode: She loves working with multi-generational family businesses with at least 10-250 employees and they are hungry for a change while staying rooted to their legacy and values. She helps them to be really healthy with each other as they work together. These family businesses may feel the frustration when the profit is not there or where it used to be, and Sara wants them also to avoid to just randomly assign positions or create positions for their family members. Anke’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Sara advises to use what she calls the 'accountability chart'; get your leadership team and discuss what do you need in the business. Write down the key functions then create bullet points. After creating the structure, figure out the people who are uniquely skilled and have the experience to do that job. She says running a family business is not even close to a nightmare, it's a joy. If you're running a family business and you're trying to figure out how to move it from one generation to the next, Sara wrote a very short book about this, google "Start Here" by Sara B. Stern
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Having a clear vision for the family business Avoiding the feeling of frustration in running a family business Applying the 'accountability chart'
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.thesagepages.com/secret and what you will find there are 6 places to focus on to have a world class family business. It's actually an outline for her upcoming book. Summary: Sara B. Stern is on a quest to help owners get what they want from their family business and build lasting legacies. She is the former director of the nationally recognized Family Business Center at the University of Saint Thomas in Minnesota, a seasoned coach and trained EOS Implementer. She grew up in a family business and has worked for several. Her experience makes her uniquely skilled at helping family businesses implement practical tools that help them get clear about their vision, gain traction toward that vision and be a healthy team. Here are the highlights of this episode: She loves working with multi-generational family businesses with at least 10-250 employees and they are hungry for a change while staying rooted to their legacy and values. She helps them to be really healthy with each other as they work together. These family businesses may feel the frustration when the profit is not there or where it used to be, and Sara wants them also to avoid to just randomly assign positions or create positions for their family members. Anke’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Sara advises to use what she calls the 'accountability chart'; get your leadership team and discuss what do you need in the business. Write down the key functions then create bullet points. After creating the structure, figure out the people who are uniquely skilled and have the experience to do that job. She says running a family business is not even close to a nightmare, it's a joy. If you're running a family business and you're trying to figure out how to move it from one generation to the next, Sara wrote a very short book about this, google "Start Here" by Sara B. Stern
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding the right way to market your courses Knowing what to do next after creating the course Applying a launch strategy that fits you
Related Links and Resources: Eman is giving a free launch planning app which is perfect for your very first course launch. It can be found at www.launch.scribesmith.co/ and fill-in information required like how big your list is, etc. It will provide a calendar and task list that will guarantee the success of your launch. Summary: Eman Zabi is the founder of The Scribesmith - a launch copywriting agency that specializes in research-based strategy and conversion copy for digital products. As a part of The Scribesmith’s umbrella, she created The Conversion Kits, brainstorming decks to help entrepreneurs raise conversion, and Terrain, a curated course marketplace for entrepreneurs. Eman graduated with a degree in International Politics from Georgetown University (which explains her love for the nerdy stuff) and has been writing for as long as she can remember. When not working, she can be found drinking copious amounts of tea, playing with her cat, Cat, and cooking up new ideas for the Scribesmith team to take on. Here are the highlights of this episode: Eman happily helps those who are launching courses and memberships; also, those who have a great content but have difficulties marketing their courses. She believes that there are a lot of courses out there, and the popular ones are not necessarily the best ones either she says. She makes sure her clients get their ideal audience because creating a course itself takes a lot of emotional energy, that's why she advises to know the launch strategy that fits you. Anke’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Her tip is for everyone to have a healthy, solid list and make sure to email them at least once a week.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding the right way to market your courses Knowing what to do next after creating the course Applying a launch strategy that fits you
Related Links and Resources: Eman is giving a free launch planning app which is perfect for your very first course launch. It can be found at www.launch.scribesmith.co/ and fill-in information required like how big your list is, etc. It will provide a calendar and task list that will guarantee the success of your launch. Summary: Eman Zabi is the founder of The Scribesmith - a launch copywriting agency that specializes in research-based strategy and conversion copy for digital products. As a part of The Scribesmith’s umbrella, she created The Conversion Kits, brainstorming decks to help entrepreneurs raise conversion, and Terrain, a curated course marketplace for entrepreneurs. Eman graduated with a degree in International Politics from Georgetown University (which explains her love for the nerdy stuff) and has been writing for as long as she can remember. When not working, she can be found drinking copious amounts of tea, playing with her cat, Cat, and cooking up new ideas for the Scribesmith team to take on. Here are the highlights of this episode: Eman happily helps those who are launching courses and memberships; also, those who have a great content but have difficulties marketing their courses. She believes that there are a lot of courses out there, and the popular ones are not necessarily the best ones either she says. She makes sure her clients get their ideal audience because creating a course itself takes a lot of emotional energy, that's why she advises to know the launch strategy that fits you. Anke’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Her tip is for everyone to have a healthy, solid list and make sure to email them at least once a week.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Prioritizing what's important to do first Avoiding the "busy mind" at night Knowing when to bring conscious choices
Related Links and Resources:
Jenn is giving away a leadership influencing guide which is a good resource to begin your strategic leadership mindset, and it can be found on their website www.incito.ca/leadership-influence-guide
Summary: Jenn Lofgren is the Founder of Incito, an executive leadership coaching and development firm in Calgary, Canada. A Master Certified Coach, Speaker and Facilitator, Jenn has worked with executives and entrepreneurs across Canada and worldwide, helping them grow into inspired, authentic leaders. Jenn is a dynamic leader in her own right and has been recognized as one of Canada’s Top 100 Most Powerful Women by the Women's Executive Network (WXN) and one of Mount Royal University’s Outstanding Alumni. She is also a regular contributor to the Forbes Coaches Council. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jenn usually works with VP or Senior Management who wants to move to a greater, strategic, and visionary leadership in the company. Because of their position, they are facing the challenges of not knowing what is important since their days are filled with just reacting to certain situations coming their way. This can cause these folks to feel that they are stuck or lonely; so, they do strategic thinking when they are only in bed or what she calls 'busy mind' that keeps them awake at night. They tend to focus on becoming better experts rather than understanding the choices that they're making. Jenn emphasizes that what makes her different when working with her is that she really shows that she cares about her clients. Anke’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Her tip is to watch for the moments when you tell yourself "I have to" or "I have no choice". Instead, ask yourself these two questions: "what's my part" and "what do I want" in order to bring yourself to make conscious choices.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Prioritizing what's important to do first Avoiding the "busy mind" at night Knowing when to bring conscious choices
Related Links and Resources:
Jenn is giving away a leadership influencing guide which is a good resource to begin your strategic leadership mindset, and it can be found on their website www.incito.ca/leadership-influence-guide
Summary: Jenn Lofgren is the Founder of Incito, an executive leadership coaching and development firm in Calgary, Canada. A Master Certified Coach, Speaker and Facilitator, Jenn has worked with executives and entrepreneurs across Canada and worldwide, helping them grow into inspired, authentic leaders. Jenn is a dynamic leader in her own right and has been recognized as one of Canada’s Top 100 Most Powerful Women by the Women's Executive Network (WXN) and one of Mount Royal University’s Outstanding Alumni. She is also a regular contributor to the Forbes Coaches Council. Here are the highlights of this episode: Jenn usually works with VP or Senior Management who wants to move to a greater, strategic, and visionary leadership in the company. Because of their position, they are facing the challenges of not knowing what is important since their days are filled with just reacting to certain situations coming their way. This can cause these folks to feel that they are stuck or lonely; so, they do strategic thinking when they are only in bed or what she calls 'busy mind' that keeps them awake at night. They tend to focus on becoming better experts rather than understanding the choices that they're making. Jenn emphasizes that what makes her different when working with her is that she really shows that she cares about her clients. Anke’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Her tip is to watch for the moments when you tell yourself "I have to" or "I have no choice". Instead, ask yourself these two questions: "what's my part" and "what do I want" in order to bring yourself to make conscious choices.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing when to relax and not feel guilty it Applying a smart, healthy and scalable model Following a system to double your revenue
Related Links and Resources: Some may start to wonder which part to "cut in half' or task to remove on their list since everything is important. Simon is using a tool which he applies once a month to know which one to reduce. Go to www.strategysprints.com/equalizer, it's a spreadsheet that willcalculate what to cut and there's a short video that he will show you how touse it. Summary: Simon Severino helps business owners double their revenue in 90 days. His purpose in life is helping entrepreneurs realize their dreams. After 17 years of strategy execution experience from NY to Sydney, he created the Strategy Sprints® Method, a practical method to run an agile and resilient company. He is a growth advisor to Consilience Ventures in London. He is a member of the global educator network of Duke Corporate Education. Simon is the founder of Strategy Sprints, a global team of certified Strategy Sprint Coaches helping business owners double their revenue in 90 days. Here are the highlights of this episode: Simon enjoys working with businesses having a single owner or founder, and would want to double their income as quickly as possible. And the problem is, he thinks that they work too much because of it. The worse is when these people started to feel guilty when spending time with their family or even try to take a few weeks off. This mindset needs to be changed; and he advises that you need to be two levels above fulfillment by applying a healthy, smart, and scalable model that you will enjoy. In this interview he will layout the steps and techniques in guaranteeing to double your revenue. Simon’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): He advises us to make a list of all the activities we are doing right now and cut it in half... and then cut it in half again.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing when to relax and not feel guilty it Applying a smart, healthy and scalable model Following a system to double your revenue
Related Links and Resources: Some may start to wonder which part to "cut in half' or task to remove on their list since everything is important. Simon is using a tool which he applies once a month to know which one to reduce. Go to www.strategysprints.com/equalizer, it's a spreadsheet that willcalculate what to cut and there's a short video that he will show you how touse it. Summary: Simon Severino helps business owners double their revenue in 90 days. His purpose in life is helping entrepreneurs realize their dreams. After 17 years of strategy execution experience from NY to Sydney, he created the Strategy Sprints® Method, a practical method to run an agile and resilient company. He is a growth advisor to Consilience Ventures in London. He is a member of the global educator network of Duke Corporate Education. Simon is the founder of Strategy Sprints, a global team of certified Strategy Sprint Coaches helping business owners double their revenue in 90 days. Here are the highlights of this episode: Simon enjoys working with businesses having a single owner or founder, and would want to double their income as quickly as possible. And the problem is, he thinks that they work too much because of it. The worse is when these people started to feel guilty when spending time with their family or even try to take a few weeks off. This mindset needs to be changed; and he advises that you need to be two levels above fulfillment by applying a healthy, smart, and scalable model that you will enjoy. In this interview he will layout the steps and techniques in guaranteeing to double your revenue. Simon’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): He advises us to make a list of all the activities we are doing right now and cut it in half... and then cut it in half again.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Turning your passion to business Overcoming the 'tech monster' Avoiding the 'tech jungle
Related Links and Resources: Anke is giving away a copy of her book and you can get it from www.ankeherrmann.com/sbs. This can guide you to get away from the 'tech jungle'. Summary: Anke Herrmann is a Business Coach, Tech Mentor, Author, Podcast Host. Proudly Owned by 3 dogs. In 2004 she quit her software developer job in the UK to start her own sewing business in Spain. Today she offers her unique MIX of compassionate coach and teacher, free-spirited creative mind and experienced software developer, to guide professional coaches and other service-based business owners through the process of creating the systems and setting up the tech needed to build and scale their business online. Here are the highlights of this episode: Anke likes to work with those who are passionate about what they do and want to turn it into a business, making a statement into the world. The problem is, she believes that some people get sucked into the pit of 'online quicksand'; there is so much out there and they don't know where to start. They either freeze and not move forward in implementing their ideas or they buy so much software tools which ending up being too complex than they would have anticipated, perhaps even buying the wrong program. She makes sure that these can be avoided by her clients. Anke’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She advises us to sit down, write and ask ourselves "how do you want this to work?" and without knowing the answer to that, you will be lost in the jungle of options. It's important to be very clear in what you want to work when it comes to functionality for your team or clients. This will reduce automatically trying to find other options.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Turning your passion to business Overcoming the 'tech monster' Avoiding the 'tech jungle
Related Links and Resources: Anke is giving away a copy of her book and you can get it from www.ankeherrmann.com/sbs. This can guide you to get away from the 'tech jungle'. Summary: Anke Herrmann is a Business Coach, Tech Mentor, Author, Podcast Host. Proudly Owned by 3 dogs. In 2004 she quit her software developer job in the UK to start her own sewing business in Spain. Today she offers her unique MIX of compassionate coach and teacher, free-spirited creative mind and experienced software developer, to guide professional coaches and other service-based business owners through the process of creating the systems and setting up the tech needed to build and scale their business online. Here are the highlights of this episode: Anke likes to work with those who are passionate about what they do and want to turn it into a business, making a statement into the world. The problem is, she believes that some people get sucked into the pit of 'online quicksand'; there is so much out there and they don't know where to start. They either freeze and not move forward in implementing their ideas or they buy so much software tools which ending up being too complex than they would have anticipated, perhaps even buying the wrong program. She makes sure that these can be avoided by her clients. Anke’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): She advises us to sit down, write and ask ourselves "how do you want this to work?" and without knowing the answer to that, you will be lost in the jungle of options. It's important to be very clear in what you want to work when it comes to functionality for your team or clients. This will reduce automatically trying to find other options.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Figuring out your personal-based story When to ask for help and not solve things on your own always Knowing the answer of "why do love what you do?"
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.GreatestCopywriterAlive.com/Scaleology and Adil is sharing his storytelling matrix which will reveal how to find your core story or find your narrative story for your content and then use this for content creation or writing copy for understanding people. Summary: Adil Amarsi is a business and copy consultant, podcaster, and offer creation strategist as well as a blogger and writer. Having been a professional direct response, story-based copywriter for over 13 years, Adil amassed an incredible $821 Million (and counting) in sales from his copy and advice alone. Unlike other copywriters out there, Adil verbalizes copy on the fly as he's spent nearly 2 decades unknowingly honing his craft. After a personal tragedy, Adil left writing for clients and is a full-time consultant and a writer for GreatestCopywriterAlive.com Here are the highlights of this episode: Adil helps businesses find their personal-based story; everyone has one but he believes that they are having difficulty getting it out from themselves. And if they already got it, they don't know exactly what to do with it. Adil says that people make mistakes when they try to do things on their own and they might end up reading the wrong books or wrong process. They try to look for answers externally not internally. Adil tries to help them avoid chasing the wrong thing. Adil’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): He advices everyone to look at yourself and ask "Why did I do what I do today? What's the driving force that put me here in this place?". Try to know why you love what you do, why are still doing it, and why are you enjoying it. Figure out the big milestones from where you are now from the point of no return previously.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Figuring out your personal-based story When to ask for help and not solve things on your own always Knowing the answer of "why do love what you do?"
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.GreatestCopywriterAlive.com/Scaleology and Adil is sharing his storytelling matrix which will reveal how to find your core story or find your narrative story for your content and then use this for content creation or writing copy for understanding people. Summary: Adil Amarsi is a business and copy consultant, podcaster, and offer creation strategist as well as a blogger and writer. Having been a professional direct response, story-based copywriter for over 13 years, Adil amassed an incredible $821 Million (and counting) in sales from his copy and advice alone. Unlike other copywriters out there, Adil verbalizes copy on the fly as he's spent nearly 2 decades unknowingly honing his craft. After a personal tragedy, Adil left writing for clients and is a full-time consultant and a writer for GreatestCopywriterAlive.com Here are the highlights of this episode: Adil helps businesses find their personal-based story; everyone has one but he believes that they are having difficulty getting it out from themselves. And if they already got it, they don't know exactly what to do with it. Adil says that people make mistakes when they try to do things on their own and they might end up reading the wrong books or wrong process. They try to look for answers externally not internally. Adil tries to help them avoid chasing the wrong thing. Adil’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): He advices everyone to look at yourself and ask "Why did I do what I do today? What's the driving force that put me here in this place?". Try to know why you love what you do, why are still doing it, and why are you enjoying it. Figure out the big milestones from where you are now from the point of no return previously.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Importance of working 'top down' not 'down up' Finding connection of what we're doing today to what we're dreaming Setting a time for ourselves and be our own client
Related Links and Resources:
Dr. Tamer is giving a 3-minute business triage that you will find out your number one challenge that's holding you back from growing and scaling your business. He said that it's not the tactics or productivity hacks that most people think that they need. You will also get a customize free report which will lay out what that challenge is and the next step on what they can do about it. It's in www.ceoentrepreneur.com/scaleology
Summary: Dr. Tamer Shahin has gone from growing multi-seven figure businesses, taking a global health start up stratospheric and living large, to not so large. From rags to riches and back again. From growing and running one of his companies valued at $100million to losing absolutely everything, becoming $2.5million personally in debt and bailing his business partner out of prison (all in the space of 30 days!). He now enjoys being a serial entrepreneur, investor, business coach and mentor. As founder and CEO at CEO Entrepreneur, he helps transform entrepreneurs into CEO’s and small businesses into global companies; without stress or overwhelm. He’s advised corporate titans, authored several textbooks, taught at and advised universities around the world, spoken at TEDx, and published in Forbes as a digital health thought leader. Here are the highlights of this episode: Dr. Tamer told us that his ideal clients are business owners in which he helps them scale or grow further their businesses. It comes to a point where these folks feel overwhelmed, overwork and stressed out in making decisions, what's the next step, or what it is that's not working in their system. He sees that a lot of us gets stuck on our daily routine task of what we need to achieve in a day. There's no focus, strategy or long-term destination in the business. And based from Dr. Tamer's own experience, he and his team know exactly how to help these people. He explains that there is a disconnect between what we're doing today and what we're dreaming, so he helps them connect that. And the way to work that is to really to work backwards; work 'top down' not down to top. Dr Tamer’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): He said to set aside a time for ourselves per day; really book a time for ourselves or become our own clients. Sit down and create a timetable and think of their business strategically and what's the end destination. Most importantly, is to do this by working from 'top down' not 'down up'.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Importance of working 'top down' not 'down up' Finding connection of what we're doing today to what we're dreaming Setting a time for ourselves and be our own client
Related Links and Resources:
Dr. Tamer is giving a 3-minute business triage that you will find out your number one challenge that's holding you back from growing and scaling your business. He said that it's not the tactics or productivity hacks that most people think that they need. You will also get a customize free report which will lay out what that challenge is and the next step on what they can do about it. It's in www.ceoentrepreneur.com/scaleology
Summary: Dr. Tamer Shahin has gone from growing multi-seven figure businesses, taking a global health start up stratospheric and living large, to not so large. From rags to riches and back again. From growing and running one of his companies valued at $100million to losing absolutely everything, becoming $2.5million personally in debt and bailing his business partner out of prison (all in the space of 30 days!). He now enjoys being a serial entrepreneur, investor, business coach and mentor. As founder and CEO at CEO Entrepreneur, he helps transform entrepreneurs into CEO’s and small businesses into global companies; without stress or overwhelm. He’s advised corporate titans, authored several textbooks, taught at and advised universities around the world, spoken at TEDx, and published in Forbes as a digital health thought leader. Here are the highlights of this episode: Dr. Tamer told us that his ideal clients are business owners in which he helps them scale or grow further their businesses. It comes to a point where these folks feel overwhelmed, overwork and stressed out in making decisions, what's the next step, or what it is that's not working in their system. He sees that a lot of us gets stuck on our daily routine task of what we need to achieve in a day. There's no focus, strategy or long-term destination in the business. And based from Dr. Tamer's own experience, he and his team know exactly how to help these people. He explains that there is a disconnect between what we're doing today and what we're dreaming, so he helps them connect that. And the way to work that is to really to work backwards; work 'top down' not down to top. Dr Tamer’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): He said to set aside a time for ourselves per day; really book a time for ourselves or become our own clients. Sit down and create a timetable and think of their business strategically and what's the end destination. Most importantly, is to do this by working from 'top down' not 'down up'.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Avoid 'hitting a wall' because of bad decisionsHow to address a problem the right way The power of communicating to your people or teamRelated Links and Resources:Brenda is giving away two free assessments from her website www.brendathehrlady.com. The first one is just on the main page and that's just a regular HR assessment. If you're interested in actually scaling your business to go to government contracting, go to 'govcon' page on her website and actually download that free assessment also. Summary:Brenda Neckvatal is an award-winning HR professional and is often referred to as the “HR Force of Nature” by her clients. She started as an HR sprout after fourteen years in retail management. Having the benefit of working for a total of five Fortune 500 companies, she converted her experience into a series of focused best practices helping small businesses achieve their workforce goals.In her 30-year career in human resources and business, she has consulted to nearly 500 small businesses and C-suite leaders. She has optimized employee effectiveness and helped mitigate the high costs that are associated with making hasty employment related decisions. Here are the highlights of this episode:2:02 Brenda’s ideal Client: I got 3 audiences; one audience I work specifically with HR Professionals who's trying to figure out their HR function. Either may or may not have had education, at the beginning stages of their career, and they're trying to earn that trajectory upward. The next is government contracting; I do a lot of government HR compliance. So, government contractors who love to speak to them. Also, entrepreneurs who're just getting started; either they just hired their first employee or about to hire their first employee and we make sure to set them off in the right direction.2:45 Problem Brenda helps solve: They don't know where to go and they don't know where to look for. They do things thinking that they're engaging in a specific business direction but it turns out that they're actually implementing the wrong thing. They could be under the impression that they need to have an employment agreement because they thought that they have to but it turns out that they are giving employment agreements to frontline employees which you wouldn't want that to happen in any way. A lot of it is innocent.3:32 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Brenda: They hit a wall to where they feel really bad about the decisions that they're making. It's ideal that they reach out and pick the phone up before they actually get to that. Because at that point, they beat themselves down so bad that it takes a lot to help pick them back up and make them realize that it's an easy mistake to fix. There's a lot of easy things to fix in HR, there's a little that we can't fix to be honest with you except death, that's the only thing I can't reverse. Other than that, we can always turn things around.4:16 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Brenda and her solution: Well, they go to the first 6 lines of google HR and they don't get the accurate information. They rely on very short answers, they might ask questions on open groups like Facebook or something like that. And they're not really addressing the matter nor really pulling up that critical level of thinking. And so, they're only going to get the kind of response to questions that they're asking for, the quality of the questions is equally insufficient as the information that they're sourcing.5:00 Brenda’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): Actually, on my website brendathehrlady.com, there's two places where you can get free assessment. You can actually see what kind of gap exists in your HR infrastructure. The first one is just on the main page and that's just a regular HR assessment. If you're interested in actually scaling your business to go to government contracting which is a great opportunity because the government d...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Avoid 'hitting a wall' because of bad decisionsHow to address a problem the right way The power of communicating to your people or teamRelated Links and Resources:Brenda is giving away two free assessments from her website www.brendathehrlady.com. The first one is just on the main page and that's just a regular HR assessment. If you're interested in actually scaling your business to go to government contracting, go to 'govcon' page on her website and actually download that free assessment also. Summary:Brenda Neckvatal is an award-winning HR professional and is often referred to as the “HR Force of Nature” by her clients. She started as an HR sprout after fourteen years in retail management. Having the benefit of working for a total of five Fortune 500 companies, she converted her experience into a series of focused best practices helping small businesses achieve their workforce goals.In her 30-year career in human resources and business, she has consulted to nearly 500 small businesses and C-suite leaders. She has optimized employee effectiveness and helped mitigate the high costs that are associated with making hasty employment related decisions. Here are the highlights of this episode:2:02 Brenda’s ideal Client: I got 3 audiences; one audience I work specifically with HR Professionals who's trying to figure out their HR function. Either may or may not have had education, at the beginning stages of their career, and they're trying to earn that trajectory upward. The next is government contracting; I do a lot of government HR compliance. So, government contractors who love to speak to them. Also, entrepreneurs who're just getting started; either they just hired their first employee or about to hire their first employee and we make sure to set them off in the right direction.2:45 Problem Brenda helps solve: They don't know where to go and they don't know where to look for. They do things thinking that they're engaging in a specific business direction but it turns out that they're actually implementing the wrong thing. They could be under the impression that they need to have an employment agreement because they thought that they have to but it turns out that they are giving employment agreements to frontline employees which you wouldn't want that to happen in any way. A lot of it is innocent.3:32 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Brenda: They hit a wall to where they feel really bad about the decisions that they're making. It's ideal that they reach out and pick the phone up before they actually get to that. Because at that point, they beat themselves down so bad that it takes a lot to help pick them back up and make them realize that it's an easy mistake to fix. There's a lot of easy things to fix in HR, there's a little that we can't fix to be honest with you except death, that's the only thing I can't reverse. Other than that, we can always turn things around.4:16 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Brenda and her solution: Well, they go to the first 6 lines of google HR and they don't get the accurate information. They rely on very short answers, they might ask questions on open groups like Facebook or something like that. And they're not really addressing the matter nor really pulling up that critical level of thinking. And so, they're only going to get the kind of response to questions that they're asking for, the quality of the questions is equally insufficient as the information that they're sourcing.5:00 Brenda’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): Actually, on my website brendathehrlady.com, there's two places where you can get free assessment. You can actually see what kind of gap exists in your HR infrastructure. The first one is just on the main page and that's just a regular HR assessment. If you're interested in actually scaling your business to go to government contracting which is a great opportunity because the government d...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why you need to set all things in automation How to face your 'tech demons' Know something about the CRM product called "Keap Max Classic"
Related Links and Resources: Michelle is giving a cool offer to all listeners; a program which will do web audit for your site. It gives you what's going right, what's going wrong, what needs immediate attention, what potentially can make it a lot more money, and you can just take this and utilize it yourself or give it to your marketing team and get them to implement the changes for you. The easiest way to get that is go to www.AwarenessStrategies.com/scaleology Summary: International bestselling author, Michelle Nedelec is an expert in Entrepreneurialism and the founder of Awareness Strategies. She’s run her own series of companies for over 22 years and for over 15 years has been helping Sales reps, Entrepreneurs, and Executives to continually double their profits and revenues. She teaches the key components of scaling a business: Strategy, Systems, Support, and State of Mind so you know how to continually elevate all four components to build a healthy thriving business. For the past 6 years, she’s been focusing on helping entrepreneurs bring their businesses online from conceptualization to Done For You IT automation. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:12 Michelle’s ideal Client: My ideal client is somebody that's been around, we call them 'five cube'; so, they at least have 5 employees, they are making around 5 million in revenue and they've been around for 5 years. Those companies usually get to the point where they've got of what we call 'Frankeinware software' in their systems. So, they got this little piece offer that does that, and this one that does that...and they put it all together and they hope that works. Somebody does an update and one of them fails, you don't know why or where and they're just not efficient anymore. It's time to come in and do an over halt and make things right so that they can automate their business and the marketing. 2:14 Problem Michelle helps solve: It's lack of automation. When we go into a company and we say "how do you do that" and they say manually, will tell them that's not good anymore. It might have worked in the 60s, might have worked in the 70s, you'd probably pushing it in the 80s but in 2020 and beyond year, you have got to start looking at automating. So, what we do is help the system the systems integrate so that your employees become more efficient and they're getting the work done faster. 3:02 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Michelle: Well, we basically slay their 'tech demons'; if somebody has this 'terror' and they go "oh, I just have to do this on a computer but I'm going to postponed, I'm going to take care of that later" because some people are actually terrified. They don't want to break their systems, they don't know what's going on with it, and they don't want to look inside the box because something might break. Those people we help the most because we go in and we help them and show them, and bring some relief to them so that they know what they're doing in essence. And if it's a done for, we program and we just take it over and make it work. Then they go "oh, thank God!" they feel stress relief, they feel refresh, they can go on and do their thing that is their jam. This is what we deal with and sometimes it's absolute frustration. People who hate making support calls and when soon somebody starts talking in acronyms to them, and they're like "uuh I have no idea what you're saying, I don't know what you're asking." 4:36 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Michelle and her solution: Often times when try to do it on their own, they're either using a system that under functions what they needed to do in order to make things work, or they'll get the right software but they're underutilizing it or they're...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why you need to set all things in automation How to face your 'tech demons' Know something about the CRM product called "Keap Max Classic"
Related Links and Resources: Michelle is giving a cool offer to all listeners; a program which will do web audit for your site. It gives you what's going right, what's going wrong, what needs immediate attention, what potentially can make it a lot more money, and you can just take this and utilize it yourself or give it to your marketing team and get them to implement the changes for you. The easiest way to get that is go to www.AwarenessStrategies.com/scaleology Summary: International bestselling author, Michelle Nedelec is an expert in Entrepreneurialism and the founder of Awareness Strategies. She’s run her own series of companies for over 22 years and for over 15 years has been helping Sales reps, Entrepreneurs, and Executives to continually double their profits and revenues. She teaches the key components of scaling a business: Strategy, Systems, Support, and State of Mind so you know how to continually elevate all four components to build a healthy thriving business. For the past 6 years, she’s been focusing on helping entrepreneurs bring their businesses online from conceptualization to Done For You IT automation. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:12 Michelle’s ideal Client: My ideal client is somebody that's been around, we call them 'five cube'; so, they at least have 5 employees, they are making around 5 million in revenue and they've been around for 5 years. Those companies usually get to the point where they've got of what we call 'Frankeinware software' in their systems. So, they got this little piece offer that does that, and this one that does that...and they put it all together and they hope that works. Somebody does an update and one of them fails, you don't know why or where and they're just not efficient anymore. It's time to come in and do an over halt and make things right so that they can automate their business and the marketing. 2:14 Problem Michelle helps solve: It's lack of automation. When we go into a company and we say "how do you do that" and they say manually, will tell them that's not good anymore. It might have worked in the 60s, might have worked in the 70s, you'd probably pushing it in the 80s but in 2020 and beyond year, you have got to start looking at automating. So, what we do is help the system the systems integrate so that your employees become more efficient and they're getting the work done faster. 3:02 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Michelle: Well, we basically slay their 'tech demons'; if somebody has this 'terror' and they go "oh, I just have to do this on a computer but I'm going to postponed, I'm going to take care of that later" because some people are actually terrified. They don't want to break their systems, they don't know what's going on with it, and they don't want to look inside the box because something might break. Those people we help the most because we go in and we help them and show them, and bring some relief to them so that they know what they're doing in essence. And if it's a done for, we program and we just take it over and make it work. Then they go "oh, thank God!" they feel stress relief, they feel refresh, they can go on and do their thing that is their jam. This is what we deal with and sometimes it's absolute frustration. People who hate making support calls and when soon somebody starts talking in acronyms to them, and they're like "uuh I have no idea what you're saying, I don't know what you're asking." 4:36 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Michelle and her solution: Often times when try to do it on their own, they're either using a system that under functions what they needed to do in order to make things work, or they'll get the right software but they're underutilizing it or they're...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to take a proactive approach in business Avoid the mistake of making 'shortcuts' The importance of just 'asking'
Related Links and Resources:
One of the things I used a lot is I used 'letters'. Of course, there's LinkedIn and such but I also send letter. I write down with my handwriting and send letters to people. You write and send it out to postal and it works wonderful.
Summary: Alex Lyhovez is a web entrepreneur, storyteller, blogger and VP marketing and biz dev at YozmaTech, a hub of top-notch developers from Ukraine that empowers startups worldwide. With over ten years of experience in global markets in the market-tech industry, He helps companies develop and implement marketing strategies and build sales teams engaged with your company or product. Here are the highlights of this episode: 00:57 Alex’s ideal Client: For the sake of our listeners, Yozma is 'initiative' in Hebrew; taking a proactive approach. Alex’s ideal client could be either a start-up of a 1 person that has an idea and has a vision or it's a well-established company with let's say 100 employees that does processes in a smarter way and cost-efficient way.
1:50 Problem Alex helps solve: He helps entrepreneurs or companies, for example the cost of arbitrage of developers. He outsources for them through other companies or other countries. The business where smartsourcing comes. Alex said that it's not just out staffing or taking a person and put him in the right slot. It's taking the process that can save their time, resources, and money.
3:17 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Alex: Alex helps entrepreneurs and company owners having the same symptoms; they have a dream and they take this dream, and they hold it tight with their heart and they say "ok, then now what?". Then they start developing this product, this service, this SaaS, etc. and then they realize the hard truth that nobody will wait for them; the market is not waiting for their fancy schmancy product. They started to face the hard reality that they spent so much money and then one day, realizing that the money is gone, or they just burn it on processes or taking the wrong people along the road or paying them too much or too high because you think they deserve it.
5:22 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Alex and his solution: Alex admits that he’s not a web developer but he’s a great storyteller and a great marketer. And if he will try to learn it, he’ll lose a lot of time. While giving it to someone else who's good at developing but is not a marketer. So, one of the common mistakes he sees is that you think you can learn it to save money, but you're actually losing money. "I will just learn it, I will squash it later. I can teach myself to build a website, I don’t need someone who can build it." And then you really do teach yourself how much money, how much time you invested in this while giving a talent who really knows this and within 2 or 3 days, he'll build a great website rather than one month. Another thing is he thinks that we all have this idea that 'fast, fast, fast'... "let's do it fast, let's go through the market, let's shoot this post…” you work too fast and you're not really thinking about something holding up. You're just doing it like patches on your pants when it has a hole. They are always looking for shortcuts, which Alex says is a very common mistake which he highly recommends to avoid because it will cost you a lot of time.
7:43 Alex’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Alex really appreciates the American culture with its power of networking. He doesn’t see it as a one-sided communication. If you hear what they have to say and ask questions, he believes that people will be willing to help.
9:23 Alex’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): One of the things he uses is writing handwritten letters. Nowadays Alex says people are still accustomed to opening...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to take a proactive approach in business Avoid the mistake of making 'shortcuts' The importance of just 'asking'
Related Links and Resources:
One of the things I used a lot is I used 'letters'. Of course, there's LinkedIn and such but I also send letter. I write down with my handwriting and send letters to people. You write and send it out to postal and it works wonderful.
Summary: Alex Lyhovez is a web entrepreneur, storyteller, blogger and VP marketing and biz dev at YozmaTech, a hub of top-notch developers from Ukraine that empowers startups worldwide. With over ten years of experience in global markets in the market-tech industry, He helps companies develop and implement marketing strategies and build sales teams engaged with your company or product. Here are the highlights of this episode: 00:57 Alex’s ideal Client: For the sake of our listeners, Yozma is 'initiative' in Hebrew; taking a proactive approach. Alex’s ideal client could be either a start-up of a 1 person that has an idea and has a vision or it's a well-established company with let's say 100 employees that does processes in a smarter way and cost-efficient way.
1:50 Problem Alex helps solve: He helps entrepreneurs or companies, for example the cost of arbitrage of developers. He outsources for them through other companies or other countries. The business where smartsourcing comes. Alex said that it's not just out staffing or taking a person and put him in the right slot. It's taking the process that can save their time, resources, and money.
3:17 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Alex: Alex helps entrepreneurs and company owners having the same symptoms; they have a dream and they take this dream, and they hold it tight with their heart and they say "ok, then now what?". Then they start developing this product, this service, this SaaS, etc. and then they realize the hard truth that nobody will wait for them; the market is not waiting for their fancy schmancy product. They started to face the hard reality that they spent so much money and then one day, realizing that the money is gone, or they just burn it on processes or taking the wrong people along the road or paying them too much or too high because you think they deserve it.
5:22 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Alex and his solution: Alex admits that he’s not a web developer but he’s a great storyteller and a great marketer. And if he will try to learn it, he’ll lose a lot of time. While giving it to someone else who's good at developing but is not a marketer. So, one of the common mistakes he sees is that you think you can learn it to save money, but you're actually losing money. "I will just learn it, I will squash it later. I can teach myself to build a website, I don’t need someone who can build it." And then you really do teach yourself how much money, how much time you invested in this while giving a talent who really knows this and within 2 or 3 days, he'll build a great website rather than one month. Another thing is he thinks that we all have this idea that 'fast, fast, fast'... "let's do it fast, let's go through the market, let's shoot this post…” you work too fast and you're not really thinking about something holding up. You're just doing it like patches on your pants when it has a hole. They are always looking for shortcuts, which Alex says is a very common mistake which he highly recommends to avoid because it will cost you a lot of time.
7:43 Alex’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Alex really appreciates the American culture with its power of networking. He doesn’t see it as a one-sided communication. If you hear what they have to say and ask questions, he believes that people will be willing to help.
9:23 Alex’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): One of the things he uses is writing handwritten letters. Nowadays Alex says people are still accustomed to opening...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How skills and confidence are important to marketing Why writing is a skill not a talent Importance of mapping your copy out first
Related Links and Resources: It follows on from these ideas of structure and mapping. It's a copywriting framework and in my guide, it's called 'Smart business owners guide to copywriting'. If you go to my website www.copywritematters.com and there's a LEARN button and you'll see 'free guide for business owners' and it's a free download and it actually goes through my 'go-to' copywriting framework which gives structure to the PAS (Pain-Agitate-Solve). Summary: Belinda Weaver helps people write copy that makes them money. Whether it's teaching copywriters how to run successful businesses or business owners how to write more effective copy Belinda has courses, coaching and mentoring that builds skills and confidence. But she wasn't always a copywriter. Belinda worked as a computer programmer, then in marketing before discovering copywriting was her jam. Since then, her business - Copywrite Matters - has not only survived but grown while she's moved between Australia, England and the USA, and had two kids. She cohosts the popular copywriting podcast, Hot Copy with Kate Toon and is regularly featured in the media such as Copyblogger, Business Insider, Amy Porterfield's pod and The Copywriter Club. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:26 Belinda’s ideal Client: In copywrite matters, I serve writers of copy. And as you read out, part of that group is inspiring a copywriter. But I also help entrepreneurs and business owners who write their own copy for their business. Basically, the true line is writers of copy. They write it for themselves or others every day. People who love to write, they love marketing and they love to learn. 2:56 Problem Belinda helps solve: The two main challenges around copywriting are skills and confidence. For business owners and entrepreneurs, writing a copy is often done out of necessity. It's not financially or feasible to outsource every single piece of copy a business need. A business needs a copy every single day. And a lot of the time that falls to the business for all members of the team. Part of that is because, as I said, it's not feasible to outsource but also a part of it is that the business owner and the management team knows the business, they know the customers, they know the brand really well. And there can be some uncertainty about handing over the message and handing over the control of that. It's skills and confidence and that's something I help with. Because there's also a big disconnect that happens when we sit down to write, and it's something quite amazing that happens to everyone even me as a professional copywriter. Our high school English teacher gets in our mind with their red pen and starts judging us. And the results are, a business owner writing a copy that's not very good because they don't really know what to say. And a business owner writing copy that doesn't sound like them because they kind of editing and judging themselves as they write. But in those two areas; skills and confidence can really bring a lot of structure and passion to their marketing. 4:45Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Belinda: It often shows up as procrastination, leaving writing the copy for the marketing. Leaving the email, leaving the social post, leaving that new flyer until the very last minute, until absolutely it must be done. It shows up as it taking a long time to write which is often why we leave it at the last minute. We are going to open up the Word document, we stare at that, rather mean judgmental cursor for a long time because we don't know what to say. It shows up as our marketing ending up being a string of consciousness; there's no structure, there's no purpose to our message. And something I've already mentioned, our copy ends up super dry and formal because we're wo...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How skills and confidence are important to marketing Why writing is a skill not a talent Importance of mapping your copy out first
Related Links and Resources: It follows on from these ideas of structure and mapping. It's a copywriting framework and in my guide, it's called 'Smart business owners guide to copywriting'. If you go to my website www.copywritematters.com and there's a LEARN button and you'll see 'free guide for business owners' and it's a free download and it actually goes through my 'go-to' copywriting framework which gives structure to the PAS (Pain-Agitate-Solve). Summary: Belinda Weaver helps people write copy that makes them money. Whether it's teaching copywriters how to run successful businesses or business owners how to write more effective copy Belinda has courses, coaching and mentoring that builds skills and confidence. But she wasn't always a copywriter. Belinda worked as a computer programmer, then in marketing before discovering copywriting was her jam. Since then, her business - Copywrite Matters - has not only survived but grown while she's moved between Australia, England and the USA, and had two kids. She cohosts the popular copywriting podcast, Hot Copy with Kate Toon and is regularly featured in the media such as Copyblogger, Business Insider, Amy Porterfield's pod and The Copywriter Club. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:26 Belinda’s ideal Client: In copywrite matters, I serve writers of copy. And as you read out, part of that group is inspiring a copywriter. But I also help entrepreneurs and business owners who write their own copy for their business. Basically, the true line is writers of copy. They write it for themselves or others every day. People who love to write, they love marketing and they love to learn. 2:56 Problem Belinda helps solve: The two main challenges around copywriting are skills and confidence. For business owners and entrepreneurs, writing a copy is often done out of necessity. It's not financially or feasible to outsource every single piece of copy a business need. A business needs a copy every single day. And a lot of the time that falls to the business for all members of the team. Part of that is because, as I said, it's not feasible to outsource but also a part of it is that the business owner and the management team knows the business, they know the customers, they know the brand really well. And there can be some uncertainty about handing over the message and handing over the control of that. It's skills and confidence and that's something I help with. Because there's also a big disconnect that happens when we sit down to write, and it's something quite amazing that happens to everyone even me as a professional copywriter. Our high school English teacher gets in our mind with their red pen and starts judging us. And the results are, a business owner writing a copy that's not very good because they don't really know what to say. And a business owner writing copy that doesn't sound like them because they kind of editing and judging themselves as they write. But in those two areas; skills and confidence can really bring a lot of structure and passion to their marketing. 4:45Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Belinda: It often shows up as procrastination, leaving writing the copy for the marketing. Leaving the email, leaving the social post, leaving that new flyer until the very last minute, until absolutely it must be done. It shows up as it taking a long time to write which is often why we leave it at the last minute. We are going to open up the Word document, we stare at that, rather mean judgmental cursor for a long time because we don't know what to say. It shows up as our marketing ending up being a string of consciousness; there's no structure, there's no purpose to our message. And something I've already mentioned, our copy ends up super dry and formal because we're wo...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How employees' experience is important to customer service Mapping out a customer journey Difference between customer experience and service
Related Links and Resources: I would recommend www.doingcxright.com where there's ton of blog articles, they're all 'how to' tips, every single one of them. There's podcast shows there that you'll find. There's a book 'Customer Experience 2' which I was a part of the book with 24 authors that you'll really understand from a lot of different views about doing it right. They can access it there. Summary: Imagine always having amazing customer and employee experiences. That's Stacy Sherman's mission. She's a business leader, mentor, Author, Forbes Writer. Blogger Podcaster about DOING Customer and Employee Experience Right as a brand differentiator. Stacy is literally walking the talk.. By Day, she is the Director of CX & employee engagement at a large corporation and By night, she's helping people learn and apply CX best practices to gain loyalty and real results You can learn about her Heart & Science™️ approach at www.DoingCXRight.com Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:32 Stacy’s ideal Client: It is business growth entrepreneurs and midsize corporate leaders; it is everybody in business. Because we all have the opportunity to create amazing experiences for customers, for consumers, which we all are as well. We're all buying products and services. So, it impacts us in many ways. 2:06 Problem Stacy helps solve: Frustration; people are having such frustration and they're losing patience too. To be able to get what they want to do. It's not simple, it's not easy. And so, it doesn't have to be that way. Doing customer experience right which involves employees. When employees have good experiences, they pay it forward to the customer. We don't need to be frustrated at all. 3:08 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Stacy: If anyone is really not sure why their customers are either leaving or they're posting on social media bad reviews, that's where I come in. It's really to understand what is it you're doing or not doing and that's where I can really advise. And there's a whole methodical way of doing that. That's what I do by day in how I can help others understand the best practices to measure and do something with those insights. 4:04 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Stacy and her solution: They do exactly that, they try to solve it from the inside of the company view themselves instead of talking to the customer and asking the customer what do they need and what do they want. So, it's important to map out a customer journey, walk-in the customer's shoes. Design what the experience would be and then go validate it with a real customer, so you'll understand the gaps. 4:48 Stacy’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I recommend reading a lot about customer experience. Connect with people like me who are advisors on how to do it right. There's a 'crawl, walk, run' approach which is my belief. You just have to start; you don't have to worry about all these methodical ways of doing it. Sometimes you it's just get the basics right. Get really smart, and there's actually University courses now that are offering certification. I highly encourage it and if anybody wants to know about that, I can share. It's really a good way to get those actionable things that you can do. 5:49 Stacy’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I would recommend doingcxright.com where there's ton of blog articles, they're all 'how to' tips, every single one of them. There's podcast shows there that you'll find. There's a book 'Customer Experience 2' which I was a part of the book with 24 authors that you'll really understand from a lot of different views about doing it right. They can access it there. 6:39 Is customer experiences the same as customer service? The answer is NO, they answer is absolutely not.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How employees' experience is important to customer service Mapping out a customer journey Difference between customer experience and service
Related Links and Resources: I would recommend www.doingcxright.com where there's ton of blog articles, they're all 'how to' tips, every single one of them. There's podcast shows there that you'll find. There's a book 'Customer Experience 2' which I was a part of the book with 24 authors that you'll really understand from a lot of different views about doing it right. They can access it there. Summary: Imagine always having amazing customer and employee experiences. That's Stacy Sherman's mission. She's a business leader, mentor, Author, Forbes Writer. Blogger Podcaster about DOING Customer and Employee Experience Right as a brand differentiator. Stacy is literally walking the talk.. By Day, she is the Director of CX & employee engagement at a large corporation and By night, she's helping people learn and apply CX best practices to gain loyalty and real results You can learn about her Heart & Science™️ approach at www.DoingCXRight.com Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:32 Stacy’s ideal Client: It is business growth entrepreneurs and midsize corporate leaders; it is everybody in business. Because we all have the opportunity to create amazing experiences for customers, for consumers, which we all are as well. We're all buying products and services. So, it impacts us in many ways. 2:06 Problem Stacy helps solve: Frustration; people are having such frustration and they're losing patience too. To be able to get what they want to do. It's not simple, it's not easy. And so, it doesn't have to be that way. Doing customer experience right which involves employees. When employees have good experiences, they pay it forward to the customer. We don't need to be frustrated at all. 3:08 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Stacy: If anyone is really not sure why their customers are either leaving or they're posting on social media bad reviews, that's where I come in. It's really to understand what is it you're doing or not doing and that's where I can really advise. And there's a whole methodical way of doing that. That's what I do by day in how I can help others understand the best practices to measure and do something with those insights. 4:04 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Stacy and her solution: They do exactly that, they try to solve it from the inside of the company view themselves instead of talking to the customer and asking the customer what do they need and what do they want. So, it's important to map out a customer journey, walk-in the customer's shoes. Design what the experience would be and then go validate it with a real customer, so you'll understand the gaps. 4:48 Stacy’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I recommend reading a lot about customer experience. Connect with people like me who are advisors on how to do it right. There's a 'crawl, walk, run' approach which is my belief. You just have to start; you don't have to worry about all these methodical ways of doing it. Sometimes you it's just get the basics right. Get really smart, and there's actually University courses now that are offering certification. I highly encourage it and if anybody wants to know about that, I can share. It's really a good way to get those actionable things that you can do. 5:49 Stacy’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I would recommend doingcxright.com where there's ton of blog articles, they're all 'how to' tips, every single one of them. There's podcast shows there that you'll find. There's a book 'Customer Experience 2' which I was a part of the book with 24 authors that you'll really understand from a lot of different views about doing it right. They can access it there. 6:39 Is customer experiences the same as customer service? The answer is NO, they answer is absolutely not.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to tell a better story and not 'push' information Knowing if you are under 'friendzone at work' Why story needs an 'emotional hook'
Related Links and Resources: The free gift is my eBook "Better Selling Through Storytelling" where I share all my top storytelling tips to help everybody become a 'black belt' in storytelling. And the website, you can go to www.johnlivesay.com/freepdf and you'll get it right away. On your phone, you can text the word 'pitch' to 66866 and type in the word pitch and you can get it that way as well if you don't like to go to URLs. Summary: John Livesay, aka The Pitch Whisperer, is a sales keynote speaker where he shows companies’ sales teams how to turn mundane case studies into compelling case stories so they win more new business. From John’s award-winning career at Conde Nast, he shares the lessons he learned that turns sales teams into revenue rock stars. His TEDx talk: Be The Lifeguard of Your Own Life has over 1,000,000 views. Clients love working with John because of his ongoing support after his talk which includes implementing the storytelling skills from his best-selling book and online course “Better Selling Through Storytelling. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:36 John’s ideal Client: My ideal client is anybody who has to pitch against competitors to win new business. It could be a small law firm, financial company, could be a big tech healthcare company, we all have to sell ourselves all the time, but typically it's a company that has 20 or more sales teams. People on their team that they need them to start winning when they're competing against competition. And the problem is, they're not telling stories, they're pushing out information. 2:25 Problem John helps solve: The biggest problem is, they believe that everybody has to 'get-to-know, like and trust them' before they buy. So, that belief causes a behavior of pushing out information, "you want me and my company now to buy?" and the problem is, people buy emotionally and then back it up with logic. And the (sales) rep are pushing out information. That is the problem I solve. How to figure out how to tell something that pulls you in as opposed to pushing out. 3:16 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: A lot of them say "urgh, I'm just so tired of coming in second place" or "I wish I didn't have to feel so pushy? or "this whole process is not feeling good; I don't know what I'm doing wrong, what the missing link is, and people are forgetting what I say after I hang up." 4:05 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: Well, the biggest problem is, they get stuck in what I called the 'friendzone at work' where they get all excited and tell their boss "oh, someone said they're interested it means someone is going to buy, right? They asked me to send them some stuffs" and almost everyone that I ever talked to at any industry goes "urgh, I've been there." And the problem is, just because someone says they're interested doesn't mean they're ready to buy. You haven't 'intrigue' them enough, you haven't target those 'heart-strings' to get people to open their 'purse' strings. 4:52 John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing that you can do to improve your game if you will, is to learn how to tell a better story. Because whoever tells the best story, is the one that gets the sale. I literally would say now 'the sale is in the TALE'. And if you can learn to become a better storyteller, people would want to take your calls, people remember what you said, they then become your brand ambassadors because they can repeat the story. Nobody repeats a bunch of information. So, the biggest thing that you can do is realize that a story needs to have an 'emotional hook' and when you start looking at the stories you remember or that you like, and start putting yourself in a story as the ‘sherpa’ not t...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to tell a better story and not 'push' information Knowing if you are under 'friendzone at work' Why story needs an 'emotional hook'
Related Links and Resources: The free gift is my eBook "Better Selling Through Storytelling" where I share all my top storytelling tips to help everybody become a 'black belt' in storytelling. And the website, you can go to www.johnlivesay.com/freepdf and you'll get it right away. On your phone, you can text the word 'pitch' to 66866 and type in the word pitch and you can get it that way as well if you don't like to go to URLs. Summary: John Livesay, aka The Pitch Whisperer, is a sales keynote speaker where he shows companies’ sales teams how to turn mundane case studies into compelling case stories so they win more new business. From John’s award-winning career at Conde Nast, he shares the lessons he learned that turns sales teams into revenue rock stars. His TEDx talk: Be The Lifeguard of Your Own Life has over 1,000,000 views. Clients love working with John because of his ongoing support after his talk which includes implementing the storytelling skills from his best-selling book and online course “Better Selling Through Storytelling. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:36 John’s ideal Client: My ideal client is anybody who has to pitch against competitors to win new business. It could be a small law firm, financial company, could be a big tech healthcare company, we all have to sell ourselves all the time, but typically it's a company that has 20 or more sales teams. People on their team that they need them to start winning when they're competing against competition. And the problem is, they're not telling stories, they're pushing out information. 2:25 Problem John helps solve: The biggest problem is, they believe that everybody has to 'get-to-know, like and trust them' before they buy. So, that belief causes a behavior of pushing out information, "you want me and my company now to buy?" and the problem is, people buy emotionally and then back it up with logic. And the (sales) rep are pushing out information. That is the problem I solve. How to figure out how to tell something that pulls you in as opposed to pushing out. 3:16 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: A lot of them say "urgh, I'm just so tired of coming in second place" or "I wish I didn't have to feel so pushy? or "this whole process is not feeling good; I don't know what I'm doing wrong, what the missing link is, and people are forgetting what I say after I hang up." 4:05 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: Well, the biggest problem is, they get stuck in what I called the 'friendzone at work' where they get all excited and tell their boss "oh, someone said they're interested it means someone is going to buy, right? They asked me to send them some stuffs" and almost everyone that I ever talked to at any industry goes "urgh, I've been there." And the problem is, just because someone says they're interested doesn't mean they're ready to buy. You haven't 'intrigue' them enough, you haven't target those 'heart-strings' to get people to open their 'purse' strings. 4:52 John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing that you can do to improve your game if you will, is to learn how to tell a better story. Because whoever tells the best story, is the one that gets the sale. I literally would say now 'the sale is in the TALE'. And if you can learn to become a better storyteller, people would want to take your calls, people remember what you said, they then become your brand ambassadors because they can repeat the story. Nobody repeats a bunch of information. So, the biggest thing that you can do is realize that a story needs to have an 'emotional hook' and when you start looking at the stories you remember or that you like, and start putting yourself in a story as the ‘sherpa’ not t...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How disengagement has an enormous cost to it Why vulnerability and authenticity are important Don't tell - ASK
Related Links and Resources: On my website www.blainebartlett.com, that landing page or home page has got a free book, 'Tapping into the Soul of Business'. It's an eBook, it's an easy read of around 35-40 pages. So, my Mastermind program is a 52-week long program but what I wanted to do is to make two months of it available in written form, it's not the mastermind itself. The book that is associated with that, you can get two chapters on it that actually speaks to two months’ worth of practices. And you can find that on www.learn.blainebartlett.com/lmmgift Summary: Blaine Bartlett is President and CEO of Avatar Resources. He founded the firm in 1987 and since then has led the company in developing a footprint that is truly global. His firm develops and delivers high-impact solutions for every type of organization, anywhere in the world. They have established and maintain an impressive global network of specialized affiliates with one aim in mind – to help businesses achieve their dreams, one employee at a time. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:24 Blaine’s ideal Client: I love that question; because for me, it's actually morph. It started out with large enterprises. I'd work with some of the largest organizations, me and my company, some of the largest companies in the planet. Mostly that focus has been initially on 'how do you implement a strategic client' or 'strategic initiatives'. Big shifts, big directional juxtaposition from what it was. How do you get people on board? Kind of like rolling up against the queen Mary and kicking it in a bow saying 'turn, turn, turn'. It's an interesting preposition. Where we at today, is really focusing more on the small to midsize companies. My ideal is an organization that've gotten right around between 100-300 people. And I say that selfishly because I can see movement at that point in time, with that size of an organization. And there's a reason for that; 80% of the world's economy is driven by these small to midsize companies. And the big enterprise are the ones getting all the press. But the ones that really make a difference are these small to midsize organization. And having them actually percolating well (running well) is what I like to be working towards and what I'm actually directing my company to work closely today. 3:03 Problem Blaine helps solve: I will reference Gallop on this. Gallop is an annual poll employee engagement and the needle has not move for at least 25 years of I'm aware of that poll being done. And what is shows consistently which is globally is that between 85-87% of employees worldwide are disengaged from the work that they're doing. Now, they show up, they go through the motions, but that disengagement has had an enormous cost to it. And this is one of the reasons why small start-up organizations (5-20 people) that's not so much an issue, but you start getting into a 'larger than a 2 pizza' organization, I'm quoting Jeff Bezos here. People started to become disconnected from the organization's mission, from its founding purpose and soul. That problem has a cost, and that's what we solve; that's actually what we work towards making possible is high-level of 'emotional engagement' in what the organization is trying to make it happen. 4:30Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Blaine: Symptomatically, what tends to appear is people waiting to be told what to do. That's probably the most glaring example. People are highly creative, they're innovative. The human spirit seeks to express and it seeks to grow but that doesn't seem to be the case in many organizations. And that's that higher hierarchical structure. Reporting relationships - "don't move until I tell you that you can move"... "I'm the boss" and it's a mindset! "I'm the boss and I'm supposed to let you know...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How disengagement has an enormous cost to it Why vulnerability and authenticity are important Don't tell - ASK
Related Links and Resources: On my website www.blainebartlett.com, that landing page or home page has got a free book, 'Tapping into the Soul of Business'. It's an eBook, it's an easy read of around 35-40 pages. So, my Mastermind program is a 52-week long program but what I wanted to do is to make two months of it available in written form, it's not the mastermind itself. The book that is associated with that, you can get two chapters on it that actually speaks to two months’ worth of practices. And you can find that on www.learn.blainebartlett.com/lmmgift Summary: Blaine Bartlett is President and CEO of Avatar Resources. He founded the firm in 1987 and since then has led the company in developing a footprint that is truly global. His firm develops and delivers high-impact solutions for every type of organization, anywhere in the world. They have established and maintain an impressive global network of specialized affiliates with one aim in mind – to help businesses achieve their dreams, one employee at a time. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:24 Blaine’s ideal Client: I love that question; because for me, it's actually morph. It started out with large enterprises. I'd work with some of the largest organizations, me and my company, some of the largest companies in the planet. Mostly that focus has been initially on 'how do you implement a strategic client' or 'strategic initiatives'. Big shifts, big directional juxtaposition from what it was. How do you get people on board? Kind of like rolling up against the queen Mary and kicking it in a bow saying 'turn, turn, turn'. It's an interesting preposition. Where we at today, is really focusing more on the small to midsize companies. My ideal is an organization that've gotten right around between 100-300 people. And I say that selfishly because I can see movement at that point in time, with that size of an organization. And there's a reason for that; 80% of the world's economy is driven by these small to midsize companies. And the big enterprise are the ones getting all the press. But the ones that really make a difference are these small to midsize organization. And having them actually percolating well (running well) is what I like to be working towards and what I'm actually directing my company to work closely today. 3:03 Problem Blaine helps solve: I will reference Gallop on this. Gallop is an annual poll employee engagement and the needle has not move for at least 25 years of I'm aware of that poll being done. And what is shows consistently which is globally is that between 85-87% of employees worldwide are disengaged from the work that they're doing. Now, they show up, they go through the motions, but that disengagement has had an enormous cost to it. And this is one of the reasons why small start-up organizations (5-20 people) that's not so much an issue, but you start getting into a 'larger than a 2 pizza' organization, I'm quoting Jeff Bezos here. People started to become disconnected from the organization's mission, from its founding purpose and soul. That problem has a cost, and that's what we solve; that's actually what we work towards making possible is high-level of 'emotional engagement' in what the organization is trying to make it happen. 4:30Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Blaine: Symptomatically, what tends to appear is people waiting to be told what to do. That's probably the most glaring example. People are highly creative, they're innovative. The human spirit seeks to express and it seeks to grow but that doesn't seem to be the case in many organizations. And that's that higher hierarchical structure. Reporting relationships - "don't move until I tell you that you can move"... "I'm the boss" and it's a mindset! "I'm the boss and I'm supposed to let you know...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to reach your fullest potential in your business Think about delegation, marketing, and sales Managing your business growth
Related Links and Resources: I ended up writing a full guide where it leads you not only on the conceptional part and the strategy behind it, it also gives you step by step on how to actually do it. And literally start by taking the next few days and write down everything you do and then start figuring out what are the things that you're going to be delegating. And we also share the 5 steps of the proper delegation. The way to get it is our main website, it's www.ptexgroup.com/delegation Summary: Meny Hoffman is the CEO of Ptex Group, an award-winning branding, and marketing agency headquartered in Brooklyn, NY. A lifelong entrepreneur passionate about creating winning strategies that help growing businesses flourish, Meny has been successfully helping brands grow and thrive since 2001. He is the founder of the Let’s Talk Business (LTB) platform, a movement to provide entrepreneurs with powerful tools needed to learn, grow and lead. Meny is a popular speaker who shares his strategies at regional corporations and conferences. He is a proud husband and a lucky father of eight. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:30 Meny’s ideal Client: Our ideal client is we help growing businesses flourish. Which means you have a proof of concept, you are committed to what you're doing but you're looking to go to the next level. We're there to support you. 1:57 Problem Meny helps solve: We're looking at clients that have a power and also have a product that they want to bring in the market or it's already in the market but they're not maximizing the potential. They're coming to us and maybe they need to clarify their communication, their messaging, and ultimately their branding and marketing. And they're looking to get that out so that they can help more people and make the world a better place. 2:38 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Meny: There're so many good people out there with great products and services, but they're not reaching their fullest potential. And the goal is, you got to at one point reach out to people that have done it and have worked with other companies to figure out "what is my next step if I really want to move the needle forward?" either internally in my company or externally in the marketing, branding, so on and so forth. You reach out; because when you reach out, sometimes you get some thinking out of the box and you want to get their perspective. Because sometimes you can be so in it, and working in it versus working on it. 3:43 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Meny and his solution: First of all, you got to know that you could stay a solo entrepreneur, which means is that you have limitations not only in time which is the most important thing that we have which were limited, but more importantly in skills. And when you're not surrounding yourself with other people that could actually help you and support you in what you need to do, then you're missing out. So, think about delegation, think about marketing, think about sales. You might be the best inventor but if you don't have sales skills and you don't have sales personnel that will help you out, it's not going anywhere. And this you could apply what I've just said to every part of your business. It could be in finance; you could have the greatest product in building the greatest company but if nobody in the company is really focused on financing, margins, and so on and so forth, you might find out that it's a great hobby if you're not making money. 4:57 Meny’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): When speaking about delegation, just continuing on this topic, I've coached hundreds of CEO's or C-level executives within companies, within different programs, and the likes of business, or leader's forums and conferences.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to reach your fullest potential in your business Think about delegation, marketing, and sales Managing your business growth
Related Links and Resources: I ended up writing a full guide where it leads you not only on the conceptional part and the strategy behind it, it also gives you step by step on how to actually do it. And literally start by taking the next few days and write down everything you do and then start figuring out what are the things that you're going to be delegating. And we also share the 5 steps of the proper delegation. The way to get it is our main website, it's www.ptexgroup.com/delegation Summary: Meny Hoffman is the CEO of Ptex Group, an award-winning branding, and marketing agency headquartered in Brooklyn, NY. A lifelong entrepreneur passionate about creating winning strategies that help growing businesses flourish, Meny has been successfully helping brands grow and thrive since 2001. He is the founder of the Let’s Talk Business (LTB) platform, a movement to provide entrepreneurs with powerful tools needed to learn, grow and lead. Meny is a popular speaker who shares his strategies at regional corporations and conferences. He is a proud husband and a lucky father of eight. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:30 Meny’s ideal Client: Our ideal client is we help growing businesses flourish. Which means you have a proof of concept, you are committed to what you're doing but you're looking to go to the next level. We're there to support you. 1:57 Problem Meny helps solve: We're looking at clients that have a power and also have a product that they want to bring in the market or it's already in the market but they're not maximizing the potential. They're coming to us and maybe they need to clarify their communication, their messaging, and ultimately their branding and marketing. And they're looking to get that out so that they can help more people and make the world a better place. 2:38 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Meny: There're so many good people out there with great products and services, but they're not reaching their fullest potential. And the goal is, you got to at one point reach out to people that have done it and have worked with other companies to figure out "what is my next step if I really want to move the needle forward?" either internally in my company or externally in the marketing, branding, so on and so forth. You reach out; because when you reach out, sometimes you get some thinking out of the box and you want to get their perspective. Because sometimes you can be so in it, and working in it versus working on it. 3:43 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Meny and his solution: First of all, you got to know that you could stay a solo entrepreneur, which means is that you have limitations not only in time which is the most important thing that we have which were limited, but more importantly in skills. And when you're not surrounding yourself with other people that could actually help you and support you in what you need to do, then you're missing out. So, think about delegation, think about marketing, think about sales. You might be the best inventor but if you don't have sales skills and you don't have sales personnel that will help you out, it's not going anywhere. And this you could apply what I've just said to every part of your business. It could be in finance; you could have the greatest product in building the greatest company but if nobody in the company is really focused on financing, margins, and so on and so forth, you might find out that it's a great hobby if you're not making money. 4:57 Meny’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): When speaking about delegation, just continuing on this topic, I've coached hundreds of CEO's or C-level executives within companies, within different programs, and the likes of business, or leader's forums and conferences.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to turn NO from being an obstacle into an asset Why avoiding rejection is a big mistake How setting a 'NO goal' is better than a YES
Related Links and Resources:
It's really easy to find, it's at www.goforno.com and you scroll down and about half the way down there's a little red badge that says "take the N-Q assessment" (No Quotient Quiz) because the first place to really start is to figure out where are you in your relationship to your mindset about failure, rejection, hearing the word No's
Summary:
Everyone loves the word YES. For most people, NO is just the opposite. Frustrating. Depressing. A small two-letter word that has the power to literally stop people dead in their tracks. What if you could completely change the way you think about NO? Our guest believes that you can…
Andrea Waltz is the founder of Courage Crafters AND co-author of the best-selling book "Go for No!". She teaches salespeople and business owners of every shape and size how to reprogram the way you think and feel about the word NO to achieve your goals and dreams Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:20 Andrea’s ideal Client: My ideal client is anyone who has to go out and sell a product, service, or idea for a living. Now I know that sounds like everybody because everybody sells but that is really true. It's anybody who has to face rejection, anybody who has a fear of rejection and especially the people that manage those people. Sales Managers typically, VP of Sales where they're leading a salesforce and again, people have to face rejection. 2:05 Problem Andrea helps solve: Right, it's not avoiding the word 'NO'. The problem we solve is helping people turn the word NO and really change it from being an obstacle into an asset. And I'm not kidding when I say that, like literally figuring out a way to help people reprogram the way they think about rejection and also feel about rejection so that it no longer stops them. So, when you get rejected and you get a no, instead of being depressed and slowing down and not being productive. you'll actually feel motivated, inspired and you keep going. It's a huge problem and that's what we focus on solving. 3:03 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Andrea: It's a great question because there are some really clear signs that rejection affects people and their business and in their life. The big one is procrastination; they know they have to call and reach out to prospects for their product or service, but they don't. They get rejected, they get a few No's, they slowdown, they want to give up. They have anxiety, they have nervousness, fear of looking pushy or aggressive as a salesperson. They fear of coming across as 'salesy salesperson'. All of those kinds of fears, anxiety, physically and all of those thoughts are big signs that rejection is affecting you. 4:06 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Andrea and her solution: Well typically people think the way to solve a fear of rejection is to do everything within their power to avoid getting rejected. So, they stop putting themselves in positions where they're going to be rejected. They do everything they can to avoid hearing the word 'no' and the irony is that it's the worst thing that you can do. That's the biggest mistake that you can make is to avoid rejection. 4:48 Andrea’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I know it sounds counterintuitive but we teach people to 'go for NO'; so, I'm going to encourage everybody listening to this, instead of setting a goal for the number of YESES you want to get in a given day, I mean that's how we sell for a living. Set a number of NO's that you're going to get - set a NO GOAL. Go out and actually see how many NO's you can get on a given day, week, or month. And you'll be amazed to find that with those NO's, you will also put yourself in a position to get a lot more YESES.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to turn NO from being an obstacle into an asset Why avoiding rejection is a big mistake How setting a 'NO goal' is better than a YES
Related Links and Resources:
It's really easy to find, it's at www.goforno.com and you scroll down and about half the way down there's a little red badge that says "take the N-Q assessment" (No Quotient Quiz) because the first place to really start is to figure out where are you in your relationship to your mindset about failure, rejection, hearing the word No's
Summary:
Everyone loves the word YES. For most people, NO is just the opposite. Frustrating. Depressing. A small two-letter word that has the power to literally stop people dead in their tracks. What if you could completely change the way you think about NO? Our guest believes that you can…
Andrea Waltz is the founder of Courage Crafters AND co-author of the best-selling book "Go for No!". She teaches salespeople and business owners of every shape and size how to reprogram the way you think and feel about the word NO to achieve your goals and dreams Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:20 Andrea’s ideal Client: My ideal client is anyone who has to go out and sell a product, service, or idea for a living. Now I know that sounds like everybody because everybody sells but that is really true. It's anybody who has to face rejection, anybody who has a fear of rejection and especially the people that manage those people. Sales Managers typically, VP of Sales where they're leading a salesforce and again, people have to face rejection. 2:05 Problem Andrea helps solve: Right, it's not avoiding the word 'NO'. The problem we solve is helping people turn the word NO and really change it from being an obstacle into an asset. And I'm not kidding when I say that, like literally figuring out a way to help people reprogram the way they think about rejection and also feel about rejection so that it no longer stops them. So, when you get rejected and you get a no, instead of being depressed and slowing down and not being productive. you'll actually feel motivated, inspired and you keep going. It's a huge problem and that's what we focus on solving. 3:03 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Andrea: It's a great question because there are some really clear signs that rejection affects people and their business and in their life. The big one is procrastination; they know they have to call and reach out to prospects for their product or service, but they don't. They get rejected, they get a few No's, they slowdown, they want to give up. They have anxiety, they have nervousness, fear of looking pushy or aggressive as a salesperson. They fear of coming across as 'salesy salesperson'. All of those kinds of fears, anxiety, physically and all of those thoughts are big signs that rejection is affecting you. 4:06 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Andrea and her solution: Well typically people think the way to solve a fear of rejection is to do everything within their power to avoid getting rejected. So, they stop putting themselves in positions where they're going to be rejected. They do everything they can to avoid hearing the word 'no' and the irony is that it's the worst thing that you can do. That's the biggest mistake that you can make is to avoid rejection. 4:48 Andrea’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I know it sounds counterintuitive but we teach people to 'go for NO'; so, I'm going to encourage everybody listening to this, instead of setting a goal for the number of YESES you want to get in a given day, I mean that's how we sell for a living. Set a number of NO's that you're going to get - set a NO GOAL. Go out and actually see how many NO's you can get on a given day, week, or month. And you'll be amazed to find that with those NO's, you will also put yourself in a position to get a lot more YESES.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to deal with 'overwhelming complexity' Knowing when 'trying something different' will work for your business What is 'strategy of conversational relationship marketing’
Related Links and Resources: I have a book called "Conversation Relationship Marketing" which essentially breaks this entire process down. And you can get that for completely FREE; I don't even ask for an optin for that. There's also an audio book version that you can get there. You can go to thinklikeafish.co.uk/sbs and you also see a few other things on that page as a little surprise, as an 80-minute training on how to use pawn chips to grow your business. There's a few other things you can do and listen to B2B Growth Think Tank podcast on there. So many things there to connect with me and I'd love you to come and pick the things that make the most sense to you. Summary: Adam King is "The Captain of The Ship” at Growth Consultancy Think Like a Fish, where he helps established B2B and Professional Service Firms implement a simple, scalable business development system he’s developed from over 18 years in marketing called The Growth Accelerator Ecosystem, that gives them the platform to grow their business from 6 to 7 figures (and beyond). He’s also the Host of The B2B Growth Think Tank, where each week he and his expert guests discuss growth strategies, ideas and insights, as well as helping another business owner on the “Virtual Hotseat” by masterminding actionable solutions to a specific challenge they're currently trying to solve in their business. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:47 Adam’s ideal Client: It's essentially the owners and Directors of firms that sell high ticket, high value, high trust B2B or professional services. And they're generally generating between mid 6-figures to low 7-figures on annual revenue and they're just committed and motivated to implement the system that you described there or a form of system, business development system that will help generate more revenue, less time, lower marketing cost. And to be honest, they're a bit sick and tired of all the hype and false promises and they prefer to work with a partner that actually guarantees' results. 2:42 Problem Adam helps solve: I think the real problem that I solve is 'overwhelming complexity' but I think the people generally think that it isn't their core problem and they generally come to me thinking that they need to be able to full or top their pipeline, they're struggling to generate enough demand that will really help them consistently generate those quality sales opportunities that we all need to grow. So, I give them that clear part. 3:26 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Adam: Well, the most common thing that I hear or maybe hear this in yourself and some of the listeners out there, they come to me saying something along the lines of "look, we're really good in front of prospects and we win clients when we can talk to them but we're just not talking to enough of them to reach our growth goals." And, I get a lot of my clients come to me at some form of crossroad because their business has been successful, it's been established for a number of years and they got an amazing track record or providing a great service, they have the results to prove it and all that kind of thing but they're realizing that what they've done to get them to this point is not enough to get them to the next level. They know they need to do something different but they're just overwhelmed with all the options of how to do it. 4:35 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Adam and his solution: Well, I guess the first thing isn't necessarily a mistake, it's just trying to do what they're already been doing as a sort of reference there, and they built their business on referrals, hard work, hassle, that kind of thing. Maybe one or two sales rain makers in the business.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to deal with 'overwhelming complexity' Knowing when 'trying something different' will work for your business What is 'strategy of conversational relationship marketing’
Related Links and Resources: I have a book called "Conversation Relationship Marketing" which essentially breaks this entire process down. And you can get that for completely FREE; I don't even ask for an optin for that. There's also an audio book version that you can get there. You can go to thinklikeafish.co.uk/sbs and you also see a few other things on that page as a little surprise, as an 80-minute training on how to use pawn chips to grow your business. There's a few other things you can do and listen to B2B Growth Think Tank podcast on there. So many things there to connect with me and I'd love you to come and pick the things that make the most sense to you. Summary: Adam King is "The Captain of The Ship” at Growth Consultancy Think Like a Fish, where he helps established B2B and Professional Service Firms implement a simple, scalable business development system he’s developed from over 18 years in marketing called The Growth Accelerator Ecosystem, that gives them the platform to grow their business from 6 to 7 figures (and beyond). He’s also the Host of The B2B Growth Think Tank, where each week he and his expert guests discuss growth strategies, ideas and insights, as well as helping another business owner on the “Virtual Hotseat” by masterminding actionable solutions to a specific challenge they're currently trying to solve in their business. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:47 Adam’s ideal Client: It's essentially the owners and Directors of firms that sell high ticket, high value, high trust B2B or professional services. And they're generally generating between mid 6-figures to low 7-figures on annual revenue and they're just committed and motivated to implement the system that you described there or a form of system, business development system that will help generate more revenue, less time, lower marketing cost. And to be honest, they're a bit sick and tired of all the hype and false promises and they prefer to work with a partner that actually guarantees' results. 2:42 Problem Adam helps solve: I think the real problem that I solve is 'overwhelming complexity' but I think the people generally think that it isn't their core problem and they generally come to me thinking that they need to be able to full or top their pipeline, they're struggling to generate enough demand that will really help them consistently generate those quality sales opportunities that we all need to grow. So, I give them that clear part. 3:26 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Adam: Well, the most common thing that I hear or maybe hear this in yourself and some of the listeners out there, they come to me saying something along the lines of "look, we're really good in front of prospects and we win clients when we can talk to them but we're just not talking to enough of them to reach our growth goals." And, I get a lot of my clients come to me at some form of crossroad because their business has been successful, it's been established for a number of years and they got an amazing track record or providing a great service, they have the results to prove it and all that kind of thing but they're realizing that what they've done to get them to this point is not enough to get them to the next level. They know they need to do something different but they're just overwhelmed with all the options of how to do it. 4:35 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Adam and his solution: Well, I guess the first thing isn't necessarily a mistake, it's just trying to do what they're already been doing as a sort of reference there, and they built their business on referrals, hard work, hassle, that kind of thing. Maybe one or two sales rain makers in the business.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding out if you are D.U.M.B. Importance of practicing expense control discipline Knowing your valuable proposition and competitive advantage
Related Links and Resources: Inside this resource page we've got an inventory control sheet, there's probably 10 different spreadsheets and I'm just going to give it all away to your listeners Bill. Whatever we got on that resource page and they can have it for free. They can go to https://www.elevatefinancialtraining.com/resource-download or https://bit.ly/3tk5hFp Summary: Mike Milan or "Cash Flow Mike" is the President of Simplex Financials whose mission is to help small business owners overcome financial challenges with a combination of software tools and education. Mike has trained over 10,000 bankers, accountants, and business owners in the art of financial management and was recently named to the Top 100 Tech Innovators and Influencer list by Intercon. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:21 Mike’s ideal Client: Frankly, it's US; it's that small business owner who's looking to build or trying to build a lifestyle friendly business. They're looking for that way to just connect their business with their life. 1:53 Problem Mike helps solve: What you don't know is that I'm also called "Cash Flow Mike" so one of the principle things that I to do is help business owners 'get, keep, and grow their cash.' 2:36 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mike: I built several companies and it's a feeling that you get when you don't know if you'll be able to pay bills, you're struggling to pay your bills. But it's not only just the companies that are struggling, there's a feeling that they get when they're growing, "can I keep up with my growth?". Whether you're successful or not, it's that feeling of being behind. 3:34 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mike and his solution: Actually, my free resource will actually point to some of these but here's what I'm going to tell you. First of all, we take too much out of the business; we're robbing it, we're stripping it of the actual fuel that it needs. Secondly, don't take this the wrong way, but we're 'dumb'; but not dumb as in unintelligent it's D.U.M.B.= we Don't Understand My Business. Those are the two big mistakes that I think we make. 4:25 Mike’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Simply it's practice, expense control discipline. There's one rule to rule them all. If you're going home tonight, if you're going to look at your financial statements, Look at it this way, here's the calculation: the change in operating expense should mere the changing growth profit. What that means is that if you have less money to spend (gross profit), you should spend less money (operating expense). If you have money to spend, spend a little bit more money. 5:17 Mike’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): Here's what I will offer. I have a PDF called "The 10 Things that D.U.M.B. Business Owners Think" it might be you. I've thought of them, especially in my businesses, it doesn't stop there though. Inside this resource page we've got an inventory control sheet, there's probably 10 different spreadsheets and I'm just going to give it all away to your listeners Bill. Whatever we got on that resource page and they can have it for free. They can go to elevatefinancialtraining.com/resource-download 6:24 How do I make more money? How do I get my hands on more cash? There are all sorts of hidden opportunities inside your business but I'm going to tell you the first philosophy about money. First of all, you cannot chase it. I don't care what you do, you do not chase money, you have to attract it. And it goes right back to the core. You start with 'why' you start within your mind, who are you in the market place and there's two things you tell the market. One: you need to have a valuable proposition. That's your promise,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding out if you are D.U.M.B. Importance of practicing expense control discipline Knowing your valuable proposition and competitive advantage
Related Links and Resources: Inside this resource page we've got an inventory control sheet, there's probably 10 different spreadsheets and I'm just going to give it all away to your listeners Bill. Whatever we got on that resource page and they can have it for free. They can go to https://www.elevatefinancialtraining.com/resource-download or https://bit.ly/3tk5hFp Summary: Mike Milan or "Cash Flow Mike" is the President of Simplex Financials whose mission is to help small business owners overcome financial challenges with a combination of software tools and education. Mike has trained over 10,000 bankers, accountants, and business owners in the art of financial management and was recently named to the Top 100 Tech Innovators and Influencer list by Intercon. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:21 Mike’s ideal Client: Frankly, it's US; it's that small business owner who's looking to build or trying to build a lifestyle friendly business. They're looking for that way to just connect their business with their life. 1:53 Problem Mike helps solve: What you don't know is that I'm also called "Cash Flow Mike" so one of the principle things that I to do is help business owners 'get, keep, and grow their cash.' 2:36 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mike: I built several companies and it's a feeling that you get when you don't know if you'll be able to pay bills, you're struggling to pay your bills. But it's not only just the companies that are struggling, there's a feeling that they get when they're growing, "can I keep up with my growth?". Whether you're successful or not, it's that feeling of being behind. 3:34 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mike and his solution: Actually, my free resource will actually point to some of these but here's what I'm going to tell you. First of all, we take too much out of the business; we're robbing it, we're stripping it of the actual fuel that it needs. Secondly, don't take this the wrong way, but we're 'dumb'; but not dumb as in unintelligent it's D.U.M.B.= we Don't Understand My Business. Those are the two big mistakes that I think we make. 4:25 Mike’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Simply it's practice, expense control discipline. There's one rule to rule them all. If you're going home tonight, if you're going to look at your financial statements, Look at it this way, here's the calculation: the change in operating expense should mere the changing growth profit. What that means is that if you have less money to spend (gross profit), you should spend less money (operating expense). If you have money to spend, spend a little bit more money. 5:17 Mike’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): Here's what I will offer. I have a PDF called "The 10 Things that D.U.M.B. Business Owners Think" it might be you. I've thought of them, especially in my businesses, it doesn't stop there though. Inside this resource page we've got an inventory control sheet, there's probably 10 different spreadsheets and I'm just going to give it all away to your listeners Bill. Whatever we got on that resource page and they can have it for free. They can go to elevatefinancialtraining.com/resource-download 6:24 How do I make more money? How do I get my hands on more cash? There are all sorts of hidden opportunities inside your business but I'm going to tell you the first philosophy about money. First of all, you cannot chase it. I don't care what you do, you do not chase money, you have to attract it. And it goes right back to the core. You start with 'why' you start within your mind, who are you in the market place and there's two things you tell the market. One: you need to have a valuable proposition. That's your promise,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Generate online presence the right way Why Facebook group can help to generate leads How important is audience engagement
Related Links and Resources: I'm going to give you my name and blueprint on exactly how to come up with that perfect Facebook group name so that people know right away if it is 'for me'. We got a special link and it is www.deliveryourgenius.com/scale Summary: Christina Jandali is a confidence boosting, cash creating Business Growth Strategies who helps online business owners stand out, get seen and create 6-figures plus+ profits using the power of Facebook groups. After becoming a millionaire in her mid 20’s (losing it and rebuilding it over again) and climbing the corporate ladder, she realized she was ready to build her own dream business, not someone else’s. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:17 Christina’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a business owner that's looking to grow and scale their business online by using online marketing strategies. 1:34 Problem Christina helps solve: It really comes down with the complications of figuring out marketing strategies online and there's so much noise, there's so many new tactics, there's so many moving parts. "How do I actually get social media? How do I actually get that working for me in order to turn that into profits?" 2:11 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Christina: There are 3 things that I see people struggling with or symptoms of this. Number one: they're trying to generate online presence; they're trying to generate online business but they're not getting the level of engagement that they want. And so, they think that "oh, I should give more content, I need to put more stuff out there, I need to share more HOW-TOs.." so they're giving all this content, they're spending a ton of time and they ended up on this treadmill of producing more and more content just trying to keep up with the amount of level of engagement coming back. They think the problem is "I need to add more content" but that's not the problem. Second thing I see people struggling with is that they're not generating enough leads online. So, they're thinking "where are my people, maybe I need to get it somewhere else, maybe I need to be in a different platform" and they're trying all these different things and they're thinking maybe they need to shift their messaging to try and get more leads. And they're jumping from message to message and people became confused than ever. That's not the problem. And the third one that people see is that they're not getting enough sales and they think "if I have enough people, I will get more sales" but what happen is, if they have an offer that's not converting online, adding people to it is not going to actually convert to more sales, so that's not the problem either. Those are the 3 symptoms that people are experiencing. 3:40 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Christina and her solution: Trying to go back to those symptoms, they're trying to fix with dumping a whole bunch of content and they're confusing the market. They're trying to change their message based on who they're talking and thinking that's going to generate more leads and they're thinking that driving more leads is just going to be the answer to an offer or sales that's not converting online. What's really going on beneath the surface is the lack of engagement with their audience. If you got that engagement with your audience, if you got that true connection with your audience meaning they're tuned in, they're tapped in, they're paying attention, they're responding to you, they're waiting for you, and they're wanting to hear, they actually want to get fully tuned. It's not about the symptoms that they're experiencing but rather more of the lack of connection with their audience. 4:43 Christina’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of my favorite phrases is 'seek to un...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Generate online presence the right way Why Facebook group can help to generate leads How important is audience engagement
Related Links and Resources: I'm going to give you my name and blueprint on exactly how to come up with that perfect Facebook group name so that people know right away if it is 'for me'. We got a special link and it is www.deliveryourgenius.com/scale Summary: Christina Jandali is a confidence boosting, cash creating Business Growth Strategies who helps online business owners stand out, get seen and create 6-figures plus+ profits using the power of Facebook groups. After becoming a millionaire in her mid 20’s (losing it and rebuilding it over again) and climbing the corporate ladder, she realized she was ready to build her own dream business, not someone else’s. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:17 Christina’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a business owner that's looking to grow and scale their business online by using online marketing strategies. 1:34 Problem Christina helps solve: It really comes down with the complications of figuring out marketing strategies online and there's so much noise, there's so many new tactics, there's so many moving parts. "How do I actually get social media? How do I actually get that working for me in order to turn that into profits?" 2:11 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Christina: There are 3 things that I see people struggling with or symptoms of this. Number one: they're trying to generate online presence; they're trying to generate online business but they're not getting the level of engagement that they want. And so, they think that "oh, I should give more content, I need to put more stuff out there, I need to share more HOW-TOs.." so they're giving all this content, they're spending a ton of time and they ended up on this treadmill of producing more and more content just trying to keep up with the amount of level of engagement coming back. They think the problem is "I need to add more content" but that's not the problem. Second thing I see people struggling with is that they're not generating enough leads online. So, they're thinking "where are my people, maybe I need to get it somewhere else, maybe I need to be in a different platform" and they're trying all these different things and they're thinking maybe they need to shift their messaging to try and get more leads. And they're jumping from message to message and people became confused than ever. That's not the problem. And the third one that people see is that they're not getting enough sales and they think "if I have enough people, I will get more sales" but what happen is, if they have an offer that's not converting online, adding people to it is not going to actually convert to more sales, so that's not the problem either. Those are the 3 symptoms that people are experiencing. 3:40 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Christina and her solution: Trying to go back to those symptoms, they're trying to fix with dumping a whole bunch of content and they're confusing the market. They're trying to change their message based on who they're talking and thinking that's going to generate more leads and they're thinking that driving more leads is just going to be the answer to an offer or sales that's not converting online. What's really going on beneath the surface is the lack of engagement with their audience. If you got that engagement with your audience, if you got that true connection with your audience meaning they're tuned in, they're tapped in, they're paying attention, they're responding to you, they're waiting for you, and they're wanting to hear, they actually want to get fully tuned. It's not about the symptoms that they're experiencing but rather more of the lack of connection with their audience. 4:43 Christina’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of my favorite phrases is 'seek to un...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Tips on how to close deals with new and existing customersFind out if your sales organization can get to that next level of growthUsing the map: 'Mutual Action Plan'Related Links and Resources:On my blog, there is an article about Mutual Action Plan and a template that you can download so that you build your very own Mutual Action Plan. Once you've done that customer's list that I've just told you to do, you are going to need Mutual Action Plans to figure out the best way to move forward with any sales opportunity you have. So, it's www.aliceheiman.com/blog and then type in the search 'Mutual Action Plan.Summary:Alice Heiman is the Founder of Alice Heiman, LLC. Alice is recognized by Forbes.com, as being among the world’s leading experts on the complex sale. and originally, from the widely known Miller Heiman Group, she works with owner-led companies with a B2B complex sale to build their sales organization.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:27 Alice’s ideal Client: An ideal client for me is the CEO of an innovative company with a business-to-business complex sales that has exceptional growth potential-but they're stuck. They might have hit a plateau or they're just aren't sure what's the best path is to get to their next level in profitable sales2:06 Problem Alice helps solve: I help them improve their sales organizations which encompasses a lot of things but improving that so they can make sales easier and that means they can close more deals. But not just with brand new customers, with their existing customers as well.2:55 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Alice: Well, many times a CEO will call me and say "we're not growing our existing accounts; we're retaining most of them, we have a pretty good retention rate but there's so much growth in those existing accounts and we're just not growing them" that's one of the things. Sometimes they say something to me like "I'm not sure if my team can take us to the next level; the investors and I have a vision but where sales is going, I don't know if the team can take us there. Sometimes they say "I'm not quite sure if my sales leaders have the skills, they need in order to get that sales team out there and really get them closing deals." Those are the kind of things I hear when the CEO is wondering, whether the sales organization that's existing can get to that next level.. you know, that double digit, triple digit growth that they really want, that their investor wants. When they're wondering, then that's the symptom - they're WONDERING.4:29 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Alice and her solution: You and I both know that these supermen and women wear many hats when they're leading a company. They have a lot of pressure from investors and stakeholders and sometimes their own family if it's a family-owned business. And so, they're trying to do a lot of different things and they're probably aren't focusing on sales; it's one of many things. A big mistake is not placing the proper focus on sales and depending on someone else to be doing that, and they're really not. Another thing is strategy; a big mistake is not having a clear strategy for your company. If you don't have that, you certainly can't have a clear strategy for sales. 'Get more sales' is not a strategy. So, we need a clear strategy that is communicated and I see that often as a mistake. The sales leaders and the sales people aren't quite sure which market they should go after - they should pay attention to existing customers or perhaps to just getting new logos. That unclear strategy is a big mistake.6:07 Alice’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This is it, and if you haven't done this yet, then the minute you stop listening, I need you to make a list of your existing customers. I want you to rate them and rank them in some way, it might be the ones who spend the most money, it might be the one's with the potential to spend ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Tips on how to close deals with new and existing customersFind out if your sales organization can get to that next level of growthUsing the map: 'Mutual Action Plan'Related Links and Resources:On my blog, there is an article about Mutual Action Plan and a template that you can download so that you build your very own Mutual Action Plan. Once you've done that customer's list that I've just told you to do, you are going to need Mutual Action Plans to figure out the best way to move forward with any sales opportunity you have. So, it's www.aliceheiman.com/blog and then type in the search 'Mutual Action Plan.Summary:Alice Heiman is the Founder of Alice Heiman, LLC. Alice is recognized by Forbes.com, as being among the world’s leading experts on the complex sale. and originally, from the widely known Miller Heiman Group, she works with owner-led companies with a B2B complex sale to build their sales organization.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:27 Alice’s ideal Client: An ideal client for me is the CEO of an innovative company with a business-to-business complex sales that has exceptional growth potential-but they're stuck. They might have hit a plateau or they're just aren't sure what's the best path is to get to their next level in profitable sales2:06 Problem Alice helps solve: I help them improve their sales organizations which encompasses a lot of things but improving that so they can make sales easier and that means they can close more deals. But not just with brand new customers, with their existing customers as well.2:55 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Alice: Well, many times a CEO will call me and say "we're not growing our existing accounts; we're retaining most of them, we have a pretty good retention rate but there's so much growth in those existing accounts and we're just not growing them" that's one of the things. Sometimes they say something to me like "I'm not sure if my team can take us to the next level; the investors and I have a vision but where sales is going, I don't know if the team can take us there. Sometimes they say "I'm not quite sure if my sales leaders have the skills, they need in order to get that sales team out there and really get them closing deals." Those are the kind of things I hear when the CEO is wondering, whether the sales organization that's existing can get to that next level.. you know, that double digit, triple digit growth that they really want, that their investor wants. When they're wondering, then that's the symptom - they're WONDERING.4:29 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Alice and her solution: You and I both know that these supermen and women wear many hats when they're leading a company. They have a lot of pressure from investors and stakeholders and sometimes their own family if it's a family-owned business. And so, they're trying to do a lot of different things and they're probably aren't focusing on sales; it's one of many things. A big mistake is not placing the proper focus on sales and depending on someone else to be doing that, and they're really not. Another thing is strategy; a big mistake is not having a clear strategy for your company. If you don't have that, you certainly can't have a clear strategy for sales. 'Get more sales' is not a strategy. So, we need a clear strategy that is communicated and I see that often as a mistake. The sales leaders and the sales people aren't quite sure which market they should go after - they should pay attention to existing customers or perhaps to just getting new logos. That unclear strategy is a big mistake.6:07 Alice’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This is it, and if you haven't done this yet, then the minute you stop listening, I need you to make a list of your existing customers. I want you to rate them and rank them in some way, it might be the ones who spend the most money, it might be the one's with the potential to spend ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to be seen as a GO-TO expert and get highly paid for that Getting the right visibility and getting results from it Why consistent presence is important
Related Links and Resources: I put together a guide. The guide basically walks you through 17 of the most common mistakes that people make when they're guesting as an expert; you will get it at www.MelanieBenson.com/Scaleology and that will give you to the free download and very simple to go through. Summary: Melanie Benson, Authority Amplifier, helps expert-preneurs stand out in a crowded market and attract high paying clients and opportunities. Melanie has a proven track record of accelerating results for her clients (it's not uncommon to see 3-5x revenue increases in the first 6 months.) She's host of Amplify Your Success Podcast, is author of Rewired for Wealth, co-author of the best-selling Voices of the 21st Century and Entrepreneur.com's Start Up Guide to Starting an Information Marketing Business, and has been featured in Bloomberg BusinessWeek, Woman's Day, and Parenting. Melanie served on the Women Speaker's Association Executive Team. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:36 Melanie’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are business leaders, business owners, and entrepreneurs who have been in business for two years but they're finding that they're not standing out with their message and the impact they want to have. They're feeling that they are 'best-kept secret', they're feeling that they're getting pass over by ideal clients, there are clients that's choosing their competitors. And they're looking for creative ways to tap in into the new markets without having to be on the road speaking all the time. 3:13 Problem Melanie helps solve: I think without a shadow of a doubt, the biggest one is they think they're doing all the right things but they are not getting the results. So, they're feeling overwhelmed, they're exhausted, that moment when you are like "I'm trying everything what everyone has told me and I'm just not getting the visibility and the attraction that I hoped." Maybe they are already doing podcast guesting. My specialty is helping people look for the right audiences to get featured on a podcast, a guest expert, virtual events, virtual shows, whatever they want to do. And position their authority in a way that transforms them from being pass over and invisible in their market to really being seen as the GO-TO expert and get highly paid for that. 4:29 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Melanie: A common symptom that I hear is, this just came up the other day, was from someone on my Facebook groups saying "so Melanie, I've been doing what everyone's telling me to do. I'm getting on the podcast guesting, I published a book, I'm doing all the right things but I just feel like people don't really see me, like they're not hiring me." At some level, that invisibility feels overwhelming to them, they feel so confused about what to do to fix that. On the other side, sometimes people are doing all the right things and they're getting on lots of podcast, but the way in which they're organizing their information, what they're going to talk about, it's not actually getting anybody into their leads. They're not turning into potential clients, they're not getting business from it, and so they're flustered. They're thinking "I think I'm doing everything right" but they can't figure the right puzzle pieces are to optimize the time investment they're making, so they're a little bit of hopelessness too, I think. 5:54 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Melanie and her solution: There's a mistake of trying to do all the right things, but because you don't have a strategy that is customized to you, so it's not working. The reason that this comes up for people is that either A-they're just trying to figure it out on their own; they're emulating what they see ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to be seen as a GO-TO expert and get highly paid for that Getting the right visibility and getting results from it Why consistent presence is important
Related Links and Resources: I put together a guide. The guide basically walks you through 17 of the most common mistakes that people make when they're guesting as an expert; you will get it at www.MelanieBenson.com/Scaleology and that will give you to the free download and very simple to go through. Summary: Melanie Benson, Authority Amplifier, helps expert-preneurs stand out in a crowded market and attract high paying clients and opportunities. Melanie has a proven track record of accelerating results for her clients (it's not uncommon to see 3-5x revenue increases in the first 6 months.) She's host of Amplify Your Success Podcast, is author of Rewired for Wealth, co-author of the best-selling Voices of the 21st Century and Entrepreneur.com's Start Up Guide to Starting an Information Marketing Business, and has been featured in Bloomberg BusinessWeek, Woman's Day, and Parenting. Melanie served on the Women Speaker's Association Executive Team. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:36 Melanie’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are business leaders, business owners, and entrepreneurs who have been in business for two years but they're finding that they're not standing out with their message and the impact they want to have. They're feeling that they are 'best-kept secret', they're feeling that they're getting pass over by ideal clients, there are clients that's choosing their competitors. And they're looking for creative ways to tap in into the new markets without having to be on the road speaking all the time. 3:13 Problem Melanie helps solve: I think without a shadow of a doubt, the biggest one is they think they're doing all the right things but they are not getting the results. So, they're feeling overwhelmed, they're exhausted, that moment when you are like "I'm trying everything what everyone has told me and I'm just not getting the visibility and the attraction that I hoped." Maybe they are already doing podcast guesting. My specialty is helping people look for the right audiences to get featured on a podcast, a guest expert, virtual events, virtual shows, whatever they want to do. And position their authority in a way that transforms them from being pass over and invisible in their market to really being seen as the GO-TO expert and get highly paid for that. 4:29 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Melanie: A common symptom that I hear is, this just came up the other day, was from someone on my Facebook groups saying "so Melanie, I've been doing what everyone's telling me to do. I'm getting on the podcast guesting, I published a book, I'm doing all the right things but I just feel like people don't really see me, like they're not hiring me." At some level, that invisibility feels overwhelming to them, they feel so confused about what to do to fix that. On the other side, sometimes people are doing all the right things and they're getting on lots of podcast, but the way in which they're organizing their information, what they're going to talk about, it's not actually getting anybody into their leads. They're not turning into potential clients, they're not getting business from it, and so they're flustered. They're thinking "I think I'm doing everything right" but they can't figure the right puzzle pieces are to optimize the time investment they're making, so they're a little bit of hopelessness too, I think. 5:54 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Melanie and her solution: There's a mistake of trying to do all the right things, but because you don't have a strategy that is customized to you, so it's not working. The reason that this comes up for people is that either A-they're just trying to figure it out on their own; they're emulating what they see ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to connect properly in order to grow your business and network Know some common mistakes in launching a podcast Think of 20 people you want to connect with and what's the next step
Related Links and Resources: You and I only have 7-minutes but it usually takes about an hour of various layers of what I call the "R.E.A.C.H. system" and how you gain that reach; more reach, more clients, more referrals to podcasting. I encourage all of your viewers and listeners to go to www.thereachsystem.com/reach and there's a training available right there that will show them how to get more reach, clients, and referrals through podcasting with actionable steps they can take immediately Summary: Adam Hommey is a speaker, author, trainer, and consultant with nearly 20 years’ experience helping business creators. He is the creator of The R.E.A.C.H. System, and helps you exponentially reach more profitable customers. Adam is the author of Groundhog Day is an Event, Not a Business Strategy, and a contributing author to Journeys to Success: The Millennial Edition - both international Amazon best-sellers. He has spoken on stages (both in-person and virtual) around the country for many years and is a sought-after expert on podcasting for entrepreneurs. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:59 Adam’s ideal Client: There are a couple sweet spots so I'll just say anyone. One of which is, working with a start-up to transitioning them to actually making revenue. Another is, organizations that are looking to make the transitions from being solopreneur to being leveraged. If you want to look at statistical data, we find we work well with organizations between two and ten employees or team members, and revenues of 250 and up, give or take. 2:43 Problem Adam helps solve: With the rate system, the main problem we solve has to do with how they network and how they connect with prospects, customers, clients, business allies, JV partners and other media such as other podcasters. In other words, people they need to connect with in order to grow their business and network. 3:24 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Adam: I think there's actually two of them. Number 1 is folks feel like they are having a lot of conversations that go nowhere fast. And the other is, they have a hesitation about initiating the conversations because they're worried, they may be seen as just another sales person trying to "hawk something". We all know what 'hop on the phone for a quick chat' really means. 4:07 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Adam and his solution: Actually, what I like to address is something slightly different going back to the problem we solve. I'll answer your actual question in one sentence right now; the common mistake in launching podcasts is that they follow themselves down the rabbit hole and they make it too technologically difficult, so they lose momentum even before they get started. Now, the mistakes that people make that can be solve by hosting a podcast is doing things like endless networking, trying to reach out to people, trying to initiate chats, offering free strategy sessions, and all those other approaches we see out there which are thinly disguised efforts to get people on the phone so that they can volunteer themselves to become clients. With podcasting, just like you and me right now, we're just having a conversation, we're establishing 'know-like-and-trust', we don't have on the back end "oh, we're going to do business together" because we won't. We may or may not. But the chances that you and I could connect and do something together actually increase just because we're having this conversation. 5:30 Adam’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Depending on where you are right now, if you thought about launching, if you're in the process of launching or whatever's going on, think of 20 people you want to connect with; because they...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to connect properly in order to grow your business and network Know some common mistakes in launching a podcast Think of 20 people you want to connect with and what's the next step
Related Links and Resources: You and I only have 7-minutes but it usually takes about an hour of various layers of what I call the "R.E.A.C.H. system" and how you gain that reach; more reach, more clients, more referrals to podcasting. I encourage all of your viewers and listeners to go to www.thereachsystem.com/reach and there's a training available right there that will show them how to get more reach, clients, and referrals through podcasting with actionable steps they can take immediately Summary: Adam Hommey is a speaker, author, trainer, and consultant with nearly 20 years’ experience helping business creators. He is the creator of The R.E.A.C.H. System, and helps you exponentially reach more profitable customers. Adam is the author of Groundhog Day is an Event, Not a Business Strategy, and a contributing author to Journeys to Success: The Millennial Edition - both international Amazon best-sellers. He has spoken on stages (both in-person and virtual) around the country for many years and is a sought-after expert on podcasting for entrepreneurs. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:59 Adam’s ideal Client: There are a couple sweet spots so I'll just say anyone. One of which is, working with a start-up to transitioning them to actually making revenue. Another is, organizations that are looking to make the transitions from being solopreneur to being leveraged. If you want to look at statistical data, we find we work well with organizations between two and ten employees or team members, and revenues of 250 and up, give or take. 2:43 Problem Adam helps solve: With the rate system, the main problem we solve has to do with how they network and how they connect with prospects, customers, clients, business allies, JV partners and other media such as other podcasters. In other words, people they need to connect with in order to grow their business and network. 3:24 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Adam: I think there's actually two of them. Number 1 is folks feel like they are having a lot of conversations that go nowhere fast. And the other is, they have a hesitation about initiating the conversations because they're worried, they may be seen as just another sales person trying to "hawk something". We all know what 'hop on the phone for a quick chat' really means. 4:07 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Adam and his solution: Actually, what I like to address is something slightly different going back to the problem we solve. I'll answer your actual question in one sentence right now; the common mistake in launching podcasts is that they follow themselves down the rabbit hole and they make it too technologically difficult, so they lose momentum even before they get started. Now, the mistakes that people make that can be solve by hosting a podcast is doing things like endless networking, trying to reach out to people, trying to initiate chats, offering free strategy sessions, and all those other approaches we see out there which are thinly disguised efforts to get people on the phone so that they can volunteer themselves to become clients. With podcasting, just like you and me right now, we're just having a conversation, we're establishing 'know-like-and-trust', we don't have on the back end "oh, we're going to do business together" because we won't. We may or may not. But the chances that you and I could connect and do something together actually increase just because we're having this conversation. 5:30 Adam’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Depending on where you are right now, if you thought about launching, if you're in the process of launching or whatever's going on, think of 20 people you want to connect with; because they...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Avoiding having low productivity and self-sabotaging Having a proper leadership style Using a 5-step approach to succeed
Related Links and Resources: So, I created a program called "The Power of Your Unconscious Mind" and I breakdown and go deep with lots of stories about how your mind works, how to optimize yourself, how to get the most out of yourself. And if you go to www.powermindsetprogram.com and I'm giving you a VIP access, there's no charge for this. Summary: After 32 years of studying human behavior, facilitating over 15,000 individual hypnosis sessions, and running hundreds of group experiences, Tim Shurr discovered the precise methods for shifting people from surviving to thriving! He boldly says, "I can solve your biggest problem right here and now!" and he's backed his claims up on live television numerous times! Tim Shurr is host of the How To Be Mesmerizing podcast, creator of the Legend Summit, and author of 6 books including his latest that just released on Amazon, One Belief Away! Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:02 Tim’s ideal Client: My ideal client is an executive in a midsize company or someone who is on the top leadership or management level who is struggling with the pressures of hitting their numbers regularly, and also managing all the personalities that they have. Also managing getting their all stuff done, and now managing a remote workforce. The constant pressure and anxiety that we have of succeeding and doing well, plus managing our life is tremendous. And people need better tools and strategies, and that's where I provide them. 2:48 Problem Tim helps solve: Well, that one problem really is low productivity and self-sabotage. People do not realize because they're programming from their childhood, the unconscious beliefs and biases floating around in their emotional unconscious mind. That's what keeping them from the results they want. We're trying to solve the wrong problem. We're focusing on changing other people, we're focusing on getting new sales, marketing or new technology in place when we're not upgrading the human software in our own minds. That's why communication breaks down, people have high turnover, why you have silos, even in high-performing team you have a lot of mistakes that are made because people are not aware that they are creating a problem that they're complaining about. 4:08 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Tim: Think about the most common people problems. People are struggling with anxiety, people are tired, people feel overwhelmed, people are not getting sleep at night, we're turning into sugar, nicotine, alcohol, as a way to feel better and often it just makes things worse. So, the most common people problems are what's creating all the stress in the workplace. But those people problems are coming from these ideas that people don't care or just these common blind spots that people have. For example, there was this guy one time that would run through the workshop, he didn't want to talk to anybody because he was afraid that if someone would ask him something, he wouldn't be able to get his stuff done on his list. He has a belief that his to-do list is more important than the interactions with his people. It made him transactional instead of transformational. And you can imagine the resentment that was happening towards their leader. It's a common blind spot that people have. Another blind spot that people have especially leaders is that "I don't have time to train my people, I barely have enough time to get my own stuff done." Another common belief that we have is that people don't want to work hard, people don't want to give that discretionary effort when really, it's your leadership style and your approach that's causing them to not want to give more. 5:44 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Tim and his solution: They keep on looking outside th...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Avoiding having low productivity and self-sabotaging Having a proper leadership style Using a 5-step approach to succeed
Related Links and Resources: So, I created a program called "The Power of Your Unconscious Mind" and I breakdown and go deep with lots of stories about how your mind works, how to optimize yourself, how to get the most out of yourself. And if you go to www.powermindsetprogram.com and I'm giving you a VIP access, there's no charge for this. Summary: After 32 years of studying human behavior, facilitating over 15,000 individual hypnosis sessions, and running hundreds of group experiences, Tim Shurr discovered the precise methods for shifting people from surviving to thriving! He boldly says, "I can solve your biggest problem right here and now!" and he's backed his claims up on live television numerous times! Tim Shurr is host of the How To Be Mesmerizing podcast, creator of the Legend Summit, and author of 6 books including his latest that just released on Amazon, One Belief Away! Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:02 Tim’s ideal Client: My ideal client is an executive in a midsize company or someone who is on the top leadership or management level who is struggling with the pressures of hitting their numbers regularly, and also managing all the personalities that they have. Also managing getting their all stuff done, and now managing a remote workforce. The constant pressure and anxiety that we have of succeeding and doing well, plus managing our life is tremendous. And people need better tools and strategies, and that's where I provide them. 2:48 Problem Tim helps solve: Well, that one problem really is low productivity and self-sabotage. People do not realize because they're programming from their childhood, the unconscious beliefs and biases floating around in their emotional unconscious mind. That's what keeping them from the results they want. We're trying to solve the wrong problem. We're focusing on changing other people, we're focusing on getting new sales, marketing or new technology in place when we're not upgrading the human software in our own minds. That's why communication breaks down, people have high turnover, why you have silos, even in high-performing team you have a lot of mistakes that are made because people are not aware that they are creating a problem that they're complaining about. 4:08 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Tim: Think about the most common people problems. People are struggling with anxiety, people are tired, people feel overwhelmed, people are not getting sleep at night, we're turning into sugar, nicotine, alcohol, as a way to feel better and often it just makes things worse. So, the most common people problems are what's creating all the stress in the workplace. But those people problems are coming from these ideas that people don't care or just these common blind spots that people have. For example, there was this guy one time that would run through the workshop, he didn't want to talk to anybody because he was afraid that if someone would ask him something, he wouldn't be able to get his stuff done on his list. He has a belief that his to-do list is more important than the interactions with his people. It made him transactional instead of transformational. And you can imagine the resentment that was happening towards their leader. It's a common blind spot that people have. Another blind spot that people have especially leaders is that "I don't have time to train my people, I barely have enough time to get my own stuff done." Another common belief that we have is that people don't want to work hard, people don't want to give that discretionary effort when really, it's your leadership style and your approach that's causing them to not want to give more. 5:44 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Tim and his solution: They keep on looking outside th...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Avoid feeling overwork and still not making enough moneyKnowing who you are actually serving Identifying your ideal clientsRelated Links and Resources:If you go to www.freelancetransformation.com/fbs it will take you to a little guide that you can use to help you identify those ideal clients and problems that you solve for them in a bit of a more structured way. So, when you are planning to take that day off and planning to do this, grab that and use that as a starting point to help you work through that.Summary:Matt Inglot is the owner of Tilted Pixel, a digital marketing agency that helps membership site owners to grow their websites. Matt has run Tilted Pixel for over 15 years and transformed the business several times to build something that allowed him to live the life he loves and to find the clients that he loves working for. He is also the founder of FreelanceTransformation.com where you can get lots of advice on building a better client-based business including over 170 interviews with successfully agency owners and freelancers.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:38 Matt’s ideal Client: As my agency, we focus on membership site owners; specifically, membership site owners that are making at least half a million dollars a year from their business already and they're trying to grow it. And that's the kind of laser-focused that we have after a lot of ___ ( I cannot decrypt what he said). And through having that agency for 15 years, I found that as a second business, I now also help coach other consultants, agencies, and so on on finding ideal clients and growing their sales.2:24 Problem Matt helps solve: They're trying to find more clients and they're trying to find better clients. And often times, they just get stuck in this terrible position where they simultaneously feel overwork and yet somehow, they're not making enough money. And if run a client-based business and either you can relate to this or you can relate to this at some point in your business journey. And that's because frankly, they're finding the wrong clients, they're not finding the high-valued clients that are actually going to help them grow their business. Meaning, they're going to be able to pay them enough, and they're going to be able to work with them long enough that they're not stuck in a position where they're just trying to get like a hundred clients a year in order to make this thing work.3:39 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Matt: If you're a solopreneur looking for your own clients, then you're overworked and trying to simultaneously do sales and do client work, and the next thing you know it's 9pm and you're still working. And you mentioned something 'average client value', that's probably a really big symptom. If you're looking at the average size of your client and it's just too small. And then you start doing the math; "if I have a 5,000-dollar client, and I need to make a 100K a year" well then, you need quite a bit of clients, I think 20 clients in order to get that 100K. Not assuming that 100K is profit and everything's perfect. So, imagine all the work you have to do to attract 20 clients. And of course, if it's a 2,000-dollar client, then it's even worse. I say those are the key symptoms. And with membership owners, that's a whole other conversation.5:06 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Matt and his solution: They try to serve everybody; that will be a big one. And they get it into their head that the way to success is to work harder, spend more time doing sales calls or whatever sales calls really is because if you're a solopreneur, you're probably not picking up the phone and dialing numbers and things like that, there's better ways to get clients. But they think that they have to work harder. And they never kind of stop, step back and say "who is it that I'm actually serving and what is the key problem that I'm trying to solve ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Avoid feeling overwork and still not making enough moneyKnowing who you are actually serving Identifying your ideal clientsRelated Links and Resources:If you go to www.freelancetransformation.com/fbs it will take you to a little guide that you can use to help you identify those ideal clients and problems that you solve for them in a bit of a more structured way. So, when you are planning to take that day off and planning to do this, grab that and use that as a starting point to help you work through that.Summary:Matt Inglot is the owner of Tilted Pixel, a digital marketing agency that helps membership site owners to grow their websites. Matt has run Tilted Pixel for over 15 years and transformed the business several times to build something that allowed him to live the life he loves and to find the clients that he loves working for. He is also the founder of FreelanceTransformation.com where you can get lots of advice on building a better client-based business including over 170 interviews with successfully agency owners and freelancers.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:38 Matt’s ideal Client: As my agency, we focus on membership site owners; specifically, membership site owners that are making at least half a million dollars a year from their business already and they're trying to grow it. And that's the kind of laser-focused that we have after a lot of ___ ( I cannot decrypt what he said). And through having that agency for 15 years, I found that as a second business, I now also help coach other consultants, agencies, and so on on finding ideal clients and growing their sales.2:24 Problem Matt helps solve: They're trying to find more clients and they're trying to find better clients. And often times, they just get stuck in this terrible position where they simultaneously feel overwork and yet somehow, they're not making enough money. And if run a client-based business and either you can relate to this or you can relate to this at some point in your business journey. And that's because frankly, they're finding the wrong clients, they're not finding the high-valued clients that are actually going to help them grow their business. Meaning, they're going to be able to pay them enough, and they're going to be able to work with them long enough that they're not stuck in a position where they're just trying to get like a hundred clients a year in order to make this thing work.3:39 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Matt: If you're a solopreneur looking for your own clients, then you're overworked and trying to simultaneously do sales and do client work, and the next thing you know it's 9pm and you're still working. And you mentioned something 'average client value', that's probably a really big symptom. If you're looking at the average size of your client and it's just too small. And then you start doing the math; "if I have a 5,000-dollar client, and I need to make a 100K a year" well then, you need quite a bit of clients, I think 20 clients in order to get that 100K. Not assuming that 100K is profit and everything's perfect. So, imagine all the work you have to do to attract 20 clients. And of course, if it's a 2,000-dollar client, then it's even worse. I say those are the key symptoms. And with membership owners, that's a whole other conversation.5:06 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Matt and his solution: They try to serve everybody; that will be a big one. And they get it into their head that the way to success is to work harder, spend more time doing sales calls or whatever sales calls really is because if you're a solopreneur, you're probably not picking up the phone and dialing numbers and things like that, there's better ways to get clients. But they think that they have to work harder. And they never kind of stop, step back and say "who is it that I'm actually serving and what is the key problem that I'm trying to solve ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to structure, prioritize, and delegate correctly Having an evaluation list every single day Identifying something that's most meaningful and inspiring
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.drdemartini.com and go to 'determine your values' on my website, there's a complimentary free assessment of what you really, really show in your life, what your life demonstrates as value to you. Summary: Dr. John Demartini is a world-renowned specialist in human behavior, a researcher, author and global educator. He has developed a series of solutions applicable across all markets, sectors and age groups. His education curriculum ranges from corporate empowerment programs, financial empowerment strategies, self-development programs, relationship solutions and social transformation programs. His teachings start at the core of the issue, addressing the human factor and range out to a multitude of powerful tools that have proven the test of time. He has studied over 30,000 books across all the defined academic disciplines and has synthesized the wisdom of the ages which he shares on stage in over 100 countries. His presentations whether keynotes, seminars or workshops, leave clients with insights into their behavior and keys to their empowerment. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:59 John’s ideal Client: My ideal client is primarily entrepreneurs that have dreams and visions and see obstacles, and they want to see how to transform things that are apparently in the way into something that's actually possible. I help them troubleshoot, strategize, prioritize, delegate, whatever it takes to get that outcome. 2:27 Problem John helps solve: Most common is the structure; they have an idea but they don't have a strategy that's really thorough and they sometimes project assumptions about what the market needs instead of finding out what the market needs in getting a demand to provide their supplies with. So, I help them get structured, I help them get to prioritize, I help them to delegate, I help them get on into duty on what really inspires them so they can't wait to give more to serve people and people can't wait to get their service. 3:10 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: When they're banging their head against the wall or the 'wailing wall' if you will, and they keep on expecting a different result though doing the same thing that they got arbitrated. I'm all about helping them get clear on their vision to help them break into those obstacles, because sometimes the quality of your life is based on the quality of questions that you're asking. I'm the guy that asks you questions to help you see past what they can't see. 3:56 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: Most common thing is that they think it's an old delegation process; they think what they know on how to do it better than anybody else so I'll just keep doing it because I can't trust anybody. They inappropriately hire people that are cheaper but not necessarily really great in what they do that they can really engage in and rely on. And they get caught micromanaging, they get caught doing low priority things that they devalue themselves and ultimately, hook them back from doing something great because of this. 4:44 John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): To make an honest evaluated list of every single thing they're doing in a day, personal and professional. Right next to it after they made that list, how much do you produce per hour. Right next to that is how much meaning does it give them from a 1 to 10 scale. Right next to that how much does it cost to delegate that and look at the spreads between what's it's going to produce first off. And next to that, how much time is actually spent on it. Finally, go through it and prioritize what really produces the most, what really means the most,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to structure, prioritize, and delegate correctly Having an evaluation list every single day Identifying something that's most meaningful and inspiring
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.drdemartini.com and go to 'determine your values' on my website, there's a complimentary free assessment of what you really, really show in your life, what your life demonstrates as value to you. Summary: Dr. John Demartini is a world-renowned specialist in human behavior, a researcher, author and global educator. He has developed a series of solutions applicable across all markets, sectors and age groups. His education curriculum ranges from corporate empowerment programs, financial empowerment strategies, self-development programs, relationship solutions and social transformation programs. His teachings start at the core of the issue, addressing the human factor and range out to a multitude of powerful tools that have proven the test of time. He has studied over 30,000 books across all the defined academic disciplines and has synthesized the wisdom of the ages which he shares on stage in over 100 countries. His presentations whether keynotes, seminars or workshops, leave clients with insights into their behavior and keys to their empowerment. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:59 John’s ideal Client: My ideal client is primarily entrepreneurs that have dreams and visions and see obstacles, and they want to see how to transform things that are apparently in the way into something that's actually possible. I help them troubleshoot, strategize, prioritize, delegate, whatever it takes to get that outcome. 2:27 Problem John helps solve: Most common is the structure; they have an idea but they don't have a strategy that's really thorough and they sometimes project assumptions about what the market needs instead of finding out what the market needs in getting a demand to provide their supplies with. So, I help them get structured, I help them get to prioritize, I help them to delegate, I help them get on into duty on what really inspires them so they can't wait to give more to serve people and people can't wait to get their service. 3:10 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: When they're banging their head against the wall or the 'wailing wall' if you will, and they keep on expecting a different result though doing the same thing that they got arbitrated. I'm all about helping them get clear on their vision to help them break into those obstacles, because sometimes the quality of your life is based on the quality of questions that you're asking. I'm the guy that asks you questions to help you see past what they can't see. 3:56 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: Most common thing is that they think it's an old delegation process; they think what they know on how to do it better than anybody else so I'll just keep doing it because I can't trust anybody. They inappropriately hire people that are cheaper but not necessarily really great in what they do that they can really engage in and rely on. And they get caught micromanaging, they get caught doing low priority things that they devalue themselves and ultimately, hook them back from doing something great because of this. 4:44 John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): To make an honest evaluated list of every single thing they're doing in a day, personal and professional. Right next to it after they made that list, how much do you produce per hour. Right next to that is how much meaning does it give them from a 1 to 10 scale. Right next to that how much does it cost to delegate that and look at the spreads between what's it's going to produce first off. And next to that, how much time is actually spent on it. Finally, go through it and prioritize what really produces the most, what really means the most,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to avoid putting content marketing from falling off on the to-do list Creating plan and make time for content marketing that drives sales Knowing what's 'leadership marketing'
Related Links and Resources: What I put together for you guys is a content marketing calendar template. So, that will help you do that backwards plan. You can put everything in the calendar and then plan it backgrounds. You can find that at www.lacyboggs.com/scaleology. That's a really great way to get started with the backwards planning that I'm talking about. Summary: Lacy Boggs is a content strategist, author of the bestselling Kindle ebook, "Make a Killing With Content," and the director of The Content Direction Agency. She helps small business owners fill their program or practice with organic traffic through content marketing. To learn more, go to lacyboggs.com/undercover Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:24 Lacy’s ideal Client: I tend to work with small business owners who are someone in the 6 to 7 figure range. They probably have a small team of people who are contractors or maybe they have some employees. But the point is, they're not ready for a full-time marketing person on their team, so we come in and fill that role to help them create awesome content and content strategy. 2:01 Problem Lacy helps solve: Most often is that they don't really have a plan around the type of content that they're creating. So, they may be creating lots of content and different formats but there's no overarching plans tying it all together. There's no strategy behind it, there's no 30,000-foot view. So, what we do is we help create that big picture plan, and we can take it one step further and actually create the content on their behalf in which when you're a solopreneur or somebody wearing most of the hats, it can be very helpful to outsource some of that. That's where we really come in and help. 2:55 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Lacy: The first one is, lack of time. They want to be creating more content, they know it's important but it keeps falling off on the to-do list. Because content marketing tends to fall on that 'important but not urgent' quadrants. If you're spending all your time in your business, delivering to customers or whatever it may be, that tends to fall on the bottom of the to-do list. The second one is confusion; if they're feeling super confused about what type of content to create, what the message should be, how to make content actually drive sales and do something to support your business. The third one is that they have tried some sort of blueprint, formula, or system that they purchased somewhere else or read a book about, and it's just not quite working. They don't know how to retool that system to work in their specific business. This is why I talk about cookie-cutter marketing plan isn't necessarily going cut it for every business. You have to get really specific about what's going to work for you. 4:23 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Lacy and her solution: This one is lack of applying. A lot of times people will just throw content on the wall and try to see what sticks. But spaghetti is not a strategy, that's not how we grow our businesses. Having a plan, understanding how each piece of content that you're creating is actually going to move your business forward is a HUGE one that I think people forget. The second one is understanding that there are two WHYs for every piece of content. the first WHY is "why does your audience care, why are they listening?" but the second WHY is "what is it doing for your business, why does your business need this piece of content?". And if you can’t answer both WHYs, you're missing the boat, you're only doing one or the other. Finally, the biggest problem I see is understanding how that content is actually going to move people toward a sale.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to avoid putting content marketing from falling off on the to-do list Creating plan and make time for content marketing that drives sales Knowing what's 'leadership marketing'
Related Links and Resources: What I put together for you guys is a content marketing calendar template. So, that will help you do that backwards plan. You can put everything in the calendar and then plan it backgrounds. You can find that at www.lacyboggs.com/scaleology. That's a really great way to get started with the backwards planning that I'm talking about. Summary: Lacy Boggs is a content strategist, author of the bestselling Kindle ebook, "Make a Killing With Content," and the director of The Content Direction Agency. She helps small business owners fill their program or practice with organic traffic through content marketing. To learn more, go to lacyboggs.com/undercover Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:24 Lacy’s ideal Client: I tend to work with small business owners who are someone in the 6 to 7 figure range. They probably have a small team of people who are contractors or maybe they have some employees. But the point is, they're not ready for a full-time marketing person on their team, so we come in and fill that role to help them create awesome content and content strategy. 2:01 Problem Lacy helps solve: Most often is that they don't really have a plan around the type of content that they're creating. So, they may be creating lots of content and different formats but there's no overarching plans tying it all together. There's no strategy behind it, there's no 30,000-foot view. So, what we do is we help create that big picture plan, and we can take it one step further and actually create the content on their behalf in which when you're a solopreneur or somebody wearing most of the hats, it can be very helpful to outsource some of that. That's where we really come in and help. 2:55 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Lacy: The first one is, lack of time. They want to be creating more content, they know it's important but it keeps falling off on the to-do list. Because content marketing tends to fall on that 'important but not urgent' quadrants. If you're spending all your time in your business, delivering to customers or whatever it may be, that tends to fall on the bottom of the to-do list. The second one is confusion; if they're feeling super confused about what type of content to create, what the message should be, how to make content actually drive sales and do something to support your business. The third one is that they have tried some sort of blueprint, formula, or system that they purchased somewhere else or read a book about, and it's just not quite working. They don't know how to retool that system to work in their specific business. This is why I talk about cookie-cutter marketing plan isn't necessarily going cut it for every business. You have to get really specific about what's going to work for you. 4:23 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Lacy and her solution: This one is lack of applying. A lot of times people will just throw content on the wall and try to see what sticks. But spaghetti is not a strategy, that's not how we grow our businesses. Having a plan, understanding how each piece of content that you're creating is actually going to move your business forward is a HUGE one that I think people forget. The second one is understanding that there are two WHYs for every piece of content. the first WHY is "why does your audience care, why are they listening?" but the second WHY is "what is it doing for your business, why does your business need this piece of content?". And if you can’t answer both WHYs, you're missing the boat, you're only doing one or the other. Finally, the biggest problem I see is understanding how that content is actually going to move people toward a sale.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How to attract new clients in a simple and effective wayWhen NOT to use the 'essential model' in marketingWhat 'power offer' is all aboutRelated Links and Resources:There's two resources; they can go to www.joelerway.com they can see all my brand-building content, free content, we are on the stage of trying to scale. Second place that you can go, is they can go to www.newwaytolaunch.com and that's going to teach all about this model.Summary:People call Joel Erway “The Webinar Guy” but that’s a tiny slice of his expertise. Joel’s a master at selling high-ticket products. And, after trying and failing to grow his business using paid traffic, he innovated 3 game-changing concepts: The Power Offer, the Mini Webinar, and the Perfect Expert Model.They’ve made him and his client’s $50+ million over the past few years. He’s also a long-time podcaster and the host of Sold with Webinars and Experts Unleashed.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:38 Joel’s ideal Client: My client is a coach or a consultant, somebody who considers themselves as an expert. They got a high-ticket offer; they've got a customer-based and they can serve them at a top level. They have tremendous results but they have a hard time packaging their information, and packaging their expertise in a way that attracts new clients consistently.2:19 Problem Joel helps solve: The main problem that they're struggling with is that they are too close to their own business; meaning they just want to serve their customers but they don't know how to attract new clients in a simple and effective way. And so, the main problem that I help them solve is solving that messaging issue, helping them craft their message that attracts new clients consistently without any sort of long, complicated funnels or brand dynamics.3:21 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Joel: Feelings and emotions are frustration, confusion and overwhelmed; those are the main three. They've been studying marketing for some time, they understand that they need marketing, they're probably relying on networking or referrals. They've probably been told they need to constantly post on social media, maybe direct message people. That's an arduous task, that's the hassle mentality. Does it work? Yes. Is it scalable? No. As solopreneurs or people who operate with small teams, no more probably an assistant or maybe a couple of subcontractors, they need to be able to fill-up their pipeline without some crazy complex funnel that digital marketers love to sell. I'm not throwing stones at different marketers; I am a digital marketer myself but there is a simple and easy method out there that people can follow without being overwhelmed of the tech or all the complex marketing sequences that are being slang out there by most Internet marketers.4:58 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Joel and his solution: The biggest mistake that they're trying to do is that they're trying to follow the typical 'essential model' which is put out free content, whether it's a lead market whether it's an E-book, whether it's any number of free types of resources out there. Then, build that relationship with the client or with that prospect then eventually down the road, you'll be able to sell them something. Does that work? Yes, it does but for many people who are stuck in like 'need-clients' now, that's the last thing that you should be doing. Because building your list, building your audience with freebie seekers is going to make you feel warm and fuzzy because you have a large list now, you have a large audience but, they're not going to be paying you. I've seen it happen time and time again. That's called the essential model, you give something for free, down the road, they eventually pay for your stuff. What we do, is that we do the exact opposite. We lead with an offer. meaning like we're just focused on crafting our offer first,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How to attract new clients in a simple and effective wayWhen NOT to use the 'essential model' in marketingWhat 'power offer' is all aboutRelated Links and Resources:There's two resources; they can go to www.joelerway.com they can see all my brand-building content, free content, we are on the stage of trying to scale. Second place that you can go, is they can go to www.newwaytolaunch.com and that's going to teach all about this model.Summary:People call Joel Erway “The Webinar Guy” but that’s a tiny slice of his expertise. Joel’s a master at selling high-ticket products. And, after trying and failing to grow his business using paid traffic, he innovated 3 game-changing concepts: The Power Offer, the Mini Webinar, and the Perfect Expert Model.They’ve made him and his client’s $50+ million over the past few years. He’s also a long-time podcaster and the host of Sold with Webinars and Experts Unleashed.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:38 Joel’s ideal Client: My client is a coach or a consultant, somebody who considers themselves as an expert. They got a high-ticket offer; they've got a customer-based and they can serve them at a top level. They have tremendous results but they have a hard time packaging their information, and packaging their expertise in a way that attracts new clients consistently.2:19 Problem Joel helps solve: The main problem that they're struggling with is that they are too close to their own business; meaning they just want to serve their customers but they don't know how to attract new clients in a simple and effective way. And so, the main problem that I help them solve is solving that messaging issue, helping them craft their message that attracts new clients consistently without any sort of long, complicated funnels or brand dynamics.3:21 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Joel: Feelings and emotions are frustration, confusion and overwhelmed; those are the main three. They've been studying marketing for some time, they understand that they need marketing, they're probably relying on networking or referrals. They've probably been told they need to constantly post on social media, maybe direct message people. That's an arduous task, that's the hassle mentality. Does it work? Yes. Is it scalable? No. As solopreneurs or people who operate with small teams, no more probably an assistant or maybe a couple of subcontractors, they need to be able to fill-up their pipeline without some crazy complex funnel that digital marketers love to sell. I'm not throwing stones at different marketers; I am a digital marketer myself but there is a simple and easy method out there that people can follow without being overwhelmed of the tech or all the complex marketing sequences that are being slang out there by most Internet marketers.4:58 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Joel and his solution: The biggest mistake that they're trying to do is that they're trying to follow the typical 'essential model' which is put out free content, whether it's a lead market whether it's an E-book, whether it's any number of free types of resources out there. Then, build that relationship with the client or with that prospect then eventually down the road, you'll be able to sell them something. Does that work? Yes, it does but for many people who are stuck in like 'need-clients' now, that's the last thing that you should be doing. Because building your list, building your audience with freebie seekers is going to make you feel warm and fuzzy because you have a large list now, you have a large audience but, they're not going to be paying you. I've seen it happen time and time again. That's called the essential model, you give something for free, down the road, they eventually pay for your stuff. What we do, is that we do the exact opposite. We lead with an offer. meaning like we're just focused on crafting our offer first,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How resistance to change can affect leadership Accepting new strategies for leadership can be helpful Knowing that receiving coaching doesn't show weakness
Related Links and Resources: I would be happy to offer a 30-minute free no obligation call just to have people share with me what they're seeking and I can share more about my coaching process and how we might work together, and we can explore whether we are a good fit as client and coach. If you're interested in that, please visit my landing page. It is www.bit.ly/ReGenerateCoaching Summary: Thomas L. Rosenberg MS, MBA, CIC, is Founder and Chief Calming Officer at ReGenerate Coaching. A Certified Integral Coach, he loves helping people grow and flourish by rediscovering what’s truly important to them. He has spent the majority of his career helping folks to become comfortable with change and with leading change in 20 countries on 5 continents. While his primary role is as a Leadership Coach for executives and teams, he also enjoys tending to his garden and dancing Argentine Tango with his wife. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:38 Thomas’ ideal Client: My ideal clients are executives and smaller firms up to 15,000 employees who feel that they're plateauing as a leader. They want to actively shape their impact and perhaps even identify the wisdom that they already carry. and you can do that by cultivating heartfelt influence. 2:08Problem Thomas helps solve: I really boil it down to ineffective and disconnected leadership; ineffective and disconnected leaders won't & can't bring out the best in their people. And that's going to have repercussions for both top and bottom lines of the organization. 2:54 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Thomas: In terms of the emotions, they might feel that they're trying really hard and they can't see why something is not manifesting. That can be seen by other people perhaps as poor decision making, communication issues, it could be their level of trust of themselves because they're doubting themselves or could also be the trust of others. There's also that resistance to change, "no, I'm fine as I am, I'm going to keep doing this" but they can also discover that they can burn out because they're trying so hard because they think "more hours, that will work" and they just flame out. 3:59 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Thomas and his solution: First of all, is trying to do it all by themselves and just thinking "oh, I can do this.. more of this, more of the same, there's more time, more energy, more body from a team, I just need 10 people not 8, we'll get it there." And they also assumed that the same strategies that got them to that point of leadership will get them beyond it. And that's really one of the biggest issues is recognizing that's not the same skillset. What makes you a really good individual contributor is usually a technical expertise, it's not necessarily leadership. And there's also the question that I really like to focus on which is helping people recognize that leadership comes from more than just a head. 5:07 Thomas’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): For me, it's starting down the road of developing self-awareness and so, what I will recommend people try is just to take some uninterrupted time, say maybe an hour or maybe two, and just really sit with the question of 'are you embodying the models of the leadership you seek to emulate' and if not, what will you put down, pick up or alter on what you're practicing. Absolutely journaling would be really helpful to follow up to that action, to be able to really parse that and to be able to reflect fully. 6:17 Thomas Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I would be happy to offer a 30-minute free no obligation call just to have people share with me what they're seeking and I can share more about my coaching process and how we might work together,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How resistance to change can affect leadership Accepting new strategies for leadership can be helpful Knowing that receiving coaching doesn't show weakness
Related Links and Resources: I would be happy to offer a 30-minute free no obligation call just to have people share with me what they're seeking and I can share more about my coaching process and how we might work together, and we can explore whether we are a good fit as client and coach. If you're interested in that, please visit my landing page. It is www.bit.ly/ReGenerateCoaching Summary: Thomas L. Rosenberg MS, MBA, CIC, is Founder and Chief Calming Officer at ReGenerate Coaching. A Certified Integral Coach, he loves helping people grow and flourish by rediscovering what’s truly important to them. He has spent the majority of his career helping folks to become comfortable with change and with leading change in 20 countries on 5 continents. While his primary role is as a Leadership Coach for executives and teams, he also enjoys tending to his garden and dancing Argentine Tango with his wife. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:38 Thomas’ ideal Client: My ideal clients are executives and smaller firms up to 15,000 employees who feel that they're plateauing as a leader. They want to actively shape their impact and perhaps even identify the wisdom that they already carry. and you can do that by cultivating heartfelt influence. 2:08Problem Thomas helps solve: I really boil it down to ineffective and disconnected leadership; ineffective and disconnected leaders won't & can't bring out the best in their people. And that's going to have repercussions for both top and bottom lines of the organization. 2:54 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Thomas: In terms of the emotions, they might feel that they're trying really hard and they can't see why something is not manifesting. That can be seen by other people perhaps as poor decision making, communication issues, it could be their level of trust of themselves because they're doubting themselves or could also be the trust of others. There's also that resistance to change, "no, I'm fine as I am, I'm going to keep doing this" but they can also discover that they can burn out because they're trying so hard because they think "more hours, that will work" and they just flame out. 3:59 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Thomas and his solution: First of all, is trying to do it all by themselves and just thinking "oh, I can do this.. more of this, more of the same, there's more time, more energy, more body from a team, I just need 10 people not 8, we'll get it there." And they also assumed that the same strategies that got them to that point of leadership will get them beyond it. And that's really one of the biggest issues is recognizing that's not the same skillset. What makes you a really good individual contributor is usually a technical expertise, it's not necessarily leadership. And there's also the question that I really like to focus on which is helping people recognize that leadership comes from more than just a head. 5:07 Thomas’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): For me, it's starting down the road of developing self-awareness and so, what I will recommend people try is just to take some uninterrupted time, say maybe an hour or maybe two, and just really sit with the question of 'are you embodying the models of the leadership you seek to emulate' and if not, what will you put down, pick up or alter on what you're practicing. Absolutely journaling would be really helpful to follow up to that action, to be able to really parse that and to be able to reflect fully. 6:17 Thomas Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I would be happy to offer a 30-minute free no obligation call just to have people share with me what they're seeking and I can share more about my coaching process and how we might work together,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Moving to your own full-time employment The power of using your imagination Why ego is not a bad thing
Related Links and Resources:
The gift is to actually extrapolate out that I'm using your imagination process, which is super fun, right? Like we all like to daydream or go into that place, but I'm literally the person who can help you go from that place of imagining it to creating it as a reality. It's on my website, it's www.rebeccadavison.life
Summary: A previous banker turned spiritual coach and intuition expert, Rebecca Davison has done over 5000 energy clearing sessions over the last 8 years, helping people to identify at the deepest levels what is holding them back from experiencing the levels of success and fulfilment that they desire. Rebecca hosts her own radio show and has a podcast called Find Your Bliss. As the founder of the Intuitive Life Academy her mission is to help those who are helping others to grow and evolve, to be profitable, not just in their business but also the rest of their lives, so they experience high levels of fulfilment and satisfaction as well as healthy financial gains. Based in New Zealand, Rebecca connects online with people from all over the world running group coaching programs and overseas retreats while also speaking internationally. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:03 Rebecca’s ideal Client: I always work with heart-centered and soul-focused entrepreneurs but I usually have two; one is you are a person who is looking to leave full-time employment and stick to be a coach full-time and really creating the profit that's required to go with that. But I also work with another ideal client which is somebody who is quite established in the business but they're kind of feeling decreased satisfaction and fulfillment. They're a little bit like "what's next? I feel like I accomplished a lot but I don't know what's beyond this."
2:52 Problem Rebecca helps solve: Usually people who just want to move into their own full-time employment, to let go of fear and scarcity. So, it can step in to matching the energy and their vibration and their mindset with their ideal outcome. If you don't believe you're not ready to create it. That is for that ideal client. The other person, they're probably looking for greater levels of enlightenment, and really wanting to move beyond listening to their ego and moving into hearing their soul because your soul is always going to bring you that gradual level of satisfaction and fulfillment.
3:46 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Rebecca: The people who are want to step in, they're probably feeling doubtful, scared, frustrated, grinding the gears, or spinning their wheels. You're going to be feeling like "can I actually do this? Do I have the confidence to do it?" maybe some imposter syndrome. On the other hand of that other end, the ideal client might be in a circumstance where they are like "is this as good as it gets? I've achieved so much and I still don't feel that level of fulfillment that I've been seeking". So, they are really probably looking to develop this spiritual world more, even though they might not know that at the time.
4:43 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Rebecca and her solution: The mistakes they would make is not getting help to start with; like when you're starting a business, you need support, you need accountability, a high-level accountability is going to get you results. And the beautiful thing about doing energy work or nurturing work is that there's no hiding. So, you know how there's often the sub-teams, we always look at that. There's no kind of going on "fine" and then your energy is totally off. We actually look at all of that. So, no denial, there's no like hiding behind something. It's like, if you're procrastinating, why are you procrastinating? What's going on for you? So,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Moving to your own full-time employment The power of using your imagination Why ego is not a bad thing
Related Links and Resources:
The gift is to actually extrapolate out that I'm using your imagination process, which is super fun, right? Like we all like to daydream or go into that place, but I'm literally the person who can help you go from that place of imagining it to creating it as a reality. It's on my website, it's www.rebeccadavison.life
Summary: A previous banker turned spiritual coach and intuition expert, Rebecca Davison has done over 5000 energy clearing sessions over the last 8 years, helping people to identify at the deepest levels what is holding them back from experiencing the levels of success and fulfilment that they desire. Rebecca hosts her own radio show and has a podcast called Find Your Bliss. As the founder of the Intuitive Life Academy her mission is to help those who are helping others to grow and evolve, to be profitable, not just in their business but also the rest of their lives, so they experience high levels of fulfilment and satisfaction as well as healthy financial gains. Based in New Zealand, Rebecca connects online with people from all over the world running group coaching programs and overseas retreats while also speaking internationally. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:03 Rebecca’s ideal Client: I always work with heart-centered and soul-focused entrepreneurs but I usually have two; one is you are a person who is looking to leave full-time employment and stick to be a coach full-time and really creating the profit that's required to go with that. But I also work with another ideal client which is somebody who is quite established in the business but they're kind of feeling decreased satisfaction and fulfillment. They're a little bit like "what's next? I feel like I accomplished a lot but I don't know what's beyond this."
2:52 Problem Rebecca helps solve: Usually people who just want to move into their own full-time employment, to let go of fear and scarcity. So, it can step in to matching the energy and their vibration and their mindset with their ideal outcome. If you don't believe you're not ready to create it. That is for that ideal client. The other person, they're probably looking for greater levels of enlightenment, and really wanting to move beyond listening to their ego and moving into hearing their soul because your soul is always going to bring you that gradual level of satisfaction and fulfillment.
3:46 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Rebecca: The people who are want to step in, they're probably feeling doubtful, scared, frustrated, grinding the gears, or spinning their wheels. You're going to be feeling like "can I actually do this? Do I have the confidence to do it?" maybe some imposter syndrome. On the other hand of that other end, the ideal client might be in a circumstance where they are like "is this as good as it gets? I've achieved so much and I still don't feel that level of fulfillment that I've been seeking". So, they are really probably looking to develop this spiritual world more, even though they might not know that at the time.
4:43 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Rebecca and her solution: The mistakes they would make is not getting help to start with; like when you're starting a business, you need support, you need accountability, a high-level accountability is going to get you results. And the beautiful thing about doing energy work or nurturing work is that there's no hiding. So, you know how there's often the sub-teams, we always look at that. There's no kind of going on "fine" and then your energy is totally off. We actually look at all of that. So, no denial, there's no like hiding behind something. It's like, if you're procrastinating, why are you procrastinating? What's going on for you? So,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Continue business development without the need for face-to-face meetup How to use podcast as a tool for referral partners, strategic partners, and clients Monetizing and getting results from podcasting
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.smartbusinessrevolution.com you can grab an email template there that can help you figure out what language you should use when you're reaching out. Summary: John Corcoran is an attorney, writer, and a father, and a former Clinton White House Writer and Speechwriter to the Governor of California. Throughout his career, he has worked in Hollywood, the heart of Silicon Valley, and owned his own boutique law firm in the San Francisco Bay Area working with small business owners and entrepreneurs. He’s the cofounder with Dr. Jeremy Weisz, of Rise25, LLC, an agency that helps B2B businesses to generate qualified leads and referrals and strategic partnerships using done for you podcasts and done for you lead generation using LinkedIn and content marketing. Rise25 also hosts in-person and virtual trainings for ecommerce entrepreneurs and professional services business owners. He is also the creator of Smart Business Revolution and has interviewed over 500 guests for Smart Business Revolution podcast, which he started in 2012. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:01 John’s ideal Client: I think an ideal client for us is similar to where we come from which is B2B type with a professional high client lifetime bio that is looking to make their time go further, save time, and use content marketing as a networking tool. 2:31 Problem John helps solve: We're recording this on Dec of 2020 and pandemic has been going on for 8-9 months and the common problem right now is a lot of people who were having trouble like they were getting leads and they were getting referral partners to lunches, dinners, coffees, conferences, face-to-face kind of stuff and all of a sudden you can't. So, that's a big category. People who are looking to continue business development, they need to get client or referral partners but they can't do it physically face-to-face. I've been doing a podcast for 10+ years now and it's an amazing tool for business development for referral marketing, strategic partnership, all that kind of stuff, so we show people how to do that. Even before and after the pandemic, it's a more efficient way to work because you can save time, you don't have to travel as much, you be home with your family, and you can meet and connect with more people more efficiently. 3:42 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: Lots of our clients are experiencing the marketing rollercoaster like they get busy-busy with clients so they don't do any marketing and then everything cuts lose down and then haven't done any marketing so they have to ramp it up again. So, there's a lot of people like that. They're just looking for something more consistent and predictable that's going to produce a stream of referral partners and clients on a consistent basis. That's the type of people that are frustrated with not having that and so we help people to put that in place. 4:32 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: I can totally relate to that because when I started doing the podcast, I tried to do it all by myself. Even when I started bringing other people to do audio editing and things like that, I oversaw too much of it and so I got stuck on the weeds on it. What really helped me was about 5 years ago, my business partner and I, Dr. Jeremy Weisz, he had been a podcaster for as long as I had, actually longer and have been helping other podcasters. When you're only putting out 7 episodes because I was too stuck on the weeds on it. He really helped me reinvent my whole process and the next year I put out 52. What I realized is that when you focus on the highest and best use of your time whic...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Continue business development without the need for face-to-face meetup How to use podcast as a tool for referral partners, strategic partners, and clients Monetizing and getting results from podcasting
Related Links and Resources: If you go to www.smartbusinessrevolution.com you can grab an email template there that can help you figure out what language you should use when you're reaching out. Summary: John Corcoran is an attorney, writer, and a father, and a former Clinton White House Writer and Speechwriter to the Governor of California. Throughout his career, he has worked in Hollywood, the heart of Silicon Valley, and owned his own boutique law firm in the San Francisco Bay Area working with small business owners and entrepreneurs. He’s the cofounder with Dr. Jeremy Weisz, of Rise25, LLC, an agency that helps B2B businesses to generate qualified leads and referrals and strategic partnerships using done for you podcasts and done for you lead generation using LinkedIn and content marketing. Rise25 also hosts in-person and virtual trainings for ecommerce entrepreneurs and professional services business owners. He is also the creator of Smart Business Revolution and has interviewed over 500 guests for Smart Business Revolution podcast, which he started in 2012. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:01 John’s ideal Client: I think an ideal client for us is similar to where we come from which is B2B type with a professional high client lifetime bio that is looking to make their time go further, save time, and use content marketing as a networking tool. 2:31 Problem John helps solve: We're recording this on Dec of 2020 and pandemic has been going on for 8-9 months and the common problem right now is a lot of people who were having trouble like they were getting leads and they were getting referral partners to lunches, dinners, coffees, conferences, face-to-face kind of stuff and all of a sudden you can't. So, that's a big category. People who are looking to continue business development, they need to get client or referral partners but they can't do it physically face-to-face. I've been doing a podcast for 10+ years now and it's an amazing tool for business development for referral marketing, strategic partnership, all that kind of stuff, so we show people how to do that. Even before and after the pandemic, it's a more efficient way to work because you can save time, you don't have to travel as much, you be home with your family, and you can meet and connect with more people more efficiently. 3:42 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: Lots of our clients are experiencing the marketing rollercoaster like they get busy-busy with clients so they don't do any marketing and then everything cuts lose down and then haven't done any marketing so they have to ramp it up again. So, there's a lot of people like that. They're just looking for something more consistent and predictable that's going to produce a stream of referral partners and clients on a consistent basis. That's the type of people that are frustrated with not having that and so we help people to put that in place. 4:32 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: I can totally relate to that because when I started doing the podcast, I tried to do it all by myself. Even when I started bringing other people to do audio editing and things like that, I oversaw too much of it and so I got stuck on the weeds on it. What really helped me was about 5 years ago, my business partner and I, Dr. Jeremy Weisz, he had been a podcaster for as long as I had, actually longer and have been helping other podcasters. When you're only putting out 7 episodes because I was too stuck on the weeds on it. He really helped me reinvent my whole process and the next year I put out 52. What I realized is that when you focus on the highest and best use of your time whic...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The right way to brand yourself online How can you connect with people Knowing how to target the right audience
Related Links and Resources: Everybody who connects with me online on LinkedIn (www.linkedin.com/in/michaelbertoni33/) and just mentions 'Bill Show' I will give them a free LinkedIn Evaluation. So, everybody who connects with me and says "hey, I found you through Bill" I will work with you for half an hour and I will help you update your LinkedIn, meaning I will set up a webinar, and I will say "this is how you should update your LinkedIn." Summary: Michael C. Bertoni is "THE MOST CONNECTED TECHNOLOGIST". He's the Founder & CEO of PhillyTech, has over 17,000 1st connections on LinkedIn, 50,000+ views of his LinkedIn posts monthly, his own weekly show called Tech Talks, which gets 25,000+ views monthly, a Software and HealthTech Meetup with over 1600 members, 50+ clients, an active database of 10,000+ software and hi-tech companies, 100,000+ tech professionals and 20+ years of expert experience in these markets. His 6 year old company PhillyTech powers on BRANDS (software, hi-tech, knowledge workers) and are industry leaders in helping them HIRE talent, BUILD software products, SELL and generate leads. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:52 Michael’s ideal Client: Very great story here Bill just with the pandemic. About 6 months ago, I would have said software companies, tech startups, tech enabled companies, technology service companies. But what has happened with the pandemic/COVID is I had a pivot; so now my businesses are focused on helping solopreneurs, small businesses, and people that need to generate leads online. I'm super passionate about lead generation, it's really my super power. It's been that way since I was back in about 1997 when I started a business. It shifted, I work with consultants, I work with solopreneurs, I work with small businesses, but then again, my ideal would still be software companies. 3:06 Problem Michael helps solve: Couple things; one is that branding at a high level. When you're trying to brand yourself online, typically you have your website, you have your LinkedIn, you might have other tools, but there is no place that you could go to today where somebody can understand what you do in about 5 seconds. So, that's very critical. Everybody has a short tension span, and you need to be able to explain this to somebody when they look at something in a few seconds "this is what I do, and this is how I can help you", that's challenge number one. Challenge number two is "how do I brand myself on these social platforms; on LinkedIn, on Twitter, on Facebook? How do I get my brand out there and help my audience?". And the third biggest thing is along the lines of generating leads, like "how do I get these leads in the door in this process? How do I do it? I know that I need to talk to people but how do I do this?" 4:37 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Michael: I have a client the other day say this: I need to connect with people. Bill it's easy for you, it's easy for myself but what I'm learning is, there are hundreds and thousands of solopreneurs and small businesses that are like "I need to connect with people; I need to get out there, I need to talk about my company, I need to connect" I had somebody say this to me the other day (a client) "Mike, we just need to figure out how to connect with each other.. gosh, that is so beautiful, I'm going to use that!". That's the big thing, you're sitting there and saying "business has dropped off, I'm having challenges, I got to connect with people.. how do I connect with people?" 5:52 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Michael and his solution: I think the biggest thing in the whole process is targeting the right audience. When somebody ask you the question "who is your ideal customer?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The right way to brand yourself online How can you connect with people Knowing how to target the right audience
Related Links and Resources: Everybody who connects with me online on LinkedIn (www.linkedin.com/in/michaelbertoni33/) and just mentions 'Bill Show' I will give them a free LinkedIn Evaluation. So, everybody who connects with me and says "hey, I found you through Bill" I will work with you for half an hour and I will help you update your LinkedIn, meaning I will set up a webinar, and I will say "this is how you should update your LinkedIn." Summary: Michael C. Bertoni is "THE MOST CONNECTED TECHNOLOGIST". He's the Founder & CEO of PhillyTech, has over 17,000 1st connections on LinkedIn, 50,000+ views of his LinkedIn posts monthly, his own weekly show called Tech Talks, which gets 25,000+ views monthly, a Software and HealthTech Meetup with over 1600 members, 50+ clients, an active database of 10,000+ software and hi-tech companies, 100,000+ tech professionals and 20+ years of expert experience in these markets. His 6 year old company PhillyTech powers on BRANDS (software, hi-tech, knowledge workers) and are industry leaders in helping them HIRE talent, BUILD software products, SELL and generate leads. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:52 Michael’s ideal Client: Very great story here Bill just with the pandemic. About 6 months ago, I would have said software companies, tech startups, tech enabled companies, technology service companies. But what has happened with the pandemic/COVID is I had a pivot; so now my businesses are focused on helping solopreneurs, small businesses, and people that need to generate leads online. I'm super passionate about lead generation, it's really my super power. It's been that way since I was back in about 1997 when I started a business. It shifted, I work with consultants, I work with solopreneurs, I work with small businesses, but then again, my ideal would still be software companies. 3:06 Problem Michael helps solve: Couple things; one is that branding at a high level. When you're trying to brand yourself online, typically you have your website, you have your LinkedIn, you might have other tools, but there is no place that you could go to today where somebody can understand what you do in about 5 seconds. So, that's very critical. Everybody has a short tension span, and you need to be able to explain this to somebody when they look at something in a few seconds "this is what I do, and this is how I can help you", that's challenge number one. Challenge number two is "how do I brand myself on these social platforms; on LinkedIn, on Twitter, on Facebook? How do I get my brand out there and help my audience?". And the third biggest thing is along the lines of generating leads, like "how do I get these leads in the door in this process? How do I do it? I know that I need to talk to people but how do I do this?" 4:37 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Michael: I have a client the other day say this: I need to connect with people. Bill it's easy for you, it's easy for myself but what I'm learning is, there are hundreds and thousands of solopreneurs and small businesses that are like "I need to connect with people; I need to get out there, I need to talk about my company, I need to connect" I had somebody say this to me the other day (a client) "Mike, we just need to figure out how to connect with each other.. gosh, that is so beautiful, I'm going to use that!". That's the big thing, you're sitting there and saying "business has dropped off, I'm having challenges, I got to connect with people.. how do I connect with people?" 5:52 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Michael and his solution: I think the biggest thing in the whole process is targeting the right audience. When somebody ask you the question "who is your ideal customer?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The struggle to find financing Different avenues or ways to find funds besides the bank How funding is actually tied to your variable
Related Links and Resources: My resource is I want to provide 'no cost' review of your funding, which is very rare. So, they can go right to www.kedmaough.com or, you can just hop on to www.bit.ly/targetfunds. Fill-up the form, I receive it, we go right into the meeting. Summary: Kedma Ough, MBA is one of today’s most respected authorities on small business alternative funding and has advised more than 10,000 businesses to date leveraging $ 100 million in funds with the average business receiving $10,000 or more in resources and funding. Previously, Ough worked on behalf of the Small Business Administration for more than a decade. In 2019, McGraw-Hill published Target Funding ®, a navigation system to identify targeted grants and funds for business owners. Ough is a proud fifth-generation entrepreneur and her great-great grandfather peddled various products throughout Ireland. Her favorite board game is Monopoly. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:36 Kedma’s ideal Client: My ideal client is an entrepreneur or a high ___ (I didn't get this) or an inventor who is struggling to find financing. So, it could be anyone; a startup business who's looking for funds, it could be an existing company who's trying to get additional capital, I have a situation right now where a woman minority on firm just want a huge stay contract. First time ever, for 53 million dollars and they need some funding in order to execute on it. She only needs 30 million and she needs it very quickly. But these are the kind of things I work with. I work with very unique cases and navigate through grants and resources and alternative funds to get the people the money they need to be successful. 2:40 Problem Kedma helps solve: I can do that in one hour; if I've been given an hour, I can do that. The first 10 minutes is to identify the problem and often I go through a list of how much money they miss out on before they met me. Second 20 minutes I do a strategy, the next 20 minutes after that we actually go right into an action plan. Right on line I'm already identifying resources targeting only their business. And the last 10 minutes I wrap up and I actually send out an action plan, that's a road map just for them. So, I can do it in an hour. 3:31 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Kedma: They have had the door slammed ten or more times before they find me. The lenders have slammed the door, resources, they're out of lost, they don't know where to go next, they're frustrated. And all they want to do is to make money, but what happens is that it's not of savviness, it's lack of access. If you can't access something, you're not going to be successful. That's when I step in. So, I like to tell my clients it's super simple. We're on the same highway, I just happen to be an Uber driver so I can get there quicker than you can. You can keep driving, but I know where we need to go. 4:34 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Kedma and her solution: Well, first thing they do and I want to apologize in advance, they go right to their bank. As much as I love the banks, they're very regulated and very specific and either you fit in their box or you don't fit in their box. Sometimes they'll get news that doesn't fit and they think all banks are that way, which is not true. We can take an example like SBA (bank) and I can tell you 3 different lenders who do it 3 different ways. Whether it's underwriting policy, whether it's the amount that needs to be put down for collateral, whether it's the length of the term. First thing is to realize that there are other avenues to look at. Second thing I would say is they are in a sense of panic in a lot of times and they make forward decisions.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The struggle to find financing Different avenues or ways to find funds besides the bank How funding is actually tied to your variable
Related Links and Resources: My resource is I want to provide 'no cost' review of your funding, which is very rare. So, they can go right to www.kedmaough.com or, you can just hop on to www.bit.ly/targetfunds. Fill-up the form, I receive it, we go right into the meeting. Summary: Kedma Ough, MBA is one of today’s most respected authorities on small business alternative funding and has advised more than 10,000 businesses to date leveraging $ 100 million in funds with the average business receiving $10,000 or more in resources and funding. Previously, Ough worked on behalf of the Small Business Administration for more than a decade. In 2019, McGraw-Hill published Target Funding ®, a navigation system to identify targeted grants and funds for business owners. Ough is a proud fifth-generation entrepreneur and her great-great grandfather peddled various products throughout Ireland. Her favorite board game is Monopoly. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:36 Kedma’s ideal Client: My ideal client is an entrepreneur or a high ___ (I didn't get this) or an inventor who is struggling to find financing. So, it could be anyone; a startup business who's looking for funds, it could be an existing company who's trying to get additional capital, I have a situation right now where a woman minority on firm just want a huge stay contract. First time ever, for 53 million dollars and they need some funding in order to execute on it. She only needs 30 million and she needs it very quickly. But these are the kind of things I work with. I work with very unique cases and navigate through grants and resources and alternative funds to get the people the money they need to be successful. 2:40 Problem Kedma helps solve: I can do that in one hour; if I've been given an hour, I can do that. The first 10 minutes is to identify the problem and often I go through a list of how much money they miss out on before they met me. Second 20 minutes I do a strategy, the next 20 minutes after that we actually go right into an action plan. Right on line I'm already identifying resources targeting only their business. And the last 10 minutes I wrap up and I actually send out an action plan, that's a road map just for them. So, I can do it in an hour. 3:31 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Kedma: They have had the door slammed ten or more times before they find me. The lenders have slammed the door, resources, they're out of lost, they don't know where to go next, they're frustrated. And all they want to do is to make money, but what happens is that it's not of savviness, it's lack of access. If you can't access something, you're not going to be successful. That's when I step in. So, I like to tell my clients it's super simple. We're on the same highway, I just happen to be an Uber driver so I can get there quicker than you can. You can keep driving, but I know where we need to go. 4:34 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Kedma and her solution: Well, first thing they do and I want to apologize in advance, they go right to their bank. As much as I love the banks, they're very regulated and very specific and either you fit in their box or you don't fit in their box. Sometimes they'll get news that doesn't fit and they think all banks are that way, which is not true. We can take an example like SBA (bank) and I can tell you 3 different lenders who do it 3 different ways. Whether it's underwriting policy, whether it's the amount that needs to be put down for collateral, whether it's the length of the term. First thing is to realize that there are other avenues to look at. Second thing I would say is they are in a sense of panic in a lot of times and they make forward decisions.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why podcasting is the best solution for digital content Why consistency and building relationship is important Know about 'audio first content marketing'
Related Links and Resources: So, I got the B2B podcast playbook and it goes in-depth on how to use a podcast as part of a B2B marketing strategy. You can find it at www.B2Bpodcastplaybook.com or just go to www.callforcontent.com and 'playbooks', it will be right there. Summary: Michael Greenberg is the founder of Gentleman of Technology LLC, a B2B venture creation and growth consulting firm. He launched his first independent venture, Call For Content, in January of 2017. Call For Content is a full-service podcasting agency for content marketing, audience growth, and monetization strategies. He is excited to expand his businesses further into podcasting and B2B services with the launch of Southafricatalent.com. In 2020 Michael expanded his portfolio by adding Podcasting 360 to his list of companies; it takes care of the post-production for podcasters with professional sounding audio, show notes, and social media videos to promote episodes. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:16 Michael’s ideal Client: Up until two years ago, I used to say any B2B business that wants to use or work with podcasting as part of their sales and marketing strategy. But, couple years ago we started working with podcast networks and we decided that we'd expand out and offer some of those same services to B2C as well. Now, it's anyone who wants to put part of their sales or marketing dollars into podcasting. 3:01Problem Michael helps solve: Podcasts are kind of weird, they're just a little different from the other kinds of content. And we help you understand how podcast work with your existing strategies. 3:46 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Michael: If you feel like you're getting left behind when it comes to digital content, then I think podcasts are the best solution because radio is one medium that all generations can understand. And translating that into digital audio is just a couple steps. 4:32 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Michael and his solution: Consistency is the biggest mistake, and that consistency comes in publishing but also the relationships that you build from the show. And not being able to consistently manage them. 5:11 Michael’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Well, you're already listening to podcast so I would say reach out to a podcast that you really love. And that you might be a good fit to be on. And say "hey, can I be on your show?". About half the time they have contact forms and that gets a toe in the water to getting into podcasting yourself. 5:59 Michael’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): So, I got the B2B podcast playbook and it goes in-depth on how to use a podcast as part of a B2B marketing strategy. You can find it at B2Bpodcastplaybook.com or just go to callforcontent.com and 'playbooks', it will be right there. 6:45Why is podcasting the step I should take when it comes to all this digital stuff and specifically when it comes to content? The reason is pretty simple; something I call 'audio first content marketing'. If you outline your audio and your content to be audio and be recorded as audio, you can transcribe it very easily. And then you end up with text which ends up on google and can be turned into all sorts of sharing. Everyone can talk, and training any executive to be comfortable on a mic is something that you'd probably going to end up doing at some point anyway just as part of their development. When a sales executive has a show, they get to interview their perfect fit clients and build relationships with the target account list. When a marketing executive has a show, then they might not be the host but they might be managing it and developing all the content for the company from one or two episodes a week. And so,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why podcasting is the best solution for digital content Why consistency and building relationship is important Know about 'audio first content marketing'
Related Links and Resources: So, I got the B2B podcast playbook and it goes in-depth on how to use a podcast as part of a B2B marketing strategy. You can find it at www.B2Bpodcastplaybook.com or just go to www.callforcontent.com and 'playbooks', it will be right there. Summary: Michael Greenberg is the founder of Gentleman of Technology LLC, a B2B venture creation and growth consulting firm. He launched his first independent venture, Call For Content, in January of 2017. Call For Content is a full-service podcasting agency for content marketing, audience growth, and monetization strategies. He is excited to expand his businesses further into podcasting and B2B services with the launch of Southafricatalent.com. In 2020 Michael expanded his portfolio by adding Podcasting 360 to his list of companies; it takes care of the post-production for podcasters with professional sounding audio, show notes, and social media videos to promote episodes. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:16 Michael’s ideal Client: Up until two years ago, I used to say any B2B business that wants to use or work with podcasting as part of their sales and marketing strategy. But, couple years ago we started working with podcast networks and we decided that we'd expand out and offer some of those same services to B2C as well. Now, it's anyone who wants to put part of their sales or marketing dollars into podcasting. 3:01Problem Michael helps solve: Podcasts are kind of weird, they're just a little different from the other kinds of content. And we help you understand how podcast work with your existing strategies. 3:46 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Michael: If you feel like you're getting left behind when it comes to digital content, then I think podcasts are the best solution because radio is one medium that all generations can understand. And translating that into digital audio is just a couple steps. 4:32 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Michael and his solution: Consistency is the biggest mistake, and that consistency comes in publishing but also the relationships that you build from the show. And not being able to consistently manage them. 5:11 Michael’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Well, you're already listening to podcast so I would say reach out to a podcast that you really love. And that you might be a good fit to be on. And say "hey, can I be on your show?". About half the time they have contact forms and that gets a toe in the water to getting into podcasting yourself. 5:59 Michael’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): So, I got the B2B podcast playbook and it goes in-depth on how to use a podcast as part of a B2B marketing strategy. You can find it at B2Bpodcastplaybook.com or just go to callforcontent.com and 'playbooks', it will be right there. 6:45Why is podcasting the step I should take when it comes to all this digital stuff and specifically when it comes to content? The reason is pretty simple; something I call 'audio first content marketing'. If you outline your audio and your content to be audio and be recorded as audio, you can transcribe it very easily. And then you end up with text which ends up on google and can be turned into all sorts of sharing. Everyone can talk, and training any executive to be comfortable on a mic is something that you'd probably going to end up doing at some point anyway just as part of their development. When a sales executive has a show, they get to interview their perfect fit clients and build relationships with the target account list. When a marketing executive has a show, then they might not be the host but they might be managing it and developing all the content for the company from one or two episodes a week. And so,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to make copywriting consistent and sounding authentic What's brand ventriloquism (words, tone, and frequency) How your personality is the value you bring to your business
Related Links and Resources: I've got a practical brand voice framework and it's 3 tools to measure voice; words, tone, and frequency. There's a couple of free websites that has measuring tools for this and I got it compiled in one place for you. You can find that at www.prettyflycopy.com/voice Summary: Justin Blackman has written for more than 329 entrepreneurs and managed to sound like every one of them. He uses an ultra-specific voice mirroring process called Brand Ventriloquism® to analyze and replicate the nuances that make your voice unique, and documents it so you can scale your content without sacrificing authenticity. He’s created voice guides for small brands and leaders such as Amy Porterfield, Stu McLaren, and Danny Iny. He also has quick & quirky writing workshop called Write More Personality-er, where he shows how to add punch, power, and pop to your everyday writing. All the people say he’s pretty fly for a write guy. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:43 Justin’s ideal Client: I work with personal brands, I work with coaches with teams, and small to medium size businesses. 1:59 Problem Justin helps solve: I help people scale their writing piece (not sure if he said 'piece'), and I keep their writing copy consistent and sounding authentic which helps builds trust with their readers and their customers. There are 3 main symptoms; the first one is disconnected content where everything sounds to be thrown together, and there's a mismatch between social, email, website or podcast, maybe public appearances. Everything seems disconnected. The second one is bottleneck with content creation, and that's because the boss is writing everything by themselves which comes to the expense of handling other projects or everything has to be run thru them, it just slows everything down. The third one is frustration with copywriters, feeling like not everyone really 'get' them. 3:23 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Justin: A lot of people feel that their voices are unique and no one can sound like them, and they feel like if it's not written by them then their audience will know. And their approaching voice is more of a feeling rather than a structure that needs to be broken down into ___ ( I didn't get this part) 4:02 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Justin and his solution: It's when they're approach writing more as an art and forgetting that there's also a science behind it, and there's a technical side as well. A good copywriter would be able to come in and find that perfect blend of art and science. It's not just getting the structure of the copy right but also getting the structure of your voice right. And there's the elements that I use that brand ventriloquism; that's the words, tone, and frequency. 4:58 Justin’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Embracing that there really is a science behind the voice, and it's not as touchy-feely as a lot of people think. 5:22 Justin’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I've got a practical brand voice framework and it's 3 tools to measure voice; words, tone, and frequency. There's a couple of free websites that has measuring tools for this and I got it compiled in one place for you. You can find that at prettyflycopy.com/voice 6:01 Does professional writings have to sound professional? NO, because your personality is a value from which you bring value to your business especially if you're a solopreneur. And being able to write and not hide that, to bring it to the forefront is something that your audience will identify with. They will be able to see traits that they will appreciate and fell themselves in you, and it makes you stand out. That's what really is writing your personality is about.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to make copywriting consistent and sounding authentic What's brand ventriloquism (words, tone, and frequency) How your personality is the value you bring to your business
Related Links and Resources: I've got a practical brand voice framework and it's 3 tools to measure voice; words, tone, and frequency. There's a couple of free websites that has measuring tools for this and I got it compiled in one place for you. You can find that at www.prettyflycopy.com/voice Summary: Justin Blackman has written for more than 329 entrepreneurs and managed to sound like every one of them. He uses an ultra-specific voice mirroring process called Brand Ventriloquism® to analyze and replicate the nuances that make your voice unique, and documents it so you can scale your content without sacrificing authenticity. He’s created voice guides for small brands and leaders such as Amy Porterfield, Stu McLaren, and Danny Iny. He also has quick & quirky writing workshop called Write More Personality-er, where he shows how to add punch, power, and pop to your everyday writing. All the people say he’s pretty fly for a write guy. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:43 Justin’s ideal Client: I work with personal brands, I work with coaches with teams, and small to medium size businesses. 1:59 Problem Justin helps solve: I help people scale their writing piece (not sure if he said 'piece'), and I keep their writing copy consistent and sounding authentic which helps builds trust with their readers and their customers. There are 3 main symptoms; the first one is disconnected content where everything sounds to be thrown together, and there's a mismatch between social, email, website or podcast, maybe public appearances. Everything seems disconnected. The second one is bottleneck with content creation, and that's because the boss is writing everything by themselves which comes to the expense of handling other projects or everything has to be run thru them, it just slows everything down. The third one is frustration with copywriters, feeling like not everyone really 'get' them. 3:23 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Justin: A lot of people feel that their voices are unique and no one can sound like them, and they feel like if it's not written by them then their audience will know. And their approaching voice is more of a feeling rather than a structure that needs to be broken down into ___ ( I didn't get this part) 4:02 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Justin and his solution: It's when they're approach writing more as an art and forgetting that there's also a science behind it, and there's a technical side as well. A good copywriter would be able to come in and find that perfect blend of art and science. It's not just getting the structure of the copy right but also getting the structure of your voice right. And there's the elements that I use that brand ventriloquism; that's the words, tone, and frequency. 4:58 Justin’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Embracing that there really is a science behind the voice, and it's not as touchy-feely as a lot of people think. 5:22 Justin’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I've got a practical brand voice framework and it's 3 tools to measure voice; words, tone, and frequency. There's a couple of free websites that has measuring tools for this and I got it compiled in one place for you. You can find that at prettyflycopy.com/voice 6:01 Does professional writings have to sound professional? NO, because your personality is a value from which you bring value to your business especially if you're a solopreneur. And being able to write and not hide that, to bring it to the forefront is something that your audience will identify with. They will be able to see traits that they will appreciate and fell themselves in you, and it makes you stand out. That's what really is writing your personality is about.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:59 Aaron’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are small business owners from 100,000 to 50 million dollars, 27 to 65 years old historically. People who want to grow and scale their business. 2:26 Problem Aaron helps solve: Isolation is the enemy to excellence, and we help to eradicate isolation. We were designed to be in a community and we need people around us to help us grow personally, professionally, and spiritually. 3:03 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Aaron: Bill, you know as well as I do for being in a business yourself that it's difficult to make great decisions alone, because you can only see things from one perspective. We need accountability in our life, we need resources, we got to have people who have innovative perspectives on new ideas. So, I just want to surround myself with what Jim Rohn said "I want to be the average of the 5 people I spend the most time with" and you know as well as I do that we need those people around us to help us make intelligent decisions. Especially in the light of the current circumstances and situations that we face today, we have never been here before. We need very confident people to help us work through those challenges. 4:07What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Aaron and his solution: A lot of the times, people don't have experience with the framework that you need in order to enlist competent people. We built the framework on the 'Mastermind Playbook' and it helps you really identify people with strong core values, people that have a mission statement, people that are looking to grow not only for monetary reasons but they have a greater purpose in life. We help formulate that and we organize to a manner that which you could grow, scale and develop your company with a greater purpose in mind. A lot of people want to get people around them, but they don't really know how to articulate the type of person they need around them. There are people out there everywhere but we want people that are willing to go for it. People who are not necessarily adverse risk. People who are willing to form some type of risk because you wouldn't be a small business owner if that weren't the case to begin with. So, we just help to vet those person to get people on board that have the same missions and goals in mind like you do. 5:19 Aaron’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): A lot of people are afraid; I deal with people all the time. I even asked Robin recently "why is everybody so afraid?" it's time to go for it because if you want to live, you got to go for it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to eradication isolation which is stopping you from excellence Know how to articulate the right type of person that you need to surround yourself What’s the advantage of joining a Mastermind group
Related Links and Resources:
They can go to www.viewfromthetop.com and there's 3 resources we provided for you there. One is called 'What Do I Want?', one is called 'The Personal Assessment' and one is a 'Spouse Survey'. You can also go to the direct link for this: www.viewfromthetop.com/scaleology
Summary: Aaron Walker has founded more than a dozen companies over the past 41 years. He attributes much of his success to having surrounded himself with his mastermind counterparts. Aaron spent a decade meeting weekly with Dave Ramsey, Dan Miller, Ken Abraham, and five other amazing entrepreneurs. Aaron is the founder of Iron Sharpens Iron Mastermind that now hosts 15 groups with National and International members. Aaron is the author of View From The Top, a must-read to fully understand how to live a life of success and significance. Also, the founder of The Mastermind Playbook an incredible resource for starting, running, and scaling masterminds. Aaron lives in Nashville, Tennessee with his wife Robin of 40 years and he has two incredible daughters and five beautiful grandchildren. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:59 Aaron’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are small business owners from 100,000 to 50 million dollars, 27 to 65 years old historically. People who want to grow and scale their business. 2:26 Problem Aaron helps solve: Isolation is the enemy to excellence, and we help to eradicate isolation. We were designed to be in a community and we need people around us to help us grow personally, professionally, and spiritually. 3:03 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Aaron: Bill, you know as well as I do for being in a business yourself that it's difficult to make great decisions alone, because you can only see things from one perspective. We need accountability in our life, we need resources, we got to have people who have innovative perspectives on new ideas. So, I just want to surround myself with what Jim Rohn said "I want to be the average of the 5 people I spend the most time with" and you know as well as I do that we need those people around us to help us make intelligent decisions. Especially in the light of the current circumstances and situations that we face today, we have never been here before. We need very confident people to help us work through those challenges. 4:07What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Aaron and his solution: A lot of the times, people don't have experience with the framework that you need in order to enlist competent people. We built the framework on the 'Mastermind Playbook' and it helps you really identify people with strong core values, people that have a mission statement, people that are looking to grow not only for monetary reasons but they have a greater purpose in life. We help formulate that and we organize to a manner that which you could grow, scale and develop your company with a greater purpose in mind. A lot of people want to get people around them, but they don't really know how to articulate the type of person they need around them. There are people out there everywhere but we want people that are willing to go for it. People who are not necessarily adverse risk. People who are willing to form some type of risk because you wouldn't be a small business owner if that weren't the case to begin with. So, we just help to vet those person to get people on board that have the same missions and goals in mind like you do. 5:19 Aaron’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): A lot of people are afraid; I deal with people all the time. I even asked Robin recently "why is everybody so afraid?" it's time to go for it because if you want to live, you got to go for it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How LinkedIn can help bring leads and business in the company Importance of showing up and engaging with people How LinkedIn offers opportunity to learn
Related Links and Resources: I have in fact a free E-book that is all about building a compelling LinkedIn profile in 13 easy steps, and it is available on my website which is www.wordwizard.co.nz/offer. And people can sign up, I send out information about LinkedIn on an irregular basis when there are something to talk about, so they can sign up for that as well. Summary: Lynnaire Johnston is an internationally recognised expert in the art of using LinkedIn to help business owners achieve professional success. Whether they are looking to be known as the expert in their field, drive customers and leads, or meet and network with those at the highest echelons of their industry – LinkedIn can help them do that. And through her new book, Link∙Ability, Lynnaire explains how. Lynnaire is ranked the No. 1 LinkedIn expert in her native New Zealand, which according to Big Seven Travel is home to the world’s sexiest accent (https://bigseventravel.com/2019/04/worlds-sexiest-accent/). Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:42 Lynnaire’s ideal Client: Well, my ideal client is exactly the kind of people who listens to your amazing podcast. These are small to medium business owners, they might be solopreneurs with or without teams, but they are businesses that understands that there is a place for social media and business social media in the E-marketing. And these are companies Bill that want to do more with LinkedIn, they want to harness the power of LinkedIn but they're just not sure how to go about it and what's the best way to achieve these results. 2:24 Problem Lynnaire helps solve: I find it that a lot of people don't really understand how to use LinkedIn so that's the technical side of it which can be a bit tricky because there's an awful lot to learn and they keep changing it. But the other side of it is what to do with LinkedIn to be able to reach the clients, the audience, the potential business partners. And so my role is to help those people find ways to do this so it brings in leads, it brings in business to the companies, and so that will be able them to promote themselves, promote the business, and to be seen out there in the LinkedIn community which is not a big one; 710+ million members, that's 102. 3:34 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Lynnaire: If they look at LinkedIn and see people that are doing well who have a great profile, getting good numbers on their post in terms of engagement and reach. They're telling stories about how there LinkedIn is really doing well and the kind of people that they are now doing business with. Those are the kind of people who might go "I think I might need a bit of help with this" because there is a lot to learn about LinkedIn. It has got a lot of many different features and to do it well requires knowledge, requires practice, and it requires consistency, you need to show up on a regular basis. And the people who do that, do really well on LinkedIn but it does require that commitment. Otherwise people go very quickly and you don't kind of not get that long tail effect, it's like meeting somebody in a networking meeting and never getting in touch with them again. 4:58 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Lynnaire and her solution: I think the main problem is that they expect instant results; LinkedIn doesn't work like that, it takes time. And I think that in today's world, we seem to want to have success today, we're not willing often to put on the hard work over a long period of time to become known, to build our reputation, to gain credibility, and to build that trust with people. And so, I feel that the main thing that people forget to do is just to show up, and they need to engage with people because it will be like goi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How LinkedIn can help bring leads and business in the company Importance of showing up and engaging with people How LinkedIn offers opportunity to learn
Related Links and Resources: I have in fact a free E-book that is all about building a compelling LinkedIn profile in 13 easy steps, and it is available on my website which is www.wordwizard.co.nz/offer. And people can sign up, I send out information about LinkedIn on an irregular basis when there are something to talk about, so they can sign up for that as well. Summary: Lynnaire Johnston is an internationally recognised expert in the art of using LinkedIn to help business owners achieve professional success. Whether they are looking to be known as the expert in their field, drive customers and leads, or meet and network with those at the highest echelons of their industry – LinkedIn can help them do that. And through her new book, Link∙Ability, Lynnaire explains how. Lynnaire is ranked the No. 1 LinkedIn expert in her native New Zealand, which according to Big Seven Travel is home to the world’s sexiest accent (https://bigseventravel.com/2019/04/worlds-sexiest-accent/). Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:42 Lynnaire’s ideal Client: Well, my ideal client is exactly the kind of people who listens to your amazing podcast. These are small to medium business owners, they might be solopreneurs with or without teams, but they are businesses that understands that there is a place for social media and business social media in the E-marketing. And these are companies Bill that want to do more with LinkedIn, they want to harness the power of LinkedIn but they're just not sure how to go about it and what's the best way to achieve these results. 2:24 Problem Lynnaire helps solve: I find it that a lot of people don't really understand how to use LinkedIn so that's the technical side of it which can be a bit tricky because there's an awful lot to learn and they keep changing it. But the other side of it is what to do with LinkedIn to be able to reach the clients, the audience, the potential business partners. And so my role is to help those people find ways to do this so it brings in leads, it brings in business to the companies, and so that will be able them to promote themselves, promote the business, and to be seen out there in the LinkedIn community which is not a big one; 710+ million members, that's 102. 3:34 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Lynnaire: If they look at LinkedIn and see people that are doing well who have a great profile, getting good numbers on their post in terms of engagement and reach. They're telling stories about how there LinkedIn is really doing well and the kind of people that they are now doing business with. Those are the kind of people who might go "I think I might need a bit of help with this" because there is a lot to learn about LinkedIn. It has got a lot of many different features and to do it well requires knowledge, requires practice, and it requires consistency, you need to show up on a regular basis. And the people who do that, do really well on LinkedIn but it does require that commitment. Otherwise people go very quickly and you don't kind of not get that long tail effect, it's like meeting somebody in a networking meeting and never getting in touch with them again. 4:58 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Lynnaire and her solution: I think the main problem is that they expect instant results; LinkedIn doesn't work like that, it takes time. And I think that in today's world, we seem to want to have success today, we're not willing often to put on the hard work over a long period of time to become known, to build our reputation, to gain credibility, and to build that trust with people. And so, I feel that the main thing that people forget to do is just to show up, and they need to engage with people because it will be like goi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Importance of not ignoring customers walking out the back doorThe mistake of not understanding your customerThe value of becoming a customer of your own companyRelated Links and Resources:I have a new resource that is entitled "Four Things that Every Marketer Must Know about Customer Experience", you can get it on my website at www.dangingiss.com/4-things-marketers-must-know-about-cx/ will bring it right into that free download.Summary:Dan Gingiss is an international keynote speaker and customer experience coach who believes that a remarkable customer experience can be your best marketing. His 20-year professional career consistently focused on delighting customers, spanning multiple disciplines including customer experience, marketing, social media and customer service. He held leadership positions at three Fortune 300 companies – McDonald’s, Discover and Humana.Dan is the author of the book, Winning at Social Customer Care: How Top Brands Create Engaging Experiences on Social Media, a host of the Experience This! Show podcast and a regular contributor to Forbes.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:53 Dan’s ideal Client: My ideal clients sit in either the marketing or the customer service/experience side of the business. And nowadays, it's becoming a little bit 'muddier' because those teams are finally starting to work together which is great. Usually I'm talking to a Director or above, probably a VP Executive level in the customer service or marketing area. Somebody who is really looking to 'supercharge' the customer experience in their organization and get more people talking about their brand.2:41 Problem Dan helps solve: The big problem is that so many companies are focused on acquiring new customers and getting new sales, and they're putting all their money there. What they're ignoring is that there's customers walking out the back door. I like to refer to this as the 'leaky bucket' and every company has a leaky bucket. The customers that are walking out the back door are very dangerous; because A: they're usually doing it so silently, they're not telling you why they're leaving and B: they're usually going to your competition. So, if we can stop the leaky bucket, if we can plug it up and keep the customers that we have, we actually take pressure off of our sales team and the marketing team because they don't have to constantly have these increasing goals every year. It gets harder and harder because we're literally swimming against the stream.3:57 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Dan: Well, I would say a few things. The first is, if you have a retention rate that you're not happy with, if people are leaving again, either telling you or not, and you don't know why. That's a big indicator that something is wrong. If your sales and marketing team are so stressed out every year because you keep on increasing the goals just to keep up, that's a pretty good sign. I worked for a startup once where in order to net a million dollars in sales, the sales team had to sell 1.4 million dollars. That was just to make up for the sales they were losing on the back end. Think about the stress that you put to people to chase that. The other thing is, if you're looking over to fence it on your competition, and you're saying "man, they're really doing some cool things and experiences, and I wish my company could do that. I wish we could create memorable experiences for our customers" that's the time to call Dan Gingiss.5:14 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Dan and his solution: Usually the biggest mistake is not understanding your customer. In some companies, in some organizations, we are our own customers or we are our target audience and so it's easier to relate to the customer. In other organizations it's completely not true. One of my consulting clients right now is in the dentist supply business.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Importance of not ignoring customers walking out the back doorThe mistake of not understanding your customerThe value of becoming a customer of your own companyRelated Links and Resources:I have a new resource that is entitled "Four Things that Every Marketer Must Know about Customer Experience", you can get it on my website at www.dangingiss.com/4-things-marketers-must-know-about-cx/ will bring it right into that free download.Summary:Dan Gingiss is an international keynote speaker and customer experience coach who believes that a remarkable customer experience can be your best marketing. His 20-year professional career consistently focused on delighting customers, spanning multiple disciplines including customer experience, marketing, social media and customer service. He held leadership positions at three Fortune 300 companies – McDonald’s, Discover and Humana.Dan is the author of the book, Winning at Social Customer Care: How Top Brands Create Engaging Experiences on Social Media, a host of the Experience This! Show podcast and a regular contributor to Forbes.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:53 Dan’s ideal Client: My ideal clients sit in either the marketing or the customer service/experience side of the business. And nowadays, it's becoming a little bit 'muddier' because those teams are finally starting to work together which is great. Usually I'm talking to a Director or above, probably a VP Executive level in the customer service or marketing area. Somebody who is really looking to 'supercharge' the customer experience in their organization and get more people talking about their brand.2:41 Problem Dan helps solve: The big problem is that so many companies are focused on acquiring new customers and getting new sales, and they're putting all their money there. What they're ignoring is that there's customers walking out the back door. I like to refer to this as the 'leaky bucket' and every company has a leaky bucket. The customers that are walking out the back door are very dangerous; because A: they're usually doing it so silently, they're not telling you why they're leaving and B: they're usually going to your competition. So, if we can stop the leaky bucket, if we can plug it up and keep the customers that we have, we actually take pressure off of our sales team and the marketing team because they don't have to constantly have these increasing goals every year. It gets harder and harder because we're literally swimming against the stream.3:57 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Dan: Well, I would say a few things. The first is, if you have a retention rate that you're not happy with, if people are leaving again, either telling you or not, and you don't know why. That's a big indicator that something is wrong. If your sales and marketing team are so stressed out every year because you keep on increasing the goals just to keep up, that's a pretty good sign. I worked for a startup once where in order to net a million dollars in sales, the sales team had to sell 1.4 million dollars. That was just to make up for the sales they were losing on the back end. Think about the stress that you put to people to chase that. The other thing is, if you're looking over to fence it on your competition, and you're saying "man, they're really doing some cool things and experiences, and I wish my company could do that. I wish we could create memorable experiences for our customers" that's the time to call Dan Gingiss.5:14 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Dan and his solution: Usually the biggest mistake is not understanding your customer. In some companies, in some organizations, we are our own customers or we are our target audience and so it's easier to relate to the customer. In other organizations it's completely not true. One of my consulting clients right now is in the dentist supply business.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Scaling your business and having time of your ownStop following what everybody else's doing and learn to market rightCreating 'consumer awareness' guideRelated Links and Resources:She recently conducted a masterclass, a training to literally teach people on how to get a conveyor belt of leads. That is at www.go.heartrepreneur.com/training-conveyorbelt. If you just go to www.heartrepreneur.com and it says 'start here' and you can find it there as well. Summary:Terri Levine is the founder of Heart-repreneur® and is a business marketing consultant who assists businesses worldwide with business growth, sales, and marketing. She has more than 40 years of business experience, encompassing work with more than 6,000 business owners and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. She is also a bestselling author of dozens of books, has her own radio and TV show, and is also a keynote speaker.Terri has a passion for helping businesses to grow with her own personal experience gained while building multiple successful businesses from the ground up. Terri has created the Heart-repreneur® cause teaching business owners to do business heart-to-heart. Terri conducts training seminars, programs, helping entrepreneurs become more profitable and increase their bottom line. She is passionate about speaking to business owners about what tactics they can do to skyrocket their business.Here are the highlights of this episode:2:02 Terri’s ideal Client: I work with people that own service businesses of any type. They're not a product just service and in particular, I work with a lot of Doctors and other professionals. As long as it's a service, I can help.2:23 Problem Terri helps solve: They really have two problems; the first problem is that they haven't really able to scale their business. So, either they're stagnant or they don't really have time of their own. They have their business to a level where it's producing the income they want; however, they're giving up for each time.2:58 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Terri: First of all, they usually feel 'some lack'; lack of time with their kids, maybe their appearance, maybe with their family or family vacation, so their big problem is lack of time. Second, they're typically frustrated; no matter what marketing they seem to do, either it doesn't work or is very costly or they barely get ahead. They feel struggles, frustration, even some anxiety perhaps, they're not sleeping well at night. If we're diagnosing 'symptoms', we're looking for struggle, frustration, overwhelm and a real yearning to have more time and live life more fully.4:05 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Terri and her solution: Well the first thing is, is that most of them really don't know how to do marketing. They didn't get trained in marketing, they didn't study marketing, and so they just follow whatever everybody else’s doing and they hope that that's right. They use things such as expensive Facebook ads, or paper clip, or they send out massive emails, and they're wasting time. money, and even energy on branding, on logos, on social media that literally is not what's going to move the needles. Stop following what everybody else's doing and learn to market right.4:53 Terri’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): That's really a pretty easy thing to do. You want to create what's called 'consumer awareness' guide. It's not a marketing piece, it really is a guide so it could be the top 5 mistakes people make when going to see a doctor or the type 8 mistakes that people make when going to a dentist. And you literally just tackle each of one of those mistakes and you tell the solution. And at the very end you say "this consumer awareness guide was brought to you by.." whatever the name your company is. And you put that on the landing page, it literally can take two seconds to get up there. Doesn't have to be a work of art,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Scaling your business and having time of your ownStop following what everybody else's doing and learn to market rightCreating 'consumer awareness' guideRelated Links and Resources:She recently conducted a masterclass, a training to literally teach people on how to get a conveyor belt of leads. That is at www.go.heartrepreneur.com/training-conveyorbelt. If you just go to www.heartrepreneur.com and it says 'start here' and you can find it there as well. Summary:Terri Levine is the founder of Heart-repreneur® and is a business marketing consultant who assists businesses worldwide with business growth, sales, and marketing. She has more than 40 years of business experience, encompassing work with more than 6,000 business owners and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. She is also a bestselling author of dozens of books, has her own radio and TV show, and is also a keynote speaker.Terri has a passion for helping businesses to grow with her own personal experience gained while building multiple successful businesses from the ground up. Terri has created the Heart-repreneur® cause teaching business owners to do business heart-to-heart. Terri conducts training seminars, programs, helping entrepreneurs become more profitable and increase their bottom line. She is passionate about speaking to business owners about what tactics they can do to skyrocket their business.Here are the highlights of this episode:2:02 Terri’s ideal Client: I work with people that own service businesses of any type. They're not a product just service and in particular, I work with a lot of Doctors and other professionals. As long as it's a service, I can help.2:23 Problem Terri helps solve: They really have two problems; the first problem is that they haven't really able to scale their business. So, either they're stagnant or they don't really have time of their own. They have their business to a level where it's producing the income they want; however, they're giving up for each time.2:58 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Terri: First of all, they usually feel 'some lack'; lack of time with their kids, maybe their appearance, maybe with their family or family vacation, so their big problem is lack of time. Second, they're typically frustrated; no matter what marketing they seem to do, either it doesn't work or is very costly or they barely get ahead. They feel struggles, frustration, even some anxiety perhaps, they're not sleeping well at night. If we're diagnosing 'symptoms', we're looking for struggle, frustration, overwhelm and a real yearning to have more time and live life more fully.4:05 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Terri and her solution: Well the first thing is, is that most of them really don't know how to do marketing. They didn't get trained in marketing, they didn't study marketing, and so they just follow whatever everybody else’s doing and they hope that that's right. They use things such as expensive Facebook ads, or paper clip, or they send out massive emails, and they're wasting time. money, and even energy on branding, on logos, on social media that literally is not what's going to move the needles. Stop following what everybody else's doing and learn to market right.4:53 Terri’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): That's really a pretty easy thing to do. You want to create what's called 'consumer awareness' guide. It's not a marketing piece, it really is a guide so it could be the top 5 mistakes people make when going to see a doctor or the type 8 mistakes that people make when going to a dentist. And you literally just tackle each of one of those mistakes and you tell the solution. And at the very end you say "this consumer awareness guide was brought to you by.." whatever the name your company is. And you put that on the landing page, it literally can take two seconds to get up there. Doesn't have to be a work of art,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How online courses can increase customer and team satisfaction Knowing what course to create The right tools to create a course
Related Links and Resources: What I'd like you to do is get the process on how to create and launch their online course that they can go to, it's www.ucfbook.com and they can get access to that course. It is a very simple step by step. Right after they download the book, on the next page you can get invited to also watch a 90-minute free training that walks them through that guideline and gives them every step they need to be able to create an online course. Summary: Iman Aghay is a serial entrepreneur, international speaker and 6-time #1 best-selling author. He is best known as the founder of Success Road Academy, and has created over 50 courses that help coaches, authors, speakers and entrepreneurs grow their business aligned with their life purpose. Iman is also the founder of Entrepreneurs International Network, which has a community of over 150, 000 members in 5 countries. Iman is also part owner of JV Insider Circle, the world’s leading community for entrepreneurs to find partnerships and deals, by utilizing community and connection. He believes that all entrepreneurs can build a business based on their life’s purpose. His vision of having a massive positive impact on 100 million people has fueled his love and passion for guiding entrepreneurs to success. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:14 Iman’s ideal Client: My perfect clients are people who have expertise and knowledge that want to share it with other people and want to make an impact to the world. And I know that in your audience, there are lots of companies and groups that are doing an amazing work. There is a very big importance in their business to transfer that knowledge and information either from one generation in their company to the other generation in the company, or from the team to the customers, or from one group of team members to the other team members which actually make it extremely valuable for them to discover how to create and launch online courses. Now, they can sell it or offer it as free, or they can give access to other people. But using the online courses on a platform makes a huge difference in their success in increasing their customer satisfaction and their team satisfaction rate. 3:27Problem Iman helps solve: I always say it this way; if you ever found yourself that you needed to repeat one thing twice in a day, that means that it needs to turn into course. And you not having turning that into a course decreases your productivity. If you ever found yourself two team members need to repeat themselves on something over and over, or one team member needs to repeat the same thing to a client over and over, that means that it can be put into a course, into a system that simply they can say "hey, here's the thing, go watch this 5-minute video/ 20-minute video that will show you exactly what you need to do. If you couldn't get it done then come back to me but watch this video to give you step-by-step." 4:31Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Iman: Two things: number 1-"I wish people knew about this!" because it can make a huge difference in their businesses, in their life, in their experience. Number 2- "I wish that before coming to me, you knew about this. So, I didn't need to explain myself over and over before." If you have any of those feelings, that means it's your time. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Iman and his solution: The first biggest mistake that they make is that they sit on their own and they're like "what's the course I want to create?" and they go create without any conversation with their clients or with the students. And what happens is, the back course will look perfect to you but what's perfect to you is not perfect to the students.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How online courses can increase customer and team satisfaction Knowing what course to create The right tools to create a course
Related Links and Resources: What I'd like you to do is get the process on how to create and launch their online course that they can go to, it's www.ucfbook.com and they can get access to that course. It is a very simple step by step. Right after they download the book, on the next page you can get invited to also watch a 90-minute free training that walks them through that guideline and gives them every step they need to be able to create an online course. Summary: Iman Aghay is a serial entrepreneur, international speaker and 6-time #1 best-selling author. He is best known as the founder of Success Road Academy, and has created over 50 courses that help coaches, authors, speakers and entrepreneurs grow their business aligned with their life purpose. Iman is also the founder of Entrepreneurs International Network, which has a community of over 150, 000 members in 5 countries. Iman is also part owner of JV Insider Circle, the world’s leading community for entrepreneurs to find partnerships and deals, by utilizing community and connection. He believes that all entrepreneurs can build a business based on their life’s purpose. His vision of having a massive positive impact on 100 million people has fueled his love and passion for guiding entrepreneurs to success. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:14 Iman’s ideal Client: My perfect clients are people who have expertise and knowledge that want to share it with other people and want to make an impact to the world. And I know that in your audience, there are lots of companies and groups that are doing an amazing work. There is a very big importance in their business to transfer that knowledge and information either from one generation in their company to the other generation in the company, or from the team to the customers, or from one group of team members to the other team members which actually make it extremely valuable for them to discover how to create and launch online courses. Now, they can sell it or offer it as free, or they can give access to other people. But using the online courses on a platform makes a huge difference in their success in increasing their customer satisfaction and their team satisfaction rate. 3:27Problem Iman helps solve: I always say it this way; if you ever found yourself that you needed to repeat one thing twice in a day, that means that it needs to turn into course. And you not having turning that into a course decreases your productivity. If you ever found yourself two team members need to repeat themselves on something over and over, or one team member needs to repeat the same thing to a client over and over, that means that it can be put into a course, into a system that simply they can say "hey, here's the thing, go watch this 5-minute video/ 20-minute video that will show you exactly what you need to do. If you couldn't get it done then come back to me but watch this video to give you step-by-step." 4:31Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Iman: Two things: number 1-"I wish people knew about this!" because it can make a huge difference in their businesses, in their life, in their experience. Number 2- "I wish that before coming to me, you knew about this. So, I didn't need to explain myself over and over before." If you have any of those feelings, that means it's your time. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Iman and his solution: The first biggest mistake that they make is that they sit on their own and they're like "what's the course I want to create?" and they go create without any conversation with their clients or with the students. And what happens is, the back course will look perfect to you but what's perfect to you is not perfect to the students.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Things to consider when you think about retiring or transitioning your business The advantage of continuous learning or reading How important is knowing the economic and business conditions
Related Links and Resources:
I got a page on my website from www.financialmanagementresources.biz, that offers up 3 different assessments; tradition readiness assessments.
Summary: Arnie Hendricks of Financial Management Resources has been coaching and advising business owners as a part time CFO for 29 years and has served over 350 companies. Prior to establishing his consulting practice, he had two five-year stints as a CFO for $30M to $50M manufacturing companies. The Certified Management Accountant (CMA) designation Arnie earned early in his career has been supplemented by becoming a Certified Family Business Coach (CFBC) and a Certified Exit Planning Advisor (CEPA). He is also a Certified Mergers and Acquisition Advisor (CM&AA). These credentials enhance his practical finance and operations experience to help a business owner through their once in a lifetime process. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:31 Arnie’s ideal Client: The ideal client would be a business owner that's thinking about transitioning in the next 5 to 10 years. Typically, that's somebody that perhaps reached the age of 60 to 65 and thinking about retirement and changes. And they realized that they got to do something with the business that they built over their career. Sometimes, it's somebody in their 40's or 50's that has been in the business for 20+ years and is ready for another challenge or is ready for an early retirement and looking on towards the next project might be. 3:18 Problem Arnie helps solve: The real problem is, they really don't know how to reach that objective of transitioning their business, because as you mentioned earlier, they only do it one time. And anything that we do for the first time, we usually don't do it as well. So, then don't typically perhaps get the value that they could maximize if they took an earlier start. Potential owners, sometimes if they let their kids or the management team take over the business, it's a process of getting them ready. Because they need a leader not just managers. There's a variety of complex things that needs to be address which is unique in every business. 4:17 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Arnie: It might be just a matter of losing enthusiasm for the business. Might be a concern that typically a business is 75% of a business owner's net worth. They started to worry as they get closer to retirement, are they going to be able to get the value out of the business, and just a lot of uncertainty that they need some answers to. 5:00What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Arnie and his solution: A lot of times the wait is way too long; they're action-oriented people and they've able to solve lots of problems with their businesses. And so, they think they can fairly do this at a very short time. In reality, it can take 3 to 5 years to really meet their objectives and maximize the value. In proper expectations, they've talked to people about the value of the businesses that they've solved, may or may not be right, maybe a totally different business.. software business versus manufacturing business. A lot of times they don't have their personal financial house in order. Because if they're going to sell their business, they need to make sure it's another personal financial plan. And then just making sure they reach out to the right team of advisors; their CPA, someone like myself that's in the business. Just continue to learn and surround themselves with people that can help them be successful. 6:14 Arnie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): My suggestion would be is just to give me a call and talk it through, just to begin the conversation. And another one would be is just do some reading; r...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to stop struggling with your life and find your real happiness Know about the ‘equation of life’ and nurture your habits What’s the real definition of success
Related Links and Resources:
You can go to my website: www.mooremomentum.com and there's actually a FREE life evaluation quiz. And you can very quickly see where you stand in each of your five cores.
Summary: Will Moore, founder of “The Momentum Movement,” is a dynamic entrepreneur, speaker, life coach, and happiness expert. After exiting his delivery startup for a nine-figure sum, Will realized that true "success" is not just about finances, but nurturing and finding balance in the 5 core areas of life. He's now dedicated his life to helping others discover what these areas are and how to replace the failure habits built in each with what he calls "success habits." His main goal is to help others build momentum every day so they can fire on all cylinders on their way to becoming an unstoppable force, then pay it forward to help the rest of the world do the same. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:37 Will’s ideal Client: My ideal client is really anybody that is struggling with their life; age to me is just a number, you could be having a mid-life crisis, you could be at the tail-end of your life where you're retiring and then "now what?". You could be "I hit rock bottom when I was in college", suicidal, or "what's the world all about, what am I supposed to do with myself?" because you can't keep on going this way. Anybody who's sort of like tired of hearing the same things over and over in terms of what success or what happiness should be and they're not able to find it and they're frustrated. That's exactly what I help people with. 2:32 Problem Will helps solve: We're here for one reason: to be HAPPY. How that comes out, how that's form or in what way. Unfortunately, our society has focused on just one of those ways which is the financial and the career, which is one of my 5 cores which is important, so don't get me wrong. But to me, it's too much focus on that and it’s causing us into going off in the wrong directions and make all of our decisions based on that. On what that ends up leading to is a less satisfied, less fulfilment and less happiness. 3:27 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Will: I'd like to describe it 'I hit my rock bottom' as I said in college. A lot of people felt like hover just between their rock bottom and their full potential. I think if everybody were to look into the mirror and ask themselves honestly "am I firing in all cylinders? Am I reaching my top potential in these main areas of my life like: my physical, my mindset, my relationships, my emotional help in giving back, my career, my finances? Am I waking up every day and can't wait to start the day?" of course we're all going to have good days and bad days but in general, excited to start the day. If you're not feeling that way and you're grudgingly waking up and just sort of getting through it, then am your guy. 4:33 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Will and his solution: Everything that I revolve my system around is habits; we are our habits and habits are us. I have this thing that I called "the equation of life' and basically this is your belief system + your repeated actions + time = who you will become. Unfortunately, people tend to look in the very small or not too far ahead of them, and they just focus on that low hanging fruit, and they take those things of what they think will make them happy in the short run. And they don't look at big picture of what's really going to bring true fulfillment and happiness. So, to me, it ties to habits and that equation of life that I mentioned. It's making sure that you're shifting those bad habits that you may have develop to no fault of your own, that may have come through society, media,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to stop struggling with your life and find your real happiness Know about the ‘equation of life’ and nurture your habits What’s the real definition of success
Related Links and Resources:
You can go to my website: www.mooremomentum.com and there's actually a FREE life evaluation quiz. And you can very quickly see where you stand in each of your five cores.
Summary: Will Moore, founder of “The Momentum Movement,” is a dynamic entrepreneur, speaker, life coach, and happiness expert. After exiting his delivery startup for a nine-figure sum, Will realized that true "success" is not just about finances, but nurturing and finding balance in the 5 core areas of life. He's now dedicated his life to helping others discover what these areas are and how to replace the failure habits built in each with what he calls "success habits." His main goal is to help others build momentum every day so they can fire on all cylinders on their way to becoming an unstoppable force, then pay it forward to help the rest of the world do the same. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:37 Will’s ideal Client: My ideal client is really anybody that is struggling with their life; age to me is just a number, you could be having a mid-life crisis, you could be at the tail-end of your life where you're retiring and then "now what?". You could be "I hit rock bottom when I was in college", suicidal, or "what's the world all about, what am I supposed to do with myself?" because you can't keep on going this way. Anybody who's sort of like tired of hearing the same things over and over in terms of what success or what happiness should be and they're not able to find it and they're frustrated. That's exactly what I help people with. 2:32 Problem Will helps solve: We're here for one reason: to be HAPPY. How that comes out, how that's form or in what way. Unfortunately, our society has focused on just one of those ways which is the financial and the career, which is one of my 5 cores which is important, so don't get me wrong. But to me, it's too much focus on that and it’s causing us into going off in the wrong directions and make all of our decisions based on that. On what that ends up leading to is a less satisfied, less fulfilment and less happiness. 3:27 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Will: I'd like to describe it 'I hit my rock bottom' as I said in college. A lot of people felt like hover just between their rock bottom and their full potential. I think if everybody were to look into the mirror and ask themselves honestly "am I firing in all cylinders? Am I reaching my top potential in these main areas of my life like: my physical, my mindset, my relationships, my emotional help in giving back, my career, my finances? Am I waking up every day and can't wait to start the day?" of course we're all going to have good days and bad days but in general, excited to start the day. If you're not feeling that way and you're grudgingly waking up and just sort of getting through it, then am your guy. 4:33 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Will and his solution: Everything that I revolve my system around is habits; we are our habits and habits are us. I have this thing that I called "the equation of life' and basically this is your belief system + your repeated actions + time = who you will become. Unfortunately, people tend to look in the very small or not too far ahead of them, and they just focus on that low hanging fruit, and they take those things of what they think will make them happy in the short run. And they don't look at big picture of what's really going to bring true fulfillment and happiness. So, to me, it ties to habits and that equation of life that I mentioned. It's making sure that you're shifting those bad habits that you may have develop to no fault of your own, that may have come through society, media,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Knowing the right sales tactics and strategy to increase revenueEffectiveness of the doing the old-fashion 'picking up the phone'The three I's: introduction, invitation, and informationRelated Links and Resources:A one-hour, deep dive into your business as long as that involves sales, marketing, social media, and business growth. If you send me some stuff in advance, I promise to read it and get acquainted and then I will talk about tips, tactics, tricks, techniques that will absolutely help solve some of the issues you may be having. The website is called www.paymewhatyouwant.com.Summary:Adrian Miller runs 4 companies that have one common theme - business attraction and growth. Her businesses include sales consulting and training, content development, integrated marketing, and business networking, quite a handful but somehow it more than works! Her consulting and content expertise includes working with the owners and “C” level executives of companies ranging in size from entrepreneurial start-ups to middle market firms across a vast diversity of industries, and helping them to identify and overcome obstacles to sales growth and increased revenues. She provides customized sales training solutions and content that brings stories to life and she also creates marketing programs that help her clients to woo and win new business.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:45 Adrian’s ideal Client: Any company across pretty much every vertical and professional services category that wants to get new business but perhaps even more importantly, wants to retain and grow their existing clients. Particularly important in this point in time when getting new might be a problem now.2:21 Problem Adrian helps solve: Most of my clients have the inability to deploy really results-driven sales tactics and strategy. They are getting less revenue than desired and, in some cases, than they actually need. So, they may have these tactics and strategies somewhere written out in some process plan but they can't figure out how to get them to work.3:09 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Adrian: Definitely decrease revenue and that can be COVID induced or not but definitely decrease in revenue. Lowered morale, anyone in the organization feeling reduced enthusiasm and energy for what they actually do. And the worst, client's attrition. Because that lowered morale usually results in diminished productivity, the deliverables aren't as good as they were or they should be and that leads to client attrition.4:12 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Adrian and her solution: First of all, doing it yourself and that self-reliance that entrepreneurs or small business owners have, it's the cold cliché; it's hard to see the picture when you're in the frame, and it really is. And so that's problem number one. Problem number two is kind of a 'new-ish' problem in this era, people think social media is the answer; if they post it, they will come. They see it as very minimal variables to entry, probably three in a lot of cases, and so they reduce their marketing that actually has an investment attached to it. Because if I post on LinkedIn X numbers of times an hour, I'm going to definitely be able to get new clients. So, they don't really continue their investment in marketing and perhaps as well they don't invest in skills enhancement for themselves as well as any staff members they have. It's a full pull back.5:44 Adrian’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): PICK UP THE PHONE; I know that sounds so old-fashioned, but pick up the phone. And I know it's hard to get people and you'll have to leave voicemails, all the rest of that stuff and that's fine. Because voicemail can be very powerful too. But pick up the phone and 'stay on brain'; don't become invisible, unrecognizable but pick up the phone and utilize some of those skills and tactics that were very useful and effective in older days.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Knowing the right sales tactics and strategy to increase revenueEffectiveness of the doing the old-fashion 'picking up the phone'The three I's: introduction, invitation, and informationRelated Links and Resources:A one-hour, deep dive into your business as long as that involves sales, marketing, social media, and business growth. If you send me some stuff in advance, I promise to read it and get acquainted and then I will talk about tips, tactics, tricks, techniques that will absolutely help solve some of the issues you may be having. The website is called www.paymewhatyouwant.com.Summary:Adrian Miller runs 4 companies that have one common theme - business attraction and growth. Her businesses include sales consulting and training, content development, integrated marketing, and business networking, quite a handful but somehow it more than works! Her consulting and content expertise includes working with the owners and “C” level executives of companies ranging in size from entrepreneurial start-ups to middle market firms across a vast diversity of industries, and helping them to identify and overcome obstacles to sales growth and increased revenues. She provides customized sales training solutions and content that brings stories to life and she also creates marketing programs that help her clients to woo and win new business.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:45 Adrian’s ideal Client: Any company across pretty much every vertical and professional services category that wants to get new business but perhaps even more importantly, wants to retain and grow their existing clients. Particularly important in this point in time when getting new might be a problem now.2:21 Problem Adrian helps solve: Most of my clients have the inability to deploy really results-driven sales tactics and strategy. They are getting less revenue than desired and, in some cases, than they actually need. So, they may have these tactics and strategies somewhere written out in some process plan but they can't figure out how to get them to work.3:09 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Adrian: Definitely decrease revenue and that can be COVID induced or not but definitely decrease in revenue. Lowered morale, anyone in the organization feeling reduced enthusiasm and energy for what they actually do. And the worst, client's attrition. Because that lowered morale usually results in diminished productivity, the deliverables aren't as good as they were or they should be and that leads to client attrition.4:12 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Adrian and her solution: First of all, doing it yourself and that self-reliance that entrepreneurs or small business owners have, it's the cold cliché; it's hard to see the picture when you're in the frame, and it really is. And so that's problem number one. Problem number two is kind of a 'new-ish' problem in this era, people think social media is the answer; if they post it, they will come. They see it as very minimal variables to entry, probably three in a lot of cases, and so they reduce their marketing that actually has an investment attached to it. Because if I post on LinkedIn X numbers of times an hour, I'm going to definitely be able to get new clients. So, they don't really continue their investment in marketing and perhaps as well they don't invest in skills enhancement for themselves as well as any staff members they have. It's a full pull back.5:44 Adrian’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): PICK UP THE PHONE; I know that sounds so old-fashioned, but pick up the phone. And I know it's hard to get people and you'll have to leave voicemails, all the rest of that stuff and that's fine. Because voicemail can be very powerful too. But pick up the phone and 'stay on brain'; don't become invisible, unrecognizable but pick up the phone and utilize some of those skills and tactics that were very useful and effective in older days.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing your sales process Importance of practice what you learn Learning 'emotional triggers'
Related Links and Resources: I bought the URL which is called www.meetwithbenjamin.com and that will give you a free consultation with me to sit down and talk over everything base on what you need, there's analysis points on that. Summary: Benjamin Brown or Ben is a sales expert, author, and a father of two young children. He worked in sales for over 23 years and currently work with small businesses with sales issues and low sales. Ben uses his vast knowledge that he acquired over two decades to create a proven and tested sales process that can be implemented and adjusted for almost any product or service. He said "when sales is done right, it is a pleasing process!" Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:23 Ben’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a business-to-business, normally between 500 to 500 million dollars, but the small sales team with the ability and lack of knowledge of what a sale actually is and the sales process. 1:48 Problem Ben helps solve: Well, most of the time businesses are so successful that they do a lot of marketing but they don't have sales process. So, the first thing I ask is "what is your sales process?" and if they can't answer that with distinctive steps that they normally use that reputable, that's improvable, then there's a problem that they normally have. There's money being wasted. 2:25 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Ben: It's normally with them being uncomfortable; actually, talking to prospects. Most of the people use copy now, emails, things on that nature. People are not doing face-to-face, zoom-to-zoom, or phone-to-phone. And so, their personality is not shown, there's a lot if "uuhh" and "uhhm" on the phone. They're not comfortable picking up the phone and just calling somebody. That shows a lot right there. 3:10 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Ben and his solution: They're reading a lot of books, they're getting confused, and they're using a lot of theory which sales as a skill. So, it has to be practice right in order to use it. You cannot do welding from a book; you have to actually use it. Normally use a coach, somebody's that going to work with you to improve your skills. Besides that, you're just winging it and it's a lot of theory. 3:51 Ben’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the things they don't understand is that people buy emotionally still, and there's a step that you need to use which basically I teach called it "emotional triggers" which is asking more questions to figure out what it is and how you'll solving that problem. And how to use that to convey that you're there to help, and that will make the sale a lot easier and also ability to close on the in without being a 'hard closer' which that doesn't work much anymore. 4:36 Ben’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I will make it very easier for people to reach out to me, I bought the URL which is called meetwithbenjamin.com, and that will give you a free consultation with me to sit down and talk over everything base on what you need, there's analysis points on that. And everybody needs some advice base upon their business anyway, right? So, time is of the essence. That schedules a call with my business schedule where I can sit down and talk with you and figure out what problems, is there an alignment, does this work for you, do you have a need, so on and so forth. So, it makes it easier for people to do that. that's meetwithbenjamin.com and that's put you directly in a queue. 5:38 What is a sale? Sales has nothing to do with business; it's actually an ability to make somebody move. A sale is just small movements for people to get the problem solve that they need, so the steps are in that movement. I have an eight and a six year old, where my daughter will ask me to pick her up, pick her up, pick her up..
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing your sales process Importance of practice what you learn Learning 'emotional triggers'
Related Links and Resources: I bought the URL which is called www.meetwithbenjamin.com and that will give you a free consultation with me to sit down and talk over everything base on what you need, there's analysis points on that. Summary: Benjamin Brown or Ben is a sales expert, author, and a father of two young children. He worked in sales for over 23 years and currently work with small businesses with sales issues and low sales. Ben uses his vast knowledge that he acquired over two decades to create a proven and tested sales process that can be implemented and adjusted for almost any product or service. He said "when sales is done right, it is a pleasing process!" Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:23 Ben’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a business-to-business, normally between 500 to 500 million dollars, but the small sales team with the ability and lack of knowledge of what a sale actually is and the sales process. 1:48 Problem Ben helps solve: Well, most of the time businesses are so successful that they do a lot of marketing but they don't have sales process. So, the first thing I ask is "what is your sales process?" and if they can't answer that with distinctive steps that they normally use that reputable, that's improvable, then there's a problem that they normally have. There's money being wasted. 2:25 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Ben: It's normally with them being uncomfortable; actually, talking to prospects. Most of the people use copy now, emails, things on that nature. People are not doing face-to-face, zoom-to-zoom, or phone-to-phone. And so, their personality is not shown, there's a lot if "uuhh" and "uhhm" on the phone. They're not comfortable picking up the phone and just calling somebody. That shows a lot right there. 3:10 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Ben and his solution: They're reading a lot of books, they're getting confused, and they're using a lot of theory which sales as a skill. So, it has to be practice right in order to use it. You cannot do welding from a book; you have to actually use it. Normally use a coach, somebody's that going to work with you to improve your skills. Besides that, you're just winging it and it's a lot of theory. 3:51 Ben’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the things they don't understand is that people buy emotionally still, and there's a step that you need to use which basically I teach called it "emotional triggers" which is asking more questions to figure out what it is and how you'll solving that problem. And how to use that to convey that you're there to help, and that will make the sale a lot easier and also ability to close on the in without being a 'hard closer' which that doesn't work much anymore. 4:36 Ben’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I will make it very easier for people to reach out to me, I bought the URL which is called meetwithbenjamin.com, and that will give you a free consultation with me to sit down and talk over everything base on what you need, there's analysis points on that. And everybody needs some advice base upon their business anyway, right? So, time is of the essence. That schedules a call with my business schedule where I can sit down and talk with you and figure out what problems, is there an alignment, does this work for you, do you have a need, so on and so forth. So, it makes it easier for people to do that. that's meetwithbenjamin.com and that's put you directly in a queue. 5:38 What is a sale? Sales has nothing to do with business; it's actually an ability to make somebody move. A sale is just small movements for people to get the problem solve that they need, so the steps are in that movement. I have an eight and a six year old, where my daughter will ask me to pick her up, pick her up, pick her up..
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to change the things you want to change and not feel stuck How to can you be in full control of your actions Learning how to feel things
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.thelifecoachschool.com/unstuck. We have a whole miniseries there for you guys. It's going to take you step by step on how to use the model and how to start plugging your situation into that formula I just gave you so that you can really find the cause of everything happening in your life and figure out exactly what you need to do to change it. Summary: Felicia Broccolo is a Certified Life and Weight Coach and the Chief Marketing Officer for The Life Coach School. Her life coaching practice focuses on teaching active people how to have complete freedom and self-control around food by helping them manage their minds and emotions. As CMO, Felicia has overseen the growth of The Life Coach School from a $300,000 a year company to achieving a gross revenue of more than $25 million in 2019. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:39 Felicia’s ideal Client: Our ideal clients are people who are basically stuck and they want more. A lot of the people who coach are very high-achieving people, it can be the successful business woman who has kids but she can't seem to just do all those things that she really wants to do like write a book. It could be a man who has it all; has the job, family, the house, and the money. But he's still not happy. And goes like "I thought that once I have all of these successes, I was supposed to feel better." It could be that person who wants to just have a drink at night and unwind, but they ended up drinking more than they want to. Every night, they'll say "ok, just two drinks" and then they keep on drinking. And they feel that they're just kind of stuck, whatever it is. So, our ideal clients are just humans who feels stuck and they want to change but they're not sure of the next steps on how to do that. 2:42 Problem Felicia helps solve: When we think about our ideal client and what our problem is, is that they're suffering needlessly. They don't know how to change the things they want to change, whatever it is for them. So, we show them exactly what they need to do to create whatever result they want in their life. It's a lot of different problems but whatever it is, it's just keeping them stuck and they don't feel good, they're just not really sure how to get out of whatever road it is that they're in. 3:25 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Felicia: I think what it comes down to is, they feel that they're not fully in control. Personally, I coach people who are not fully in control around food and eating. They know exactly what they should eat, but they really can't follow that plan. Or for somebody else, they don't feel that they're in full control of their time. They always feel that they don't have enough time, they want more time, their time kind of slips away. Another one would be their income. They feel that they want to make more money but they don't know how. They check social media habitually and they feel it's just out of control. They're maybe yelling at their kids more than they would like to. Anyone of those areas, they feel like they're not fully in control and it's not where they wanted to be. 4:34 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Felicia and her solution: This is super common. There's all kinds of life coaches and I personally think that "are The Life School Coach School the best in the world?" because when I learned about this work, it changed my life more than anything else had. What a lot of people would tell you to do is, they'll give you actions to take. They'll tell you "hey, try this marketing technic. or try this diet, or try this action." Go for a walk, go meditate. They'll give you all these actions to take to try to solve your problem instead of solving the root cause of it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to change the things you want to change and not feel stuck How to can you be in full control of your actions Learning how to feel things
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.thelifecoachschool.com/unstuck. We have a whole miniseries there for you guys. It's going to take you step by step on how to use the model and how to start plugging your situation into that formula I just gave you so that you can really find the cause of everything happening in your life and figure out exactly what you need to do to change it. Summary: Felicia Broccolo is a Certified Life and Weight Coach and the Chief Marketing Officer for The Life Coach School. Her life coaching practice focuses on teaching active people how to have complete freedom and self-control around food by helping them manage their minds and emotions. As CMO, Felicia has overseen the growth of The Life Coach School from a $300,000 a year company to achieving a gross revenue of more than $25 million in 2019. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:39 Felicia’s ideal Client: Our ideal clients are people who are basically stuck and they want more. A lot of the people who coach are very high-achieving people, it can be the successful business woman who has kids but she can't seem to just do all those things that she really wants to do like write a book. It could be a man who has it all; has the job, family, the house, and the money. But he's still not happy. And goes like "I thought that once I have all of these successes, I was supposed to feel better." It could be that person who wants to just have a drink at night and unwind, but they ended up drinking more than they want to. Every night, they'll say "ok, just two drinks" and then they keep on drinking. And they feel that they're just kind of stuck, whatever it is. So, our ideal clients are just humans who feels stuck and they want to change but they're not sure of the next steps on how to do that. 2:42 Problem Felicia helps solve: When we think about our ideal client and what our problem is, is that they're suffering needlessly. They don't know how to change the things they want to change, whatever it is for them. So, we show them exactly what they need to do to create whatever result they want in their life. It's a lot of different problems but whatever it is, it's just keeping them stuck and they don't feel good, they're just not really sure how to get out of whatever road it is that they're in. 3:25 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Felicia: I think what it comes down to is, they feel that they're not fully in control. Personally, I coach people who are not fully in control around food and eating. They know exactly what they should eat, but they really can't follow that plan. Or for somebody else, they don't feel that they're in full control of their time. They always feel that they don't have enough time, they want more time, their time kind of slips away. Another one would be their income. They feel that they want to make more money but they don't know how. They check social media habitually and they feel it's just out of control. They're maybe yelling at their kids more than they would like to. Anyone of those areas, they feel like they're not fully in control and it's not where they wanted to be. 4:34 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Felicia and her solution: This is super common. There's all kinds of life coaches and I personally think that "are The Life School Coach School the best in the world?" because when I learned about this work, it changed my life more than anything else had. What a lot of people would tell you to do is, they'll give you actions to take. They'll tell you "hey, try this marketing technic. or try this diet, or try this action." Go for a walk, go meditate. They'll give you all these actions to take to try to solve your problem instead of solving the root cause of it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to avoid having the wrong conversations with your prospect clients Learn the concept of 'bridge strategy' The right way to influence the decision makers
Related Links and Resources: Now the name of the game is all about 'influence', how are you influencing these decision makers at the top, that's what this tool is all about. It's at www.thecorporateagent.com/influence there are four resources there. Summary: As CEO and founder of The Corporate Agent, Angelique Rewers has been called, "The undisputed champion at helping small businesses landing big clients by Inc. Magazine. Today, The Corporate Agent's clients are landing deals with iconic brands like Facebook, Google, Delta and McDonald's - as well as organizations in the mid-market, higher education, nonprofit and government sectors. Angelique is regularly called upon by top media outlets to share her expertise, including ABC, NBC, CBS, Forbes, The Washington Post, HuffPost, Newsday, Inc. Magazine, Entrepreneur Magazine, Business Leader, and more. She is also a regular panelist on Yahoo! Finance's TV show, YFi PM. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:19 Angelique’s ideal Client: CEOs and Owners of service-based businesses that want more corporate customers that stay with them longer. 2:36 Problem Angelique helps solve: When you're trying to win corporate customers or clients there are three problems; you don't have enough decision makers to talk to, they do not want to talk to you and when you are talking to them, you are having the wrong conversations. You're alienating them and talking to them like sales people vs the humans that they are. So those are the three problems that we solve. Having not enough decision makers to talk to, getting them to actually want to talk to you and having the right conversations when you win those coveted meetings. 3:19 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Angelique: The biggest thing that we see is that folks are out there doing a lot of marketing these days but those marketing efforts isn't actually landing them the meetings, or their sales team gets that meeting and it doesn't go anywhere. At the end of the day, it's actually pretty easy these days to get visibility. Visibility is the easy part of it, it's what you will do once you get that visibility. Why isn't it converting into conversations that go anywhere or they're having great conversation that are bringing 'zero' revenue. Those are typically what's coming up for people. 4:11 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Angelique and her solution: Well, it's a big difference if you're trying to get into it all by yourself as a solo expert or consultant vs a more established company. But I know who your audience is, so I'll take the ladder for that question. One of the big problems is that people don't understand what tool, tactic, or strategy they should be using at any given time. They're constantly misreading where they are in the relationship with the organization. They might be trying to sell when actually they're not even at a point of knowing what the problem is. So now they're poking the decision makers with the stick asking "does that hurt? Well how about that, does that hurt.. or maybe this hurt so now, maybe we can sell you over here.. ". And almost all of the strategies that are taught in sales training or sales skills & development, all of it is actually designed to alienate the decision maker. And so, it doesn't work at all. And they're using the wrong tool at the wrong time and they're pushing the decision makers to actually want to avoid them in the future instead of picking up the phone when they call. 5:26 Angelique’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Is to design a 'bridge strategy'; a strategy that's actually going to buy you time with those critical decision makers that are starve for time or out of mental bandwidth,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to avoid having the wrong conversations with your prospect clients Learn the concept of 'bridge strategy' The right way to influence the decision makers
Related Links and Resources: Now the name of the game is all about 'influence', how are you influencing these decision makers at the top, that's what this tool is all about. It's at www.thecorporateagent.com/influence there are four resources there. Summary: As CEO and founder of The Corporate Agent, Angelique Rewers has been called, "The undisputed champion at helping small businesses landing big clients by Inc. Magazine. Today, The Corporate Agent's clients are landing deals with iconic brands like Facebook, Google, Delta and McDonald's - as well as organizations in the mid-market, higher education, nonprofit and government sectors. Angelique is regularly called upon by top media outlets to share her expertise, including ABC, NBC, CBS, Forbes, The Washington Post, HuffPost, Newsday, Inc. Magazine, Entrepreneur Magazine, Business Leader, and more. She is also a regular panelist on Yahoo! Finance's TV show, YFi PM. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:19 Angelique’s ideal Client: CEOs and Owners of service-based businesses that want more corporate customers that stay with them longer. 2:36 Problem Angelique helps solve: When you're trying to win corporate customers or clients there are three problems; you don't have enough decision makers to talk to, they do not want to talk to you and when you are talking to them, you are having the wrong conversations. You're alienating them and talking to them like sales people vs the humans that they are. So those are the three problems that we solve. Having not enough decision makers to talk to, getting them to actually want to talk to you and having the right conversations when you win those coveted meetings. 3:19 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Angelique: The biggest thing that we see is that folks are out there doing a lot of marketing these days but those marketing efforts isn't actually landing them the meetings, or their sales team gets that meeting and it doesn't go anywhere. At the end of the day, it's actually pretty easy these days to get visibility. Visibility is the easy part of it, it's what you will do once you get that visibility. Why isn't it converting into conversations that go anywhere or they're having great conversation that are bringing 'zero' revenue. Those are typically what's coming up for people. 4:11 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Angelique and her solution: Well, it's a big difference if you're trying to get into it all by yourself as a solo expert or consultant vs a more established company. But I know who your audience is, so I'll take the ladder for that question. One of the big problems is that people don't understand what tool, tactic, or strategy they should be using at any given time. They're constantly misreading where they are in the relationship with the organization. They might be trying to sell when actually they're not even at a point of knowing what the problem is. So now they're poking the decision makers with the stick asking "does that hurt? Well how about that, does that hurt.. or maybe this hurt so now, maybe we can sell you over here.. ". And almost all of the strategies that are taught in sales training or sales skills & development, all of it is actually designed to alienate the decision maker. And so, it doesn't work at all. And they're using the wrong tool at the wrong time and they're pushing the decision makers to actually want to avoid them in the future instead of picking up the phone when they call. 5:26 Angelique’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Is to design a 'bridge strategy'; a strategy that's actually going to buy you time with those critical decision makers that are starve for time or out of mental bandwidth,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How employees help in driving profitability in the organization The mistake of business operators assuming employees understand financial implications Why sharing company's financial status to everyone is beneficial
Related Links and Resources: There's a book that I just published which is called "The Baker's Dozen Rules of Highly Successful Business Operators." You can contact at neville@bizwisdom.com and put the title "Free Baker's Dozen" and I will be happy to send you a free digital copy. Summary: Neville Joffe is regarded as a world authority on the subject of “bridging the gap between corporate financial goals and employee performance. Neville has trained internationally with many of the world’s leading companies and has also worked extensively with entrepreneurs and especially those in growth mode. He has been featured in various news publications and several industry-specific newspapers and is a sought-after speaker. He has written and published several textbooks that accompany his patented teaching method for use in community colleges and universities. Neville’s creative style of education has won him numerous awards, including the conversion of his system into Braille for the visually impaired. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:24 Neville’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are scaling entrepreneurs who are likely going to hit the cashflow wall at some point during the growth experience. 2:46 Problem Neville helps solve: Business operators both in large and small businesses cannot do it alone. They need the employees to help them drive profitability in the organization. In fact, I would like to frame it like this: the employees are the custodians over the company's profits. And it's bridging the gap between objectives and performance. 3:26 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Neville: First that comes to mind having being an entrepreneur for a quarter of century is the absolute frustration that people make decisions that appeared to be really stupid, but they're not really. They just have limited frame of reference, and that changes your numbers in isolation. This is a huge frustration for mostly business operators. I wish that they think like a business owner. 4:11 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Neville and his solution: Business operators tend to assume that the employees understand the financial implications of operational behavior. The reality is a lot of employees think that revenue are profits, and that profits means cash in their banks and they seem to think that the owner is making billions of dollars out of their business. Without realizing that there's only a 'fraction' of revenues left at the end. So again, I use the term that they tend to look at numbers in isolation without really understanding the financial implications of trade meth (method), like how much volume are you selling at a discount. These are kinds of problems that arise that are so frustrating to business operators at a daily basis. 5:14 Neville’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): That's an easy one Bill; just share your numbers. You cannot reasonably expect your employees to perform and to manage expectations when they are totally naive of the financial implications of what they do. They're living in a vacuum. Share your numbers and never assume that they understand basic trade methods and understand the whole notion of revenue versus profit versus cashflow. Don't assume it. 6:10 Neville’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): For those of you who can see this, there's a book that I just published which is called "The Baker's Dozen Rules of Highly Successful Business Operators." Very exciting, the chapters are about to evaluate the numbers on isolation, revenues or vanity, profits or sanity, cashflows' reality..there are so many wonderful chapters in this book. You can contact at neville@bizwisdom.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to become a ‘disruptive creator’ How to avoid the ‘baby ugly’ syndrome How does greatest growth comes from uncomfortable failures
Related Links and Resources:
Go to www.stevedsims.com . Sign up there and you'll get everything you need to get a free PDF of the 'Bluefishing' playbook
Summary: Do you know anyone that’s worked with Sir Elton John or Elon Musk, sent people down to see the wreck of the Titanic on the sea bed or closed museums in Florence for a private dinner party and then had Andre Bocelli serenade them while they eat their pasta – you do now Quoted as “The Real Life Wizard of Oz" by Forbes and Entrepreneur Magazine, Steve Sims is a bestselling Author with "BLUEFISHING - the art of making things happen”, sought-after coach and a speaker at a variety of networks, groups and associations as well as the Pentagon and Harvard – twice! Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:50 Steve’s ideal Client: Anyone that is disgruntled and not willing to settle. A lot of the times we try to settle on what we believe we can achieve rather than going for 'stupid'. Anyone that has reach that position of saying "hey, I hate where I am, there's got to be something better!" and that's where I like to play. 2:16 Problem Steve helps solve: Get them out of all of the baggage that's basically being consumed and assumed over the years on what they're capable of doing. A lot of people actually do what they can easily achieve, they don't stretch, and often it's because of the mindset imposed on them by people that quite simply are inadequate to be able to gain anything. So, I get into people, I try to find what they're capable of, I exposed it and show them that they can do what they didn't think that they can do. And then we go for 'stupid' and start really pushing them these request out of themselves. 3:12 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Steve: For starter, you got to be willing to get uncomfortable and dirty. It's a rough process correcting any of the triggers and habits that you have created of yourself in years. And a lot of the times, the worse ones are when you think you got all your stuff together. Anytime that you think you got your stuff sweep and sorted, 9 out of 10 is when you are lying to yourself. So, I come along, I get you uncomfortable and I get you into becoming a creative disruptor to take you to the level where you should be playing at, and not the level you are currently are. 4:02 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Steve and his solution: You already stated the first mistake. As entrepreneurs, we play 'ugly baby syndrome', we actually hold on to something so tightly because we don't think anyone can do it as good as we can. How often do you speak to an entrepreneur and say "hey, why don't you teach your team to do it?" and then you get the exact same comment "you know, it's quicker if I just do it myself". What you will end up doing, is you end up taking on the workforce that doesn't actually work for you and they become a liability and not an asset. You end up doing all of the work. Until you can literally lie in bed the entire day and it does not disrupt the company, then you're not doing it right. The second you think that no one can do it as good as you are, you're kidding yourself and you need to find the appropriate people. So, the problem with most entrepreneurs and their businesses, starts and ends with you. 5:06 Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the easiest things you should mention the book on how to get out your triggers and habits and focus on being the better you. You can either sign up on stevedsims.com and get a free PDF of the 'Bluefishing' playbook and there's actually a video in that, very important called 'The Chug Test' about how you should view your relationships. All you can join the ‘entrepreneurs’ advantage’ with me, that's on my Facebook group. No promoting,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to become a ‘disruptive creator’ How to avoid the ‘baby ugly’ syndrome How does greatest growth comes from uncomfortable failures
Related Links and Resources:
Go to www.stevedsims.com . Sign up there and you'll get everything you need to get a free PDF of the 'Bluefishing' playbook
Summary: Do you know anyone that’s worked with Sir Elton John or Elon Musk, sent people down to see the wreck of the Titanic on the sea bed or closed museums in Florence for a private dinner party and then had Andre Bocelli serenade them while they eat their pasta – you do now Quoted as “The Real Life Wizard of Oz" by Forbes and Entrepreneur Magazine, Steve Sims is a bestselling Author with "BLUEFISHING - the art of making things happen”, sought-after coach and a speaker at a variety of networks, groups and associations as well as the Pentagon and Harvard – twice! Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:50 Steve’s ideal Client: Anyone that is disgruntled and not willing to settle. A lot of the times we try to settle on what we believe we can achieve rather than going for 'stupid'. Anyone that has reach that position of saying "hey, I hate where I am, there's got to be something better!" and that's where I like to play. 2:16 Problem Steve helps solve: Get them out of all of the baggage that's basically being consumed and assumed over the years on what they're capable of doing. A lot of people actually do what they can easily achieve, they don't stretch, and often it's because of the mindset imposed on them by people that quite simply are inadequate to be able to gain anything. So, I get into people, I try to find what they're capable of, I exposed it and show them that they can do what they didn't think that they can do. And then we go for 'stupid' and start really pushing them these request out of themselves. 3:12 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Steve: For starter, you got to be willing to get uncomfortable and dirty. It's a rough process correcting any of the triggers and habits that you have created of yourself in years. And a lot of the times, the worse ones are when you think you got all your stuff together. Anytime that you think you got your stuff sweep and sorted, 9 out of 10 is when you are lying to yourself. So, I come along, I get you uncomfortable and I get you into becoming a creative disruptor to take you to the level where you should be playing at, and not the level you are currently are. 4:02 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Steve and his solution: You already stated the first mistake. As entrepreneurs, we play 'ugly baby syndrome', we actually hold on to something so tightly because we don't think anyone can do it as good as we can. How often do you speak to an entrepreneur and say "hey, why don't you teach your team to do it?" and then you get the exact same comment "you know, it's quicker if I just do it myself". What you will end up doing, is you end up taking on the workforce that doesn't actually work for you and they become a liability and not an asset. You end up doing all of the work. Until you can literally lie in bed the entire day and it does not disrupt the company, then you're not doing it right. The second you think that no one can do it as good as you are, you're kidding yourself and you need to find the appropriate people. So, the problem with most entrepreneurs and their businesses, starts and ends with you. 5:06 Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the easiest things you should mention the book on how to get out your triggers and habits and focus on being the better you. You can either sign up on stevedsims.com and get a free PDF of the 'Bluefishing' playbook and there's actually a video in that, very important called 'The Chug Test' about how you should view your relationships. All you can join the ‘entrepreneurs’ advantage’ with me, that's on my Facebook group. No promoting,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why leaders should have confidence Knowing your company’s blind spot Giving importance to your people or employees
Related Links and Resources: The resource is "7 Steps to Fly Daily", they can go to www.danielgomezinspires.com/7steps and they can download the free PDF training & then they'll also going to get a series of emails Summary: Daniel B. Gomez is an Award-Winning Business Strategist, Corporate Trainer, and Executive Confidence Coach and is the President/Founder of Daniel Gomez Enterprises. Daniel speaks and coaches at events all over the world! His passion is to elevate businesses and entrepreneurs to achieve their true potential through their training and coaching programs. Daniel has empowered his clients to build epic success in their personal and professional lives. He is the International Best-Selling Author of "You Were Born to Fly", a book written to inspire and give people the high-performance habits and confidence needed to be the leaders of their own destiny. Daniel’s high-energy and ability to unlock the untapped potential in people have made him a highly sought-out speaker and trainer for top organizations including the U.S. Air Force. He was honored with the “Best of 2019” award for his confidence coaching and business strategies. He and his wife, Mari Gomez, believe in giving back and support women whose lives have been impacted by breast cancer through their 501(c)(3) nonprofit “The Mari Strong Foundation.” Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:01 Daniel’s ideal Client: My ideal client is that business owner or organization that lost their confidence and they need to pivot with the new paradigm shift. The thing is, most businesses wants to shift, they say pivot, but if they pivot with the same old paradigm, then you'll never going to succeed. 2:33 Problem Daniel helps solve: You can't win without confidence; and when the leader becomes complacent, when he notices that commonality and then a new problem arises, they don't see it because they're stuck in complacency, they're stuck in commonality and then they don't have the confidence to take action to the new. So, they lose the vision for what they're trying to do with their organizations to begin with. And once you lose your vision, once you get stuck, you and I both know that it's hard to get unstuck. 3:19 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Daniel: When you get frustrated and your employees are disengaged, there's a reason that your employees are disengaged. And so many times we think that it's our employees, but the thing is, it's not the employees, it starts at the top. One thing that I realize that insecure leaders will tend to micro manage and take them out on their employees but when in reality, it has nothing to do with the employees. It's just that inability and insecurity of that leader that keep people from being their best. And the moment you laid off from your employees, is the moment you start flying and you start seeing the result that you need for your organization or for your business. But if you don't have the confidence to let go and let your employees make you a star because of your insecurities, you'll never going to succeed the way to need to. 4:32 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Daniel and his solution: It's like automobiles; automobiles have blind spots; it's made by human beings. When I go and do an assessment of an organization, there's so many blind spots that they don't see. As a leader, you can't be everywhere all the time. I was with an organization this week and I just saw a couple of things. Maybe you want to address that, maybe you don't but I gave him the feedback and the recommendation how to fix it. And he goes "that's going on here, now?" and it amaze me when they don't even realize it. I ask them a simple question: what's the culture of your organization? he says "what do you mean?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why leaders should have confidence Knowing your company’s blind spot Giving importance to your people or employees
Related Links and Resources: The resource is "7 Steps to Fly Daily", they can go to www.danielgomezinspires.com/7steps and they can download the free PDF training & then they'll also going to get a series of emails Summary: Daniel B. Gomez is an Award-Winning Business Strategist, Corporate Trainer, and Executive Confidence Coach and is the President/Founder of Daniel Gomez Enterprises. Daniel speaks and coaches at events all over the world! His passion is to elevate businesses and entrepreneurs to achieve their true potential through their training and coaching programs. Daniel has empowered his clients to build epic success in their personal and professional lives. He is the International Best-Selling Author of "You Were Born to Fly", a book written to inspire and give people the high-performance habits and confidence needed to be the leaders of their own destiny. Daniel’s high-energy and ability to unlock the untapped potential in people have made him a highly sought-out speaker and trainer for top organizations including the U.S. Air Force. He was honored with the “Best of 2019” award for his confidence coaching and business strategies. He and his wife, Mari Gomez, believe in giving back and support women whose lives have been impacted by breast cancer through their 501(c)(3) nonprofit “The Mari Strong Foundation.” Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:01 Daniel’s ideal Client: My ideal client is that business owner or organization that lost their confidence and they need to pivot with the new paradigm shift. The thing is, most businesses wants to shift, they say pivot, but if they pivot with the same old paradigm, then you'll never going to succeed. 2:33 Problem Daniel helps solve: You can't win without confidence; and when the leader becomes complacent, when he notices that commonality and then a new problem arises, they don't see it because they're stuck in complacency, they're stuck in commonality and then they don't have the confidence to take action to the new. So, they lose the vision for what they're trying to do with their organizations to begin with. And once you lose your vision, once you get stuck, you and I both know that it's hard to get unstuck. 3:19 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Daniel: When you get frustrated and your employees are disengaged, there's a reason that your employees are disengaged. And so many times we think that it's our employees, but the thing is, it's not the employees, it starts at the top. One thing that I realize that insecure leaders will tend to micro manage and take them out on their employees but when in reality, it has nothing to do with the employees. It's just that inability and insecurity of that leader that keep people from being their best. And the moment you laid off from your employees, is the moment you start flying and you start seeing the result that you need for your organization or for your business. But if you don't have the confidence to let go and let your employees make you a star because of your insecurities, you'll never going to succeed the way to need to. 4:32 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Daniel and his solution: It's like automobiles; automobiles have blind spots; it's made by human beings. When I go and do an assessment of an organization, there's so many blind spots that they don't see. As a leader, you can't be everywhere all the time. I was with an organization this week and I just saw a couple of things. Maybe you want to address that, maybe you don't but I gave him the feedback and the recommendation how to fix it. And he goes "that's going on here, now?" and it amaze me when they don't even realize it. I ask them a simple question: what's the culture of your organization? he says "what do you mean?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to show up powerfully and have that platform presence Learn ‘listener-centered communication’ Using Facebook as your own ‘green room’
Related Links and Resources: The tool that I have for everybody today is an audio course called "Seven Deadly Mistakes Speakers Make and How to Avoid Them for Maximum Success." You can find that at www.diresta.com Summary: Diane DiResta, CSP, is Founder and CEO of DiResta Communications, Inc., a New York City consultancy serving business leaders who deliver high stakes presentations. Diane is Past President of the NYC chapter of National Speakers Association and former media trainer for the NBA and WNBA. She was featured on CNN, and quoted in the NY Times, Wall Street Journal, London Guardian, and Investors Business Daily and Bloomberg radio. She is a Certified Virtual Presenter. And her blog, Knockout Presentations, made the Top 50 Public Speaking blogs. She has unique ability to get to the core of the message and translate complexity into simplicity. Diane is also a licensed Speech Pathologist. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:40 Diane’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a thought leader or CEO who is out there promoting their brand but they're challenge by giving presentations. So, it could be a Founder who's pitching for funding, CEO giving a high-stakes presentation at a conference, or it could be a solopreneur who needs an elevator pitch. 2:04 Problem Diane helps solve: The principle problem is presence; how to show up powerfully and have that presence when they are on the platform. Whether it's in person or on an electronic platform. A lot of times, what happens is they're leaving money on the table because they're avoiding speaking or they're not doing it well. Speaking is one of the most cost-effective and powerful marketing strategies, but you need to know how to do it. 2:48 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Diane: The primary problem or feeling in their body is usually nervousness and anxiety but one of the symptoms that tells me they lack presence is that they don't engage the audience; they stand up there like a talking head memorizing their script and there's no connection, or they're reading their slides. That's one of the issues. Another issue is that they don't know how to connect on an eye level, so they haven't learned how to take the audience or a big group and make that a one-on-one experience. Those are some of the ways that I know people lack presence and the big killer is monotone. If you're dispassionate, then you do not have presence. 3:47 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Diane and her solution: The biggest mistake that most people make across the board is being speaker-centered; and that's all about 'me, myself, and I'. So, they talk about their topic as if that's the most important thing to the audience. Here's the truth - the audience doesn't care; they only care about their self-interest. I work with people to show them listener-centered communication which is a model that helps them dig-in into the audience needs, find a hook and then lead with that hook. And when you learn that process, you can give a knockout presentation literally in seven minutes and more often we do it in six. 4:39 Diane’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): What you can open up on Facebook is your own green room, and that allows you to do Facebook live right into that room because it's private, nobody can see it. And so, that lowers the risk and you can store your videos there, so it's a great practice area. 5:15Diane’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): The tool that I have for everybody today is an audio course called "Seven Deadly Mistakes Speakers Make and How to Avoid Them for Maximum Success." You can find that at diresta.com. 5:49 A lot of people right now are thinking "I need to work on my presentation but I can't really hire a coach. What can I do?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to show up powerfully and have that platform presence Learn ‘listener-centered communication’ Using Facebook as your own ‘green room’
Related Links and Resources: The tool that I have for everybody today is an audio course called "Seven Deadly Mistakes Speakers Make and How to Avoid Them for Maximum Success." You can find that at www.diresta.com Summary: Diane DiResta, CSP, is Founder and CEO of DiResta Communications, Inc., a New York City consultancy serving business leaders who deliver high stakes presentations. Diane is Past President of the NYC chapter of National Speakers Association and former media trainer for the NBA and WNBA. She was featured on CNN, and quoted in the NY Times, Wall Street Journal, London Guardian, and Investors Business Daily and Bloomberg radio. She is a Certified Virtual Presenter. And her blog, Knockout Presentations, made the Top 50 Public Speaking blogs. She has unique ability to get to the core of the message and translate complexity into simplicity. Diane is also a licensed Speech Pathologist. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:40 Diane’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a thought leader or CEO who is out there promoting their brand but they're challenge by giving presentations. So, it could be a Founder who's pitching for funding, CEO giving a high-stakes presentation at a conference, or it could be a solopreneur who needs an elevator pitch. 2:04 Problem Diane helps solve: The principle problem is presence; how to show up powerfully and have that presence when they are on the platform. Whether it's in person or on an electronic platform. A lot of times, what happens is they're leaving money on the table because they're avoiding speaking or they're not doing it well. Speaking is one of the most cost-effective and powerful marketing strategies, but you need to know how to do it. 2:48 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Diane: The primary problem or feeling in their body is usually nervousness and anxiety but one of the symptoms that tells me they lack presence is that they don't engage the audience; they stand up there like a talking head memorizing their script and there's no connection, or they're reading their slides. That's one of the issues. Another issue is that they don't know how to connect on an eye level, so they haven't learned how to take the audience or a big group and make that a one-on-one experience. Those are some of the ways that I know people lack presence and the big killer is monotone. If you're dispassionate, then you do not have presence. 3:47 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Diane and her solution: The biggest mistake that most people make across the board is being speaker-centered; and that's all about 'me, myself, and I'. So, they talk about their topic as if that's the most important thing to the audience. Here's the truth - the audience doesn't care; they only care about their self-interest. I work with people to show them listener-centered communication which is a model that helps them dig-in into the audience needs, find a hook and then lead with that hook. And when you learn that process, you can give a knockout presentation literally in seven minutes and more often we do it in six. 4:39 Diane’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): What you can open up on Facebook is your own green room, and that allows you to do Facebook live right into that room because it's private, nobody can see it. And so, that lowers the risk and you can store your videos there, so it's a great practice area. 5:15Diane’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): The tool that I have for everybody today is an audio course called "Seven Deadly Mistakes Speakers Make and How to Avoid Them for Maximum Success." You can find that at diresta.com. 5:49 A lot of people right now are thinking "I need to work on my presentation but I can't really hire a coach. What can I do?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to overcome stage fright or the feel of hesitation to do something Benefits of having a structured presentation Importance of getting feedback from a professional
Related Links and Resources:
I put together my best public speaking and confidence Masterclass. They can go to www.confidencecoach.ae/masterclass.
Summary: Before Andreea Zoia was recognized as an expert in confidence coaching, a highly sought-out presenter, and an inspirational voice for university students – And a desirable coach for royal family members, CEOs, high-ranked consultants and organizations such as: Emirates, Hermes, Adnoc, Dubai Tourism and Audi – Andreea was known as “the shy little girl with selective mutism.” Seeking a fresh start, Andreea moved from Romania to the UAE at the age of 19 to follow her big dream of becoming a model. Working as a model for years boosted Andreea’s confidence and pushed her to follow her next big dream – being a presenter. Pooling in her 15+ years of experience, Andreea has dedicated her life to helping individuals build their brand, presentation skills and confidence, to levels that are unimaginable. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:10 Andreea’s ideal Client: I love helping the super busy CEO, the entrepreneur who wants to solve the latest problems, the managers who have so much on their hands, and the last thing that they want to worry about is memorizing their presentation or how they can structure it. I am thrilled to help people who want to take center stage, who want to talk on the TEDx stage or any stage and share their ideas in the world. So, when someone doesn't have time to structure a presentation and they don't have time to memorize it which is a big problem, I come in handy to help the CEO and entrepreneur to do that very quickly and efficiently. 3:02 Problem Andreea helps solve: Lack of time, immense stage fright which is common; more than 75% of the world population doesn't like to be expose while speaking live on a platform or in a podcast. Because they don't have time to reflect on what are their values, what is their overall mission in life, what is that that they want to do in life. Because they're busy with doing life, they don't have a structure or they don't have their ideas in order. So, when it comes to speaking on stage, they feel like someone is testing them. In fact, the audience wants to learn, be inspired, have novelty from them. The biggest thing that blocks people from expressing themselves is fear of being judge and not having time to organize their ideas and thoughts. 4:19 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Andreea: The biggest one is hesitation; avoiding to take center stage, avoiding to go on a meeting and say "I have some fresh ideas, I would like to share them with you." Lack of courage, to speak your mind, or to contribute to a business meeting. Hesitation to say "I will show up in front of the media.. I will speak live on Facebook.. I will be the brand ambassador for my company today." They doubt that they are not able to do so, simply because they haven't tried. So, the symptoms would be hesitation and this is something that fuels me to go on LinkedIn, to go on all social media platforms and give lots of emotional and logical reasons to more entrepreneurs to show up, or choose to show up, and have an online presence. Because really, we need to be present in order for us to call in our tribe. 5:42 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Andreea and her solution: If they lack feedback from a professional, it's almost as if you will go to anybody else to ask for advice but they are not certified. If you want to know better if you should do a surgery, say you don't like your nose, your lips, or your face structure, you don't just ask your friend for their opinion, you actually booked in a session with an aesthetic doctor who understands symmetry and mathemat...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to overcome stage fright or the feel of hesitation to do something Benefits of having a structured presentation Importance of getting feedback from a professional
Related Links and Resources:
I put together my best public speaking and confidence Masterclass. They can go to www.confidencecoach.ae/masterclass.
Summary: Before Andreea Zoia was recognized as an expert in confidence coaching, a highly sought-out presenter, and an inspirational voice for university students – And a desirable coach for royal family members, CEOs, high-ranked consultants and organizations such as: Emirates, Hermes, Adnoc, Dubai Tourism and Audi – Andreea was known as “the shy little girl with selective mutism.” Seeking a fresh start, Andreea moved from Romania to the UAE at the age of 19 to follow her big dream of becoming a model. Working as a model for years boosted Andreea’s confidence and pushed her to follow her next big dream – being a presenter. Pooling in her 15+ years of experience, Andreea has dedicated her life to helping individuals build their brand, presentation skills and confidence, to levels that are unimaginable. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:10 Andreea’s ideal Client: I love helping the super busy CEO, the entrepreneur who wants to solve the latest problems, the managers who have so much on their hands, and the last thing that they want to worry about is memorizing their presentation or how they can structure it. I am thrilled to help people who want to take center stage, who want to talk on the TEDx stage or any stage and share their ideas in the world. So, when someone doesn't have time to structure a presentation and they don't have time to memorize it which is a big problem, I come in handy to help the CEO and entrepreneur to do that very quickly and efficiently. 3:02 Problem Andreea helps solve: Lack of time, immense stage fright which is common; more than 75% of the world population doesn't like to be expose while speaking live on a platform or in a podcast. Because they don't have time to reflect on what are their values, what is their overall mission in life, what is that that they want to do in life. Because they're busy with doing life, they don't have a structure or they don't have their ideas in order. So, when it comes to speaking on stage, they feel like someone is testing them. In fact, the audience wants to learn, be inspired, have novelty from them. The biggest thing that blocks people from expressing themselves is fear of being judge and not having time to organize their ideas and thoughts. 4:19 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Andreea: The biggest one is hesitation; avoiding to take center stage, avoiding to go on a meeting and say "I have some fresh ideas, I would like to share them with you." Lack of courage, to speak your mind, or to contribute to a business meeting. Hesitation to say "I will show up in front of the media.. I will speak live on Facebook.. I will be the brand ambassador for my company today." They doubt that they are not able to do so, simply because they haven't tried. So, the symptoms would be hesitation and this is something that fuels me to go on LinkedIn, to go on all social media platforms and give lots of emotional and logical reasons to more entrepreneurs to show up, or choose to show up, and have an online presence. Because really, we need to be present in order for us to call in our tribe. 5:42 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Andreea and her solution: If they lack feedback from a professional, it's almost as if you will go to anybody else to ask for advice but they are not certified. If you want to know better if you should do a surgery, say you don't like your nose, your lips, or your face structure, you don't just ask your friend for their opinion, you actually booked in a session with an aesthetic doctor who understands symmetry and mathemat...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to strategically use your network and also leverage technology for growth The importance of having a compelling brand Having the right strategy to run your business
Related Links and Resources: I actually have three resources. The first one is a "3 Steps Success Guide to Networking" which is going to give you far more details than what I have here. I also have an "Executive Happy Hour Guide." ' And the third thing that I'm offering is I'm actually doing a 'free 5-day training' in my Private Facebook group. Go to www.Joycelayman.com and you're going to find that link on my website and it's going to take you in where you need to be. Summary: Founder, all in one business strategist, keynote speaker, and car enthusiast are just a few words that describe Joyce Layman. She's authored two books including Just Another Leap that was based on her TEDx talk, and Your Connecting Advantage: success tactics to turn life into one big connecting opportunity. Joyce has been referred to as a walking LinkedIn and Bob Burg, best-selling author of the Endless Referrals and The Go-Giver calls her the greatest networker in the world. Since 2008 Joyce has worked with various industries, solopreneurs to CEOs, and sizes of organizations to help them grow their brands and businesses through the power of relationships. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:02 Joyce’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are service-based professionals; typically, B2B and I do have a couple of B2C, but they feel like they've been shredding water with their sales and marketing efforts far too long. And so, they want to work with somebody that's got a 360 (degrees) approach, especially right now with everything that's happening with the pandemic and understanding more about social media and technology to make their life easier. 2:31 Problem Joyce helps solve: I help them translate their business into an online world now. They have brick and mortar and they're always going to stay brick and mortar, but it's not being an Instagram influencer or a Facebook influencer. But it's taking what they do and it's actually using the power of relationships through social media and also through one-on-one, and get their voice out there in a bigger way. But it all goes back to crafting a clear compelling brand online, extremely important to do that first. Understanding how to strategically use their network and also leverage technology for growth. 3:24 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Joyce: They've been working far too long trying to joggle too many pieces. Often the clients I worked with, they hired individual consultants or coaches to come in with different aspects on their business versus one person that can handle everything. Whether it's from think, sales, and marketing but it's from start to finish. But ultimately, they want to sell something. 3:59 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Joyce and her solution: When it comes to networking especially business development, how you do business development has shifted. The three biggest mistakes I see are first of, they don't have a clear compelling brand; somebody's going to google you, they're going to google your company. If you’ll pull-up LinkedIn first in a search, that's their first experience with your company. Far too often, sales professionals and business owners are going to go hunt and network without building their brand. Second, they have no strategy so they end up wasting a lot of time at a wrong event, meeting the wrong people and you have no time to waste. Thirdly, it's not attracting connections or introductions, and when we're talking about networking, we're talking about millions of dollars, huge accounts, short in-sale cycles from months to minutes through your network. 5:09 Joyce’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This goes back to mind set, you want to make a top 10 list. The reason you want to do it,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to strategically use your network and also leverage technology for growth The importance of having a compelling brand Having the right strategy to run your business
Related Links and Resources: I actually have three resources. The first one is a "3 Steps Success Guide to Networking" which is going to give you far more details than what I have here. I also have an "Executive Happy Hour Guide." ' And the third thing that I'm offering is I'm actually doing a 'free 5-day training' in my Private Facebook group. Go to www.Joycelayman.com and you're going to find that link on my website and it's going to take you in where you need to be. Summary: Founder, all in one business strategist, keynote speaker, and car enthusiast are just a few words that describe Joyce Layman. She's authored two books including Just Another Leap that was based on her TEDx talk, and Your Connecting Advantage: success tactics to turn life into one big connecting opportunity. Joyce has been referred to as a walking LinkedIn and Bob Burg, best-selling author of the Endless Referrals and The Go-Giver calls her the greatest networker in the world. Since 2008 Joyce has worked with various industries, solopreneurs to CEOs, and sizes of organizations to help them grow their brands and businesses through the power of relationships. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:02 Joyce’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are service-based professionals; typically, B2B and I do have a couple of B2C, but they feel like they've been shredding water with their sales and marketing efforts far too long. And so, they want to work with somebody that's got a 360 (degrees) approach, especially right now with everything that's happening with the pandemic and understanding more about social media and technology to make their life easier. 2:31 Problem Joyce helps solve: I help them translate their business into an online world now. They have brick and mortar and they're always going to stay brick and mortar, but it's not being an Instagram influencer or a Facebook influencer. But it's taking what they do and it's actually using the power of relationships through social media and also through one-on-one, and get their voice out there in a bigger way. But it all goes back to crafting a clear compelling brand online, extremely important to do that first. Understanding how to strategically use their network and also leverage technology for growth. 3:24 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Joyce: They've been working far too long trying to joggle too many pieces. Often the clients I worked with, they hired individual consultants or coaches to come in with different aspects on their business versus one person that can handle everything. Whether it's from think, sales, and marketing but it's from start to finish. But ultimately, they want to sell something. 3:59 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Joyce and her solution: When it comes to networking especially business development, how you do business development has shifted. The three biggest mistakes I see are first of, they don't have a clear compelling brand; somebody's going to google you, they're going to google your company. If you’ll pull-up LinkedIn first in a search, that's their first experience with your company. Far too often, sales professionals and business owners are going to go hunt and network without building their brand. Second, they have no strategy so they end up wasting a lot of time at a wrong event, meeting the wrong people and you have no time to waste. Thirdly, it's not attracting connections or introductions, and when we're talking about networking, we're talking about millions of dollars, huge accounts, short in-sale cycles from months to minutes through your network. 5:09 Joyce’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This goes back to mind set, you want to make a top 10 list. The reason you want to do it,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Identifying your biggest bottleneck is Knowing if you are actually having a leadership and management issues Doing ‘self-growth’ and then growing your business
Related Links and Resources:
My 'Profit Priorities Punchlist', it's a waited scoring system of how to figure out which bottleneck solutions is best to implement now. It's www.bbg.li/punchlist
Summary: Today I’m digging in with Josh Long of BottleneckBreakthrough.com. Josh has been helping business owners unlock sustainable growth since 2008 when he worked with Chet Holmes to help launch his consulting agency. He quickly became the marketing director of Business Breakthroughs International with Chet and Tony Robbins, and has since worked with other thought leaders like Jay Abraham, Dan Kennedy, and Perry Marshall. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:17 Josh’s ideal Client: B2B companies, somewhere between 2-10 million whom I worked with most. I've worked with larger than that, I tend not to work with smaller than that. Once they get into a million, they tend to get into some leadership and management issues coming up that need to be dealt with. Everybody used to come to me thinking that they have a marketing problem, but in reality, it becomes a management and systems problem so often. I can do both, I enjoy marketing but it doesn't seem to move the needle that much, once you get that 7-figure ranges. 2:04 Problem Josh helps solve: The biggest thing is that they don't know how to identify with their biggest bottleneck is. It's the 'peter principle' right? We all grow into our level of incompetence and we don't know what we don't know. Most often they 'bootstrap', they know everything about their business, they can do all parts of it but that's not the solution anymore. Working harder, grunting it out, trying to direct all their staff how to do exactly how they want, is not the answer. So, it really becomes a leadership and management problems that most small business owners have to transition from that 'hairbrained' to 'do everything entrepreneur' to that organizational leader that can grow and be the business owner and get out of the way and develop management, develop staff that can make decisions and give results. 3:10 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Josh: The big issue is, they are feeling really trapped by their business. I really never found anybody with a 5 million company that's happy. It's because up into that point, they used to play 'whack-a-mole' everyday; problems come out at them, they whack them, they knock them out, they go on. But once you get to that 3,4,5 million-dollar range, the problems are bigger and you can't solve them with quick response, you can't just 'shoo' them away. And all of a sudden, all of your staff are stuck waiting on you as the owner because they're not equipped, they're not empowered, they don't feel confident in making a decision and getting it done. And so, everything grinds into screeching halt that is growth oriented. And everybody becomes focused on maintaining the status quo. It's really that frustration; you start getting lethargic, you start thinking about other businesses, you start having other hobbies, you start sabotaging it, and in reality, you are just a little shift away from mocking more growth and really getting into 10 million and beyond. It's all a leadership management problem. Many business owners hit that spot. They're just frustrated, they start viewing their staff as 'flaky', they thinking that nobody can make decisions, nobody can do as well as them. It's that classic "might as well do it myself" and they get stuck with nothing. 4:54 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Josh and his solution: The bigger problems are, that they try something and it doesn't work immediately then they moved on. and because they're not certain that it's going to work,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Identifying your biggest bottleneck is Knowing if you are actually having a leadership and management issues Doing ‘self-growth’ and then growing your business
Related Links and Resources:
My 'Profit Priorities Punchlist', it's a waited scoring system of how to figure out which bottleneck solutions is best to implement now. It's www.bbg.li/punchlist
Summary: Today I’m digging in with Josh Long of BottleneckBreakthrough.com. Josh has been helping business owners unlock sustainable growth since 2008 when he worked with Chet Holmes to help launch his consulting agency. He quickly became the marketing director of Business Breakthroughs International with Chet and Tony Robbins, and has since worked with other thought leaders like Jay Abraham, Dan Kennedy, and Perry Marshall. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:17 Josh’s ideal Client: B2B companies, somewhere between 2-10 million whom I worked with most. I've worked with larger than that, I tend not to work with smaller than that. Once they get into a million, they tend to get into some leadership and management issues coming up that need to be dealt with. Everybody used to come to me thinking that they have a marketing problem, but in reality, it becomes a management and systems problem so often. I can do both, I enjoy marketing but it doesn't seem to move the needle that much, once you get that 7-figure ranges. 2:04 Problem Josh helps solve: The biggest thing is that they don't know how to identify with their biggest bottleneck is. It's the 'peter principle' right? We all grow into our level of incompetence and we don't know what we don't know. Most often they 'bootstrap', they know everything about their business, they can do all parts of it but that's not the solution anymore. Working harder, grunting it out, trying to direct all their staff how to do exactly how they want, is not the answer. So, it really becomes a leadership and management problems that most small business owners have to transition from that 'hairbrained' to 'do everything entrepreneur' to that organizational leader that can grow and be the business owner and get out of the way and develop management, develop staff that can make decisions and give results. 3:10 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Josh: The big issue is, they are feeling really trapped by their business. I really never found anybody with a 5 million company that's happy. It's because up into that point, they used to play 'whack-a-mole' everyday; problems come out at them, they whack them, they knock them out, they go on. But once you get to that 3,4,5 million-dollar range, the problems are bigger and you can't solve them with quick response, you can't just 'shoo' them away. And all of a sudden, all of your staff are stuck waiting on you as the owner because they're not equipped, they're not empowered, they don't feel confident in making a decision and getting it done. And so, everything grinds into screeching halt that is growth oriented. And everybody becomes focused on maintaining the status quo. It's really that frustration; you start getting lethargic, you start thinking about other businesses, you start having other hobbies, you start sabotaging it, and in reality, you are just a little shift away from mocking more growth and really getting into 10 million and beyond. It's all a leadership management problem. Many business owners hit that spot. They're just frustrated, they start viewing their staff as 'flaky', they thinking that nobody can make decisions, nobody can do as well as them. It's that classic "might as well do it myself" and they get stuck with nothing. 4:54 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Josh and his solution: The bigger problems are, that they try something and it doesn't work immediately then they moved on. and because they're not certain that it's going to work,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to grow independently over everyone else or your competition How to get that unique selling proposition and connect with your audience Differentiating corporate and person branding
Related Links and Resources:
The free resource is they can get at www.g3brandingformula.com/masterclass. This is a webinar that I setup especially for you. It’s kind of detailed up exactly when you need to go out there and build your USP (Unique Selling Proposition).
Summary: Leonard Kim is the coauthor of Ditch the Act: Reveal the Surprising Power of the Real You for Greater Success. In his book, Leonard reveals the seven-step brand process, which teaches readers how to own and expose who they truly are, form meaningful relationships that move the needle and ultimately, uncover the greatness that already exists from within, to stack success. His TEDx Talk, Why You Should Let Your Fears Guide You, has been internationally recognized as one of the best TED Talks by Forbes, Inc. Magazine, and Mashable. Leonard is recognized by Forbes as a Top Marketing Influencer, Inc. Magazine as a Top Digital Marketer and Top Youth Marketer and by Entrepreneur as a Top Personal Branding Expert. Adweek recognized him as one of their Socially Strong Entrepreneurs Every VC Should Be Following. He went from being almost homeless to becoming a personal branding expert whose content has been read over 10 million times. He has amassed a social media following of well over 500,000 people. He’s been featured in a huge list of publications, including Mashable, Inc, Entrepreneur, Forbes, Fortune and more. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:53 Leonard’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are a business owner or a large company who's looking to go out there and becoming the number one dominant force in their industry. If we see how most of the people compete in the business, what they do is they try to compare apples to apples to gelatos and they compete to rise up to the top. But there's a better way to go out and do it. And that's by taking yourself outside the competition and just growing independently over everyone else. When you're able to do that, you are able to stop competing with the competition, you're not going 'one-on-one' with them instead you are on a different path because you don't even see other competition existing. In that way, you can carve out the new path for yourself to reach the eminent top. 2:53 Problem Leonard helps solve: The biggest problem I solve is most people don’t really know how to get that unique selling proposition to go out there and distinguished themselves from the rest of the audience. And the other thing that's distinguished is a lot of people don't know how to bring their real selves into the situation. Now, if we look at the culture today, if we look at Instagram, TikTok, and everything else, people are promoting their very best moments in their lives. Yet, when we think about someone with the Lamborghini, Ferrari or something like that.. "how's that guy got that car?" and we can't really relate to them. And it causes a disconnect between us and them. Instead, relational components that allow us to go and connect with others, comes from hardships, from the pain, from the trials and tribulations that we've been through. And by owning our own story, we're be able to go out there and connect with others, and so many people are too scared or don't know how to go out there and communicate that message in a way to go and connect with their audience, that they're missing the point and not they're not able to connect with their audience in a way were they're actually giving them to 'know, like, trust' and fall in love with them. When someone falls inlove with you, they're either want to get married to you or do business with you. 4:23 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Leonard: For me personally, I talked a lot about my failures, my struggles,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to grow independently over everyone else or your competition How to get that unique selling proposition and connect with your audience Differentiating corporate and person branding
Related Links and Resources:
The free resource is they can get at www.g3brandingformula.com/masterclass. This is a webinar that I setup especially for you. It’s kind of detailed up exactly when you need to go out there and build your USP (Unique Selling Proposition).
Summary: Leonard Kim is the coauthor of Ditch the Act: Reveal the Surprising Power of the Real You for Greater Success. In his book, Leonard reveals the seven-step brand process, which teaches readers how to own and expose who they truly are, form meaningful relationships that move the needle and ultimately, uncover the greatness that already exists from within, to stack success. His TEDx Talk, Why You Should Let Your Fears Guide You, has been internationally recognized as one of the best TED Talks by Forbes, Inc. Magazine, and Mashable. Leonard is recognized by Forbes as a Top Marketing Influencer, Inc. Magazine as a Top Digital Marketer and Top Youth Marketer and by Entrepreneur as a Top Personal Branding Expert. Adweek recognized him as one of their Socially Strong Entrepreneurs Every VC Should Be Following. He went from being almost homeless to becoming a personal branding expert whose content has been read over 10 million times. He has amassed a social media following of well over 500,000 people. He’s been featured in a huge list of publications, including Mashable, Inc, Entrepreneur, Forbes, Fortune and more. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:53 Leonard’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are a business owner or a large company who's looking to go out there and becoming the number one dominant force in their industry. If we see how most of the people compete in the business, what they do is they try to compare apples to apples to gelatos and they compete to rise up to the top. But there's a better way to go out and do it. And that's by taking yourself outside the competition and just growing independently over everyone else. When you're able to do that, you are able to stop competing with the competition, you're not going 'one-on-one' with them instead you are on a different path because you don't even see other competition existing. In that way, you can carve out the new path for yourself to reach the eminent top. 2:53 Problem Leonard helps solve: The biggest problem I solve is most people don’t really know how to get that unique selling proposition to go out there and distinguished themselves from the rest of the audience. And the other thing that's distinguished is a lot of people don't know how to bring their real selves into the situation. Now, if we look at the culture today, if we look at Instagram, TikTok, and everything else, people are promoting their very best moments in their lives. Yet, when we think about someone with the Lamborghini, Ferrari or something like that.. "how's that guy got that car?" and we can't really relate to them. And it causes a disconnect between us and them. Instead, relational components that allow us to go and connect with others, comes from hardships, from the pain, from the trials and tribulations that we've been through. And by owning our own story, we're be able to go out there and connect with others, and so many people are too scared or don't know how to go out there and communicate that message in a way to go and connect with their audience, that they're missing the point and not they're not able to connect with their audience in a way were they're actually giving them to 'know, like, trust' and fall in love with them. When someone falls inlove with you, they're either want to get married to you or do business with you. 4:23 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Leonard: For me personally, I talked a lot about my failures, my struggles,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why 'paying attention' is so important How the customer service experience is partly determined by the personality of the employee How valuable is 'trust'
Related Links and Resources: The website is www.youcanleadcoaching.com and the resource is our newsletter 'Smart Boss’ and if they'd like to give us a call, well do a free 3-15 minutes just to have a conversation about the topic of customer service. Summary: Len-ann McGookey Gardner is a coach to business leaders in 53 countries around the world. From CEOs of Fortune 500 companies to entrepreneurs just starting out, she’s the go-to resource for getting and keeping the customers that make you successful! Lenann’s a Harvard MBA who launched 2 new brands -- one did 150 million dollars in sales in Year 1, and the other did 60 million dollars in its first 6 months. She’s won the “Top Performing CEO” award, the Marketer of the Year Award, she’s the author of 2 books. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:43 Lenann’s ideal Client: Probably a business owner who hasn't updated the communication skills of his or her frontline employees in too long. 2:02 Problem Lenann helps solve: Lousy, time-wasting, customer service. 2:27 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Lenann: Probably the emotions are frustrations. You know, "why aren't these people paying attention." Just get focus, pay attention to these people, talk nice to them, don't ruin these relationships that are so valuable to our future. And the emotion is frustration because you think you've been clear; "look pay attention" but that's never enough. 3:05 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Lenann and her solution: The biggest mistake is, we think 'do as I do'; watch me, let me show you how to do it. I'm teaching this to some extent because some people say "Lenann, show us how to do this, we'll do what you do" but that's not appropriate because not everybody has my personality or your personality. So, the customer service experience is partly determined by the personality of the employee. They're not going to do it exactly the same as the big boss but I hope they are going to do some principles that are up to date, that are 21st century principles from what people are expecting now. 4:07 Lenann’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The topic of 'trust' is really interesting because trust is really something that exist almost nowhere anymore. Nobody trusts nobody about nothing. It's very challenging to get someone to trust you and trust is usually a precursor to buying something from you. I don't buy from people that I don't trust, I figured that I'm going to get hurt. Trust is something that you can learn about and it happens to a couple of my classmates and graduate schools who studied the topic, published books, they're very well-known, they've done a lot of things with it but how to create trust or at least how to encourage trust in the people you're dealing with. To me, it would be the one simple short thing. And in my most recent book (Win More Clients) I did four pages on that topic because I want people to understand that trust is more valuable than money now. If you have enough trust, it will turn into money. 5:26 Lenann’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): The website is youcanleadcoaching.com and the resource is our newsletter 'Smart Boss' but I've spoken with your staff and they said "you should be willing to talk with our listeners" so, I'm willing to talk with your listeners. If they'd like to give us a call, we'll do a free 3-15 minutes just to have a conversation about the topic of customer service and how so many companies are falling behind and losing business as a result. 6:20 Is it possible to grow a business when you have the pandemic on, we got fires in California, we got all kinds of scary things happening. Can you grow a business in the face of all that? I think you can absolutely grow a business at thi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why 'paying attention' is so important How the customer service experience is partly determined by the personality of the employee How valuable is 'trust'
Related Links and Resources: The website is www.youcanleadcoaching.com and the resource is our newsletter 'Smart Boss’ and if they'd like to give us a call, well do a free 3-15 minutes just to have a conversation about the topic of customer service. Summary: Len-ann McGookey Gardner is a coach to business leaders in 53 countries around the world. From CEOs of Fortune 500 companies to entrepreneurs just starting out, she’s the go-to resource for getting and keeping the customers that make you successful! Lenann’s a Harvard MBA who launched 2 new brands -- one did 150 million dollars in sales in Year 1, and the other did 60 million dollars in its first 6 months. She’s won the “Top Performing CEO” award, the Marketer of the Year Award, she’s the author of 2 books. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:43 Lenann’s ideal Client: Probably a business owner who hasn't updated the communication skills of his or her frontline employees in too long. 2:02 Problem Lenann helps solve: Lousy, time-wasting, customer service. 2:27 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Lenann: Probably the emotions are frustrations. You know, "why aren't these people paying attention." Just get focus, pay attention to these people, talk nice to them, don't ruin these relationships that are so valuable to our future. And the emotion is frustration because you think you've been clear; "look pay attention" but that's never enough. 3:05 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Lenann and her solution: The biggest mistake is, we think 'do as I do'; watch me, let me show you how to do it. I'm teaching this to some extent because some people say "Lenann, show us how to do this, we'll do what you do" but that's not appropriate because not everybody has my personality or your personality. So, the customer service experience is partly determined by the personality of the employee. They're not going to do it exactly the same as the big boss but I hope they are going to do some principles that are up to date, that are 21st century principles from what people are expecting now. 4:07 Lenann’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The topic of 'trust' is really interesting because trust is really something that exist almost nowhere anymore. Nobody trusts nobody about nothing. It's very challenging to get someone to trust you and trust is usually a precursor to buying something from you. I don't buy from people that I don't trust, I figured that I'm going to get hurt. Trust is something that you can learn about and it happens to a couple of my classmates and graduate schools who studied the topic, published books, they're very well-known, they've done a lot of things with it but how to create trust or at least how to encourage trust in the people you're dealing with. To me, it would be the one simple short thing. And in my most recent book (Win More Clients) I did four pages on that topic because I want people to understand that trust is more valuable than money now. If you have enough trust, it will turn into money. 5:26 Lenann’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): The website is youcanleadcoaching.com and the resource is our newsletter 'Smart Boss' but I've spoken with your staff and they said "you should be willing to talk with our listeners" so, I'm willing to talk with your listeners. If they'd like to give us a call, we'll do a free 3-15 minutes just to have a conversation about the topic of customer service and how so many companies are falling behind and losing business as a result. 6:20 Is it possible to grow a business when you have the pandemic on, we got fires in California, we got all kinds of scary things happening. Can you grow a business in the face of all that? I think you can absolutely grow a business at thi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why investing in security is a MUST How to make sure not to focus on compliance but on good practice Why leadership and governance are the solution to most security problems
Related Links and Resources: My free gift is a community gift. There is an organization called 'The Center for Internet Security', they're a global organization, they have well-defined practices, it’s www.cisecurity.org. To get to me directly, they can email me at keyaan.williams@class-llc.com or you can go to the website www.class-llc.com Summary: Keyaan Williams is the Founder and Managing Director of Cyber Leadership and Strategy Solutions (CLASS-LLC), a professional services firm that helps global clients with cybersecurity strategy risk management, and workforce development. His reputation for leadership was established when he led the operational transformation of the Information Systems Security Association (ISSA) as the President of the International Board of Directors, and he has also been recognized for his service in the U.S. Army Chemical Corps. Keyaan has contributed to many books and publications including The Language of Cybersecurity, Using Security Metrics to Drive Action, CISO Magazine, the ISSA Journal, and the Crisis Response Journal. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:32 Keyaan’s ideal Client: You read my bio, and it sounds like we're only working with very large companies but my ideal client really is small to medium size business. 66% of SMBs fail after having a data breach or a cyber-attack. So, my personal preferences are to work with those smaller businesses to help them stay in business. 2:03 Problem Keyaan helps solve: All businesses struggle understanding what security means, part of that is the security industry. People in this profession talk in technical terms and they have a hard time transitioning or translating that information into a business decision. So, one of the things that I help do is, it goes back to the old school decision support systems; where I tell people what they need to know so that they can make an inform decisions as one to benefit your organization and lead them to success. 2:51 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Keyaan: What's interesting is that, industry research says that it takes 9 months, 270 days for a mature organization to determine or to identify that they have a breach, or that they have some kind of cyber-attack. Because the attackers are very stealthy and their intention is not to get caught unless you're dealing with ransom lawyer. The objective of the business owner, regardless of the size of the business, is to make sure that they don't focus on compliance but they focus on good practices that are going to protect the organization. And then they invest in 'incident response' so that when a problem is found, they fix it as quickly as possible and get back to normal. 3:45 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Keyaan and his solution: There's two categories that answers the question. If the company is investing in security, most companies only invest in obligations that are define by a regulation or a contract. If you go back two years, 90% of the data breaches that have happened where in companies that were compliant with their regulations. So, it highlights the compliance is not the answer to the problem, it's the bear minimal. The other problem is that some companies don't invest in security or whatsoever. The National Association Corporate Directors identified that 61% of corporate executives will ignore security concerns to achieve a business outcome. But security concerns and failures in that area put 66% of companies out of business, so there's a mismatch between what's driving the business owner and the things they need to put in place to stay in business. 4:53 Keyaan’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the best things that you can do is understand your envir...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why investing in security is a MUST How to make sure not to focus on compliance but on good practice Why leadership and governance are the solution to most security problems
Related Links and Resources: My free gift is a community gift. There is an organization called 'The Center for Internet Security', they're a global organization, they have well-defined practices, it’s www.cisecurity.org. To get to me directly, they can email me at keyaan.williams@class-llc.com or you can go to the website www.class-llc.com Summary: Keyaan Williams is the Founder and Managing Director of Cyber Leadership and Strategy Solutions (CLASS-LLC), a professional services firm that helps global clients with cybersecurity strategy risk management, and workforce development. His reputation for leadership was established when he led the operational transformation of the Information Systems Security Association (ISSA) as the President of the International Board of Directors, and he has also been recognized for his service in the U.S. Army Chemical Corps. Keyaan has contributed to many books and publications including The Language of Cybersecurity, Using Security Metrics to Drive Action, CISO Magazine, the ISSA Journal, and the Crisis Response Journal. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:32 Keyaan’s ideal Client: You read my bio, and it sounds like we're only working with very large companies but my ideal client really is small to medium size business. 66% of SMBs fail after having a data breach or a cyber-attack. So, my personal preferences are to work with those smaller businesses to help them stay in business. 2:03 Problem Keyaan helps solve: All businesses struggle understanding what security means, part of that is the security industry. People in this profession talk in technical terms and they have a hard time transitioning or translating that information into a business decision. So, one of the things that I help do is, it goes back to the old school decision support systems; where I tell people what they need to know so that they can make an inform decisions as one to benefit your organization and lead them to success. 2:51 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Keyaan: What's interesting is that, industry research says that it takes 9 months, 270 days for a mature organization to determine or to identify that they have a breach, or that they have some kind of cyber-attack. Because the attackers are very stealthy and their intention is not to get caught unless you're dealing with ransom lawyer. The objective of the business owner, regardless of the size of the business, is to make sure that they don't focus on compliance but they focus on good practices that are going to protect the organization. And then they invest in 'incident response' so that when a problem is found, they fix it as quickly as possible and get back to normal. 3:45 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Keyaan and his solution: There's two categories that answers the question. If the company is investing in security, most companies only invest in obligations that are define by a regulation or a contract. If you go back two years, 90% of the data breaches that have happened where in companies that were compliant with their regulations. So, it highlights the compliance is not the answer to the problem, it's the bear minimal. The other problem is that some companies don't invest in security or whatsoever. The National Association Corporate Directors identified that 61% of corporate executives will ignore security concerns to achieve a business outcome. But security concerns and failures in that area put 66% of companies out of business, so there's a mismatch between what's driving the business owner and the things they need to put in place to stay in business. 4:53 Keyaan’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the best things that you can do is understand your envir...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to build authority to position yourself as a leader within your industry Avoiding 'chasing tactics' and focus on running your business Why self-awareness is important
Related Links and Resources: We have a program that we started giving out called "Chosen Personal Brand". We have a price tag of $997 on the program, but we took it off and started giving it away for free, it’s www.chosenpersonalbrand.com/chosen-free Summary: Marc Ensign’s story began when he was a kid who wanted to change the world. Upon realizing that it might take a little longer than anticipated, he got sidetracked and found himself playing bass on Broadway with the Tony Award-winning show Rent. He was completely unqualified (his words) but had a gift for marketing himself, and the rest is Broadway history. Fast-forward a bunch of years, and Marc is now “The Big Cheese” at Loud Mouse, a branding agency specializing in making some of the world’s most inspiring people and companies impossible to ignore. Visit MarcEnsign.com or LoudMouse.com to see what else he’s up to. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:37 Marc’s ideal Client: In Loud Mouse we work with people who are seen as the face of their company; that can be entrepreneurs, CEOs, athletes, entertainers, that really depends on the business that you're running. But it's the person that steps out or that is seen as the forefront of your company. 2:09 Problem Marc helps solve: We help those people build authority in order to position themselves as a leader within their industry with the idea of scaling their business. People like doing business with people that they know, like, and trust. We help build that authority and that expert status in their space. The people who wanted to do business with that person, ultimately which means coming to that company. 2:48 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Marc: It usually is one of two things I think is our biggest thorns in the paw that we intend to pull out. They're either chasing leads or they're competing on price. Because when you're chasing leads and competing on price, the prospective client is not really interested in you, they're interested in a service. Once you're removed in that equation, then it really doesn't matter who I work with. When you find that you're having a hard time closing deals, or people are trying to reduce the cost of your proposal, or they're thinking about it, or your time to close is taking too long. Those are a lot of those things that were people don't see you as a true expert. Because at the end of the day, if Elon Musk were to say today "hey, I'm thinking to start a business, anybody interested being partners with me?" people will be jumping over themselves to come on board and to work with him because he's an expert in his space. 4:33 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Marc and his solution: They get caught up 'on the doing and not the being'; when you're an expert on that space, it's so important that you show up a certain way. When all of a sudden you turn that off so you can create content, post on Facebook, and do all those stuff that you heard on the webinar that you should be doing. You're just chasing tactics instead of running your business, that's where the wheels fall out the bus. Because when you're chasing those tactics, first of all, this is not what you do so chances are you'll going to make a ton of mistakes, you're going to miss something, or you're not going to be consistent, or it's not going to cross as authentic, all these other stuffs that people are looking for. As a result, not only are you going to create some problems on the marketing and the branding side, but now you're taking your eyes off your business and that's really where I need you. If I'm working with somebody, I need that to be all-in on their business, really showing up, let me just observe, let me just take over,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to build authority to position yourself as a leader within your industry Avoiding 'chasing tactics' and focus on running your business Why self-awareness is important
Related Links and Resources: We have a program that we started giving out called "Chosen Personal Brand". We have a price tag of $997 on the program, but we took it off and started giving it away for free, it’s www.chosenpersonalbrand.com/chosen-free Summary: Marc Ensign’s story began when he was a kid who wanted to change the world. Upon realizing that it might take a little longer than anticipated, he got sidetracked and found himself playing bass on Broadway with the Tony Award-winning show Rent. He was completely unqualified (his words) but had a gift for marketing himself, and the rest is Broadway history. Fast-forward a bunch of years, and Marc is now “The Big Cheese” at Loud Mouse, a branding agency specializing in making some of the world’s most inspiring people and companies impossible to ignore. Visit MarcEnsign.com or LoudMouse.com to see what else he’s up to. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:37 Marc’s ideal Client: In Loud Mouse we work with people who are seen as the face of their company; that can be entrepreneurs, CEOs, athletes, entertainers, that really depends on the business that you're running. But it's the person that steps out or that is seen as the forefront of your company. 2:09 Problem Marc helps solve: We help those people build authority in order to position themselves as a leader within their industry with the idea of scaling their business. People like doing business with people that they know, like, and trust. We help build that authority and that expert status in their space. The people who wanted to do business with that person, ultimately which means coming to that company. 2:48 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Marc: It usually is one of two things I think is our biggest thorns in the paw that we intend to pull out. They're either chasing leads or they're competing on price. Because when you're chasing leads and competing on price, the prospective client is not really interested in you, they're interested in a service. Once you're removed in that equation, then it really doesn't matter who I work with. When you find that you're having a hard time closing deals, or people are trying to reduce the cost of your proposal, or they're thinking about it, or your time to close is taking too long. Those are a lot of those things that were people don't see you as a true expert. Because at the end of the day, if Elon Musk were to say today "hey, I'm thinking to start a business, anybody interested being partners with me?" people will be jumping over themselves to come on board and to work with him because he's an expert in his space. 4:33 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Marc and his solution: They get caught up 'on the doing and not the being'; when you're an expert on that space, it's so important that you show up a certain way. When all of a sudden you turn that off so you can create content, post on Facebook, and do all those stuff that you heard on the webinar that you should be doing. You're just chasing tactics instead of running your business, that's where the wheels fall out the bus. Because when you're chasing those tactics, first of all, this is not what you do so chances are you'll going to make a ton of mistakes, you're going to miss something, or you're not going to be consistent, or it's not going to cross as authentic, all these other stuffs that people are looking for. As a result, not only are you going to create some problems on the marketing and the branding side, but now you're taking your eyes off your business and that's really where I need you. If I'm working with somebody, I need that to be all-in on their business, really showing up, let me just observe, let me just take over,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to scale your business and not the hours and stress Finding the quality clients What you need to focus on to make your business continuously profitable
Related Links and Resources: It’s www.handsoffceo.com/scaleology. It's a great resource on how to use value-based pricing to be able to double your fees. You can download that, and learn from yourself exactly how to attract the kind of clients that will happily pay twice as much your average fee is. Summary: Mandi Ellefson is the founder of Hands-Off CEO™. She and her team scale million-dollar consulting agencies, with less reliance on the CEO. First, she helps them generate more cash to scale with an irresistible offer that's easier to sell, and that attracts clients that pay 50-200% higher fees– in 90 days or less. Then, she helps the CEO free up time to focus up to half of their work week on accelerating profits. Her clients have added 5 figures of net profit every month, added millions of dollars in sales, and some have exited the day-to-day so they can scale growth or even sell the business. Mandi is a published author and host of the Hands-Off CEO™ Podcast. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:55 Mandi’s ideal Client: Our ideal clients are consulting agencies that are 6 or 7 figures and that they have some cutting-edge level of service that they provide for their clients, and they're just looking to scale it. 2:17 Problem Mandi helps solve: When you have a customized service, it's based on your own expertise. And the challenges are that there are only a certain number of hours in the day, so in order to scale, what they're really doing is not scaling or growing; their hours grow and their stress grows. And the only way that they can continue to make more income is to work more hours. So, that's the problem that we solve, that's the problem that they're running into. 3:03 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mandi: They might be working 50-60 hours per week or more, they might be at a place where they've seen stagnant growth for years. A lot of people came to us after they had been banging their heads against the wall for three years or so. Realizing that their company hasn't been growing and in fact, if they really look at the trend and were honest with themselves, they're actually back-sliding a little bit, they're actually retracting. Another thing that they might come to us is that they're at a point where they're growing so quickly that they can't actually fulfill all the work. They might be at a place where they are looking around, they're really busy but they're working with clients that aren't necessarily the best quality clients but they have to take what's coming in the door to keep the lights on, to keep the payroll going. They are at this point where they don't have time to go out and find more growth. There are all these opportunities but they're kind of stuck working in the business because they just need to keep the flight where it's going. 4:15 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mandi and her solution: There's a lot of us trying advice out there like "oh, just work on the business instead of in the business" all those BS. Yes, it's true but at the same time, how do you actually do that. And the biggest problem that I see is that it's not properly financed to grow. There is a point where there's not enough profitability. That's why the CEO has to be stuck so much in the business because you actually can't afford to hire more people to do it. And even if you can hire more people to do it, there's just not enough resources of time and money. You really need to get those sorted out. First thing that we do with our clients is we help them free at least 10 extra hours in the first week working together. It feels amazing, it's a lot of things like a heavy load that you're carrying around like client management, meetings,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to heal relationships with you family, with themselves, and with God Finding your life objectivity and inner peace Why there's nothing asking for help
Related Links and Resources: You go to www.josephwarren.net to schedule a free warmup call with me. Or, sign up for my free 10-day E-course. So, it's one email a day for 10 days and it's called 'How to Outperform 95% of Your Competitors Without Ending up Rich, Divorced and Miserable' if you want that, go get that. Summary: Joseph Warren started his first multi-million dollar business at age 19 and wasted away his 20's trying to find happiness through money, success and pleasure. HE MADE MILLIONS --- but then lost it all and considered taking his own life. Today, having triumphed through multiple failed businesses and broken relationships, Joseph Warren is best known as The Family Relationship Fixer™ and the creator of Fix ANY Relationship in 30 Days™ – a proven process to heal broken relationships with your family, and God. He married his dream girl Falon in 2019 and is a dad to one lovely daughter, Alora Love. His syndicated column on Inc.com and Forbes.com garner million readers every year. His work has been featured in such prestigious media outlets as the Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg Businessweek, Fox Business, MSNBC, and Inc. Magazine. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:52 Joseph’s ideal Client: I work specifically with high six, seven, and eight figure entrepreneurs, coaches and business owners who are killing it in their businesses but, sometimes go home miserable. Peace is what they want, that's what we're all searching for. And the funny thing is, they will give everything that they have, that they spent their entire life building, for just a little peace. As little children they have it, but now as an adult they have no peace. 2:32 Problem Joseph helps solve: I help them heal relationships with their family, with themselves, and with God. These changes the way they show up in their business and as a result, they attract more clients and they double or triple their income. It's just a natural by product. 3:01 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Joseph: What I've seen with many of my clients, they've come to me in sometimes in a place of quiet desperation. They're crying out for someone to help them but they don't know how to ask for help. They're trying to fix themselves, but as Einstein says and I'm paraphrasing here "you can't fix the problem with the same mind that created it." They have no objectivity; they are in their own storm of their life or in their business and they need that outside helps. So, that's the first thing I see that they're acting out in their lives by drinking too much alcohol, porn addiction, sex addiction, or they become workaholics. These negative behaviors end up destroying their relationships. 4:09 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Joseph and his solution: As I've previously mentioned, they have no objectivity so they can't see how they showing up in the world with the reality of how they're showing up in the world, how others are seeing it. They're looking from the inside out and it just doesn't work. So, number one, three mistakes; they try to fix themselves like we said, number two they resist asking for help. As men, you know we are the biggest culprits of this. We just refused to ask for help because we don't want to look bad, we don't want to deal with the shame or the humiliation of not looking like we have it all figured out. And number three, they do nothing; they just learn to cope with misery. And figured "Well, this is the way my life is, so I'll just learn to live with the pain." 5:11 Joseph’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This is the recommend to anyone I meet and that in this type of situation, I invite them or I invite your audience to schedule a free warmup call with me.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to heal relationships with you family, with themselves, and with God Finding your life objectivity and inner peace Why there's nothing asking for help
Related Links and Resources: You go to www.josephwarren.net to schedule a free warmup call with me. Or, sign up for my free 10-day E-course. So, it's one email a day for 10 days and it's called 'How to Outperform 95% of Your Competitors Without Ending up Rich, Divorced and Miserable' if you want that, go get that. Summary: Joseph Warren started his first multi-million dollar business at age 19 and wasted away his 20's trying to find happiness through money, success and pleasure. HE MADE MILLIONS --- but then lost it all and considered taking his own life. Today, having triumphed through multiple failed businesses and broken relationships, Joseph Warren is best known as The Family Relationship Fixer™ and the creator of Fix ANY Relationship in 30 Days™ – a proven process to heal broken relationships with your family, and God. He married his dream girl Falon in 2019 and is a dad to one lovely daughter, Alora Love. His syndicated column on Inc.com and Forbes.com garner million readers every year. His work has been featured in such prestigious media outlets as the Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg Businessweek, Fox Business, MSNBC, and Inc. Magazine. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:52 Joseph’s ideal Client: I work specifically with high six, seven, and eight figure entrepreneurs, coaches and business owners who are killing it in their businesses but, sometimes go home miserable. Peace is what they want, that's what we're all searching for. And the funny thing is, they will give everything that they have, that they spent their entire life building, for just a little peace. As little children they have it, but now as an adult they have no peace. 2:32 Problem Joseph helps solve: I help them heal relationships with their family, with themselves, and with God. These changes the way they show up in their business and as a result, they attract more clients and they double or triple their income. It's just a natural by product. 3:01 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Joseph: What I've seen with many of my clients, they've come to me in sometimes in a place of quiet desperation. They're crying out for someone to help them but they don't know how to ask for help. They're trying to fix themselves, but as Einstein says and I'm paraphrasing here "you can't fix the problem with the same mind that created it." They have no objectivity; they are in their own storm of their life or in their business and they need that outside helps. So, that's the first thing I see that they're acting out in their lives by drinking too much alcohol, porn addiction, sex addiction, or they become workaholics. These negative behaviors end up destroying their relationships. 4:09 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Joseph and his solution: As I've previously mentioned, they have no objectivity so they can't see how they showing up in the world with the reality of how they're showing up in the world, how others are seeing it. They're looking from the inside out and it just doesn't work. So, number one, three mistakes; they try to fix themselves like we said, number two they resist asking for help. As men, you know we are the biggest culprits of this. We just refused to ask for help because we don't want to look bad, we don't want to deal with the shame or the humiliation of not looking like we have it all figured out. And number three, they do nothing; they just learn to cope with misery. And figured "Well, this is the way my life is, so I'll just learn to live with the pain." 5:11 Joseph’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This is the recommend to anyone I meet and that in this type of situation, I invite them or I invite your audience to schedule a free warmup call with me.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Avoiding self-employment trapHow can you have a business that doesn't 'own you' but you own businessHow 'Controlitis. by far is the number one constraint to people growing beyond just themselvesRelated Links and Resources:I've arranged my staff to give them a full month of free coaching. This is straight-up coaching; two one-to-one sessions, several small group sessions. Access to several of our best tools and they can get that at www.mauimastermind.com/freemonthSummary:David Finkel is the Wall Street Journal and Business Week best-selling author of 12 business books. David wrote his current bestseller, The Freedom Formula: How to Succeed in Business Without Sacrificing Your Family, Health, or Life. He co-authored, SCALE, with Jeff Hoffman, co-founder of Priceline.com.David is the CEO of Maui Mastermind®, North America’s premier business coaching company which helps business owners grow their companies and get their lives back. Over the past 20 years, David and the other Maui coaches and advisors have personally scaled companies with an aggregate value of $63 billion.His syndicated column on Inc.com and Forbes.com garner million readers every year. His work has been featured in such prestigious media outlets as the Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg Businessweek, Fox Business, MSNBC, and Inc. Magazine.Here are the highlights of this episode:2:46 David’s ideal Client: Three levels of building a business; level 1 start-up, level 2 owner relying company, and level 3 is an owner independent company. We tend to work with people in that Owner reliance stage. They started to build a business but it's totally circumscribed by them. Generally, sales of maybe half a million to 20 million dollars a year. They want to grow but more importantly than just growth or at least equal importantly, they want their lives back.3:23 Problem David helps solve: I'm going to give you two. First one I called it 'self-employment trap', they build this business but it all revolves around them, all roads lead back to them. They don't have a business; they have a self-employment job. The second one is that they start to break part of that but they are still relying on what I called 'hit-by-a-bus' test. If something happens to them or if one key person in their company, they are in a world of hurt within 30 to 60 days. Their business is out of business. That's generally the biggest problem that we solve.4:09 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to David: It boils down to two things; stress and overwhelm. They have businesses that work, it's profitable, they've been doing this for a while, but everything falls back to them. Before we start working with a client, before we work with them, 60 to 80 hours or more per week is a very typical work week. Generally, if they take any vacation before we work with them, it's not really a vacation. They still check in everyday with email, text, and other app feeds. And so, the questions now become "how can they actually have a business that doesn't own them but they own their business?" that's generally what it is that they’re feeling. They're feeling out of control with this part, they feel like their business literally has this 'hooks' into them. They're appreciative that it supported them as well as it has but there's this low level that if something happens to them, their businesses is gone. And they're really feeling overwhelmed and tired before we even start working with them.5:19 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding David and his solution: I got two quick ones; they biggest one is that they're trying to 'brute force' their solution, "oh if I need to grow, I'm going to grow by working harder, longer work nights, on the weekends, I'll bring a little bit of work on my vacation because no one's calling me, I can get the real work done.." and the problem is, there's always this level that the ceiling of success with that.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Avoiding self-employment trapHow can you have a business that doesn't 'own you' but you own businessHow 'Controlitis. by far is the number one constraint to people growing beyond just themselvesRelated Links and Resources:I've arranged my staff to give them a full month of free coaching. This is straight-up coaching; two one-to-one sessions, several small group sessions. Access to several of our best tools and they can get that at www.mauimastermind.com/freemonthSummary:David Finkel is the Wall Street Journal and Business Week best-selling author of 12 business books. David wrote his current bestseller, The Freedom Formula: How to Succeed in Business Without Sacrificing Your Family, Health, or Life. He co-authored, SCALE, with Jeff Hoffman, co-founder of Priceline.com.David is the CEO of Maui Mastermind®, North America’s premier business coaching company which helps business owners grow their companies and get their lives back. Over the past 20 years, David and the other Maui coaches and advisors have personally scaled companies with an aggregate value of $63 billion.His syndicated column on Inc.com and Forbes.com garner million readers every year. His work has been featured in such prestigious media outlets as the Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg Businessweek, Fox Business, MSNBC, and Inc. Magazine.Here are the highlights of this episode:2:46 David’s ideal Client: Three levels of building a business; level 1 start-up, level 2 owner relying company, and level 3 is an owner independent company. We tend to work with people in that Owner reliance stage. They started to build a business but it's totally circumscribed by them. Generally, sales of maybe half a million to 20 million dollars a year. They want to grow but more importantly than just growth or at least equal importantly, they want their lives back.3:23 Problem David helps solve: I'm going to give you two. First one I called it 'self-employment trap', they build this business but it all revolves around them, all roads lead back to them. They don't have a business; they have a self-employment job. The second one is that they start to break part of that but they are still relying on what I called 'hit-by-a-bus' test. If something happens to them or if one key person in their company, they are in a world of hurt within 30 to 60 days. Their business is out of business. That's generally the biggest problem that we solve.4:09 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to David: It boils down to two things; stress and overwhelm. They have businesses that work, it's profitable, they've been doing this for a while, but everything falls back to them. Before we start working with a client, before we work with them, 60 to 80 hours or more per week is a very typical work week. Generally, if they take any vacation before we work with them, it's not really a vacation. They still check in everyday with email, text, and other app feeds. And so, the questions now become "how can they actually have a business that doesn't own them but they own their business?" that's generally what it is that they’re feeling. They're feeling out of control with this part, they feel like their business literally has this 'hooks' into them. They're appreciative that it supported them as well as it has but there's this low level that if something happens to them, their businesses is gone. And they're really feeling overwhelmed and tired before we even start working with them.5:19 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding David and his solution: I got two quick ones; they biggest one is that they're trying to 'brute force' their solution, "oh if I need to grow, I'm going to grow by working harder, longer work nights, on the weekends, I'll bring a little bit of work on my vacation because no one's calling me, I can get the real work done.." and the problem is, there's always this level that the ceiling of success with that.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How to remove self-doubt, start being honest with yourself, and finding your 'singularity'Define your 'real' and 'ideal' goalsHow to be the 'dandelion' and not the 'orchid'Related Links and Resources:One, I've got a series of FREE webinars you can download. Number two, we have the 'Tremendous Leadership' podcast. And number three, we have 2 weeks of FREE Ebooks. On the website they will see the banners, all three resources, at www.tremendousleadership.com Summary:Dr. Tracey Jones brings a unique approach to motivation including a call to action and tools to make it happen. Tracy is an author, speaker, Air Force Academy graduate, decorated Veteran, international leadership expert, scholar, and researcher. President of Tremendous Leadership, carrying on the legacy of her father Charlie "Tremendous" Jones, Tracey has released 10 books including her newest title available now, SPARK: 5 Essentials to Ignite the Greatness Within.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:49 Tracey’s ideal Client: My ideal client is really anybody; individuals or organizations out there who are saying to themselves 'the status quo has got to go." I don't care if you're 2 or 200. I was on a call with people last night and they're 70. So, anybody that really wants to raise the bar on life, maybe they're feeling a little bit stuck like they're in the next season and they want the clarity and the tools to get to the next level of what they know, but there's something else for them to do.2:27 Problem Tracey helps solve: Well, I think most people, it kind of goes a different way. There's some that have the problem of self-doubt, where you just don't have the self-efficacy or the belief in yourself. You know it's there but you're not sure how to get there. Number two, there are some people that are really difficult to be honest 'with ourselves'. So, I really help people to get in there and say "listen, only you who's going to unpack this" and so, from my 'tool sergeant' taste, I'm like really with tough love, and getting people to be honest with themselves. And then lastly, deconstructing all the noise; a lot of the problem with people's failure to achieve greatness is they were too busy being pulled into too many different directions. So, I help them target their singularity. And Jim Collins' book 'Good to Great', what's that thing you do better than anybody else.3:28 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Tracey: Well I am a doctor, so I will diagnose this; negative thoughts, you're sad you're depressed, you're in a rot, you're tired, your physically sick, you dread Monday mornings, that's a big signal. Your failure to focus, quitting too soon, I would like to say to people I'm 'slacktose intolerant'. There are so many things you want to do but you just can't get there. And you may have lack of support or resources, so you're terribly frustrated because you want to do something but you just can't connect the dots.4:17 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Tracey and her solution: The biggest mistake is, I say to people "one year from now if you haven't change, what's going to happen?" and they say "there's no way" but we lose track if we don't take action. That failure to gain singularity, and that failure to gain being focused and direct of what you're supposed to do, that's really a common mistake. And that will manifest in lots of health, perhaps loss of family, loss of resources. We only have so many minutes on this planet and we need to make the best in all of them.4:59 Tracey’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Draw two circles; one to the left one to the right. Write 'real' and 'ideal', this is where you are, this is where you want to be. Not what you're doing right now, but what you like to do. And then begin to look at what you're going to bring forward from the real to the ideal and what you're going to leave behind. This will give you a really good orientation.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to find a greater return on investment How to become 'the bank' when you buy a debt Finding opportunities anywhere
Related Links and Resources:
We teach a one-day class called "Note Weekend" normally it's $49, it's kind of a "cliff note" version of note investor. If you're interested in dipping your toes in the water, then go to www.noteweekend.com and type in the word "Bill" and we'll count you in for FREE.
Summary: Scott Carson is a nationally syndicated radio and podcast host of the popular Note Closers Show Podcast with millions of listeners each month. He has been an active real estate investor and entrepreneur since 2002, focused on the niche of distressed mortgage investing. For the past ten years he has been helping real estate investors and entrepreneurs create wealth through his teachings and strategies. He is a highly sought-after speaker and podcast guest with thousands of speaking appearances at events across the country. He has also been featured in many media outlets including Investor’s Business Daily, The Wall Street Journal and Inc.com. He spends his free time traveling to new places and making memories. He calls Austin, Texas home. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:50 Scott’s ideal Client: Somebody who is 35 and above is usually what we see. Somebody who's been an entrepreneur, business owner, maybe self-employed and high professional attorneys, doctors, dentist, or things like that. But they're looking for more freedom in what they're doing. So, we deal with a lot of existing investors, either in real estate or passive investors. People looking for a good return of investments besides putting their money to a COD or "Certificate of Disappointment" as we say. Or they are looking for a higher return of their 41K that has dropped down to 101K. 2:40 Problem Scott helps solve: The biggest thing is we help them find a greater return on investment for the retirement funds would be the number one thing. And help them identify and find deals where other investors aren’t seeing things such as small or kind of a niche space. If you watch "The Big Short" or "Two Big to Fail" then it will give you an idea of what we do. 3:22 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Scott: A lot of people are tired of trying to do "fix-and-flip", they're tired of being a landlord. A lot of entrepreneurs are obviously in the real estate space or some sort. They're really tired of that, so they're looking for something that's more passivity. Something that they don't need so many hands-on, and that's what we do. We really teach people how to buy debt, whether it's performing or not, performing direct from banks, so that they can turn it into a cashflow. To help them achieve their goals faster without having to do all manual labor that people get into. 4:12 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Scott and his solution: Not understanding that buying and mortgage is completely different than buying a piece of property. There's a lot of different due diligence and evaluations. You are becoming 'the bank' literally when you buy the debt. It's a whole different mindset, it's a beautiful thing because there's a lot more options, higher returns. You just have to know that it's a different ball game than what's on flip-this-house. 4:47 Scott’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): When you look at the market of what' going on right now, one out of every 12 borrowers is likely to fall. There's a lot of banks out there, billions and billions of dollars in debt that your regional banks or smaller banks have on their books. So, if you are looking for an investment thing, start looking and educating yourself on this huge wave of wealth that has been passed over a couple of years. If you understand how to become a bank, you're literally holding the keys to the kingdom. 5:27 Scott’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): We teach a one-day class...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to strategically manage your task list and schedule The concept of implementing weekly planning How to avoid over committing and overt scheduling yourself
Related Links and Resources: I got a 3-step process that will get you out of overwhelmed instantly and kind of get you to calm down and get back in to action. I call it "Ditch the Overwhelmed Cheat Sheet" and everybody can go grab that at the www.theworklifeharmony.com. I run every six or seven weeks what I call the "TOP Bootcamp", this is totally free and you can sign up for it at www.megansumrell.com/topbootcamp Summary: Megan Sumrell is a former corporate techie turned entrepreneur. As a business owner, mom, and wife, she knows exactly how hard it is to juggle #allthethings while still maintaining your own sense of self and purpose. As a Time Management and Productivity Coach, Megan teaches specific strategies to help others get on top of their time, their calendar and their goals while getting rid of stress, overwhelm, and exhaustion. She is the creator of the TOP Program and TOP Planner, a program that teaches her proprietary system and processes regarding time management, organization and productivity for female entrepreneurs. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:00 Megan’s ideal Client: Basically, it's overwhelmed women that are feeling that they got all the plates spinning between work, home, trying to grow a business or a career. They are exhausted, they might even think that they're getting a lot of things done but every day feels like a race to the finish line; it's just never ending. 2:30 Problem Megan helps solve: The problem is, how to strategically look at your task list, your schedule, and then apply the right structure to it. The traditional ways that productivity and time management are typically taught in a corporate setting don't translate well when you pull it out into entrepreneurship, particularly as a 'mompreneur' when you're joggling family and work life at the same time. 3:25 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Megan: A number of things. First of all, and I think I hear the most often is "I'm just overwhelmed; I'm overwhelmed or I'm exhausted." You may look back on your day and go "I got things done but I don't know if they're the right things" or that kind of feeling of 'busy being busy' but you don't feel very productive. And what I think what brings women and moms in particular is a tremendous sense of guilt. You think "here I am, I have the job, I have the family, I have all that, and I feel like I've lost myself and I'm unhappy." 4:20 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Megan and her solution: So the first one I guess "I just need to work harder; I'm going to get up earlier, I'm going to stay up later" which translates into "I'm going to stop taking care of myself." So, we think that if we could just work harder, work smarter, work faster, and do more that it's actually going to solve the problem but in reality, what's happening is that you're over committing and over scheduling yourself. And because you haven't created that space and time for you, for personal development, for self-care, the problem gets perpetuated. 5:10 Megan’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): So, the number thing and the core of everything I teach around time management is the concept of implementing weakly planning. So many people think that they are a really great planner or organizer, and they do it on a daily. They're walking up in the morning and say "Now let me figure out what I'm going to do today" and when you're stepping foot there, it's too late. Because now you are in the 'reaction mode' because what you're going to end up doing is what is the loudest in front of you at the moment, instead of what's the right thing to do. When you learn how to implement a really good weekly planning system, it allows you to focus your time a lot more intentio...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to strategically manage your task list and schedule The concept of implementing weekly planning How to avoid over committing and overt scheduling yourself
Related Links and Resources: I got a 3-step process that will get you out of overwhelmed instantly and kind of get you to calm down and get back in to action. I call it "Ditch the Overwhelmed Cheat Sheet" and everybody can go grab that at the www.theworklifeharmony.com. I run every six or seven weeks what I call the "TOP Bootcamp", this is totally free and you can sign up for it at www.megansumrell.com/topbootcamp Summary: Megan Sumrell is a former corporate techie turned entrepreneur. As a business owner, mom, and wife, she knows exactly how hard it is to juggle #allthethings while still maintaining your own sense of self and purpose. As a Time Management and Productivity Coach, Megan teaches specific strategies to help others get on top of their time, their calendar and their goals while getting rid of stress, overwhelm, and exhaustion. She is the creator of the TOP Program and TOP Planner, a program that teaches her proprietary system and processes regarding time management, organization and productivity for female entrepreneurs. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:00 Megan’s ideal Client: Basically, it's overwhelmed women that are feeling that they got all the plates spinning between work, home, trying to grow a business or a career. They are exhausted, they might even think that they're getting a lot of things done but every day feels like a race to the finish line; it's just never ending. 2:30 Problem Megan helps solve: The problem is, how to strategically look at your task list, your schedule, and then apply the right structure to it. The traditional ways that productivity and time management are typically taught in a corporate setting don't translate well when you pull it out into entrepreneurship, particularly as a 'mompreneur' when you're joggling family and work life at the same time. 3:25 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Megan: A number of things. First of all, and I think I hear the most often is "I'm just overwhelmed; I'm overwhelmed or I'm exhausted." You may look back on your day and go "I got things done but I don't know if they're the right things" or that kind of feeling of 'busy being busy' but you don't feel very productive. And what I think what brings women and moms in particular is a tremendous sense of guilt. You think "here I am, I have the job, I have the family, I have all that, and I feel like I've lost myself and I'm unhappy." 4:20 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Megan and her solution: So the first one I guess "I just need to work harder; I'm going to get up earlier, I'm going to stay up later" which translates into "I'm going to stop taking care of myself." So, we think that if we could just work harder, work smarter, work faster, and do more that it's actually going to solve the problem but in reality, what's happening is that you're over committing and over scheduling yourself. And because you haven't created that space and time for you, for personal development, for self-care, the problem gets perpetuated. 5:10 Megan’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): So, the number thing and the core of everything I teach around time management is the concept of implementing weakly planning. So many people think that they are a really great planner or organizer, and they do it on a daily. They're walking up in the morning and say "Now let me figure out what I'm going to do today" and when you're stepping foot there, it's too late. Because now you are in the 'reaction mode' because what you're going to end up doing is what is the loudest in front of you at the moment, instead of what's the right thing to do. When you learn how to implement a really good weekly planning system, it allows you to focus your time a lot more intentio...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How can you get attention, be heard, and sell more? How to avoid lack of consistency within the organization Know the effective business storytelling
Related Links and Resources: We've created an exclusive link for the listeners, go to www.gonarrative.com/supercharge. And on that page, we've included definitive guide for business storytelling. It's a super condensed, super easy to read, super easy to get going, to start taking the advantages of storytelling on business today. Summary: Matthew Woodget is a technologist, marketer, and storyteller whose pedigree spans over 20 years of senior marketing at Intel, Microsoft and the agency world. Matthew's experience includes product marketing, branding, and content strategy. Matthew helps business leaders apply storytelling as a spearhead for thought leadership growth, transformation, and industry influence. He's a status quo challenger who is passionate about customer experiences. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:34 Matthew’s ideal Client: Our ideal client is either responsible for the company's purpose and 'why' or responsible for the company's messaging, everything that the company says and does. Often that's the same person, either it's the executive level or the owner. And sometimes with our cooperate clients, we go down to the Senior Director or the GM level as well. 2:02 Problem Matthew helps solve: We help our clients do three things; get attention, be heard, and sell more. It's really about getting that audience to listen, landing a message or having them remember it and then letting them act on it. We say sell more, that's obviously the end goal but it could be driving some type of engagement in an ad campaign, getting a downloadable E-book on the website, getting them to click the 'buy now' button. Some type of action that moves that prospect or clients through the decision-making process. It's really about driving action. 3:04 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Matthew: They really come to us with 3 key issues. One of those is "my messaging is just not resonating. People aren't clicking with what we're trying to do and say as a company" so that's one thing that we see all the time. Another one, and this one is much more of a problem than people even know or realize explicitly, and that is a lack of consistency. A lack of consistency of what is said and done by the whole organization. We often heard about the tag-of-war between sales and marketing; marketing creates guidance for sales but sales go off and do something else. The problem is actually deeper than that, the problem is into what the engineering are building, are they building something that customer's want. And then there's leadership; how is leadership talking to the whole organization. How they're rallying that sales force, how they're rallying engineering. And so a lot of our clients have a lot of inconsistency, sometimes they don't even realize what they're talking about. 4:37 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Matthew and his solution: The biggest mistake by far is thinking that speeds and feeds, and facts are enough. Even differentiation, and it's just not enough to win nowadays. If you want to be perceived as extraordinary, if you talk about speeds and feeds, then that's not going to happen. You need to connect not just with this (brain) but with this (heart). All humans make decisions based on emotions and then justify based on data, and most of our clients are actually doing a really good job in the first bucket of speeds and feeds and getting that dialed in. But then when it comes to connecting with hearts and minds, that's where they fail. 5:29 Matthew’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): My first official chief storytelling job was for Microsoft business unit, I thought "hey, this is going to be easy! I'm a passionate storyteller as it is" so I went to go and find some good framewo...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How can you get attention, be heard, and sell more? How to avoid lack of consistency within the organization Know the effective business storytelling
Related Links and Resources: We've created an exclusive link for the listeners, go to www.gonarrative.com/supercharge. And on that page, we've included definitive guide for business storytelling. It's a super condensed, super easy to read, super easy to get going, to start taking the advantages of storytelling on business today. Summary: Matthew Woodget is a technologist, marketer, and storyteller whose pedigree spans over 20 years of senior marketing at Intel, Microsoft and the agency world. Matthew's experience includes product marketing, branding, and content strategy. Matthew helps business leaders apply storytelling as a spearhead for thought leadership growth, transformation, and industry influence. He's a status quo challenger who is passionate about customer experiences. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:34 Matthew’s ideal Client: Our ideal client is either responsible for the company's purpose and 'why' or responsible for the company's messaging, everything that the company says and does. Often that's the same person, either it's the executive level or the owner. And sometimes with our cooperate clients, we go down to the Senior Director or the GM level as well. 2:02 Problem Matthew helps solve: We help our clients do three things; get attention, be heard, and sell more. It's really about getting that audience to listen, landing a message or having them remember it and then letting them act on it. We say sell more, that's obviously the end goal but it could be driving some type of engagement in an ad campaign, getting a downloadable E-book on the website, getting them to click the 'buy now' button. Some type of action that moves that prospect or clients through the decision-making process. It's really about driving action. 3:04 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Matthew: They really come to us with 3 key issues. One of those is "my messaging is just not resonating. People aren't clicking with what we're trying to do and say as a company" so that's one thing that we see all the time. Another one, and this one is much more of a problem than people even know or realize explicitly, and that is a lack of consistency. A lack of consistency of what is said and done by the whole organization. We often heard about the tag-of-war between sales and marketing; marketing creates guidance for sales but sales go off and do something else. The problem is actually deeper than that, the problem is into what the engineering are building, are they building something that customer's want. And then there's leadership; how is leadership talking to the whole organization. How they're rallying that sales force, how they're rallying engineering. And so a lot of our clients have a lot of inconsistency, sometimes they don't even realize what they're talking about. 4:37 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Matthew and his solution: The biggest mistake by far is thinking that speeds and feeds, and facts are enough. Even differentiation, and it's just not enough to win nowadays. If you want to be perceived as extraordinary, if you talk about speeds and feeds, then that's not going to happen. You need to connect not just with this (brain) but with this (heart). All humans make decisions based on emotions and then justify based on data, and most of our clients are actually doing a really good job in the first bucket of speeds and feeds and getting that dialed in. But then when it comes to connecting with hearts and minds, that's where they fail. 5:29 Matthew’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): My first official chief storytelling job was for Microsoft business unit, I thought "hey, this is going to be easy! I'm a passionate storyteller as it is" so I went to go and find some good framewo...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding new prospects and doing it quickly and inexpensively Using the smart-calling process if you're going to reach out to a new prospect How to take a ‘NO’ response in a positive way
Related Links and Resources: I am actually going to give free access to a fill-in the blanks, paint by the numbers template where people can actually follow along with those templates. I also have 30 minutes video training that walks them through that entire process. The URL is www.SalesByPhone.com Summary:
Over the past 30 years Art Sobczak (Sub’-check) has helped salespeople say the right things to get through, get in, and sell, primarily using the phone. The most effective way to sell is still humans SPEAKING with humans, and he helps them do that in a conversational, non-salesy way. His flagship book, “Smart Calling- How to Eliminate the Fear, Failure, and Rejection from Cold Calling” was just released in its new Third Edition, and again hit #1 in Amazon’s Sales category. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:36 Art’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a salesperson or somebody who may not even consider themselves as a salesperson, who needs to reach out to somebody that they don't know and who's not expecting their call. And hope to create interest and engage that in a conversation so that they can then discuss whatever it is that they are offering. 2:06 Problem Art helps solve: The problem that I help salespeople solve is of course finding new prospects and doing it quickly and inexpensively. There's a lot of ways out there that people tell you that you can get new business by doing social media and this and that, but still the quickest way to engage somebody in a conversation is still picking up the phone. 2:44 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Art: Well, anybody that has started a business or is in business or a new salesperson or probably any new salesperson that has experienced not having enough people to talk to for new business. Therefore, that's their dilemma. And there are a lot of other things associated with actually doing that as far as fear of picking up the phone, not able to say the right things, fear of rejection, so there are a number of problems that are associated with the main problem and that is not having enough business. 3:37 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Art and his solution: Let's assume that they already decided that we need to reach out for new business and we need to do it by phone. A problem at their end is that they think they can just pick up the phone, smile and dial, and 'puking out' a presentation and hoping that they are going to generate some interest. But really what's happening is that they are just adding to the noise. We are inundated with thousands of messages every day and we ignore almost every single one of them. They need to not make a mistake of just having a generic pitch that they are giving to everybody and continually doing it time after time. 4:41 Art’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): What I would recommend is that people should follow the smart-calling process if you're going to reach out to a new prospect. And that process is knowing something about the people that you'll call, their organization, and any situation that they're experiencing so that you can then customize, tailor, and personalize your messaging whether it be email, Inmail through LinkedIn, voicemail, and your ultimate opening statement when you get them on the phone. Because that's the only way today that somebody is going to pay attention to your message among the 'sea of sameness' out there. 5:35 Art’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): It ties in to what I have just mentioned. I am actually going to give free access to a fill-in the blanks, paint by the numbers template where people can actually follow along with those templates and take the benefit of what they have and apply it to their audience an...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Finding new prospects and doing it quickly and inexpensively Using the smart-calling process if you're going to reach out to a new prospect How to take a ‘NO’ response in a positive way
Related Links and Resources: I am actually going to give free access to a fill-in the blanks, paint by the numbers template where people can actually follow along with those templates. I also have 30 minutes video training that walks them through that entire process. The URL is www.SalesByPhone.com Summary:
Over the past 30 years Art Sobczak (Sub’-check) has helped salespeople say the right things to get through, get in, and sell, primarily using the phone. The most effective way to sell is still humans SPEAKING with humans, and he helps them do that in a conversational, non-salesy way. His flagship book, “Smart Calling- How to Eliminate the Fear, Failure, and Rejection from Cold Calling” was just released in its new Third Edition, and again hit #1 in Amazon’s Sales category. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:36 Art’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a salesperson or somebody who may not even consider themselves as a salesperson, who needs to reach out to somebody that they don't know and who's not expecting their call. And hope to create interest and engage that in a conversation so that they can then discuss whatever it is that they are offering. 2:06 Problem Art helps solve: The problem that I help salespeople solve is of course finding new prospects and doing it quickly and inexpensively. There's a lot of ways out there that people tell you that you can get new business by doing social media and this and that, but still the quickest way to engage somebody in a conversation is still picking up the phone. 2:44 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Art: Well, anybody that has started a business or is in business or a new salesperson or probably any new salesperson that has experienced not having enough people to talk to for new business. Therefore, that's their dilemma. And there are a lot of other things associated with actually doing that as far as fear of picking up the phone, not able to say the right things, fear of rejection, so there are a number of problems that are associated with the main problem and that is not having enough business. 3:37 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Art and his solution: Let's assume that they already decided that we need to reach out for new business and we need to do it by phone. A problem at their end is that they think they can just pick up the phone, smile and dial, and 'puking out' a presentation and hoping that they are going to generate some interest. But really what's happening is that they are just adding to the noise. We are inundated with thousands of messages every day and we ignore almost every single one of them. They need to not make a mistake of just having a generic pitch that they are giving to everybody and continually doing it time after time. 4:41 Art’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): What I would recommend is that people should follow the smart-calling process if you're going to reach out to a new prospect. And that process is knowing something about the people that you'll call, their organization, and any situation that they're experiencing so that you can then customize, tailor, and personalize your messaging whether it be email, Inmail through LinkedIn, voicemail, and your ultimate opening statement when you get them on the phone. Because that's the only way today that somebody is going to pay attention to your message among the 'sea of sameness' out there. 5:35 Art’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): It ties in to what I have just mentioned. I am actually going to give free access to a fill-in the blanks, paint by the numbers template where people can actually follow along with those templates and take the benefit of what they have and apply it to their audience an...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to build a cash cow and build the value of your business Finding ‘the right guide’ to help you with your business Knowing the simplest way to run a business
Related Links and Resources: Our free giveaway will be our new book "Make More Money: The Business Owners 5-Step Plan for Bringing in More Cash". If you want get a free copy of it, go to the www.TheCFOproject.com/MoneyBook Summary: Jeff Prager, co-founder of The CFO Project. His company has one purpose: to help you make more money. He has been a former CEO/CFO and owner of several successful multimillion-dollar companies. Jeff’s breadth of experience is remarkable and extremely valuable to entrepreneurs. He’s been a CPA for over 40 years, so he understands all the confusing numbers stuff. But he’s also an author, speaker, and life-long entrepreneur, not just some paper pusher. Because of his vast experience as both a CPA and a business owner, he has a firm grasp on the challenge’s businesses face whether they’re start-ups or seasoned pros. He's great at simplifying the numbers and an expert at providing a clear road map to improved profitability and cash flow. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:52 Jeff’s ideal Client: We normally work with small to medium size businesses that want to generate more cash flow, boost cash reserves, fund their growth, potentially build a cash cow and build the value of their business. 2:22Problem Jeff helps solve: We help companies make more money - PERIOD. That's our whole mission. 2:50Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Jeff: Let me target a few for you. If you're stressed out every month due to inconsistent or lack of enough cash flow, if you're frustrated by financial statements that seem to be written in foreign language.. and by the way they are. Even though I'm a CPA, when I own my own businesses, I realized they weren't telling me the right story. The data that was provided was not helping me run my businesses more effectively. If you're angry that you started your business to make money and gain freedom, neither of which are happening at your desired level. If you're worried that you are in a 'catch 22', you don't have enough cash to expand your business but you can't grow without more cash. And the final one is if you struggle to set targets for your organization and you feel that you're navigating a motherless ship, then you're ready for us. 4:11 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Jeff and his solution: You hit the nail on the head. The first one I always talk about is not having a guide who's been there, done that. There are lots of coaches and consultants out there who have never ever run their own business. The second thing is focusing on sales' topline growth or net profit bottom line growth, but not focusing on cash, that's a huge mistake I see out there. Number three, not using that information to create 30-day action steps. And the fourth one I find is they solve problem on a tactical basis, in other words they look for 'A solution' like SEO, or direct mails. But they don't look at how it factors into the whole business funnel from lead generation to cash in the bank. Therefore, making decisions not based on the long term. 5:28 Jeff’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start looking on where you want to end up versus where you are today. Think like an owner of a business not like an accountant. Review your cash coming in and going out each and every week. And then to project out the next couple of weeks, months, and years. So, you're trying to start with the end in mind, work backgrounds to how much cash do you have today, how much will you have tomorrow, how much you will have next month, and next year. That's how I look at it. 6:20 Jeff’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): Our free giveaway will be our new book "Make More Money: The Business Owners 5-Step Plan for Bringing in More Cash".
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to feel empowered in your business Tapping into that reason for you to move forward How to find that next level of growth
Related Links and Resources: The jumpstart is basically a mini crash course. It's some of the best resources that I provide to my clients, as it relates to where to spend your time, because I talk about filling your pipeline with qualified leads in less than an hour of the day. And a couple of other goodies there that I threw in that you have to be curious about go check it at www.actionincubator.com/JumpStart . Summary: Cat Stancik, The Lead Boss, is the Founder of Action Incubator, Bestselling author of "7 Principles for a More Productive and Fulfilling Life" and creator of the Lead Boss System. Coaches and consultants turn to her when they’re ready to say NO to time consuming, overly automated, bro-marketing, shaking you down strategies that leave everyone feeling less-than. And ready to add $100k+ to their annual revenue and to say YES to a simple strategy that saves them time, uses their unique voice, passion, and expertise, to turn their efforts into a consistent, lead generating machine. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:42 Cat’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are someone who knows that they are in a business of making a difference. They've done some selling; they've created some success in their business but something is just stopping them from moving forward. 1:54 Problem Cat helps solve: Either life happened, something happened like the global pandemic, and they are not moving forward. They know that they want to get back into creating that consistency and predictability in their business multiple times over. We're not talking about 5-figure a month, we're talking about multiple figures in a month. The process works whether you're making 5,000 dollars a month or 15 million a month. This is the thing that scales with your business. Basically, people who want to get into action like coaches, consultants, and service providers who has something that they want to make a positive impact in the world with. 2:57 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Cat: I think it's less what they're dealing with and more on the emotion that they want to be experiencing. They want to feel empowered by their business. It's no longer about being victimized whether it's by circumstances, by the 'I have to' in their business. They want to feel empowered, energetic or energized by what they are doing. We connect to that passion and mission that they know that it's there and want to achieve. It's about really starting to feel that you are getting that freedom, time, and money back. That's the thing that we all started to do when we created that business, was to create that freedom for ourselves. It's like "OK, it's happening!" that's the energy and emotion they want to connect to. They want to see that 'realizing' and not the kind of 'concept' which is far off in the horizon. 3:58 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Cat and her solution: What are the two assets we have in life; money and time. People who are in that stuck place, people who are trying to do by themselves, what I see a lot of times is that they are spending things that they don't have. They're saying that they resent the time that they're spending and the problem is, they're not spending in the right place. They're spending it in trying to consume free information or dirt-cheap information because maybe they've been burned by a previous investment. And they're using that as an excuse not to continue to invest in themselves instead of finding the reason to get to the revenues. There are millions of excuses not to do something, but I want you to tap into that reason to do it that is going to drive you forward. And whether that reason is something that lives deep inside yourself in your heart or it's something you see around every day.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to feel empowered in your business Tapping into that reason for you to move forward How to find that next level of growth
Related Links and Resources: The jumpstart is basically a mini crash course. It's some of the best resources that I provide to my clients, as it relates to where to spend your time, because I talk about filling your pipeline with qualified leads in less than an hour of the day. And a couple of other goodies there that I threw in that you have to be curious about go check it at www.actionincubator.com/JumpStart . Summary: Cat Stancik, The Lead Boss, is the Founder of Action Incubator, Bestselling author of "7 Principles for a More Productive and Fulfilling Life" and creator of the Lead Boss System. Coaches and consultants turn to her when they’re ready to say NO to time consuming, overly automated, bro-marketing, shaking you down strategies that leave everyone feeling less-than. And ready to add $100k+ to their annual revenue and to say YES to a simple strategy that saves them time, uses their unique voice, passion, and expertise, to turn their efforts into a consistent, lead generating machine. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:42 Cat’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are someone who knows that they are in a business of making a difference. They've done some selling; they've created some success in their business but something is just stopping them from moving forward. 1:54 Problem Cat helps solve: Either life happened, something happened like the global pandemic, and they are not moving forward. They know that they want to get back into creating that consistency and predictability in their business multiple times over. We're not talking about 5-figure a month, we're talking about multiple figures in a month. The process works whether you're making 5,000 dollars a month or 15 million a month. This is the thing that scales with your business. Basically, people who want to get into action like coaches, consultants, and service providers who has something that they want to make a positive impact in the world with. 2:57 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Cat: I think it's less what they're dealing with and more on the emotion that they want to be experiencing. They want to feel empowered by their business. It's no longer about being victimized whether it's by circumstances, by the 'I have to' in their business. They want to feel empowered, energetic or energized by what they are doing. We connect to that passion and mission that they know that it's there and want to achieve. It's about really starting to feel that you are getting that freedom, time, and money back. That's the thing that we all started to do when we created that business, was to create that freedom for ourselves. It's like "OK, it's happening!" that's the energy and emotion they want to connect to. They want to see that 'realizing' and not the kind of 'concept' which is far off in the horizon. 3:58 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Cat and her solution: What are the two assets we have in life; money and time. People who are in that stuck place, people who are trying to do by themselves, what I see a lot of times is that they are spending things that they don't have. They're saying that they resent the time that they're spending and the problem is, they're not spending in the right place. They're spending it in trying to consume free information or dirt-cheap information because maybe they've been burned by a previous investment. And they're using that as an excuse not to continue to invest in themselves instead of finding the reason to get to the revenues. There are millions of excuses not to do something, but I want you to tap into that reason to do it that is going to drive you forward. And whether that reason is something that lives deep inside yourself in your heart or it's something you see around every day.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The mistake of guessing your cash flow Getting clarity on your business money and how to invest it The importance of automating your money
Related Links and Resources:
Everyone wants to be a millionaire or billionaire, and there are lots of things that millionaires do to become a millionaire and then to grow even more. I wrote 3 simple ones that people can take action on right away. The URL that they can go is www.intentionmoney.com.
Summary: Justin Krane, a CERTIFIED FINANCIAL PLANNER™ professional, is the founder of Krane Financial Solutions. Known for his savvy, holistic approach to financial planning, he advises his clients on how to unite their business and personal money with their lives. Justin works with his clients to create purpose driven financial plans – aiming for a “return on life.” He manages his clients’ investment portfolios for their long-term goals such as retirement. Justin is the author of the book, Money. You Got This. It’s a book about everyday crazy funny life experiences that we all have – with lessons for all of us. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:10 Justin’s ideal Client: Business owners that's probably doing north of a million in sales, and is guessing when they're making financial decisions with their money. They don't really have clarity, they know that their businesses are the primary driver of their wealth, but they just can't figure out how to get that clarity and what they should do. And they know there's a need to do something but they're not sure what. 2:44 Problem Justin helps solve: Someone needs to know that they have someone in their corner to help them. So, the problem they have is that they feel it's all on them. The thing that I'm solving is, letting them know that it's not all on them. That I can actually help them get clear on their business money and how to invest it. 3:20 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Justin: Worried, anxious, stress, and head in the sand. Today Bill is 'National Get Your Head Out of the Sand' Day. 3:49 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Justin and his solution: Guessing; guessing on cash flow. Guessing on money coming in, not quite sure when money is coming out. That's one mistake. Another common one is taking huge risk with their personal money and small risk in business. I can't give advice to one person, but I'd rather take bigger risk in business and small risk with personal money to get that compound of interest going. 4:32 Justin’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I think it's a mindset reframe. I think the way that you're going to get wealthy is in the business success, the profit, the cash that the business generates. It's not if you cut back in a Starbucks cup of coffee or cancel Netflix. It's about making more money and getting it clear on how you're going to do that. 5:11 Justin’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): Everyone wants to be a millionaire or billionaire, and there are lots of things that millionaires do to become a millionaire and then to grow even more. I wrote 3 simple ones that people can take action on right away. The URL that they can go is intentionmoney.com. 6:06 How do people really get ahead? A lot of us think "where am I now financially is not really where I thought I would be". The answer in my opinion has to do with 'automation'. You have to automate your money. Now, everyone knows this, it's written everywhere like the 11th commandment, automate your money, there's books written on this. But the question is, "how much should you automate, where should it go, what can you afford to pullout on your business, how much do you need to set aside on your taxes, how much is your mortgage payment.." and can go on and on. The thing is, you need clarity around that. But once you know that number is, you have to automate money leaving your business, and you have to automate investing personally. Automation,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to deal with sales teams that are underperforming The importance of having a step by step benchmark process for your newly hired sales person How to apply the 'warm-up, rehearse, perform' system
Related Links and Resources: I have this great guided visualization audio on my website, go to www.crystalvisionlife.com and it's called 'Purge your Messy Thinking', creating pure thoughts for pure results, it’s FREE. And if you go buy our book 'Ask: The Bridge from Your Dreams to Your Destiny' at Amazon, you can join our free book club called www.Askthebookclub.com. Summary: Crystal Dwyer Hansen is an international speaker, researcher, corporate consultant, author, and entrepreneur. Her expertise is in the field of human potential. Through her years spent as a Transformational Life Coach, and Wellness/Nutrition Expert, she has seen people experience profound and lasting transformation in relationships, career, health & wellness, by tapping into their own inner resources. Having personally guided people from seemingly impossible states of depression, anxiety, and hopelessness—to triumph, freedom, and happiness, is what drives Crystal’s conviction that all people have unlimited potential for greatness if they only understand how to access those resources. Crystal’s research in the fields of neuroscience, epigenetics, and quantum physics provides the scientific knowledge she uses to help people use their minds proactively and evolve their consciousness to move themselves out of misery and into a fulfilled and happy life. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:16 Crystal’s ideal Client: My ideal client is someone who is stuck in a pattern or paradigm; they don't like and they want to change. Whether they feel like they don't have what it takes to be financially successful or they are in a possibly bad relationship, or they don't feel any purpose about their life, or have experience some kind of lost and just don't know how to start over just like a divorce, death of a loved one or a job lost. 2:53Problem Crystal helps solve: There are so many, there's a diversity of problems. But not able to move forward, not knowing where to go from here. 3:29Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Crystal: All kinds of symptoms people experience. With people that feel stuck and feel like there's no way out or no solutions. If someone feels constantly miserable. Usually that misery isn't just felt in their minds or emotional selves, that miserable feeling can start to manifest in people's bodies where they just don't feel well. Another symptom is, people get to the point they feel hopeless because if you're in a situation that's hard to tolerate and you can't seem to find a way to change it, you start to lose hope. People are the happiest when they have options. When they start to perceive that there's no options for them, or no way to solve a bad situation, then life starts to feel hopeless for them. 4:38What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Crystal and her solution: I think the first mistake they make is trying to blame someone for the way they're feeling. They blame their parents, they blame their bosses, they blame their spouses, the system, their kids, they blame someone or blame multiple people. But here's the truth; you can't permanently change something until you are willing to take full responsibility for it. And that requires that you go on that 'asking journey' that we teach in our book. Asking those questions that will help you understand your role in the creation of your situation. Because that's what empowers you. Once you understand how you took part in the creation of your life and in the creation of what you're getting, then you can easily uncreate it or create something very different. 5:44Crystal’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The second mistake that people make is that they start to do this thing that I called 'thoug...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to deal with sales teams that are underperforming The importance of having a step by step benchmark process for your newly hired sales person How to apply the 'warm-up, rehearse, perform' system
Related Links and Resources: I have this great guided visualization audio on my website, go to www.crystalvisionlife.com and it's called 'Purge your Messy Thinking', creating pure thoughts for pure results, it’s FREE. And if you go buy our book 'Ask: The Bridge from Your Dreams to Your Destiny' at Amazon, you can join our free book club called www.Askthebookclub.com. Summary: Crystal Dwyer Hansen is an international speaker, researcher, corporate consultant, author, and entrepreneur. Her expertise is in the field of human potential. Through her years spent as a Transformational Life Coach, and Wellness/Nutrition Expert, she has seen people experience profound and lasting transformation in relationships, career, health & wellness, by tapping into their own inner resources. Having personally guided people from seemingly impossible states of depression, anxiety, and hopelessness—to triumph, freedom, and happiness, is what drives Crystal’s conviction that all people have unlimited potential for greatness if they only understand how to access those resources. Crystal’s research in the fields of neuroscience, epigenetics, and quantum physics provides the scientific knowledge she uses to help people use their minds proactively and evolve their consciousness to move themselves out of misery and into a fulfilled and happy life. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:16 Crystal’s ideal Client: My ideal client is someone who is stuck in a pattern or paradigm; they don't like and they want to change. Whether they feel like they don't have what it takes to be financially successful or they are in a possibly bad relationship, or they don't feel any purpose about their life, or have experience some kind of lost and just don't know how to start over just like a divorce, death of a loved one or a job lost. 2:53Problem Crystal helps solve: There are so many, there's a diversity of problems. But not able to move forward, not knowing where to go from here. 3:29Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Crystal: All kinds of symptoms people experience. With people that feel stuck and feel like there's no way out or no solutions. If someone feels constantly miserable. Usually that misery isn't just felt in their minds or emotional selves, that miserable feeling can start to manifest in people's bodies where they just don't feel well. Another symptom is, people get to the point they feel hopeless because if you're in a situation that's hard to tolerate and you can't seem to find a way to change it, you start to lose hope. People are the happiest when they have options. When they start to perceive that there's no options for them, or no way to solve a bad situation, then life starts to feel hopeless for them. 4:38What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Crystal and her solution: I think the first mistake they make is trying to blame someone for the way they're feeling. They blame their parents, they blame their bosses, they blame their spouses, the system, their kids, they blame someone or blame multiple people. But here's the truth; you can't permanently change something until you are willing to take full responsibility for it. And that requires that you go on that 'asking journey' that we teach in our book. Asking those questions that will help you understand your role in the creation of your situation. Because that's what empowers you. Once you understand how you took part in the creation of your life and in the creation of what you're getting, then you can easily uncreate it or create something very different. 5:44Crystal’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The second mistake that people make is that they start to do this thing that I called 'thoug...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How making assumptions can affect company’s growth Getting crystal clear on what your mission goal is What ‘effective relationship’ is all about
Related Links and Resources:
I have put together a mission readiness assessment, it's called 'Organizational Help Assessment' that anyone can go to www.ClaireChandler.netResources, it is a FREE download.
Summary: Working with many diverse startups and corporations over the last 25 years, Claire Chandler experienced that most companies fall apart once they start to scale. As a solution to this business timebomb, she created the ’Whirlpool Effect’ - a revolutionary way to align your leaders and teams around a unifying vision that attracts, retains and motivates the right talent to achieve your mission. Claire’s simple yet powerful process is helping many companies find and fix bottlenecks that are choking their business performance so they can rapidly scale without the growing pains. It's time to grow into the leader your people can't wait to follow. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:41 Claire’s ideal Client: My ideal client are CEOs, Business Owners, and Founders who are hungrily looking to scale and grow their businesses. 2:03 Problem Claire helps solve: We know that startups and businesses that are at the point of scaling have a very high failure rate. So, the number one problem that I solve is to remove those growing pains and performance bottle necks that stifle a company's ability and success rate in terms of growing. And part of the way that I solve that problem is by getting their leadership or workforce 'fly information'. 2:50 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Claire: There are so many; there are what I call this 'stomach-clenching' symptoms. This stomach-churning pre-ulceris condition. There are so many things to include like high turnover, subpart financial performance, high-drama and conflict in the office like 'us vs. them', internal competitiveness, customer complaints are on the rise, and quality defects are on the rise. As they grow, their inability to make timely effective, efficient decisions. 3:49 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Claire and her solution: The biggest one is making assumptions. We all know the danger of what happens when you make assume. The biggest assumptions they make which is the biggest fallacy is that they have the wrong people. Most business owners that I talk to and work with is that when they come to me, they are looking everywhere but themselves for the root cause of the problem. When in fact, the root cause is much closer to home. It's not necessarily who they're leading, it's how they're leading. Typically, it's because they have lost sight of 'WHY' they are leading. So, that's typically the biggest mistake, is the assumption that "well, if threw out everybody we have, and start over with new people and train them the right way” we're just be off to the races. 4:54 Claire’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): So, the biggest one and they can absolutely start on this immediately is to get crystal clear on what their mission is, and why that matters. That sounds so simplistic, but it can be complicated if they are very far remove from that, or kind of lost contact with that. But it is so foundational to the success of the business. If you can get back in touch of what your mission is and why it matters, you are 80 percent on your way there to building an amazing business. 5:48 Claire’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): So, mission is so important and fundamental to any businesses, and it's foundational to the work that I do. I have put together a mission readiness assessment, it's called 'Organizational Help Assessment' that anyone can go to ClaireChandler.netResources, it is a FREE download, and it is a pretty quick self-assessment that anybody can download right away. And it will give you a really good pulse-check of the...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How making assumptions can affect company’s growth Getting crystal clear on what your mission goal is What ‘effective relationship’ is all about
Related Links and Resources:
I have put together a mission readiness assessment, it's called 'Organizational Help Assessment' that anyone can go to www.ClaireChandler.netResources, it is a FREE download.
Summary: Working with many diverse startups and corporations over the last 25 years, Claire Chandler experienced that most companies fall apart once they start to scale. As a solution to this business timebomb, she created the ’Whirlpool Effect’ - a revolutionary way to align your leaders and teams around a unifying vision that attracts, retains and motivates the right talent to achieve your mission. Claire’s simple yet powerful process is helping many companies find and fix bottlenecks that are choking their business performance so they can rapidly scale without the growing pains. It's time to grow into the leader your people can't wait to follow. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:41 Claire’s ideal Client: My ideal client are CEOs, Business Owners, and Founders who are hungrily looking to scale and grow their businesses. 2:03 Problem Claire helps solve: We know that startups and businesses that are at the point of scaling have a very high failure rate. So, the number one problem that I solve is to remove those growing pains and performance bottle necks that stifle a company's ability and success rate in terms of growing. And part of the way that I solve that problem is by getting their leadership or workforce 'fly information'. 2:50 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Claire: There are so many; there are what I call this 'stomach-clenching' symptoms. This stomach-churning pre-ulceris condition. There are so many things to include like high turnover, subpart financial performance, high-drama and conflict in the office like 'us vs. them', internal competitiveness, customer complaints are on the rise, and quality defects are on the rise. As they grow, their inability to make timely effective, efficient decisions. 3:49 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Claire and her solution: The biggest one is making assumptions. We all know the danger of what happens when you make assume. The biggest assumptions they make which is the biggest fallacy is that they have the wrong people. Most business owners that I talk to and work with is that when they come to me, they are looking everywhere but themselves for the root cause of the problem. When in fact, the root cause is much closer to home. It's not necessarily who they're leading, it's how they're leading. Typically, it's because they have lost sight of 'WHY' they are leading. So, that's typically the biggest mistake, is the assumption that "well, if threw out everybody we have, and start over with new people and train them the right way” we're just be off to the races. 4:54 Claire’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): So, the biggest one and they can absolutely start on this immediately is to get crystal clear on what their mission is, and why that matters. That sounds so simplistic, but it can be complicated if they are very far remove from that, or kind of lost contact with that. But it is so foundational to the success of the business. If you can get back in touch of what your mission is and why it matters, you are 80 percent on your way there to building an amazing business. 5:48 Claire’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): So, mission is so important and fundamental to any businesses, and it's foundational to the work that I do. I have put together a mission readiness assessment, it's called 'Organizational Help Assessment' that anyone can go to ClaireChandler.netResources, it is a FREE download, and it is a pretty quick self-assessment that anybody can download right away. And it will give you a really good pulse-check of the...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support keeping the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exists has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help develop a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advice to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advice is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer represents one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop, including teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off-brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How not to get stuck in the 'analysis-paralysis' How not to be distracted by the systems and focus on solutions How you can earn from podcasting
Related Links and Resources: I have this '10 Steps in Starting a Podcast' and this is totally free, there's a free webinar, you don't need to sign in, you don't have to send me your email address. It’s in www.startapodcast.gr8.com Summary: Stefanie Gass is a Jesus lover, wife, and mom of two boys from Tijeras, NM. She is the host of the top-ranked podcast The Mompreneur Mastermind Show, and her mission is helping, empowering, and transforming Christian Mompreneurs. Stef specializes in helping these incredible women uncover and tap into their God-led callings, launch podcasts, & monetize using courses and coaching. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:21 Stefanie’s ideal Client: My ideal client are Christian mompreneurs who are really ready to pour their gifts to the world but they just don't know how. 1:38Problem Stefanie helps solve: They want to grow organic audiences that can learn to trust them, so that they can sell things. Because we all have these gifts and we wanted to create businesses out of them but we get stuck in 'how'. So, they want to grow organic audiences so that they can make money. 2:23Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Stefanie: I think the main thing that they're feeling is just overwhelmed. There’re so many answers but they don't know which answers is right for them. They're frustrated, they're feeling a lot of comparison because they're new in what they're doing, so they don't know.. "Am I equipped? Am I qualified? Am I good enough?" they are stuck in the 'analysis-paralysis'. They're researching instead of creating. They're afraid of failure, they are confused, all those feelings. They're feeling defeated as well because they're doing a lot of things but they're yet to see profit. 3:10What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Stefanie and her solution: I think the biggest thing is that they're focusing on the tech; "oh, I need a new email funnel, I need a new system, I need a new ads.." there's so focused on the 'what' that they think is going to grow for them instead on focusing on the 'who' they're called to serve. So, they're getting distracted by the systems instead of the solutions that they need to provide. They're also listening to coaches about 'get rich quick' or 'hustle harder' and they're following trap-and-victim to all of people trying to make money off of them, instead of sticking into the game plan. Showing up, solving, and trusting that's it's really going to take time to build a business that's sustainable. 4:07Stefanie’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Start a podcast, a 100 percent. What that does is that it grows trust, it creates consistency in your business, you're now dedicated to one-long form content outlet. People want to listen, we're busy, we don't really want to read blogs anymore, we want to listen, and they're super easy to create. There's no barrier to entry. It's going to be work, but if you're willing to do it and stick with it over time, I mean, my podcast increased my revenue over 1700% in 20 months. Grew my audience over a 100,000 and it's not even two years, all organically, no paid traffic at all. 4:56Stefanie’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have this '10 Steps in Starting a Podcast' because there are people who goes "oh gosh, how?" - again the HOW. And this is totally free, there's a free webinar, you don't need to sign in, you don't have to send me your email address, it's literally free to see if that can be right for you. And that's in startapodcast.gr8.com, and it's like exploring if that's could be the right vessel for you to serve your avatar. And grow trust, so that you can make money. 5:46How do you actually make money in podcasting if it's free? And can you give too much 'away' stuff?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to find your place in the online world Improving your LinkedIn profile to attract high-caliber professionals How to build your LinkedIn profile which will not look like a default resume
Related Links and Resources:
They can have a free, no obligation 30-minute conversation with me in the comfort of my zoom room. they can direct message me through my LinkedIn profile www.linkedin.com/in/jdgershbein/ and also go to my website at www.owlishcommunications.com/
Summary: Since 2006, JD Gershbein has been at the forefront of advancing the ideals of the digital world, inspiring opportunity-oriented individuals and companies to harness the power of the online media to elevate their profiles, engage their communities, and win new business. JD was one of the world’s first independent LinkedIn consultants and is widely regarded as a thought leader in the areas of personal branding, social networking, and social entrepreneurship. As a business psychologist, speaker, facilitator and media producer, JD has educated and entertained audiences all over the globe on how to create a competitive advantage in today’s Digital Age. He has been featured on FOX TV News, WGN TV News, CBS News, and WGN Radio, and contributed written work to The Huffington Post, NBC, and Forbes. He is also a student of improvisational and sketch comedy at The Second City in Chicago. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:57 JD’s ideal Client: Interestingly, I've been asked about this a lot in the online communities that I moved through, and my ideal client is not tied to any industry, market sector or vertical. It is an individual who recognizes the need for personal branding, or a company that wishes to gain a greater understanding of LinkedIn to grow the enterprise. 2:28Problem JD helps solve: As a positive psychologist, I don't necessarily harp on the problems or issues that people have, because I think we all want to move forward in today's new reality, but I do see mistakes that's been made on the side. And if I don't reference them, we can't correct them. I think it's the people who wants to bypass the process of relationship development and moved in into the sale of the product and services. And I think in today's time we're taping this during a global pandemic, we need to be more receptive on who's on the other side of our sales' pitch and we need to kind of defer the sales pitch and approach people from a place of true respect. altruism, empathy, and service. 3:27Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to JD: Typically, I collaborate with people who are finding it difficult in finding a place for themselves in the online world. With the onset of the global pandemic, with everybody leaning into LinkedIn, and with the virtualization of business, it's been difficult for people who postponed or altogether neglected their study of the internet. To find a place for themselves quickly in a world that could conceivably pass them by. So, we look at improving our LinkedIn profiles, strengthening our professional networks, getting better in using Zoom for virtual meetings, which in combination, now service our lifeline that helps us build a brand, attract high-caliber professionals into our network, and build a business case for ourselves. Typically, the work is design to boast your confidence, help people reconcile their value as professionals, and help them tell a better story. 4:43What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding JD and his solution: A lot of times when they bring information about themselves in building up this profile which really turned into our most prize digital asset right now in the business universe. They default to say the language of the resume, or they're not bringing fresh, updated content of themselves. They're putting forward a stale presence, and there's nothing there to compel or motivate viewer of the page to take further action wit...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to find your place in the online world Improving your LinkedIn profile to attract high-caliber professionals How to build your LinkedIn profile which will not look like a default resume
Related Links and Resources:
They can have a free, no obligation 30-minute conversation with me in the comfort of my zoom room. they can direct message me through my LinkedIn profile www.linkedin.com/in/jdgershbein/ and also go to my website at www.owlishcommunications.com/
Summary: Since 2006, JD Gershbein has been at the forefront of advancing the ideals of the digital world, inspiring opportunity-oriented individuals and companies to harness the power of the online media to elevate their profiles, engage their communities, and win new business. JD was one of the world’s first independent LinkedIn consultants and is widely regarded as a thought leader in the areas of personal branding, social networking, and social entrepreneurship. As a business psychologist, speaker, facilitator and media producer, JD has educated and entertained audiences all over the globe on how to create a competitive advantage in today’s Digital Age. He has been featured on FOX TV News, WGN TV News, CBS News, and WGN Radio, and contributed written work to The Huffington Post, NBC, and Forbes. He is also a student of improvisational and sketch comedy at The Second City in Chicago. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:57 JD’s ideal Client: Interestingly, I've been asked about this a lot in the online communities that I moved through, and my ideal client is not tied to any industry, market sector or vertical. It is an individual who recognizes the need for personal branding, or a company that wishes to gain a greater understanding of LinkedIn to grow the enterprise. 2:28Problem JD helps solve: As a positive psychologist, I don't necessarily harp on the problems or issues that people have, because I think we all want to move forward in today's new reality, but I do see mistakes that's been made on the side. And if I don't reference them, we can't correct them. I think it's the people who wants to bypass the process of relationship development and moved in into the sale of the product and services. And I think in today's time we're taping this during a global pandemic, we need to be more receptive on who's on the other side of our sales' pitch and we need to kind of defer the sales pitch and approach people from a place of true respect. altruism, empathy, and service. 3:27Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to JD: Typically, I collaborate with people who are finding it difficult in finding a place for themselves in the online world. With the onset of the global pandemic, with everybody leaning into LinkedIn, and with the virtualization of business, it's been difficult for people who postponed or altogether neglected their study of the internet. To find a place for themselves quickly in a world that could conceivably pass them by. So, we look at improving our LinkedIn profiles, strengthening our professional networks, getting better in using Zoom for virtual meetings, which in combination, now service our lifeline that helps us build a brand, attract high-caliber professionals into our network, and build a business case for ourselves. Typically, the work is design to boast your confidence, help people reconcile their value as professionals, and help them tell a better story. 4:43What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding JD and his solution: A lot of times when they bring information about themselves in building up this profile which really turned into our most prize digital asset right now in the business universe. They default to say the language of the resume, or they're not bringing fresh, updated content of themselves. They're putting forward a stale presence, and there's nothing there to compel or motivate viewer of the page to take further action wit...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to unlock more financial freedom and diverse opportunities Making sure the money you invested is also align with the right team Knowing what is the goal that you're looking to accomplish and by when
Related Links and Resources: They can reach out and email me at mattya@millionairemindcast.com to get our 'wealth clarity contract', or you can text the word 'DEALS' - just one word to 8-44-447-1555 and that will get you on our list and also set up a time to discuss with us. Summary: Matt Aitchison is a real estate investor, business coach, speaker and philanthropist. He’s flipped hundreds of houses, built a Top 1000 real estate team in the U.S, and now focuses solely on scaling his passive income portfolio made up of commercial strip centers, a hotel, and single-family rentals. Matt is extremely passionate about helping others create more wealth, freedom, and fulfillment in their life and business through real estate investment opportunities and is also the host of the Millionaire Mindcast, a Top 100 ranked business podcast. Most importantly, he’s a husband to his amazing wife Marie and two beautiful daughters, Ella and Evelyn. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:37 Matt’s ideal Client: My ideal client is working with business professionals, business owners, investors that are striving to unlock more financial freedom, more passive income or what we call 'the mailbox money'. The individual that doesn't necessarily get the diverse, eclectic opportunities because they are focused on their core skill and/or business. Providing those individuals, the different opportunities to build their wealth. 2:19Problem Matt helps solve: What we see is, they are wealth-building focused and centered but oftentimes they don't have the diversity of opportunities to look at based on what they're looking to accomplish, and ultimately invest in where to find those opportunities. They don't have the time to roll their sleeves up and get in there and be the integrator or operator to see those actual investments come to fruition. Therefore, we provide them those different passive investments. And we have the team, the operators, and the business models that we can put in front of them that ultimately align with the returns and the growth that they're looking to achieve. 3:20Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Matt: I think, in my opinion, nothing's worse than stale money waiting on the sidelines. I think it's important to be very strategic, and make sure that the investments that you put money in are obviously aligned with the right team. But a lot of times people are just feeling stuck; they don't feel that they are necessarily seeing the growth that they want to, or have the diversification, or the installation, or the security that they're looking for in their investment’s portfolio. And so, those are some of the things that we often see as the frustration of not knowing where they can find these opportunities that ultimately are going to be stepping stones helping them unlock those new tiers of passive income or wealth growth. 4:24What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Matt and his solution: Often times what we see is one: 'you don't know what you don't know'- so, it's investing in either one: the wrong opportunity, model, or product that's ultimately not aligned with what they're trying to accomplish and when they're looking to accomplish those things. The other thing ultimately is, investing in the wrong team. There's one thing to bet on a horse that's running a race, it's either more important to bet on a horse that truly understands the business model, it has a track record, a resume, and a team. And also aligned with you as an investor from a core values' perspective. So, those are some of the things that we often see people make mistakes when they are making some of these investments.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to unlock more financial freedom and diverse opportunities Making sure the money you invested is also align with the right team Knowing what is the goal that you're looking to accomplish and by when
Related Links and Resources: They can reach out and email me at mattya@millionairemindcast.com to get our 'wealth clarity contract', or you can text the word 'DEALS' - just one word to 8-44-447-1555 and that will get you on our list and also set up a time to discuss with us. Summary: Matt Aitchison is a real estate investor, business coach, speaker and philanthropist. He’s flipped hundreds of houses, built a Top 1000 real estate team in the U.S, and now focuses solely on scaling his passive income portfolio made up of commercial strip centers, a hotel, and single-family rentals. Matt is extremely passionate about helping others create more wealth, freedom, and fulfillment in their life and business through real estate investment opportunities and is also the host of the Millionaire Mindcast, a Top 100 ranked business podcast. Most importantly, he’s a husband to his amazing wife Marie and two beautiful daughters, Ella and Evelyn. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:37 Matt’s ideal Client: My ideal client is working with business professionals, business owners, investors that are striving to unlock more financial freedom, more passive income or what we call 'the mailbox money'. The individual that doesn't necessarily get the diverse, eclectic opportunities because they are focused on their core skill and/or business. Providing those individuals, the different opportunities to build their wealth. 2:19Problem Matt helps solve: What we see is, they are wealth-building focused and centered but oftentimes they don't have the diversity of opportunities to look at based on what they're looking to accomplish, and ultimately invest in where to find those opportunities. They don't have the time to roll their sleeves up and get in there and be the integrator or operator to see those actual investments come to fruition. Therefore, we provide them those different passive investments. And we have the team, the operators, and the business models that we can put in front of them that ultimately align with the returns and the growth that they're looking to achieve. 3:20Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Matt: I think, in my opinion, nothing's worse than stale money waiting on the sidelines. I think it's important to be very strategic, and make sure that the investments that you put money in are obviously aligned with the right team. But a lot of times people are just feeling stuck; they don't feel that they are necessarily seeing the growth that they want to, or have the diversification, or the installation, or the security that they're looking for in their investment’s portfolio. And so, those are some of the things that we often see as the frustration of not knowing where they can find these opportunities that ultimately are going to be stepping stones helping them unlock those new tiers of passive income or wealth growth. 4:24What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Matt and his solution: Often times what we see is one: 'you don't know what you don't know'- so, it's investing in either one: the wrong opportunity, model, or product that's ultimately not aligned with what they're trying to accomplish and when they're looking to accomplish those things. The other thing ultimately is, investing in the wrong team. There's one thing to bet on a horse that's running a race, it's either more important to bet on a horse that truly understands the business model, it has a track record, a resume, and a team. And also aligned with you as an investor from a core values' perspective. So, those are some of the things that we often see people make mistakes when they are making some of these investments.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to overcome constantly feeling miserable Learn about the 'asking journey' How to apply the 'thought identification'
Related Links and Resources: I have this great guided visualization audio on my website, go to www.crystalvisionlife.com and it's called 'Purge your Messy Thinking', creating pure thoughts for pure results, it’s FREE. And if you go buy our book 'Ask: the bridge from your dreams to your destiny' at Amazon, you can join our free book club called www.Askthebookclub.com. Summary: Crystal Dwyer Hansen is an international speaker, researcher, corporate consultant, author, and entrepreneur. Her expertise is in the field of human potential. Through her years spent as a Transformational Life Coach, and Wellness/Nutrition Expert, she has seen people experience profound and lasting transformation in relationships, career, health & wellness, by tapping into their own inner resources. Having personally guided people from seemingly impossible states of depression, anxiety, and hopelessness—to triumph, freedom, and happiness, is what drives Crystal’s conviction that all people have unlimited potential for greatness if they only understand how to access those resources. Crystal’s research in the fields of neuroscience, epigenetics, and quantum physics provides the scientific knowledge she uses to help people use their minds proactively and evolve their consciousness to move themselves out of misery and into a fulfilled and happy life. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:16 Crystal’s ideal Client: My ideal client is someone who is stuck in a pattern or paradigm; they don't like and they want to change. Whether they feel like they don't have what it takes to be financially successful or they are in a possibly bad relationship, or they don't feel any purpose about their life, or have experience some kind of lost and just don't know how to start over just like a divorce, death of a loved one or a job lost. 2:53Problem Crystal helps solve: There are so many, there's a diversity of problems. But not able to move forward, not knowing where to go from here. 3:29Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Crystal: All kinds of symptoms people experience. With people that feels stuck and feel like there's no way out or no solutions. If someone feels constantly miserable. Usually that misery isn't just felt in their minds or emotional selves, that miserable feeling can start to manifest in people's bodies where they just don't feel well. Another symptom is, people get to the point they feel hopeless because if you're in a situation that's hard tolerate and you can't seem to find a way to change it, you start to lose hope. People are the happiest when they have options. When they start to perceive that there's no options for them, or no way to solve a bad situation, then life starts to feel hopeless for them. 4:38What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Crystal and her solution: I think the first mistake they make is trying to blame someone for the way they're feeling. They blame their parents, they blame their bosses, they blame their spouses, the system, their kids, they blame someone or blame multiple people. But here's the truth; you can't permanently change something until you are willing to take full responsibility for it. And that requires that you go on that 'asking journey' that we teach in our book. Asking those questions that will help you understand your role in the creation of your situation. Because that's what empowers you. Once you understand and how you took part in the creation of your life and in the creation of what you're getting, then you can easily uncreate it or create something very different. 5:44Crystal’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The second mistake that people make is that they start to do this thing that I called 'thought identification'. They try to wrap their identity around the state that the...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why connecting and aligning the executive team is important first How important it is to identify four to five big issues How new initiative in a company requires to work well together
Related Links and Resources:
I have a pretty proven framework for writing sells copy called the 'RMBC Method'. If you can just go to my website www.stefanpaulgeorgi.com/rmbc . Super valuable and it'll be your free for your audience.
Summary: Stefan Georgi is considered one of the top direct response copywriters in the world. Since he started copywriting in 2011, Stefan’s words have grossed over $700MM in sales. He wrote 50+ direct response marketing pieces that have grossed a combined total of nearly $700 million. This includes numerous direct response pieces that are actively grossing over $20MM a month for both Stefan and his clients. Co-Founder of Copy Accelerator with Justin Goff. The program currently has over 150 members in Direct Response and eCommerce. Combined the members in Copy Accelerator generate over $1BN in annual sales. Stefan Founded or Co-Founded four different companies that have reached eight figures in annual revenue, and five additional companies that have reached seven figures in annual revenue. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:40 Stefan’s ideal Client: It's really people who are interested in marketing and direct response marketing. So, by direct response we mean marketing that's going to get a response from somebody, whether they subscribe to an email list, buy a product or pick-up the phone and call. And generally, it's folks who are a little bit stuck and maybe they've had success and got into 6 or 7 figures, sometimes even 8 figures, but they still don't know how to get to the next level. They are not sure why their marketing is working when it works and they're not sure why it's not working when it doesn't work. 3:27Problem Stefan helps solve: A lot of the times when people don't understand why things work or not, they look at marketing especially copywriting that is being this black box where they put their input in and hope money is going to come out. Sometimes it does, sometimes it doesn't. There's no rational approach in what they're doing, there's no understanding. I help them have a more replicable process and they can figure out how to actually get result consistently with their copywriting and their overall online marketing efforts. 4:18Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Stefan: It's definitely frustration that goes along with feeling stuck. There's a feeling that you're missing something, a feeling that you're not getting it or there's that one missing piece, that missing one percent. You look around because there's envy, because you look at other businesses that are figuring it out and you started to wonder "what do they have that I don't have, I think I'm doing everything that they're doing". And there's also that frustration of unpredictable results and not hitting the goals that you like to be hitting. And sometimes that leads to willing to give up or even just coast and not wanting to move forward, kind of resigning yourself to mediocrity. 5:17What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Stefan and his solution: One of the big ones' is throwing money at it in general can be a mistake. There's smart investment and there's lighting money on fire. What happens if a lot of business owners especially when they go to higher copywriters, is that copywriter that they hired doesn't know what they're doing either. Because it's the same thing, the copywriter may have had some successes but they don't know why they're successful and they don't know why things aren't. And the copywriter doesn't ever tell you the things that weren't successful, they'll only talk about their huge wins. You need to be able to have a rubric or a way to screen those writers and see if there's somebody who really is a ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why connecting and aligning the executive team is important first How important it is to identify four to five big issues How new initiative in a company requires to work well together
Related Links and Resources:
I have a pretty proven framework for writing sells copy called the 'RMBC Method'. If you can just go to my website www.stefanpaulgeorgi.com/rmbc . Super valuable and it'll be your free for your audience.
Summary: Stefan Georgi is considered one of the top direct response copywriters in the world. Since he started copywriting in 2011, Stefan’s words have grossed over $700MM in sales. He wrote 50+ direct response marketing pieces that have grossed a combined total of nearly $700 million. This includes numerous direct response pieces that are actively grossing over $20MM a month for both Stefan and his clients. Co-Founder of Copy Accelerator with Justin Goff. The program currently has over 150 members in Direct Response and eCommerce. Combined the members in Copy Accelerator generate over $1BN in annual sales. Stefan Founded or Co-Founded four different companies that have reached eight figures in annual revenue, and five additional companies that have reached seven figures in annual revenue. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:40 Stefan’s ideal Client: It's really people who are interested in marketing and direct response marketing. So, by direct response we mean marketing that's going to get a response from somebody, whether they subscribe to an email list, buy a product or pick-up the phone and call. And generally, it's folks who are a little bit stuck and maybe they've had success and got into 6 or 7 figures, sometimes even 8 figures, but they still don't know how to get to the next level. They are not sure why their marketing is working when it works and they're not sure why it's not working when it doesn't work. 3:27Problem Stefan helps solve: A lot of the times when people don't understand why things work or not, they look at marketing especially copywriting that is being this black box where they put their input in and hope money is going to come out. Sometimes it does, sometimes it doesn't. There's no rational approach in what they're doing, there's no understanding. I help them have a more replicable process and they can figure out how to actually get result consistently with their copywriting and their overall online marketing efforts. 4:18Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Stefan: It's definitely frustration that goes along with feeling stuck. There's a feeling that you're missing something, a feeling that you're not getting it or there's that one missing piece, that missing one percent. You look around because there's envy, because you look at other businesses that are figuring it out and you started to wonder "what do they have that I don't have, I think I'm doing everything that they're doing". And there's also that frustration of unpredictable results and not hitting the goals that you like to be hitting. And sometimes that leads to willing to give up or even just coast and not wanting to move forward, kind of resigning yourself to mediocrity. 5:17What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Stefan and his solution: One of the big ones' is throwing money at it in general can be a mistake. There's smart investment and there's lighting money on fire. What happens if a lot of business owners especially when they go to higher copywriters, is that copywriter that they hired doesn't know what they're doing either. Because it's the same thing, the copywriter may have had some successes but they don't know why they're successful and they don't know why things aren't. And the copywriter doesn't ever tell you the things that weren't successful, they'll only talk about their huge wins. You need to be able to have a rubric or a way to screen those writers and see if there's somebody who really is a ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to keep the family culture strong and thriving The importance of teaching kids that they are a part of something bigger than themselves Why having meals together with the family is essential
Related Links and Resources: I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen, the 'Chicken Soup for the Soul' guy. And if you will go to www.auntmitzi.com, I have several free chapters of the book that we wrote together 'How to be UP in Down Times' Summary: Author, speaker, and businesswoman Mitzi Perdue holds a BA with honors from Harvard University and an MPA from the George Washington University. She is a past president of the 35,000-member American Agri-Women, and she’s the founder of CERES Farms. Mitzi combines the experiences of three long-time family businesses. Her father Ernest Henderson co-founded the Sheraton Hotel Chain and her late husband Frank Perdue was the second generation in the poultry company that today operates in more than 50 countries. Recently she authored "How to Make Your Family Business Last, Techniques, Advice, Checklists, and Resources for Keeping the Family Business in the Family. The 46 years since the founding of Ceres Farms, she represents more than three centuries of family business history. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:51 Mitzi’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a family who is in a family business and who would really like to see the next generation not get screwed up. Because it's so easy for family businesses to not put their enough effort, and having their children grow up with values that will help support to keep the family business in the family. 3:26Problem Mitzi helps solve: I have observed that every family that exist has a culture; but is one that came about by accident or is it one that came about by design? And the one's that came about by accident, they rarely support keeping the family business in the family. So, I help developing a culture that supports keeping the family strong and thriving. 4:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mitzi: A high functioning family which is what we are all in for, is one where people enjoy being all together. They're partners, they're not torn apart by jealousy and ego. If your family is experiencing pain, my best advise to you is to get professional help before it gets worse. My second best advise is, if you're going to have outsiders to help you, have them committed to helping the whole family, not just one or two members. And what I mean by that is, families fall apart when a lawyer representing one family member against the interest of the whole family. So, don't do that. 5:19What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mitzi and his solution: The biggest thing that they can do to help keep the family together is be very conscious of the culture you develop including equip teaching the kids from the youngest age that they can't always be right. How about teaching them that they are a part of something bigger than themselves, that they're stewards. If you don't do that, the average families aren't going to make it to the next generation. If you want a successful long-lasting family, you've got to consciously figure out the values that will get you there and I certainly recommend that you buy my books to help you learn. 6:19Mitzi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): This may sound off brand but you know what really helps families? have you come across 'How to Win Friends and Influence People'? It tells you an enormous amount about human relations that shows you that you are part of something bigger than yourself that helps solve problems and prevent problems before they escape. Both the Henderson and the Perdue (family) regularly read a book that was written generations ago. 7:09Mitzi’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have written recently and co-authored a book with Mark Victor Hansen,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The benefit of becoming aware of your ‘inner talk’ How to overcome hesitancy in reaching out to high-valued clients How your thoughts can bring the results you want in your life
Related Links and Resources: The resource is the 'Millionaire Mindset School card', because often we don't know why we don't have a 7-figure business. The URL for this is www.ninacooke.co.uk/scorecard Summary: Nina Cooke is a Business Growth Mindset Mentor, helping entrepreneurs to release their deep inner blocks so they become motivated action-takers to significantly grow their income, impact and downtime. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:05 Nina’s ideal Client: My ideal client is financial experts; they have their own boutique firms and they want to make bigger deals. But they're not going about that in the way that they know that can. They're hesitating, procrastinating and they're not taking the action they know that they need to take in order to have their 7-figure business. 1:40Problem Nina helps solve: They know that in order to close bigger deals, they need to reach out to places in their industry. Now, in order to make bigger deals, they're going to talk to high-valued clients. And what stops them from taking this action, this 'client-getting' action is that they feel small and insignificant compared to these business owners. They feel that they're too small, they won't be interested in talking to them, that they'll be bothering them, or they hate getting a note. And so, they sit on their hands and they don't take the action. So, they make up the stories in their heads that stops them from reaching out to these people. Because they believe that they're not going to get their business. 2:48Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Nina: They feel hesitancy in reaching out to these people. They feel that if they were to dig deeper, there will be some fears. They would probably be feeling that they're not good enough, they may feel inferior in some way. They may feel that some of these bigger players have a better education than them, maybe they're smarter than them, maybe they're only used to dealing with big companies with big teams, and therefore they can't compete. 3:34What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Nina and her solution: The common mistake that they make is that they think of another strategy that will get the result that they want. So, they try to keep looking to the 'outside' of themselves for the result. And if only when they turn their attention to the 'inside' of themselves that they'll actually find the answer. 4:10Nina’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The one thing that they do is to start becoming aware. Become aware of their 'inner-talk' that's stopping them from building relationships with the people who will be able to get them big deals that they're looking for. And as they become aware of their 'inner critical talk', to stop calling themselves out on their stories and just say to themselves "oh, that's interesting. I'm making all of this stuff in my head about why I can't reach out to these people" and these are stories I'm making up. They're not real, they're true, they're not actually based in any reality or whatsoever. And to get themselves permission to stop playing. And start playing a much bigger game that they've ever played before in their lives; because it's fun and they get energy from it and they'll be excited doing it. 5:12Nina’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): The resource is the 'Millionaire Mindset School card', because often we don't know why we don't have a 7-figure business. And sometimes we don't really realize what's stopping us. So, this is a very accurate way of pinpointing exactly which thinking, which limiting beliefs you have that are getting in your way, and remember that they're all made up. So, you can score yourself on getting your strongest limiting beliefs and then the score cards...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
The benefit of becoming aware of your ‘inner talk’ How to overcome hesitancy in reaching out to high-valued clients How your thoughts can bring the results you want in your life
Related Links and Resources: The resource is the 'Millionaire Mindset School card', because often we don't know why we don't have a 7-figure business. The URL for this is www.ninacooke.co.uk/scorecard Summary: Nina Cooke is a Business Growth Mindset Mentor, helping entrepreneurs to release their deep inner blocks so they become motivated action-takers to significantly grow their income, impact and downtime. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:05 Nina’s ideal Client: My ideal client is financial experts; they have their own boutique firms and they want to make bigger deals. But they're not going about that in the way that they know that can. They're hesitating, procrastinating and they're not taking the action they know that they need to take in order to have their 7-figure business. 1:40Problem Nina helps solve: They know that in order to close bigger deals, they need to reach out to places in their industry. Now, in order to make bigger deals, they're going to talk to high-valued clients. And what stops them from taking this action, this 'client-getting' action is that they feel small and insignificant compared to these business owners. They feel that they're too small, they won't be interested in talking to them, that they'll be bothering them, or they hate getting a note. And so, they sit on their hands and they don't take the action. So, they make up the stories in their heads that stops them from reaching out to these people. Because they believe that they're not going to get their business. 2:48Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Nina: They feel hesitancy in reaching out to these people. They feel that if they were to dig deeper, there will be some fears. They would probably be feeling that they're not good enough, they may feel inferior in some way. They may feel that some of these bigger players have a better education than them, maybe they're smarter than them, maybe they're only used to dealing with big companies with big teams, and therefore they can't compete. 3:34What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Nina and her solution: The common mistake that they make is that they think of another strategy that will get the result that they want. So, they try to keep looking to the 'outside' of themselves for the result. And if only when they turn their attention to the 'inside' of themselves that they'll actually find the answer. 4:10Nina’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The one thing that they do is to start becoming aware. Become aware of their 'inner-talk' that's stopping them from building relationships with the people who will be able to get them big deals that they're looking for. And as they become aware of their 'inner critical talk', to stop calling themselves out on their stories and just say to themselves "oh, that's interesting. I'm making all of this stuff in my head about why I can't reach out to these people" and these are stories I'm making up. They're not real, they're true, they're not actually based in any reality or whatsoever. And to get themselves permission to stop playing. And start playing a much bigger game that they've ever played before in their lives; because it's fun and they get energy from it and they'll be excited doing it. 5:12Nina’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): The resource is the 'Millionaire Mindset School card', because often we don't know why we don't have a 7-figure business. And sometimes we don't really realize what's stopping us. So, this is a very accurate way of pinpointing exactly which thinking, which limiting beliefs you have that are getting in your way, and remember that they're all made up. So, you can score yourself on getting your strongest limiting beliefs and then the score cards...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why it’s important to master one platform first for generating traffic How effective is finding 3 people online as your potential clients How can you start creating a massive momentum challenge
Related Links and Resources:
It's an actual workbook that helps you think how to start and set up your 6-figure online coaching business. And that URL is www.luisazhou.com/gift
Summary: Luisa Zhou is the creator of the Employee to Entrepreneur system, which teaches people how to leave their day job and start their own six-figure plus business working for themselves. She’s helped thousands of students to launch their own businesses that generate anywhere from 30K to 100K in less than a year. Her advice has been featured in numerous online and print publications including Forbes, Inc, Entrepreneur, Success magazine, and more. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:19 Luisa’s ideal Client: My ideal client is someone who has a history of success; whether it's a corporate career or maybe an offline business but is looking to go online and really build a lean, profitable business for themselves. 1:46Problem Luisa helps solve: The principle problem aside from really figuring out what to offer, how to stand out, and how to really make sure it's really something that's going to sell. After we nail all that, it's really about how do you stand out from many websites or social media profiles out there. 2:25Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Luisa: So, there are a few. The first is frustration; frustration by saying "look, I know that I'm really good in what I do, I have the career, the offline business, or whatever to show for, but why is it so hard?! It shouldn't be this hard!". And " what's going on, I'm doing all the stuff but where's the results?". That's really the number one symptom. There's also overwhelmed; there's the tags, the funnels, email marketing, everything.. "How do I go about doing it?". I would say that these are the two top emotions. 3:15What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Luisa and her solution: One of the common mistakes is throwing stuff on the wall, trying to generate traffic and hoping something sticks. Maybe you do one post on Instagram, you do one on Facebook, and you do one on LinkedIn. And at the end of the day, you wonder why nothing has grown. It's really because you need to double down on one traffic source and figure out how to master it before you focus on anything else. The other mistake that I see a lot is not having the backend systems to support any new traffic. That's the secondary problem. So, solve the traffic problem first but what I do see, is that people started building an audience but they don't really have the way to handle sales or deliver on clients. So now they're hustling 24/7 not only to continue generating traffic but also to support the sales that they're making. And it's all about figuring out what's one product I can really just knock out of the park, how can I deliver that in a scalable way. Once I got that, I'm not going to fiddle with the backend anymore, I'm going to focus on getting more leads and sales. 4:41Luisa’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One thing that I would recommend doing is finding 3 people who are your potential clients online. For example, if you are working with people who are decision makers in the corporation, go on deal with them. Go any different areas. Maybe you are in a Facebook group, maybe your audience is on Instagram, those are really some of the most common ones. Reach out to three people. It doesn't have to be "hey, I'm so and so.. this is how I can help you. Do you want to buy from me?", it can be as simple as "hey I saw you ask this question about this thing that I can help with. I'm happy to chat with you a little bit more, provide some advice for free, and if you're interested, we can talk about how I can support you further".
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why it’s important to master one platform first for generating traffic How effective is finding 3 people online as your potential clients How can you start creating a massive momentum challenge
Related Links and Resources:
It's an actual workbook that helps you think how to start and set up your 6-figure online coaching business. And that URL is www.luisazhou.com/gift
Summary: Luisa Zhou is the creator of the Employee to Entrepreneur system, which teaches people how to leave their day job and start their own six-figure plus business working for themselves. She’s helped thousands of students to launch their own businesses that generate anywhere from 30K to 100K in less than a year. Her advice has been featured in numerous online and print publications including Forbes, Inc, Entrepreneur, Success magazine, and more. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:19 Luisa’s ideal Client: My ideal client is someone who has a history of success; whether it's a corporate career or maybe an offline business but is looking to go online and really build a lean, profitable business for themselves. 1:46Problem Luisa helps solve: The principle problem aside from really figuring out what to offer, how to stand out, and how to really make sure it's really something that's going to sell. After we nail all that, it's really about how do you stand out from many websites or social media profiles out there. 2:25Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Luisa: So, there are a few. The first is frustration; frustration by saying "look, I know that I'm really good in what I do, I have the career, the offline business, or whatever to show for, but why is it so hard?! It shouldn't be this hard!". And " what's going on, I'm doing all the stuff but where's the results?". That's really the number one symptom. There's also overwhelmed; there's the tags, the funnels, email marketing, everything.. "How do I go about doing it?". I would say that these are the two top emotions. 3:15What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Luisa and her solution: One of the common mistakes is throwing stuff on the wall, trying to generate traffic and hoping something sticks. Maybe you do one post on Instagram, you do one on Facebook, and you do one on LinkedIn. And at the end of the day, you wonder why nothing has grown. It's really because you need to double down on one traffic source and figure out how to master it before you focus on anything else. The other mistake that I see a lot is not having the backend systems to support any new traffic. That's the secondary problem. So, solve the traffic problem first but what I do see, is that people started building an audience but they don't really have the way to handle sales or deliver on clients. So now they're hustling 24/7 not only to continue generating traffic but also to support the sales that they're making. And it's all about figuring out what's one product I can really just knock out of the park, how can I deliver that in a scalable way. Once I got that, I'm not going to fiddle with the backend anymore, I'm going to focus on getting more leads and sales. 4:41Luisa’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One thing that I would recommend doing is finding 3 people who are your potential clients online. For example, if you are working with people who are decision makers in the corporation, go on deal with them. Go any different areas. Maybe you are in a Facebook group, maybe your audience is on Instagram, those are really some of the most common ones. Reach out to three people. It doesn't have to be "hey, I'm so and so.. this is how I can help you. Do you want to buy from me?", it can be as simple as "hey I saw you ask this question about this thing that I can help with. I'm happy to chat with you a little bit more, provide some advice for free, and if you're interested, we can talk about how I can support you further".
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How beneficial is the power to ASK Figuring out what we want and how useful it is to put it in writing The importance of discovering who you are and your destiny
Related Links and Resources:
There's two of them: number one www.askthebookclub.com and they get to talk live to Crystal in a Zoom cast. And then the second thing is going to my website, www.MarkVictorHansen.com. We've got a couple of free resources.
Summary: Mark Victor Hansen is widely known as an American inspirational and motivational speaker, trainer, author, serial entrepreneur, and member of multiple board of directors. He is best known as the founder and co-creator of the “Chicken Soup for the Soul” book series, with more than 500 million books sold. In the area of human potential, no one is better known and more respected than Mark Victor Hansen. For more than 44 years, he has focused solely on helping people and organizations reshape their personal vision of what’s possible. His powerful messages of possibility, opportunity, and action have helped create startling and powerful change in thousands of organizations and millions of individuals worldwide. With his open, honest, endearing charismatic style, Mark captures his audience’s attention as well as their hearts. With his one-of-a-kind technique and masterful story-telling ability, he is one of the most dynamic and compelling speakers of our time. Mark is the founder of MEGA Book Marketing University, MEGA Speaking Empire, and MEGA Marketing Magic, and Enlightened Millionaire Institute. Here are the highlights of this episode:
2:09 Mark’s ideal Client: Somebody that can think; usually my books are predominantly sold to women (87%) and I think women are the visionary leaders of the future; leaders that can lead because they are more likely trained as comprehensivist. I think they are the most comprehensive, thoughtful, great leaders, great thinkers, analyzers, and they get their multi-tasking par excellence.
2:43 Problem Mark’s helps solve: I've been in 80 countries with my wife and we discovered great people that are professional, educated, smart, but the difference in those who succeed little and those who are vastly successful in fulfilling their destiny have one thing only - they have the power to ASK. They are what we call 'Master Asker'. So, we created it for free: askthebookclub.com, and once a month, Crystal and I talk to everybody.
3:45 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mark: Because our book is sort of brand new called 'Ask! The Bridge from Your Dreams to Your Destiny' we got 121 letters and generally we wouldn't have taken time to read them. But we started to read them and they said "look, I've been in the pits, I've been despondent, disconsolate, depressed. I was going to commit suicide" Someone else said you're doing this thing and you're telling me Socrates said 'the unexamined life isn't worth living'. I need to discover who I am, who my friends are, who I am in God's beingness and territory.
So, we teach 400x that before you go to bed, you ought to ask yourself "God, what is your destiny for me?" and that illumination will come prior in the middle of the night. We tell you to pre-alert your spouse or sweetheart. That notepad that you're going to wake him up probably and write "Holy cow, I know what to do next" because so many people are having to pivot, reinvent and reorient themselves. Because somewhere around 30 to 50 percent of people are going to be unemployed or underemployed after the Covid.
5:12What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mark and his solution: We say there are 7 self-sabotaging detours in asking, and the first one is a sense of unworthiness. The next one is a sense of fear, false evidence appearing as real. The third is disconnection, where you just go "wait, I can't do anything about it" and for that one we're saying "look,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How beneficial is the power to ASK Figuring out what we want and how useful it is to put it in writing The importance of discovering who you are and your destiny
Related Links and Resources:
There's two of them: number one www.askthebookclub.com and they get to talk live to Crystal in a Zoom cast. And then the second thing is going to my website, www.MarkVictorHansen.com. We've got a couple of free resources.
Summary: Mark Victor Hansen is widely known as an American inspirational and motivational speaker, trainer, author, serial entrepreneur, and member of multiple board of directors. He is best known as the founder and co-creator of the “Chicken Soup for the Soul” book series, with more than 500 million books sold. In the area of human potential, no one is better known and more respected than Mark Victor Hansen. For more than 44 years, he has focused solely on helping people and organizations reshape their personal vision of what’s possible. His powerful messages of possibility, opportunity, and action have helped create startling and powerful change in thousands of organizations and millions of individuals worldwide. With his open, honest, endearing charismatic style, Mark captures his audience’s attention as well as their hearts. With his one-of-a-kind technique and masterful story-telling ability, he is one of the most dynamic and compelling speakers of our time. Mark is the founder of MEGA Book Marketing University, MEGA Speaking Empire, and MEGA Marketing Magic, and Enlightened Millionaire Institute. Here are the highlights of this episode:
2:09 Mark’s ideal Client: Somebody that can think; usually my books are predominantly sold to women (87%) and I think women are the visionary leaders of the future; leaders that can lead because they are more likely trained as comprehensivist. I think they are the most comprehensive, thoughtful, great leaders, great thinkers, analyzers, and they get their multi-tasking par excellence.
2:43 Problem Mark’s helps solve: I've been in 80 countries with my wife and we discovered great people that are professional, educated, smart, but the difference in those who succeed little and those who are vastly successful in fulfilling their destiny have one thing only - they have the power to ASK. They are what we call 'Master Asker'. So, we created it for free: askthebookclub.com, and once a month, Crystal and I talk to everybody.
3:45 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mark: Because our book is sort of brand new called 'Ask! The Bridge from Your Dreams to Your Destiny' we got 121 letters and generally we wouldn't have taken time to read them. But we started to read them and they said "look, I've been in the pits, I've been despondent, disconsolate, depressed. I was going to commit suicide" Someone else said you're doing this thing and you're telling me Socrates said 'the unexamined life isn't worth living'. I need to discover who I am, who my friends are, who I am in God's beingness and territory.
So, we teach 400x that before you go to bed, you ought to ask yourself "God, what is your destiny for me?" and that illumination will come prior in the middle of the night. We tell you to pre-alert your spouse or sweetheart. That notepad that you're going to wake him up probably and write "Holy cow, I know what to do next" because so many people are having to pivot, reinvent and reorient themselves. Because somewhere around 30 to 50 percent of people are going to be unemployed or underemployed after the Covid.
5:12What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mark and his solution: We say there are 7 self-sabotaging detours in asking, and the first one is a sense of unworthiness. The next one is a sense of fear, false evidence appearing as real. The third is disconnection, where you just go "wait, I can't do anything about it" and for that one we're saying "look,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to have a solid strategy which is scalable, predictable, and repeatable The result of working with the wrong people or not having the right partner How doing simple or going back to basic strategy is still effective
Related Links and Resources: We do free add account audits and we do free strategy sessions. Go to our website www.pivotcmo.com and sign up. Our Founder stories and case stories are really good, it’s on the site as well. Summary: Shawn Sheikh is a Silicon Valley & Beach serial entrepreneur and Y Combinator alumni. His specialty is helping companies scale from $0 to multi-millions in revenue, through both conventional paid acquisition and non-conventional growth hacks. After exiting his most recent business, Solve (YC S17), Shawn spent time mentoring and advising companies at several of LA’s top venture capital firms, while incubating a number of SaaS and eCommerce brands. He also spent time at Guthy Renker, a multi-billion dollar direct marketing firm (best known for brands such as Proactiv, Meaningful Beauty, IT Cosmetics and Perricone MD). Apart from Pivot CMO, Shawn loves to work with founders to find creative ways to scale their businesses. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:44 Shawn’s ideal Client: It honestly changed overtime. Initially we were working with a lot of start-ups just because I was doing a lot of mentoring or things like that. But it has already morphed across the board, so we have multi-billion companies like Energizer and Armor All. So, it ranges if the ideal company wants to grow. They may or may not have a massive budget, but it doesn't really matter to us, it's more on the growth mindset. We love working with companies who are breaking out from that corporate mentality; like people getting caught up with PowerPoint presentations or stuff like that. We really want to move really fast; we want to help companies scale very quickly. 2:45Problem Shawn helps solve: It's really scale; it’s scale to paid acquisition. And then put some growth stuff on the side but it's how we get a really scaleable, predictable channel of marketing for us. Either it's Facebook ads, google ads, Pinterest, Tiktok, emails.. like how we can have a solid strategy that's scaleable, predictable, and repeatable. Because I think a lot of people goes "hey, let's send a lot of emails out.. hey, let's post on social media" these are not scalable, not predictable. We want channels that are very straightforward and can live on with the business. 3:41Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Shawn: Number one, if you are already trying these things or you are already in some of these platforms and you feel like you are unsuccessful or you are not growing enough or you are not moving fast enough. I think speed matters a lot in anything when it comes to marketing. Number two, if you are in some other channels and you feel like "hey, we're not growing fast enough" or "hey, is my business from a marketing perspective isn't predictable?" I think those are some really good things as well. We also have some companies who wants to hit a certain milestone or they are trying to raise funding or whatever the case is, and they need to have the marketing going to show investors that "we are hitting what we need to hit" and that's really predictable. Basically, there's a fire that we can throw gasoline on to continue it to grow and grow. 4:44What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Shawn and his solution: First thing is just working with the wrong people, just not having the right partner. A lot of these ad platforms are not that easy to use. If you go on cheap with some freelancer abroad or something like that, it's the same as letting money on fire because they may not necessarily know what they're doing. The only thing is just testing, that's like the biggest thing. I think so many companies tried to decide "Ok,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How technical hurdle can stop you from focusing on your core business Getting customer feedback using NPS (Net Promoter Score) Why retaining and having a happy customer is important
Related Links and Resources: We have a free PDF that will show you 6 ways that you can retain more customer without worrying of adding additional traffic and get more people on the top of your funnel. It will be https://paykickstart.com/retention-accelerator/ Summary: Mark Thompson is the co-founder of PayKickstart.com - a SaaS that is reinventing the modern-day shopping cart and affiliate management, helping thousands of businesses and Entrepreneurs sell more, maximize customer lifetime value and automate subscription commerce. Mark has spent over a decade in the world of marketing and software, selling over $20+ million dollars of his flagship training programs and software. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:38 Mark’s ideal Client: We work with a lot of digital entrepreneurs, who work with a lot of small businesses like solopreneurs, small to medium size businesses anywhere from doing software information products to running a membership site. That's really who we target. 2:00Problem Mark helps solve: When it comes to accepting payments, managing current payments, managing affiliate partners, there's a lot of technical hurdles that online business owners will encounter. We really alleviate all those technical hurdles when it comes to accepting payments, having your customer go through the buying process, and communicating with your customer throughout the buyer's journey. We handle that for them. 2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mark: A lot of the people we talked to have challenges with growth, with scale. They hit a road block and they're losing profit and revenue because of XYZ. Every customer we talked to is a little bit different but most of the time is prohibiting them to grow their business. 3:25What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mark and his solution: The biggest mistake I've seen is that people try to take their billing and affiliate management platform in-house. They try to have development resources, they spent time, money, and energy trying to handle all that themselves. What ends up happening is, it takes them away from their core business, who they're trying to target. All they're to do is sit there and figuring out 'how do I do PayPal integration.. how do I start accepting credit card..' so they started to do all those stuff from scratch and it takes away from their core business. That's why people or other online businesses will utilize our platform, so that they can integrate seamlessly, they can be set-up right away and they can focus on their core product and service. 4:35Mark’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing and where things are starting to shift is getting customer value; customer happiness. People are buying, and staying customers if they're happy and they're using your product. So, the main thing that I always tell our customers is you need to gauge on how happy your customers are. Something as simple as doing an NPS score; it's a simple one question of how are we doing, rate it from one to ten. Anyone who's giving you below than eight, there's usually something hang-up in the buyer's journey where you can improve on it. It could be something like pre-sales or could be after the sales. It's important to be able to gather that intelligence and then come out with a system in reaching out to them and getting that customer feedback. NPS means Net Promoter Score. And like what I said, it's a simple one question. Sometimes people think 'I need to send a survey with 15 questions to my customers' but the problem is customers just like you, everyone's busy. They don't have time to fill-in so many questions out. One of the things why NPS is so effective because it's one simple questi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How technical hurdle can stop you from focusing on your core business Getting customer feedback using NPS (Net Promoter Score) Why retaining and having a happy customer is important
Related Links and Resources: We have a free PDF that will show you 6 ways that you can retain more customer without worrying of adding additional traffic and get more people on the top of your funnel. It will be https://paykickstart.com/retention-accelerator/ Summary: Mark Thompson is the co-founder of PayKickstart.com - a SaaS that is reinventing the modern-day shopping cart and affiliate management, helping thousands of businesses and Entrepreneurs sell more, maximize customer lifetime value and automate subscription commerce. Mark has spent over a decade in the world of marketing and software, selling over $20+ million dollars of his flagship training programs and software. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:38 Mark’s ideal Client: We work with a lot of digital entrepreneurs, who work with a lot of small businesses like solopreneurs, small to medium size businesses anywhere from doing software information products to running a membership site. That's really who we target. 2:00Problem Mark helps solve: When it comes to accepting payments, managing current payments, managing affiliate partners, there's a lot of technical hurdles that online business owners will encounter. We really alleviate all those technical hurdles when it comes to accepting payments, having your customer go through the buying process, and communicating with your customer throughout the buyer's journey. We handle that for them. 2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mark: A lot of the people we talked to have challenges with growth, with scale. They hit a road block and they're losing profit and revenue because of XYZ. Every customer we talked to is a little bit different but most of the time is prohibiting them to grow their business. 3:25What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mark and his solution: The biggest mistake I've seen is that people try to take their billing and affiliate management platform in-house. They try to have development resources, they spent time, money, and energy trying to handle all that themselves. What ends up happening is, it takes them away from their core business, who they're trying to target. All they're to do is sit there and figuring out 'how do I do PayPal integration.. how do I start accepting credit card..' so they started to do all those stuff from scratch and it takes away from their core business. That's why people or other online businesses will utilize our platform, so that they can integrate seamlessly, they can be set-up right away and they can focus on their core product and service. 4:35Mark’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing and where things are starting to shift is getting customer value; customer happiness. People are buying, and staying customers if they're happy and they're using your product. So, the main thing that I always tell our customers is you need to gauge on how happy your customers are. Something as simple as doing an NPS score; it's a simple one question of how are we doing, rate it from one to ten. Anyone who's giving you below than eight, there's usually something hang-up in the buyer's journey where you can improve on it. It could be something like pre-sales or could be after the sales. It's important to be able to gather that intelligence and then come out with a system in reaching out to them and getting that customer feedback. NPS means Net Promoter Score. And like what I said, it's a simple one question. Sometimes people think 'I need to send a survey with 15 questions to my customers' but the problem is customers just like you, everyone's busy. They don't have time to fill-in so many questions out. One of the things why NPS is so effective because it's one simple questi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How technical hurdle can stop you from focusing on your core business Getting customer feedback using NPS (Net Promoter Score) Why retaining and having a happy customer is important
Related Links and Resources: We have a free PDF that will show you 6 ways that you can retain more customer without worrying of adding additional traffic and get more people on the top of your funnel. It will be https://paykickstart.com/retention-accelerator/ Summary: Mark Thompson is the co-founder of PayKickstart.com - a SaaS that is reinventing the modern-day shopping cart and affiliate management, helping thousands of businesses and Entrepreneurs sell more, maximize customer lifetime value and automate subscription commerce. Mark has spent over a decade in the world of marketing and software, selling over $20+ million dollars of his flagship training programs and software. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:38 Mark’s ideal Client: We work with a lot of digital entrepreneurs, who work with a lot of small businesses like solopreneurs, small to medium size businesses anywhere from doing software information products to running a membership site. That's really who we target. 2:00Problem Mark helps solve: When it comes to accepting payments, managing current payments, managing affiliate partners, there's a lot of technical hurdles that online business owners will encounter. We really alleviate all those technical hurdles when it comes to accepting payments, having your customer go through the buying process, and communicating with your customer throughout the buyer's journey. We handle that for them. 2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mark: A lot of the people we talked to have challenges with growth, with scale. They hit a road block and they're losing profit and revenue because of XYZ. Every customer we talked to is a little bit different but most of the time is prohibiting them to grow their business. 3:25What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mark and his solution: The biggest mistake I've seen is that people try to take their billing and affiliate management platform in-house. They try to have development resources, they spent time, money, and energy trying to handle all that themselves. What ends up happening is, it takes them away from their core business, who they're trying to target. All they're to do is sit there and figuring out 'how do I do PayPal integration.. how do I start accepting credit card..' so they started to do all those stuff from scratch and it takes away from their core business. That's why people or other online businesses will utilize our platform, so that they can integrate seamlessly, they can be set-up right away and they can focus on their core product and service. 4:35Mark’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing and where things are starting to shift is getting customer value; customer happiness. People are buying, and staying customers if they're happy and they're using your product. So, the main thing that I always tell our customers is you need to gauge on how happy your customers are. Something as simple as doing an NPS score; it's a simple one question of how are we doing, rate it from one to ten. Anyone who's giving you below than eight, there's usually something hang-up in the buyer's journey where you can improve on it. It could be something like pre-sales or could be after the sales. It's important to be able to gather that intelligence and then come out with a system in reaching out to them and getting that customer feedback. NPS means Net Promoter Score. And like what I said, it's a simple one question. Sometimes people think 'I need to send a survey with 15 questions to my customers' but the problem is customers just like you, everyone's busy. They don't have time to fill-in so many questions out. One of the things why NPS is so effective because it's one simple questi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How technical hurdle can stop you from focusing on your core business Getting customer feedback using NPS (Net Promoter Score) Why retaining and having a happy customer is important
Related Links and Resources: We have a free PDF that will show you 6 ways that you can retain more customer without worrying of adding additional traffic and get more people on the top of your funnel. It will be https://paykickstart.com/retention-accelerator/ Summary: Mark Thompson is the co-founder of PayKickstart.com - a SaaS that is reinventing the modern-day shopping cart and affiliate management, helping thousands of businesses and Entrepreneurs sell more, maximize customer lifetime value and automate subscription commerce. Mark has spent over a decade in the world of marketing and software, selling over $20+ million dollars of his flagship training programs and software. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:38 Mark’s ideal Client: We work with a lot of digital entrepreneurs, who work with a lot of small businesses like solopreneurs, small to medium size businesses anywhere from doing software information products to running a membership site. That's really who we target. 2:00Problem Mark helps solve: When it comes to accepting payments, managing current payments, managing affiliate partners, there's a lot of technical hurdles that online business owners will encounter. We really alleviate all those technical hurdles when it comes to accepting payments, having your customer go through the buying process, and communicating with your customer throughout the buyer's journey. We handle that for them. 2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mark: A lot of the people we talked to have challenges with growth, with scale. They hit a road block and they're losing profit and revenue because of XYZ. Every customer we talked to is a little bit different but most of the time is prohibiting them to grow their business. 3:25What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mark and his solution: The biggest mistake I've seen is that people try to take their billing and affiliate management platform in-house. They try to have development resources, they spent time, money, and energy trying to handle all that themselves. What ends up happening is, it takes them away from their core business, who they're trying to target. All they're to do is sit there and figuring out 'how do I do PayPal integration.. how do I start accepting credit card..' so they started to do all those stuff from scratch and it takes away from their core business. That's why people or other online businesses will utilize our platform, so that they can integrate seamlessly, they can be set-up right away and they can focus on their core product and service. 4:35Mark’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing and where things are starting to shift is getting customer value; customer happiness. People are buying, and staying customers if they're happy and they're using your product. So, the main thing that I always tell our customers is you need to gauge on how happy your customers are. Something as simple as doing an NPS score; it's a simple one question of how are we doing, rate it from one to ten. Anyone who's giving you below than eight, there's usually something hang-up in the buyer's journey where you can improve on it. It could be something like pre-sales or could be after the sales. It's important to be able to gather that intelligence and then come out with a system in reaching out to them and getting that customer feedback. NPS means Net Promoter Score. And like what I said, it's a simple one question. Sometimes people think 'I need to send a survey with 15 questions to my customers' but the problem is customers just like you, everyone's busy. They don't have time to fill-in so many questions out. One of the things why NPS is so effective because it's one simple questi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why connecting and aligning the executive team is important first How important it is to identify four to five big issues How new initiative in a company requires to work well together
Related Links and Resources:
It's a copy of our book called 'Elite Executive Teams' and they can go to the website www.zynity.com and they go there and will see a link to get the copy.
Summary: Dwaine Canova is currently the CEO of Zynity which provides a methodology and set of online tools to develop elite executive leadership teams. He grew a company from 0 to 3,000 employees in 5 countries. He provides executive coaching, serves on Boards, is building an international network of Certified Coaches, and guides Elite Executive Teams. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:35 Dwaine’s ideal Client: A good, executive team that is passionately committed to be in the elite executive team. They probably have a revenue in the 5 to 250 million range. 1:53Problem Dwaine helps solve: These executive teams want to get the parts of the organization; working together more effectively. But we have to get the executive team connected and align first and that's one of the first steps with our executive leadership system. 2:30Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Dwaine: Probably they're having difficulty with the parts working together. Almost every new initiative in a company requires the parts to work well together, and when the parts aren't working well together, we can be very helpful in that process. 3:07What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Dwaine and his solution: They try to solve the problems at the 'to-do' level; they get into the weeds and our point is we need to solve this at the 'thinking' level. What are the big issues, clarity about the big issues so we can understand the concepts. Then we can develop principles that guide how we work in the details. So, they do it in reverse. 3:48Dwaine’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): They need to have a session were each of them sits around with a whiteboard and each of the person on the executive team would identify "what are the four to five big issues I'm thinking about this week" and then work together so that everyone gets clarity about what those big issues are. Just the names of them, not the details of them. That is a big help. 4:26Dwaine’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): It's a copy of our book called 'Elite Executive Teams' and they can go to the website zynity.com and they go there you will see a link to get the copy. 5:14Why are you so passionate about this? The reason that I'm so passionate about it is that every employee deserves an elite executive team. Because the dysfunction in an organization starts at the top and it begins with just good teams who really haven't paid the extra steps required to become elite.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How not having a simple plan can pull you to different directions How writing down things is the first step to How to create a consist flow of ideal clients
Related Links and Resources: I got a free training video, that's called 'How Consultants use Backwards Networking to Reach Ideal Clients and to land a 200,000USD year revenue stream for things you are already doing it for free.' The site is https://profitablerelationships.com/scaleology Summary: Dov Gordon, of ProfitableRelationships.com, helps consultants use “backwards” networking to reach their ideal clients, consistently. Experienced consultants know that the best clients come from referrals and relationships. But referrals are unpredictable. And building relationships takes lots of time. Dov gives a simple and practical alternative: Becoming an “under-the-radar leader” in your industry. It gets better, because Dov shows you how to turn the relationship marketing you’ve been doing for free - into a six-figure revenue stream. He shows you how at ProfitableRelationships.com Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:45 Dov’s ideal Client: I tend to work with consultants as well as professional service firm owners. People who are selling a high-value service or a product service combination. Generally speaking, not always but usually B2B (Business-to-business). 2:04Problem Dov helps solve: The problem is, being good at what you do; even a master of your craft, but not necessarily a marketer or sales person. And that's a big problem. Because you know you got a lot to offer. You had successes, but you're running into many different directions, and it started to become consistent. And that's a big problem. 2:45Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Dov: They feel pulled in many different directions because they don't have a simple plan. Stephen Covey of the 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, he said that in order for you to say 'no' to something on the outside, you got to have a deeper 'yes' burning on the inside. The way I see it, it's the same thing over here. If we don't have a simple plan that actually works to bring you clients consistently, then you can't say no to all of the promising flashy distraction when the next person says "well this is what you need to do, that's what you going to do". You got to have that simple plan that you actually believe in, because then you got your 'yes' and then you have the clarity and the power to say 'no'. 3:48What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Dov and his solution: I think that mostly the people I'm working with are really good at what they do, but then again, they're not the natural charismatic guru celebrity type, and they're not natural marketers. They tend to be running in multiple directions, try to make this and that to work. And they come to think there's something wrong with me; how come it's working for Bill, how come it's working for them. They come to assume it's them. You really need to understand that it's not 'you' the person but it's just your process. You really need to trust your gut, to really recognize that, that you'd probably have a deeper sense to the right direction for you. 4:51Dov’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Get a pen, paper and sit down. Then ask yourself "what is something that I know already about the situation that I'm in, about growing my business and so on but I just keep on ignoring it because I'm not trusting my own gut and I keep on listening to experts around me. What is something that I know, that I'm ignoring?". Write down as many things that comes to mind because that's the first step that you're taking towards a different result. 5:51Dov’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I got a free training video, that's called 'How Consultants use Backwards Networking to Reach Ideal Clients and to land a 200,000USD year revenue stream for things you are already doing it for free.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How not having a simple plan can pull you to different directions How writing down things is the first step to How to create a consist flow of ideal clients
Related Links and Resources: I got a free training video, that's called 'How Consultants use Backwards Networking to Reach Ideal Clients and to land a 200,000USD year revenue stream for things you are already doing it for free.' The site is https://profitablerelationships.com/scaleology Summary: Dov Gordon, of ProfitableRelationships.com, helps consultants use “backwards” networking to reach their ideal clients, consistently. Experienced consultants know that the best clients come from referrals and relationships. But referrals are unpredictable. And building relationships takes lots of time. Dov gives a simple and practical alternative: Becoming an “under-the-radar leader” in your industry. It gets better, because Dov shows you how to turn the relationship marketing you’ve been doing for free - into a six-figure revenue stream. He shows you how at ProfitableRelationships.com Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:45 Dov’s ideal Client: I tend to work with consultants as well as professional service firm owners. People who are selling a high-value service or a product service combination. Generally speaking, not always but usually B2B (Business-to-business). 2:04Problem Dov helps solve: The problem is, being good at what you do; even a master of your craft, but not necessarily a marketer or sales person. And that's a big problem. Because you know you got a lot to offer. You had successes, but you're running into many different directions, and it started to become consistent. And that's a big problem. 2:45Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Dov: They feel pulled in many different directions because they don't have a simple plan. Stephen Covey of the 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, he said that in order for you to say 'no' to something on the outside, you got to have a deeper 'yes' burning on the inside. The way I see it, it's the same thing over here. If we don't have a simple plan that actually works to bring you clients consistently, then you can't say no to all of the promising flashy distraction when the next person says "well this is what you need to do, that's what you going to do". You got to have that simple plan that you actually believe in, because then you got your 'yes' and then you have the clarity and the power to say 'no'. 3:48What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Dov and his solution: I think that mostly the people I'm working with are really good at what they do, but then again, they're not the natural charismatic guru celebrity type, and they're not natural marketers. They tend to be running in multiple directions, try to make this and that to work. And they come to think there's something wrong with me; how come it's working for Bill, how come it's working for them. They come to assume it's them. You really need to understand that it's not 'you' the person but it's just your process. You really need to trust your gut, to really recognize that, that you'd probably have a deeper sense to the right direction for you. 4:51Dov’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Get a pen, paper and sit down. Then ask yourself "what is something that I know already about the situation that I'm in, about growing my business and so on but I just keep on ignoring it because I'm not trusting my own gut and I keep on listening to experts around me. What is something that I know, that I'm ignoring?". Write down as many things that comes to mind because that's the first step that you're taking towards a different result. 5:51Dov’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I got a free training video, that's called 'How Consultants use Backwards Networking to Reach Ideal Clients and to land a 200,000USD year revenue stream for things you are already doing it for free.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to have a clear vision, avatar and target market Why is it important to address your self-doubt and those limiting beliefs? Why reaching out to previous clients, family members, and friends is useful in getting insights of your value
Related Links and Resources:
You can type in www.Member.WorldwideBreakthrough.com, that's actually going to get you inside my FREE program and you can see what is it all about.
Summary: Michael Weber is the founder and CEO of WorldwideBreakthrough.com. A community of high-performance coaches and consultants that break success down to a science with laser-like focus and proven battle tested business processes. Through WorldwideBreakthrough.com, Michael helps coaches and consultants get high value clients every single month using a predictable system. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:24 Mike’s ideal Client: These principles can work for anybody especially online because that's where a lot of people they kind of forget that once they go online, the process is a little bit different. Typically, I work with coaches and consultants. But like what I said, the principles don’t change. I work with different types of doctors, psychologists, there's a big range of people. Consulting is a broad area. 2:16Problem Mike helps solve: A lot of people think that they have a business problem showing up in business but often there's a personal problem that's showing up. I really look at business entirely differently than most people, so I implement a lot of different things in my program aside to just business. We really have to build that foundation on that person. There's a lot of different exercises that I get people to go through, just to get them clear on their vision, clear on their avatar, their target market, those types of things. Doing a little bit of research, really finding out their ‘why’ and their superpower rights and coupling that, unique preposition with an actual desire in the marketplace. Anything after that, it starts to fall into place, it starts to become a lot easier because you have that solid foundation. 3:30Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mike: There is more to it, having a passion for what you're doing then doesn't feel like work. Going a little bit deeper, people have this tendency to just focus on their strength which is good, that's going to get you so far but that's going to get you a plateau. There's a lot of different areas that you have to start looking at. Things like self-doubt and those limiting beliefs, I think that those things are normal, and they have to be addressed, they have to be work through. And honestly, that's what going to catapult you through your barrier because I do have the systems in place to get those clients. I mean the mechanical needs are important but like what I said, a lot of providers out there are looking at one of those areas, I really look at every single one of them because they are all required. 4:54What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mike and his solution: Again, they're trying to sweep their problems under the rug, and they're trying to look for that next shiny object. These are the things I experienced myself that's why I'm passionate to help people. So anytime I can eliminate some of that grief, because honestly, entrepreneurship is like breaking down walls; so anytime that you can have somebody that’s been there (I really don't like saying shortcuts but is kind of a fast track), I think people are looking for that quick fix, and getting close to somebody that has obviously done it or been there, obviously makes sense. People normally are looking in the wrong areas, they're looking for that next technical thing that's going to get them there, it's usually not it. 6:15Mike’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I could probably say a few things but often in business what we do is, we try to over complicate things,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to have a clear vision, avatar and target market Why is it important to address your self-doubt and those limiting beliefs? Why reaching out to previous clients, family members, and friends is useful in getting insights of your value
Related Links and Resources:
You can type in www.Member.WorldwideBreakthrough.com, that's actually going to get you inside my FREE program and you can see what is it all about.
Summary: Michael Weber is the founder and CEO of WorldwideBreakthrough.com. A community of high-performance coaches and consultants that break success down to a science with laser-like focus and proven battle tested business processes. Through WorldwideBreakthrough.com, Michael helps coaches and consultants get high value clients every single month using a predictable system. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:24 Mike’s ideal Client: These principles can work for anybody especially online because that's where a lot of people they kind of forget that once they go online, the process is a little bit different. Typically, I work with coaches and consultants. But like what I said, the principles don’t change. I work with different types of doctors, psychologists, there's a big range of people. Consulting is a broad area. 2:16Problem Mike helps solve: A lot of people think that they have a business problem showing up in business but often there's a personal problem that's showing up. I really look at business entirely differently than most people, so I implement a lot of different things in my program aside to just business. We really have to build that foundation on that person. There's a lot of different exercises that I get people to go through, just to get them clear on their vision, clear on their avatar, their target market, those types of things. Doing a little bit of research, really finding out their ‘why’ and their superpower rights and coupling that, unique preposition with an actual desire in the marketplace. Anything after that, it starts to fall into place, it starts to become a lot easier because you have that solid foundation. 3:30Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mike: There is more to it, having a passion for what you're doing then doesn't feel like work. Going a little bit deeper, people have this tendency to just focus on their strength which is good, that's going to get you so far but that's going to get you a plateau. There's a lot of different areas that you have to start looking at. Things like self-doubt and those limiting beliefs, I think that those things are normal, and they have to be addressed, they have to be work through. And honestly, that's what going to catapult you through your barrier because I do have the systems in place to get those clients. I mean the mechanical needs are important but like what I said, a lot of providers out there are looking at one of those areas, I really look at every single one of them because they are all required. 4:54What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mike and his solution: Again, they're trying to sweep their problems under the rug, and they're trying to look for that next shiny object. These are the things I experienced myself that's why I'm passionate to help people. So anytime I can eliminate some of that grief, because honestly, entrepreneurship is like breaking down walls; so anytime that you can have somebody that’s been there (I really don't like saying shortcuts but is kind of a fast track), I think people are looking for that quick fix, and getting close to somebody that has obviously done it or been there, obviously makes sense. People normally are looking in the wrong areas, they're looking for that next technical thing that's going to get them there, it's usually not it. 6:15Mike’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I could probably say a few things but often in business what we do is, we try to over complicate things,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Converting "leads problem" to "sales problem" Getting the right first impression on your LinkedIn profile Having the right platform for strategy and campaign
Related Links and Resources:
To get a free profile review, visit the site https://linkedconversionsfreelinkedinprofilereview.getresponsepages.com/
Summary: Rob Lowe has a background in Web, SEO, adwords and Social Media Marketing. He can bring a common sense approach to the marketing puzzle for business owners seeking growth and wanting to scale their businesses. He leads a team of Social Media Experts, who help their clients position themselves as leading experts in their space and increase sales; They work with consultants, advisors, and business owners to grow their businesses exponentially via the LinkedIn channel. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:35 Rob’s ideal Client: My ideal client is somebody that really seeks to grow their business, and business to business is the focus, and wants to grow their business via LinkedIn channel. We're the medium in helping them grow through the LinkedIn channel. 1:58 Problem Rob helps solve: People who start the conversion "Rob, I need more leads!", so we make it a sales problem. Does that make sense? (I got a leads problem, I will make it to sales problem). 2:39 Typical symptoms that clients experience before reaching out to Rob: Well in the old days we say the phone isn't ringing with new prospects or customers, and people like that. They come to us with needs; the business needs to grow and they have a cycle. They do a little bit of business development they get from leads. They go facilitate the work, they come back, they got an empty leads funnel. Feast-famine. What you need is somebody filling the funnel so you can facilitate the leads outside the funnel and actually close deals as a business owner. 3:52 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Rob and his solution: I'm firm believer in outsourcing special services where you outsource an expert that actually does what they do so that you can focus on running the business. So, the biggest mistake that actually people are doing is spending hours on a platform that they don't understand. LinkedIn's an animal; a lot of people have tried, most have failed. Then they say well 'LinkedIn doesn't work', but that's because you're a mortgage broker, you're a financial planner, you're a business owner, you're not a social media expert. And worse than that, you're not a LinkedIn expert. I'm not a LinkedIn expert but I employ a LinkedIn expert. 4:57 Rob’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Well, start having a look at your profile and fix your profile, get the first impression, a pleasurable one and a business like one for people seeking your services. That's the most actionable thing I can say along with your website, your LinkedIn profile is the landing page is a website. Make it a good one. Depends on your perspective. If you're an SEO expert, it's all on Google. But people have stopped playing on Google a long time ago. They're active on social. It's choosing the right platform. LinkedIn isn't specifically the correct platform for every business. Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, you name it. Google even. All right. But choose the right platform where your clients are engaged and active. Market to them there, engage with them there. 6:18 Rob’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): It's a free profile review, that's linkedconversionsfreelinkedinprofilereview.getresponsepages.com 7:24 Have I chosen the right platform to market to my audience? I would think that's the most important starting point. I see a lot of people focusing attention on SEO, Adwords, Facebook, Instagram. They're not choosing the platform of choice where they are going to get the most benefit. So if I leave everybody out there with any wisdom, target the right platform. I'm not saying don't have a representation on the other ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Converting "leads problem" to "sales problem" Getting the right first impression on your LinkedIn profile Having the right platform for strategy and campaign
Related Links and Resources:
To get a free profile review, visit the site https://linkedconversionsfreelinkedinprofilereview.getresponsepages.com/
Summary: Rob Lowe has a background in Web, SEO, adwords and Social Media Marketing. He can bring a common sense approach to the marketing puzzle for business owners seeking growth and wanting to scale their businesses. He leads a team of Social Media Experts, who help their clients position themselves as leading experts in their space and increase sales; They work with consultants, advisors, and business owners to grow their businesses exponentially via the LinkedIn channel. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:35 Rob’s ideal Client: My ideal client is somebody that really seeks to grow their business, and business to business is the focus, and wants to grow their business via LinkedIn channel. We're the medium in helping them grow through the LinkedIn channel. 1:58 Problem Rob helps solve: People who start the conversion "Rob, I need more leads!", so we make it a sales problem. Does that make sense? (I got a leads problem, I will make it to sales problem). 2:39 Typical symptoms that clients experience before reaching out to Rob: Well in the old days we say the phone isn't ringing with new prospects or customers, and people like that. They come to us with needs; the business needs to grow and they have a cycle. They do a little bit of business development they get from leads. They go facilitate the work, they come back, they got an empty leads funnel. Feast-famine. What you need is somebody filling the funnel so you can facilitate the leads outside the funnel and actually close deals as a business owner. 3:52 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Rob and his solution: I'm firm believer in outsourcing special services where you outsource an expert that actually does what they do so that you can focus on running the business. So, the biggest mistake that actually people are doing is spending hours on a platform that they don't understand. LinkedIn's an animal; a lot of people have tried, most have failed. Then they say well 'LinkedIn doesn't work', but that's because you're a mortgage broker, you're a financial planner, you're a business owner, you're not a social media expert. And worse than that, you're not a LinkedIn expert. I'm not a LinkedIn expert but I employ a LinkedIn expert. 4:57 Rob’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Well, start having a look at your profile and fix your profile, get the first impression, a pleasurable one and a business like one for people seeking your services. That's the most actionable thing I can say along with your website, your LinkedIn profile is the landing page is a website. Make it a good one. Depends on your perspective. If you're an SEO expert, it's all on Google. But people have stopped playing on Google a long time ago. They're active on social. It's choosing the right platform. LinkedIn isn't specifically the correct platform for every business. Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, you name it. Google even. All right. But choose the right platform where your clients are engaged and active. Market to them there, engage with them there. 6:18 Rob’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): It's a free profile review, that's linkedconversionsfreelinkedinprofilereview.getresponsepages.com 7:24 Have I chosen the right platform to market to my audience? I would think that's the most important starting point. I see a lot of people focusing attention on SEO, Adwords, Facebook, Instagram. They're not choosing the platform of choice where they are going to get the most benefit. So if I leave everybody out there with any wisdom, target the right platform. I'm not saying don't have a representation on the other ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How technical hurdle can stop you from focusing on your core business Getting customer feedback using NPS (Net Promoter Score) Why retaining and having a happy customer is important
Related Links and Resources: We have a free PDF that will show you 6 ways that you can retain more customer without worrying of adding additional traffic and get more people on the top of your funnel. It will be https://paykickstart.com/retention-accelerator/ Summary: Mark Thompson is the co-founder of PayKickstart.com - a SaaS that is reinventing the modern-day shopping cart and affiliate management, helping thousands of businesses and Entrepreneurs sell more, maximize customer lifetime value and automate subscription commerce. Mark has spent over a decade in the world of marketing and software, selling over $20+ million dollars of his flagship training programs and software. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:38 Mark’s ideal Client: We work with a lot of digital entrepreneurs, who work with a lot of small businesses like solopreneurs, small to medium size businesses anywhere from doing software information products to running a membership site. That's really who we target. 2:00Problem Mark helps solve: When it comes to accepting payments, managing current payments, managing affiliate partners, there's a lot of technical hurdles that online business owners will encounter. We really alleviate all those technical hurdles when it comes to accepting payments, having your customer go through the buying process, and communicating with your customer throughout the buyer's journey. We handle that for them. 2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mark: A lot of the people we talked to have challenges with growth, with scale. They hit a road block and they're losing profit and revenue because of XYZ. Every customer we talked to is a little bit different but most of the time is prohibiting them to grow their business. 3:25What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mark and his solution: The biggest mistake I've seen is that people try to take their billing and affiliate management platform in-house. They try to have development resources, they spent time, money, and energy trying to handle all that themselves. What ends up happening is, it takes them away from their core business, who they're trying to target. All they're to do is sit there and figuring out 'how do I do PayPal integration.. how do I start accepting credit card..' so they started to do all those stuff from scratch and it takes away from their core business. That's why people or other online businesses will utilize our platform, so that they can integrate seamlessly, they can be set-up right away and they can focus on their core product and service. 4:35Mark’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing and where things are starting to shift is getting customer value; customer happiness. People are buying, and staying customers if they're happy and they're using your product. So, the main thing that I always tell our customers is you need to gauge on how happy your customers are. Something as simple as doing an NPS score; it's a simple one question of how are we doing, rate it from one to ten. Anyone who's giving you below than eight, there's usually something hang-up in the buyer's journey where you can improve on it. It could be something like pre-sales or could be after the sales. It's important to be able to gather that intelligence and then come out with a system in reaching out to them and getting that customer feedback. NPS means Net Promoter Score. And like what I said, it's a simple one question. Sometimes people think 'I need to send a survey with 15 questions to my customers' but the problem is customers just like you, everyone's busy. They don't have time to fill-in so many questions out. One of the things why NPS is so effective because it's one simple questi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How technical hurdle can stop you from focusing on your core business Getting customer feedback using NPS (Net Promoter Score) Why retaining and having a happy customer is important
Related Links and Resources: We have a free PDF that will show you 6 ways that you can retain more customer without worrying of adding additional traffic and get more people on the top of your funnel. It will be https://paykickstart.com/retention-accelerator/ Summary: Mark Thompson is the co-founder of PayKickstart.com - a SaaS that is reinventing the modern-day shopping cart and affiliate management, helping thousands of businesses and Entrepreneurs sell more, maximize customer lifetime value and automate subscription commerce. Mark has spent over a decade in the world of marketing and software, selling over $20+ million dollars of his flagship training programs and software. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:38 Mark’s ideal Client: We work with a lot of digital entrepreneurs, who work with a lot of small businesses like solopreneurs, small to medium size businesses anywhere from doing software information products to running a membership site. That's really who we target. 2:00Problem Mark helps solve: When it comes to accepting payments, managing current payments, managing affiliate partners, there's a lot of technical hurdles that online business owners will encounter. We really alleviate all those technical hurdles when it comes to accepting payments, having your customer go through the buying process, and communicating with your customer throughout the buyer's journey. We handle that for them. 2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mark: A lot of the people we talked to have challenges with growth, with scale. They hit a road block and they're losing profit and revenue because of XYZ. Every customer we talked to is a little bit different but most of the time is prohibiting them to grow their business. 3:25What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mark and his solution: The biggest mistake I've seen is that people try to take their billing and affiliate management platform in-house. They try to have development resources, they spent time, money, and energy trying to handle all that themselves. What ends up happening is, it takes them away from their core business, who they're trying to target. All they're to do is sit there and figuring out 'how do I do PayPal integration.. how do I start accepting credit card..' so they started to do all those stuff from scratch and it takes away from their core business. That's why people or other online businesses will utilize our platform, so that they can integrate seamlessly, they can be set-up right away and they can focus on their core product and service. 4:35Mark’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing and where things are starting to shift is getting customer value; customer happiness. People are buying, and staying customers if they're happy and they're using your product. So, the main thing that I always tell our customers is you need to gauge on how happy your customers are. Something as simple as doing an NPS score; it's a simple one question of how are we doing, rate it from one to ten. Anyone who's giving you below than eight, there's usually something hang-up in the buyer's journey where you can improve on it. It could be something like pre-sales or could be after the sales. It's important to be able to gather that intelligence and then come out with a system in reaching out to them and getting that customer feedback. NPS means Net Promoter Score. And like what I said, it's a simple one question. Sometimes people think 'I need to send a survey with 15 questions to my customers' but the problem is customers just like you, everyone's busy. They don't have time to fill-in so many questions out. One of the things why NPS is so effective because it's one simple questi...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Converting "leads problem" to "sales problem" Getting the right first impression on your LinkedIn profile Having the right platform for strategy and campaign
Related Links and Resources:
To get a free profile review, visit the site https://linkedconversionsfreelinkedinprofilereview.getresponsepages.com/
Summary: Rob Lowe has a background in Web, SEO, adwords and Social Media Marketing. He can bring a common sense approach to the marketing puzzle for business owners seeking growth and wanting to scale their businesses. He leads a team of Social Media Experts, who help their clients position themselves as leading experts in their space and increase sales; They work with consultants, advisors, and business owners to grow their businesses exponentially via the LinkedIn channel. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:35 Rob’s ideal Client: My ideal client is somebody that really seeks to grow their business, and business to business is the focus, and wants to grow their business via LinkedIn channel. We're the medium in helping them grow through the LinkedIn channel. 1:58 Problem Rob helps solve: People who start the conversion "Rob, I need more leads!", so we make it a sales problem. Does that make sense? (I got a leads problem, I will make it to sales problem). 2:39 Typical symptoms that clients experience before reaching out to Rob: Well in the old days we say the phone isn't ringing with new prospects or customers, and people like that. They come to us with needs; the business needs to grow and they have a cycle. They do a little bit of business development they get from leads. They go facilitate the work, they come back, they got an empty leads funnel. Feast-famine. What you need is somebody filling the funnel so you can facilitate the leads outside the funnel and actually close deals as a business owner. 3:52 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Rob and his solution: I'm firm believer in outsourcing special services where you outsource an expert that actually does what they do so that you can focus on running the business. So, the biggest mistake that actually people are doing is spending hours on a platform that they don't understand. LinkedIn's an animal; a lot of people have tried, most have failed. Then they say well 'LinkedIn doesn't work', but that's because you're a mortgage broker, you're a financial planner, you're a business owner, you're not a social media expert. And worse than that, you're not a LinkedIn expert. I'm not a LinkedIn expert but I employ a LinkedIn expert. 4:57 Rob’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Well, start having a look at your profile and fix your profile, get the first impression, a pleasurable one and a business like one for people seeking your services. That's the most actionable thing I can say along with your website, your LinkedIn profile is the landing page is a website. Make it a good one. Depends on your perspective. If you're an SEO expert, it's all on Google. But people have stopped playing on Google a long time ago. They're active on social. It's choosing the right platform. LinkedIn isn't specifically the correct platform for every business. Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, you name it. Google even. All right. But choose the right platform where your clients are engaged and active. Market to them there, engage with them there. 6:18 Rob’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): It's a free profile review, that's linkedconversionsfreelinkedinprofilereview.getresponsepages.com 7:24 Have I chosen the right platform to market to my audience? I would think that's the most important starting point. I see a lot of people focusing attention on SEO, Adwords, Facebook, Instagram. They're not choosing the platform of choice where they are going to get the most benefit. So if I leave everybody out there with any wisdom, target the right platform. I'm not saying don't have a representation on the other ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Converting "leads problem" to "sales problem" Getting the right first impression on your LinkedIn profile Having the right platform for strategy and campaign
Related Links and Resources:
To get a free profile review, visit the site https://linkedconversionsfreelinkedinprofilereview.getresponsepages.com/
Summary: Rob Lowe has a background in Web, SEO, adwords and Social Media Marketing. He can bring a common sense approach to the marketing puzzle for business owners seeking growth and wanting to scale their businesses. He leads a team of Social Media Experts, who help their clients position themselves as leading experts in their space and increase sales; They work with consultants, advisors, and business owners to grow their businesses exponentially via the LinkedIn channel. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:35 Rob’s ideal Client: My ideal client is somebody that really seeks to grow their business, and business to business is the focus, and wants to grow their business via LinkedIn channel. We're the medium in helping them grow through the LinkedIn channel. 1:58 Problem Rob helps solve: People who start the conversion "Rob, I need more leads!", so we make it a sales problem. Does that make sense? (I got a leads problem, I will make it to sales problem). 2:39 Typical symptoms that clients experience before reaching out to Rob: Well in the old days we say the phone isn't ringing with new prospects or customers, and people like that. They come to us with needs; the business needs to grow and they have a cycle. They do a little bit of business development they get from leads. They go facilitate the work, they come back, they got an empty leads funnel. Feast-famine. What you need is somebody filling the funnel so you can facilitate the leads outside the funnel and actually close deals as a business owner. 3:52 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Rob and his solution: I'm firm believer in outsourcing special services where you outsource an expert that actually does what they do so that you can focus on running the business. So, the biggest mistake that actually people are doing is spending hours on a platform that they don't understand. LinkedIn's an animal; a lot of people have tried, most have failed. Then they say well 'LinkedIn doesn't work', but that's because you're a mortgage broker, you're a financial planner, you're a business owner, you're not a social media expert. And worse than that, you're not a LinkedIn expert. I'm not a LinkedIn expert but I employ a LinkedIn expert. 4:57 Rob’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Well, start having a look at your profile and fix your profile, get the first impression, a pleasurable one and a business like one for people seeking your services. That's the most actionable thing I can say along with your website, your LinkedIn profile is the landing page is a website. Make it a good one. Depends on your perspective. If you're an SEO expert, it's all on Google. But people have stopped playing on Google a long time ago. They're active on social. It's choosing the right platform. LinkedIn isn't specifically the correct platform for every business. Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, you name it. Google even. All right. But choose the right platform where your clients are engaged and active. Market to them there, engage with them there. 6:18 Rob’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): It's a free profile review, that's linkedconversionsfreelinkedinprofilereview.getresponsepages.com 7:24 Have I chosen the right platform to market to my audience? I would think that's the most important starting point. I see a lot of people focusing attention on SEO, Adwords, Facebook, Instagram. They're not choosing the platform of choice where they are going to get the most benefit. So if I leave everybody out there with any wisdom, target the right platform. I'm not saying don't have a representation on the other ...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How DIY can be frustrating if you’re lacking a system Why getting people for yearly enrollment for your coaching is better Why group coaching is important
Related Links and Resources: You can get her free resource if you go to www.highlyprofitablepractice.com, it's a couple of pages, and it actually teaches you how to do a pilot group or mastermind program in under two weeks and get it off the ground without a lot of tech or a lot of anything. Summary: After a 25-year career as a psychotherapist in private practice Susan Epstein launched her first coaching business in 2005. Susan was a pioneer in the Parent Coaching Industry and founded the Parent Coach Academy a Parent Coach Certification Program. She has trained and certified hundreds of parenting coaches. In 2015 Susan pivoted and launched her newest business, Highly Profitable Practice. She is a business coach and strategist working with coaches, therapists and healers to fill their practices and then leverage their time. She does this by offering Masterclasses, Masterminds, Group Coaching Programs and Individual Coaching. Susan coaches her clients to follow her model by focusing on taking consistent action, eliminating distraction, and finding their ONE THING. Since then, Susan has scaled her business and has a team of coaches who deliver programming and a team of admins who do all the 'tech and back end detail work.' With this shift, Susan is able to help more coaches achieve their dreams of having a real and profitable business. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:13 Susan’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a coach that already has clients & knows what their business is, they're not trying to figure out what their niches. Now they might be pivoting because of the current situation with the pandemic, that's fine. But they have some success and they've been successful in their lives before they were a coach, because none of us were born as a coach. They want to work less, because they want to have a life. They want to have a consistent monthly income, they want to save for their retirement, and they want to not do all the stuff on the back end. They want to be able to do what they love to do, and they're lacking systems in order to do that. 3:13 Problem Susan helps solve: They are trying to DIY, do everything themselves. Build their websites, do their social media promotion, build their landing pages, do all the networking, do all the follow-up, trying to figure out how to do payment links, they are following 15 different gurus, everybody's telling them different things to do. They've probably spent gobs of money on programs that did not fit them, weren't good for them or they didn't deliver what they said. They're frustrated and some of them are wishing they could find a job. 4:17 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Susan: They're making offers but they're getting more No's than yes's. They're always on enrollment, they're always chasing the next client, they're working way too many hours. They wake up and at their computer at 6 o'clock in the morning and they're sitting on it until 10 at night. Their partner is probably saying "this isn't working, are you sure you want to keep doing this? Are you sure you want to keep on investing and doing this business?" but the person is feeling I meant to do this, I'm supposed to do this, this is what my calling is, I don't want to give up but I don't know where to go, nobody understands what I'm trying to build here. 5:45 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Susan and her solution: The biggest mistake I see in the clients that has come to me or people that had talked to me is that they are enrolling people for too short of time period like a 6-week program, 3-month program or a 6-month program, instead of getting people into a yearly commitment for the coaching. And once you do that,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How DIY can be frustrating if you’re lacking a system Why getting people for yearly enrollment for your coaching is better Why group coaching is important
Related Links and Resources: You can get her free resource if you go to www.highlyprofitablepractice.com, it's a couple of pages, and it actually teaches you how to do a pilot group or mastermind program in under two weeks and get it off the ground without a lot of tech or a lot of anything. Summary: After a 25-year career as a psychotherapist in private practice Susan Epstein launched her first coaching business in 2005. Susan was a pioneer in the Parent Coaching Industry and founded the Parent Coach Academy a Parent Coach Certification Program. She has trained and certified hundreds of parenting coaches. In 2015 Susan pivoted and launched her newest business, Highly Profitable Practice. She is a business coach and strategist working with coaches, therapists and healers to fill their practices and then leverage their time. She does this by offering Masterclasses, Masterminds, Group Coaching Programs and Individual Coaching. Susan coaches her clients to follow her model by focusing on taking consistent action, eliminating distraction, and finding their ONE THING. Since then, Susan has scaled her business and has a team of coaches who deliver programming and a team of admins who do all the 'tech and back end detail work.' With this shift, Susan is able to help more coaches achieve their dreams of having a real and profitable business. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:13 Susan’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a coach that already has clients & knows what their business is, they're not trying to figure out what their niches. Now they might be pivoting because of the current situation with the pandemic, that's fine. But they have some success and they've been successful in their lives before they were a coach, because none of us were born as a coach. They want to work less, because they want to have a life. They want to have a consistent monthly income, they want to save for their retirement, and they want to not do all the stuff on the back end. They want to be able to do what they love to do, and they're lacking systems in order to do that. 3:13 Problem Susan helps solve: They are trying to DIY, do everything themselves. Build their websites, do their social media promotion, build their landing pages, do all the networking, do all the follow-up, trying to figure out how to do payment links, they are following 15 different gurus, everybody's telling them different things to do. They've probably spent gobs of money on programs that did not fit them, weren't good for them or they didn't deliver what they said. They're frustrated and some of them are wishing they could find a job. 4:17 Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Susan: They're making offers but they're getting more No's than yes's. They're always on enrollment, they're always chasing the next client, they're working way too many hours. They wake up and at their computer at 6 o'clock in the morning and they're sitting on it until 10 at night. Their partner is probably saying "this isn't working, are you sure you want to keep doing this? Are you sure you want to keep on investing and doing this business?" but the person is feeling I meant to do this, I'm supposed to do this, this is what my calling is, I don't want to give up but I don't know where to go, nobody understands what I'm trying to build here. 5:45 What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Susan and her solution: The biggest mistake I see in the clients that has come to me or people that had talked to me is that they are enrolling people for too short of time period like a 6-week program, 3-month program or a 6-month program, instead of getting people into a yearly commitment for the coaching. And once you do that,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Earn more money without sacrificing your lifestyle Raise your rates without losing clients Separating your fee from time into the pricing strategy
Related Links and Resources:
The resource is called 'Get Paid What You're Worth' and you can find this at www.businesssuccesssolution.com/worth.
Summary: Loren Fogelman is a keynote speaker and one of America’s top ranked business coaches. From 2018 to 2020, Loren has been steadily recognized by HubSpot in its annual list of the world’s top 22 business coaches. As a keynote speaker, Loren has delivered talks and workshops across the United States at major conferences such as Inbound, one of the world’s most esteemed content marketing events for entrepreneurs, as well as many niche conferences for accounting professionals. Loren is an expert in pricing strategy and sales for small business owners. Her passion is empowering entrepreneurs to double revenues by working half the time through strategic pricing and effective sales techniques. Loren coaches service-based entrepreneurs to shift away from the trap of the “dollars-per-hour” business model to a value-based model that has, in some cases, allowed her clients to reduce workload by as much as 50% while doubling revenues. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:07 Loren’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are service-based entrepreneurs and business owners who charge by the hour, the session or the project. They wanted to be able to earn more money, however, they don't want to make the sacrifice of their lifestyle in order to be able to have more revenue coming in. 2:36Problem Loren helps solve: The primary problem is how to earn more without having to sacrifice other parts of their life in order to be able to bring more revenue. Basically, what they don't know how to do is to separate their fees from time. And when their income is connected to their time, they are having to give up other important parts of their life if they want to earn more money. That's a big problem. 3:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Loren: The thing that comes up to them a lot of times is that they want to raise their rates however they are afraid of losing clients. Nobody else maybe charges more than that. They feel that their geography can only handle a certain amount for that rate, and they won't tolerate more. As a result of that, they are trading their doubts for hours. And what I believe is that when they are doing that, not only is it unfair to them, but it is unfair to their clients as well because it puts them on opposing sides. Where your clients want you to work as quickly as possible (they are watching the clock) and you want to take as long as possible. Therefore, it actually doesn't encourage or incentivize you to become more efficient, and really gain more expertise in what you do. 4:26What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Loren and her solution: What happens is, when they are talking with someone or in any type of networking or marketing, they are focusing on the features, the products, the steps as opposed to the benefits and outcome. That is because the products, the system, the steps, is important to you as the business owner. You invested a lot of time, money, and effort in gaining that level of expertise or that process. However, that's not what your clients is really investing in. Your clients actually invest in your expertise in what you know and not what you do. What you have to show them is that what they have to gain from investing in you is going to be greater than the fees that they actually pay for your service. I just want to say that one more time for emphasize: clients need to believe that the investment that they are going to make in working with you is less than what they have to gain. They couldn't make more money or free up more time by having you than what they are going to be paying you for your...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Earn more money without sacrificing your lifestyle Raise your rates without losing clients Separating your fee from time into the pricing strategy
Related Links and Resources:
The resource is called 'Get Paid What You're Worth' and you can find this at www.businesssuccesssolution.com/worth.
Summary: Loren Fogelman is a keynote speaker and one of America’s top ranked business coaches. From 2018 to 2020, Loren has been steadily recognized by HubSpot in its annual list of the world’s top 22 business coaches. As a keynote speaker, Loren has delivered talks and workshops across the United States at major conferences such as Inbound, one of the world’s most esteemed content marketing events for entrepreneurs, as well as many niche conferences for accounting professionals. Loren is an expert in pricing strategy and sales for small business owners. Her passion is empowering entrepreneurs to double revenues by working half the time through strategic pricing and effective sales techniques. Loren coaches service-based entrepreneurs to shift away from the trap of the “dollars-per-hour” business model to a value-based model that has, in some cases, allowed her clients to reduce workload by as much as 50% while doubling revenues. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:07 Loren’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are service-based entrepreneurs and business owners who charge by the hour, the session or the project. They wanted to be able to earn more money, however, they don't want to make the sacrifice of their lifestyle in order to be able to have more revenue coming in. 2:36Problem Loren helps solve: The primary problem is how to earn more without having to sacrifice other parts of their life in order to be able to bring more revenue. Basically, what they don't know how to do is to separate their fees from time. And when their income is connected to their time, they are having to give up other important parts of their life if they want to earn more money. That's a big problem. 3:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Loren: The thing that comes up to them a lot of times is that they want to raise their rates however they are afraid of losing clients. Nobody else maybe charges more than that. They feel that their geography can only handle a certain amount for that rate, and they won't tolerate more. As a result of that, they are trading their doubts for hours. And what I believe is that when they are doing that, not only is it unfair to them, but it is unfair to their clients as well because it puts them on opposing sides. Where your clients want you to work as quickly as possible (they are watching the clock) and you want to take as long as possible. Therefore, it actually doesn't encourage or incentivize you to become more efficient, and really gain more expertise in what you do. 4:26What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Loren and her solution: What happens is, when they are talking with someone or in any type of networking or marketing, they are focusing on the features, the products, the steps as opposed to the benefits and outcome. That is because the products, the system, the steps, is important to you as the business owner. You invested a lot of time, money, and effort in gaining that level of expertise or that process. However, that's not what your clients is really investing in. Your clients actually invest in your expertise in what you know and not what you do. What you have to show them is that what they have to gain from investing in you is going to be greater than the fees that they actually pay for your service. I just want to say that one more time for emphasize: clients need to believe that the investment that they are going to make in working with you is less than what they have to gain. They couldn't make more money or free up more time by having you than what they are going to be paying you for your...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Difference of selling advice in selling your product How focusing your referrals is the foundation of all of your marketing Getting a system that drives referrals
Related Links and Resources:
If you go to www.unstoppableceo.net/sbs, they can go there and download the book, a short book, about 45-minute read, combine using a book and using a podcast to exponentially and continually expand your referrals
Summary: Steve Gordon is the author of five books, including the Amazon Business #1 bestseller Unstoppable Referrals: 10x Referrals, Half the Effort, and Podcast Prospecting: How to Land High-Ticket Clients with a Podcast. He’s the host of The Unstoppable CEO™ Podcast and has appeared on over 100 podcasts. His firm helps digital agencies, consultants, and expertise-based businesses systematically attract more clients Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:25 Steve’s ideal Client: Our ideal client is any business where you're hired for your expertise; consultants or sometimes consulting firms. Anyone who is really delivering their advice and their expertise as their product. 1:53Problem Steve helps solve: The big problem that they have is that selling your advice is very different in selling a product, because 'you' are the product. You have to be the salesperson typically and then run into a phone booth and put up your superman suit, come back out and save the day for your client. It can be very hard to make that transition from salesperson to trusted advisor. And so, what we do is we help our clients build systems that pre-sale their prospects so that when they arrive, have a sales conversation and they have already decided that you're their guy, they made the important choice and all you got to do at that point is work out the charms of the deal. 2:50Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Steve: If you're lying awake at night at 2 o'clock in the morning in the dark with a little cold sweat beating off out of your body and you're worried because you don't know where the next deal is coming from, then we maybe should talk. That's usually when it kicks in for people. 3:33What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Steve and his solution: The biggest is what I call 'dabbling'. When it comes to marketing and business development, people tend to hear about the latest and greatest thing, right now TikTok is on the rage, and before that it was Instagram, Snapchat or LinkedIn, you name it. Today there are more options for you that there have ever been in the history to promote your business. Your biggest risk is that you have an abundance of choice. What we see happen too often is that businesses get caught dabbling in a little bit of this and that, or a little bit of the other thing, and they never really master any those channels for business development. Most of the companies we worked with, they're landing very high-ticket engagements, they don't need a thousand or 10,000 clients in a year, they need the right dozen, two dozen or three dozen. And solving that problem is very different than trying to get that thousand or 10,000, so you can do that very effectively by focusing and mastering one or maybe two channels. 4:58Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The best place to start is to focus on your referrals; that is to me the foundation for all of your marketing. And before you try to go and do anything more elaborate than that, get a system in place that drives referrals. And the one thing that you can do today is sit down and think about the types of information that you need to convey to a potential client to get them to a point that they want to meet with you or somebody on your sales team. These are things that you likely already have around. Compile that together or what we like to say 'package it' into what we called a referral kit. You might put that in a form of a short book, a webinar or some other form,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Difference of selling advice in selling your product How focusing your referrals is the foundation of all of your marketing Getting a system that drives referrals
Related Links and Resources:
If you go to www.unstoppableceo.net/sbs, they can go there and download the book, a short book, about 45-minute read, combine using a book and using a podcast to exponentially and continually expand your referrals
Summary: Steve Gordon is the author of five books, including the Amazon Business #1 bestseller Unstoppable Referrals: 10x Referrals, Half the Effort, and Podcast Prospecting: How to Land High-Ticket Clients with a Podcast. He’s the host of The Unstoppable CEO™ Podcast and has appeared on over 100 podcasts. His firm helps digital agencies, consultants, and expertise-based businesses systematically attract more clients Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:25 Steve’s ideal Client: Our ideal client is any business where you're hired for your expertise; consultants or sometimes consulting firms. Anyone who is really delivering their advice and their expertise as their product. 1:53Problem Steve helps solve: The big problem that they have is that selling your advice is very different in selling a product, because 'you' are the product. You have to be the salesperson typically and then run into a phone booth and put up your superman suit, come back out and save the day for your client. It can be very hard to make that transition from salesperson to trusted advisor. And so, what we do is we help our clients build systems that pre-sale their prospects so that when they arrive, have a sales conversation and they have already decided that you're their guy, they made the important choice and all you got to do at that point is work out the charms of the deal. 2:50Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Steve: If you're lying awake at night at 2 o'clock in the morning in the dark with a little cold sweat beating off out of your body and you're worried because you don't know where the next deal is coming from, then we maybe should talk. That's usually when it kicks in for people. 3:33What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Steve and his solution: The biggest is what I call 'dabbling'. When it comes to marketing and business development, people tend to hear about the latest and greatest thing, right now TikTok is on the rage, and before that it was Instagram, Snapchat or LinkedIn, you name it. Today there are more options for you that there have ever been in the history to promote your business. Your biggest risk is that you have an abundance of choice. What we see happen too often is that businesses get caught dabbling in a little bit of this and that, or a little bit of the other thing, and they never really master any those channels for business development. Most of the companies we worked with, they're landing very high-ticket engagements, they don't need a thousand or 10,000 clients in a year, they need the right dozen, two dozen or three dozen. And solving that problem is very different than trying to get that thousand or 10,000, so you can do that very effectively by focusing and mastering one or maybe two channels. 4:58Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The best place to start is to focus on your referrals; that is to me the foundation for all of your marketing. And before you try to go and do anything more elaborate than that, get a system in place that drives referrals. And the one thing that you can do today is sit down and think about the types of information that you need to convey to a potential client to get them to a point that they want to meet with you or somebody on your sales team. These are things that you likely already have around. Compile that together or what we like to say 'package it' into what we called a referral kit. You might put that in a form of a short book, a webinar or some other form,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to reach out and market to your type of client Making your LinkedIn profile attractive for A-list clients Having a methodology, strategy or system in using LinkedIn
Related Links and Resources:
You can go to www.linkedleads.us/profile, download a cheat sheet for your LinkedIn. It gives you a good starting guide for making your profile, in what Yakov called 'irresistible' to those A-list clients that you're looking for. Summary: Yakov Smart is considered to be the leading expert when it comes to attracting A-List clients using LinkedIn. He’s the Author of Disrupting LinkedIn and a sought-after authority by top business owners and sales leaders world-wide. Yakov has shared the stage with Samantha Debianci of Bravo's hit TV show, Million Dollar Listing and been a guest on numerous media outlets. A resident of Scottsdale, Arizona, today Yakov is the proud leader of Linked Lead Enterprises, where his webinars, on-demand training programs and strategic consulting accelerators give people proven tools and techniques for transforming their LinkedIn Profiles into priceless, Relationship Building Assets. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:43 Yakov’s ideal Client: Somebody who either wants to raise capital, attract investors using LinkedIn or somebody in the B2B type of service space who wants to attract A-list, high-end, premiere type of client. 2:13Problem Yakov helps solve: They don't have control of generating leads at will, on demand. And instead they're stuck hoping to get referrals, that's what usually happens. 2:48Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Yakov: People just aren't able to first of all, get their foot in the door. Maybe they have a type of client they really want to work with, who will get a lot of value from working with them, and maybe they have no way of reaching that person, and when they try to reach out and market or offer their help, it goes on deaf ears because the market is so saturated. There's so much noise out there whether they're just being ignored, and that's not letting them do their best work and it's also not letting their potential client benefit from working with them. The other issue is, it's very sporadic, it's a roller coaster of some months having enough clients and enough business. And another month having a dry up and looking for that next lead or clients. Those are couple of the big things, there are some symptoms and consequences of those, are shortages in cash flow, instability, a lot of stress, a lot of sleepless nights, a lot of hardships and struggle that's completely unnecessary when you do have a way of generating leads consistently. 4:08What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Yakov and his solution: Couple of the biggest ones is they're not doing the right thing; so they're trying to just ‘post and hope’. They're trying to post something to LinkedIn and hope it brings a new flurry of new business. And that 99.9% of the time is not the case. So, they don't have a methodology, strategy or system. They're not reverse engineering how to hit their goal, how to hit their outcome using LinkedIn, using that platform. There are some people who are actively taking a lot of action and trying to do outreach, but reaching out in an ineffective way. They are reaching out where they're coming up as family or salesy, that's not working either. And then you have the people who are just spending so much time trying to do a whole bunch of things, hoping something sticks. They don't have clear direction on that as well. Another big mistake is that some people go on thinking of advertising on LinkedIn, spend money on LinkedIn ads when in reality for most businesses the organic marketing strategy is there are plenty. So those are couple of the biggest things I often see and hear about. 5:22Yakov’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Go on LinkedIn, play with the searches,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to reach out and market to your type of client Making your LinkedIn profile attractive for A-list clients Having a methodology, strategy or system in using LinkedIn
Related Links and Resources:
You can go to www.linkedleads.us/profile, download a cheat sheet for your LinkedIn. It gives you a good starting guide for making your profile, in what Yakov called 'irresistible' to those A-list clients that you're looking for. Summary: Yakov Smart is considered to be the leading expert when it comes to attracting A-List clients using LinkedIn. He’s the Author of Disrupting LinkedIn and a sought-after authority by top business owners and sales leaders world-wide. Yakov has shared the stage with Samantha Debianci of Bravo's hit TV show, Million Dollar Listing and been a guest on numerous media outlets. A resident of Scottsdale, Arizona, today Yakov is the proud leader of Linked Lead Enterprises, where his webinars, on-demand training programs and strategic consulting accelerators give people proven tools and techniques for transforming their LinkedIn Profiles into priceless, Relationship Building Assets. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:43 Yakov’s ideal Client: Somebody who either wants to raise capital, attract investors using LinkedIn or somebody in the B2B type of service space who wants to attract A-list, high-end, premiere type of client. 2:13Problem Yakov helps solve: They don't have control of generating leads at will, on demand. And instead they're stuck hoping to get referrals, that's what usually happens. 2:48Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Yakov: People just aren't able to first of all, get their foot in the door. Maybe they have a type of client they really want to work with, who will get a lot of value from working with them, and maybe they have no way of reaching that person, and when they try to reach out and market or offer their help, it goes on deaf ears because the market is so saturated. There's so much noise out there whether they're just being ignored, and that's not letting them do their best work and it's also not letting their potential client benefit from working with them. The other issue is, it's very sporadic, it's a roller coaster of some months having enough clients and enough business. And another month having a dry up and looking for that next lead or clients. Those are couple of the big things, there are some symptoms and consequences of those, are shortages in cash flow, instability, a lot of stress, a lot of sleepless nights, a lot of hardships and struggle that's completely unnecessary when you do have a way of generating leads consistently. 4:08What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Yakov and his solution: Couple of the biggest ones is they're not doing the right thing; so they're trying to just ‘post and hope’. They're trying to post something to LinkedIn and hope it brings a new flurry of new business. And that 99.9% of the time is not the case. So, they don't have a methodology, strategy or system. They're not reverse engineering how to hit their goal, how to hit their outcome using LinkedIn, using that platform. There are some people who are actively taking a lot of action and trying to do outreach, but reaching out in an ineffective way. They are reaching out where they're coming up as family or salesy, that's not working either. And then you have the people who are just spending so much time trying to do a whole bunch of things, hoping something sticks. They don't have clear direction on that as well. Another big mistake is that some people go on thinking of advertising on LinkedIn, spend money on LinkedIn ads when in reality for most businesses the organic marketing strategy is there are plenty. So those are couple of the biggest things I often see and hear about. 5:22Yakov’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Go on LinkedIn, play with the searches,
What You’ll Learn From this Episode:
How 'bright-shiny-objects' syndrome affects entrepreneurs Feeling overwhelmed can affect your prioritizing How powerful is having a check list
Related Links and Resources:
If you go to our website www.simplesuccessplans.com/daily. you can download a free copy of 'Daily Success Checklist' There's a whole kit that you can download. Summary: Laura Posey is an internationally-recognized speaker, author and consultant. She is known as The Simple Planning Specialist for her unique ability to simply and easily laser focus her clients to get dramatic results. Her Simple Strategic Plan is used by over 2500 companies from startups to Fortune 100. She is the author of "How to Plan Your Entire Year on One Sheet Of Paper", and co-author with Jack Canfield of "Mastering The Art Of Success". Laura is a graduate of SUNY at Buffalo and holds an MBA from Virginia Commonwealth University. She is fluent in German and is currently working on her Spanish. When not on stage or with a client, you can find her traveling the world, playing golf, practicing the fiddle or snuggling with her rescue mutt, George, at home in Richmond, Virginia, USA. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:49 Laura’s ideal Client: Entrepreneurs are my bread and butter, coaches, advisors, consultants, service providers, all in the business to business space. I came out of insurance for many years as an agent and also as a Sales Manager. I just love the B2B Space, I love folks that are selling to other business owners. 2:24Problem Laura helps solve: The biggest problem that I see with almost every entrepreneur, is that they have a terrible 'bright-shiny-objects' syndrome; they see opportunity everywhere, which is why they started a business, because they saw the opportunity. The problem is, they have trouble prioritizing the opportunities. They have trouble saying "no" to the ones that aren't really going to get them where they need to go. And so, we have to help them put some constraints on the opportunities. Choose the very best ones, and get them all the way done. 3:10Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Laura: The biggest emotion or feeling is that sense of overwhelmed; there's just so much to do, they're chasing stuffs, they got many projects going at once, they've got lot of stuffs done but there is a lot of stuffs that isn’t getting done. They're feeling overwhelmed, they're frustrated, they're stressed, and they just feel unfocused. They have this sense of "I just really want a path to follow; just give me some steps, let me put my business into a series of steps that goes from here to here so that I can grow it." That's what we help them to do is to get rid of that overwhelm and create that focus. 4:06What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Laura and her solution: I think the first one is that they think it's unsolvable, they think there's something wrong with them, that they're broken in some way. That they're undisciplined, they don't have any will power, that they have ADHD, they think something's wrong with them. And so, they don't try to solve the problem. They're trying to fix themselves and the problem isn't them. The problem is simply the lack of a plan and the lack of a system. The second thing that I see is that they go overboard; they try to do too much planning. They sit down, answered millions of questions and they end up with this big thick huge plan that they never used. It was a good exercise in thinking in clearing up some of the clutter in their head, but it doesn't become a tool that they can use every day to stay focus, to get over that overwhelm and to make progress every single day. 5:20Laura’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): There's stuff to do today and there's the big stuffs. The biggest thing that I see that people haven't done is that they haven't design their ideal business; they don't have a clear picture what they really...
What You’ll Learn From this Episode:
How 'bright-shiny-objects' syndrome affects entrepreneurs Feeling overwhelmed can affect your prioritizing How powerful is having a check list
Related Links and Resources:
If you go to our website www.simplesuccessplans.com/daily. you can download a free copy of 'Daily Success Checklist' There's a whole kit that you can download. Summary: Laura Posey is an internationally-recognized speaker, author and consultant. She is known as The Simple Planning Specialist for her unique ability to simply and easily laser focus her clients to get dramatic results. Her Simple Strategic Plan is used by over 2500 companies from startups to Fortune 100. She is the author of "How to Plan Your Entire Year on One Sheet Of Paper", and co-author with Jack Canfield of "Mastering The Art Of Success". Laura is a graduate of SUNY at Buffalo and holds an MBA from Virginia Commonwealth University. She is fluent in German and is currently working on her Spanish. When not on stage or with a client, you can find her traveling the world, playing golf, practicing the fiddle or snuggling with her rescue mutt, George, at home in Richmond, Virginia, USA. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:49 Laura’s ideal Client: Entrepreneurs are my bread and butter, coaches, advisors, consultants, service providers, all in the business to business space. I came out of insurance for many years as an agent and also as a Sales Manager. I just love the B2B Space, I love folks that are selling to other business owners. 2:24Problem Laura helps solve: The biggest problem that I see with almost every entrepreneur, is that they have a terrible 'bright-shiny-objects' syndrome; they see opportunity everywhere, which is why they started a business, because they saw the opportunity. The problem is, they have trouble prioritizing the opportunities. They have trouble saying "no" to the ones that aren't really going to get them where they need to go. And so, we have to help them put some constraints on the opportunities. Choose the very best ones, and get them all the way done. 3:10Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Laura: The biggest emotion or feeling is that sense of overwhelmed; there's just so much to do, they're chasing stuffs, they got many projects going at once, they've got lot of stuffs done but there is a lot of stuffs that isn’t getting done. They're feeling overwhelmed, they're frustrated, they're stressed, and they just feel unfocused. They have this sense of "I just really want a path to follow; just give me some steps, let me put my business into a series of steps that goes from here to here so that I can grow it." That's what we help them to do is to get rid of that overwhelm and create that focus. 4:06What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Laura and her solution: I think the first one is that they think it's unsolvable, they think there's something wrong with them, that they're broken in some way. That they're undisciplined, they don't have any will power, that they have ADHD, they think something's wrong with them. And so, they don't try to solve the problem. They're trying to fix themselves and the problem isn't them. The problem is simply the lack of a plan and the lack of a system. The second thing that I see is that they go overboard; they try to do too much planning. They sit down, answered millions of questions and they end up with this big thick huge plan that they never used. It was a good exercise in thinking in clearing up some of the clutter in their head, but it doesn't become a tool that they can use every day to stay focus, to get over that overwhelm and to make progress every single day. 5:20Laura’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): There's stuff to do today and there's the big stuffs. The biggest thing that I see that people haven't done is that they haven't design their ideal business; they don't have a clear picture what they really...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Difference of selling advice in selling your product How focusing your referrals is the foundation of all of your marketing Getting a system that drives referrals
Related Links and Resources:
If you go to www.unstoppableceo.net/sbs, they can go there and download the book, a short book, about 45-minute read, combine using a book and using a podcast to exponentially and continually expand your referrals
Summary: Steve Gordon is the author of five books, including the Amazon Business #1 bestseller Unstoppable Referrals: 10x Referrals, Half the Effort, and Podcast Prospecting: How to Land High-Ticket Clients with a Podcast. He’s the host of The Unstoppable CEO™ Podcast and has appeared on over 100 podcasts. His firm helps digital agencies, consultants, and expertise-based businesses systematically attract more clients Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:25 Steve’s ideal Client: Our ideal client is any business where you're hired for your expertise; consultants or sometimes consulting firms. Anyone who is really delivering their advice and their expertise as their product. 1:53Problem Steve helps solve: The big problem that they have is that selling your advice is very different in selling a product, because 'you' are the product. You have to be the salesperson typically and then run into a phone booth and put up your superman suit, come back out and save the day for your client. It can be very hard to make that transition from salesperson to trusted advisor. And so, what we do is we help our clients build systems that pre-sale their prospects so that when they arrive, have a sales conversation and they have already decided that you're their guy, they made the important choice and all you got to do at that point is work out the charms of the deal. 2:50Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Steve: If you're lying awake at night at 2 o'clock in the morning in the dark with a little cold sweat beating off out of your body and you're worried because you don't know where the next deal is coming from, then we maybe should talk. That's usually when it kicks in for people. 3:33What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Steve and his solution: The biggest is what I call 'dabbling'. When it comes to marketing and business development, people tend to hear about the latest and greatest thing, right now TikTok is on the rage, and before that it was Instagram, Snapchat or LinkedIn, you name it. Today there are more options for you that there have ever been in the history to promote your business. Your biggest risk is that you have an abundance of choice. What we see happen too often is that businesses get caught dabbling in a little bit of this and that, or a little bit of the other thing, and they never really master any those channels for business development. Most of the companies we worked with, they're landing very high-ticket engagements, they don't need a thousand or 10,000 clients in a year, they need the right dozen, two dozen or three dozen. And solving that problem is very different than trying to get that thousand or 10,000, so you can do that very effectively by focusing and mastering one or maybe two channels. 4:58Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The best place to start is to focus on your referrals; that is to me the foundation for all of your marketing. And before you try to go and do anything more elaborate than that, get a system in place that drives referrals. And the one thing that you can do today is sit down and think about the types of information that you need to convey to a potential client to get them to a point that they want to meet with you or somebody on your sales team. These are things that you likely already have around. Compile that together or what we like to say 'package it' into what we called a referral kit. You might put that in a form of a short book, a webinar or some other form,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Difference of selling advice in selling your product How focusing your referrals is the foundation of all of your marketing Getting a system that drives referrals
Related Links and Resources:
If you go to www.unstoppableceo.net/sbs, they can go there and download the book, a short book, about 45-minute read, combine using a book and using a podcast to exponentially and continually expand your referrals
Summary: Steve Gordon is the author of five books, including the Amazon Business #1 bestseller Unstoppable Referrals: 10x Referrals, Half the Effort, and Podcast Prospecting: How to Land High-Ticket Clients with a Podcast. He’s the host of The Unstoppable CEO™ Podcast and has appeared on over 100 podcasts. His firm helps digital agencies, consultants, and expertise-based businesses systematically attract more clients Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:25 Steve’s ideal Client: Our ideal client is any business where you're hired for your expertise; consultants or sometimes consulting firms. Anyone who is really delivering their advice and their expertise as their product. 1:53Problem Steve helps solve: The big problem that they have is that selling your advice is very different in selling a product, because 'you' are the product. You have to be the salesperson typically and then run into a phone booth and put up your superman suit, come back out and save the day for your client. It can be very hard to make that transition from salesperson to trusted advisor. And so, what we do is we help our clients build systems that pre-sale their prospects so that when they arrive, have a sales conversation and they have already decided that you're their guy, they made the important choice and all you got to do at that point is work out the charms of the deal. 2:50Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Steve: If you're lying awake at night at 2 o'clock in the morning in the dark with a little cold sweat beating off out of your body and you're worried because you don't know where the next deal is coming from, then we maybe should talk. That's usually when it kicks in for people. 3:33What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Steve and his solution: The biggest is what I call 'dabbling'. When it comes to marketing and business development, people tend to hear about the latest and greatest thing, right now TikTok is on the rage, and before that it was Instagram, Snapchat or LinkedIn, you name it. Today there are more options for you that there have ever been in the history to promote your business. Your biggest risk is that you have an abundance of choice. What we see happen too often is that businesses get caught dabbling in a little bit of this and that, or a little bit of the other thing, and they never really master any those channels for business development. Most of the companies we worked with, they're landing very high-ticket engagements, they don't need a thousand or 10,000 clients in a year, they need the right dozen, two dozen or three dozen. And solving that problem is very different than trying to get that thousand or 10,000, so you can do that very effectively by focusing and mastering one or maybe two channels. 4:58Steve’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The best place to start is to focus on your referrals; that is to me the foundation for all of your marketing. And before you try to go and do anything more elaborate than that, get a system in place that drives referrals. And the one thing that you can do today is sit down and think about the types of information that you need to convey to a potential client to get them to a point that they want to meet with you or somebody on your sales team. These are things that you likely already have around. Compile that together or what we like to say 'package it' into what we called a referral kit. You might put that in a form of a short book, a webinar or some other form,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How can you monetize using a membership website How a membership site can be of good use even if you are just using it to deliver your freebies Having a short-list before deciding which membership site platform to use
Related Links and Resources:
Go to their website https://digitalaccesspass.com/worksheet. Read that first, then download the freebie worksheet.
Summary: Veena Prashanth is the co-founder and co-developer of DigitalAccessPass.com (DAP), a premium Membership Plugin for Wordpress, founder of one of the most powerful and customizable shopping cart platform for Wordpress called SmartPayCart (SPC), and the creator of MembershipSiteLab where she teaches people how to generate steady, passive income from a membership site! She is also the author of an Amazon Best Selling Book called "Upsells Unleashed". She launched DAP back in 2008. Since then generated millions of dollars in revenue from DAP and our other plugins. To quote Veena: “The secret to our success is that we love our customers & we truly care about their success. We continually evolve and improve our products based on customer feedback and the changing needs of the marketplace.” Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:03 Veena’s ideal Client: My ideal client is anyone who's looking to monetize their skills, knowledge, experience, expertise and generate a recurring revenue stream and using a membership website. Anyone who knows what they want, who's really good at what they want, can create a consistent content in whatever it is that they are good at, and are willing to put in the work and not give up when it doesn't work the first time they try something. 2:47Problem Veena helps solve: If you have done your niche research, and you know that you have this great idea for a membership website, and you know there is an audience for it. What you are confused about is that you don't know how go about monetizing it, you don't know how to deliver your content online, you don't know how to secure your content, how to protect it, how to integrate it with payment processors, how to accept payments online. Basically, everything from strategy to planning to actual implementation of a membership site. If you need help of any of that, that's what we do. 3:45Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Veena: I would say overwhelmed and just stressed. Because when you hear the word 'membership' people just assume that they have to create tons and tons of content, and they start wondering if they can continue to create a content on an ongoing basis consistently. And number two, can we deal with the tech because membership sites as you know, you need to use membership software, and some other tools and platforms to deliver your content to secure it. So, they worry about the tech part especially people that are not techy. And the third thing is, there are so many options online, when you ask around, everyone has a different opinion on what software or platform to use. What's good for one person may not be good for you. So how do you decide what's the right platform that you can go with, so that you don't have to keep switching because it didn't work out for you. So, how do you decide. 5:07What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Veena and her solution: Well number one when it comes to membership sites, they think that they have to create all of the content upfront. What I've seen people do is restart into doing the creation mode. First is research, they do none stop for many months and there's really no don't need to do it. Because there is no such thing as a perfect platform. You got to figure out what it is that you really need and want, your top list. It cannot be every single thing on my list that has to do it. You cannot find a platform like that. So, shortlist; what is it that's in your must-have list. And then contact your top 3 or 4 people that you have sh...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How can you monetize using a membership website How a membership site can be of good use even if you are just using it to deliver your freebies Having a short-list before deciding which membership site platform to use
Related Links and Resources:
Go to their website https://digitalaccesspass.com/worksheet. Read that first, then download the freebie worksheet.
Summary: Veena Prashanth is the co-founder and co-developer of DigitalAccessPass.com (DAP), a premium Membership Plugin for Wordpress, founder of one of the most powerful and customizable shopping cart platform for Wordpress called SmartPayCart (SPC), and the creator of MembershipSiteLab where she teaches people how to generate steady, passive income from a membership site! She is also the author of an Amazon Best Selling Book called "Upsells Unleashed". She launched DAP back in 2008. Since then generated millions of dollars in revenue from DAP and our other plugins. To quote Veena: “The secret to our success is that we love our customers & we truly care about their success. We continually evolve and improve our products based on customer feedback and the changing needs of the marketplace.” Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:03 Veena’s ideal Client: My ideal client is anyone who's looking to monetize their skills, knowledge, experience, expertise and generate a recurring revenue stream and using a membership website. Anyone who knows what they want, who's really good at what they want, can create a consistent content in whatever it is that they are good at, and are willing to put in the work and not give up when it doesn't work the first time they try something. 2:47Problem Veena helps solve: If you have done your niche research, and you know that you have this great idea for a membership website, and you know there is an audience for it. What you are confused about is that you don't know how go about monetizing it, you don't know how to deliver your content online, you don't know how to secure your content, how to protect it, how to integrate it with payment processors, how to accept payments online. Basically, everything from strategy to planning to actual implementation of a membership site. If you need help of any of that, that's what we do. 3:45Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Veena: I would say overwhelmed and just stressed. Because when you hear the word 'membership' people just assume that they have to create tons and tons of content, and they start wondering if they can continue to create a content on an ongoing basis consistently. And number two, can we deal with the tech because membership sites as you know, you need to use membership software, and some other tools and platforms to deliver your content to secure it. So, they worry about the tech part especially people that are not techy. And the third thing is, there are so many options online, when you ask around, everyone has a different opinion on what software or platform to use. What's good for one person may not be good for you. So how do you decide what's the right platform that you can go with, so that you don't have to keep switching because it didn't work out for you. So, how do you decide. 5:07What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Veena and her solution: Well number one when it comes to membership sites, they think that they have to create all of the content upfront. What I've seen people do is restart into doing the creation mode. First is research, they do none stop for many months and there's really no don't need to do it. Because there is no such thing as a perfect platform. You got to figure out what it is that you really need and want, your top list. It cannot be every single thing on my list that has to do it. You cannot find a platform like that. So, shortlist; what is it that's in your must-have list. And then contact your top 3 or 4 people that you have sh...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Earn more money without sacrificing your lifestyle Raise your rates without losing clients Separating your fee from time into the pricing strategy
Related Links and Resources:
The resource is called 'Get Paid What You're Worth' and you can find this at www.businesssuccesssolution.com/worth.
Summary: Loren Fogelman is a keynote speaker and one of America’s top ranked business coaches. From 2018 to 2020, Loren has been steadily recognized by HubSpot in its annual list of the world’s top 22 business coaches. As a keynote speaker, Loren has delivered talks and workshops across the United States at major conferences such as Inbound, one of the world’s most esteemed content marketing events for entrepreneurs, as well as many niche conferences for accounting professionals. Loren is an expert in pricing strategy and sales for small business owners. Her passion is empowering entrepreneurs to double revenues by working half the time through strategic pricing and effective sales techniques. Loren coaches service-based entrepreneurs to shift away from the trap of the “dollars-per-hour” business model to a value-based model that has, in some cases, allowed her clients to reduce workload by as much as 50% while doubling revenues. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:07 Loren’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are service-based entrepreneurs and business owners who charge by the hour, the session or the project. They wanted to be able to earn more money, however, they don't want to make the sacrifice of their lifestyle in order to be able to have more revenue coming in. 2:36Problem Loren helps solve: The primary problem is how to earn more without having to sacrifice other parts of their life in order to be able to bring more revenue. Basically, what they don't know how to do is to separate their fees from time. And when their income is connected to their time, they are having to give up other important parts of their life if they want to earn more money. That's a big problem. 3:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Loren: The thing that comes up to them a lot of times is that they want to raise their rates however they are afraid of losing clients. Nobody else maybe charges more than that. They feel that their geography can only handle a certain amount for that rate, and they won't tolerate more. As a result of that, they are trading their doubts for hours. And what I believe is that when they are doing that, not only is it unfair to them, but it is unfair to their clients as well because it puts them on opposing sides. Where your clients want you to work as quickly as possible (they are watching the clock) and you want to take as long as possible. Therefore, it actually doesn't encourage or incentivize you to become more efficient, and really gain more expertise in what you do. 4:26What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Loren and her solution: What happens is, when they are talking with someone or in any type of networking or marketing, they are focusing on the features, the products, the steps as opposed to the benefits and outcome. That is because the products, the system, the steps, is important to you as the business owner. You invested a lot of time, money, and effort in gaining that level of expertise or that process. However, that's not what your clients is really investing in. Your clients actually invest in your expertise in what you know and not what you do. What you have to show them is that what they have to gain from investing in you is going to be greater than the fees that they actually pay for your service. I just want to say that one more time for emphasize: clients need to believe that the investment that they are going to make in working with you is less than what they have to gain. They couldn't make more money or free up more time by having you than what they are going to be paying you for your...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Earn more money without sacrificing your lifestyle Raise your rates without losing clients Separating your fee from time into the pricing strategy
Related Links and Resources:
The resource is called 'Get Paid What You're Worth' and you can find this at www.businesssuccesssolution.com/worth.
Summary: Loren Fogelman is a keynote speaker and one of America’s top ranked business coaches. From 2018 to 2020, Loren has been steadily recognized by HubSpot in its annual list of the world’s top 22 business coaches. As a keynote speaker, Loren has delivered talks and workshops across the United States at major conferences such as Inbound, one of the world’s most esteemed content marketing events for entrepreneurs, as well as many niche conferences for accounting professionals. Loren is an expert in pricing strategy and sales for small business owners. Her passion is empowering entrepreneurs to double revenues by working half the time through strategic pricing and effective sales techniques. Loren coaches service-based entrepreneurs to shift away from the trap of the “dollars-per-hour” business model to a value-based model that has, in some cases, allowed her clients to reduce workload by as much as 50% while doubling revenues. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:07 Loren’s ideal Client: My ideal clients are service-based entrepreneurs and business owners who charge by the hour, the session or the project. They wanted to be able to earn more money, however, they don't want to make the sacrifice of their lifestyle in order to be able to have more revenue coming in. 2:36Problem Loren helps solve: The primary problem is how to earn more without having to sacrifice other parts of their life in order to be able to bring more revenue. Basically, what they don't know how to do is to separate their fees from time. And when their income is connected to their time, they are having to give up other important parts of their life if they want to earn more money. That's a big problem. 3:19Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Loren: The thing that comes up to them a lot of times is that they want to raise their rates however they are afraid of losing clients. Nobody else maybe charges more than that. They feel that their geography can only handle a certain amount for that rate, and they won't tolerate more. As a result of that, they are trading their doubts for hours. And what I believe is that when they are doing that, not only is it unfair to them, but it is unfair to their clients as well because it puts them on opposing sides. Where your clients want you to work as quickly as possible (they are watching the clock) and you want to take as long as possible. Therefore, it actually doesn't encourage or incentivize you to become more efficient, and really gain more expertise in what you do. 4:26What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Loren and her solution: What happens is, when they are talking with someone or in any type of networking or marketing, they are focusing on the features, the products, the steps as opposed to the benefits and outcome. That is because the products, the system, the steps, is important to you as the business owner. You invested a lot of time, money, and effort in gaining that level of expertise or that process. However, that's not what your clients is really investing in. Your clients actually invest in your expertise in what you know and not what you do. What you have to show them is that what they have to gain from investing in you is going to be greater than the fees that they actually pay for your service. I just want to say that one more time for emphasize: clients need to believe that the investment that they are going to make in working with you is less than what they have to gain. They couldn't make more money or free up more time by having you than what they are going to be paying you for your...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How your book can be a leverage to grow your business You got the idea for your book, but don’t know how to start or publish it You want to start writing a book but doesn’t know what content to put
Related Links and Resources:
Get Josh’s email free course, you can sign up and get some emails, and it's all about steps on how to get started on thought leader, go directly to his site www.joshsteimley.com. Summary: Josh Steimle is an author, speaker, entrepreneur, and creator of The 7 Systems of Influence framework used by parents, educators, and business and community leaders to build influence and increase impact. Josh is the founder of MWI, a digital marketing agency with offices in Hong Kong, Singapore, China, the UK, and the US. He is also the founder and CEO of Influencer Inc, a publishing, training, and events company that provides personal branding and thought leadership services to CEOs and other executives. He has written over 300 articles for publications like Fortune, Time, Forbes, Inc., Mashable, TechCrunch, and Entrepreneur, and is the author of Chief Marketing Officers at Work, which was recognized in Success Magazine as one of the 5 Best Business Books of 2016. Entrepreneur Magazine put Josh on their 50 Inspirational Entrepreneurs to Watch in 2017 list, Forbes recognized him as one of 25 Marketing Influencers To Watch In 2017, Josh was ranked #7 on Richtopia’s list of Top 100 Most Influential CMOs, and data from social media research firm Leadtail ranked Josh #11 on their list of People Most Mentioned and Retweeted by CMOs. Josh consults with leaders in government on topics related to entrepreneurship and startups and has held various board positions and otherwise worked with non-profit entities related to adoption, education, entrepreneurship, economics, and government policy. Here are the highlights of this episode: 3:08 Josh’s ideal Client: My ideal client is an entrepreneur between 35-45 years old who has a business doing at least 1 million US and a personal income of 250K, and it's an entrepreneur who wants to write a book. And this is a key because they think it will help grow their business. 3:35Problem Josh helps solve: Well it's really that they got this book inside them and they haven't able to get it published. But even more than that, is that they need to build an attention and thought leadership system around that book which they can then leverage to grow their business. That's how I grew my business through thought leadership, so that's what I'm trying to help entrepreneurs do, but the book is really the heart of it. 4:16Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Josh: A lot of it is frustration, because they know that they got this idea for a book, it's inside. Maybe they even started writing it, but they just can't seem to get it published out there. People keep telling them "you should write a book." They know it will be great for their personal brand, they know it will be good for their business but they get busy and they just don't get it done. 4:50What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Josh and his solution: That inertia, they just don't get started. The second biggest problem is that they get started, but they never finish. The third biggest problem is that they start, they finished, maybe they even market the book and sell a few copies but they wrote the wrong book. And that's one of the problems who help them solve is that we help them write the right book for building their business. 5:30Josh’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the things that causes writers block and gets people hang up on the book is, they don't take the idea further than just 'hey I want to write a book'. And the biggest question to ask at the beginning is why are you writing this book? is this for lead generation, is this to build a legacy, is it because there's a certain message that you want to get out...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How your book can be a leverage to grow your business You got the idea for your book, but don’t know how to start or publish it You want to start writing a book but doesn’t know what content to put
Related Links and Resources:
Get Josh’s email free course, you can sign up and get some emails, and it's all about steps on how to get started on thought leader, go directly to his site www.joshsteimley.com. Summary: Josh Steimle is an author, speaker, entrepreneur, and creator of The 7 Systems of Influence framework used by parents, educators, and business and community leaders to build influence and increase impact. Josh is the founder of MWI, a digital marketing agency with offices in Hong Kong, Singapore, China, the UK, and the US. He is also the founder and CEO of Influencer Inc, a publishing, training, and events company that provides personal branding and thought leadership services to CEOs and other executives. He has written over 300 articles for publications like Fortune, Time, Forbes, Inc., Mashable, TechCrunch, and Entrepreneur, and is the author of Chief Marketing Officers at Work, which was recognized in Success Magazine as one of the 5 Best Business Books of 2016. Entrepreneur Magazine put Josh on their 50 Inspirational Entrepreneurs to Watch in 2017 list, Forbes recognized him as one of 25 Marketing Influencers To Watch In 2017, Josh was ranked #7 on Richtopia’s list of Top 100 Most Influential CMOs, and data from social media research firm Leadtail ranked Josh #11 on their list of People Most Mentioned and Retweeted by CMOs. Josh consults with leaders in government on topics related to entrepreneurship and startups and has held various board positions and otherwise worked with non-profit entities related to adoption, education, entrepreneurship, economics, and government policy. Here are the highlights of this episode: 3:08 Josh’s ideal Client: My ideal client is an entrepreneur between 35-45 years old who has a business doing at least 1 million US and a personal income of 250K, and it's an entrepreneur who wants to write a book. And this is a key because they think it will help grow their business. 3:35Problem Josh helps solve: Well it's really that they got this book inside them and they haven't able to get it published. But even more than that, is that they need to build an attention and thought leadership system around that book which they can then leverage to grow their business. That's how I grew my business through thought leadership, so that's what I'm trying to help entrepreneurs do, but the book is really the heart of it. 4:16Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Josh: A lot of it is frustration, because they know that they got this idea for a book, it's inside. Maybe they even started writing it, but they just can't seem to get it published out there. People keep telling them "you should write a book." They know it will be great for their personal brand, they know it will be good for their business but they get busy and they just don't get it done. 4:50What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Josh and his solution: That inertia, they just don't get started. The second biggest problem is that they get started, but they never finish. The third biggest problem is that they start, they finished, maybe they even market the book and sell a few copies but they wrote the wrong book. And that's one of the problems who help them solve is that we help them write the right book for building their business. 5:30Josh’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): One of the things that causes writers block and gets people hang up on the book is, they don't take the idea further than just 'hey I want to write a book'. And the biggest question to ask at the beginning is why are you writing this book? is this for lead generation, is this to build a legacy, is it because there's a certain message that you want to get out...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to engage your audience when you do a PowerPoint presentation Learn how to use the technique “tell-and-show” method Tips to present online or on a webinar
Related Links and Resources:
Check out Ellen’s video training called "13 techniques to make designing your slides easy" and it shows these different types of how to use “tell-and-show” in various types of situation, but also some specific techniques in PowerPoint. You can go to www.ellenhelps.me/techniques, that's a redirect to her website www.ellenfinkelstein.com.
Summary: Ellen Finkelstein is a PowerPoint MVP. You may not have heard of that because there's only 18 of them in the United States. But that's a very prestigious professional Microsoft Award. Her well-known website is www.ellenfinkelstein.com and she offers many PowerPoint tips in the PowerPoint tips newsletters. She specializes in training speakers and presenters to convert Death by PowerPoint to Life by PowerPoint; communicate clearly and powerfully, and designed high-impact persuasive and professional looking slides. Ellen has done training for Citrix, Brainshark, Disney, Microsoft, Pennsylvania State Education Association, Maharishi International University, State University of New York at Buffalo, State University of Illinois, several law firms and many others. She's done onsite training, one-on-one virtual coaching, training and webinars. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:53 Ellen’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a professional who needs to present well, and somebody whose presentation is crucial for his or her success. 2:15Problem Ellen helps solve: I guess we can simply say "death by PowerPoint" but to expand what that means, the problem is that they don't engage their audience so they annoy their audience, they don't give their audience what their wants or needs when they present to them. So, I would say poor oral communication skills. 3:07Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Ellen: It depends on the type of presentation; some are sales presentation, other are training presentation, it could be different types. But in general, if your audience is falling asleep, isn't engaging with you, doesn't respond to your call of action is, then that's a very easy way of knowing. That's a symptom that your presentation is not ideal. One of the tricks is try to find out in advance what the audience needs. It's a really great tip. People who don't speak well, they speak at the audience instead of interacting with the audience. They read from the slides using it as a teleprompter, they add images to decorate the slides instead of using it to enhancing understanding, retention and persuasive impact. 4:30What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Ellen and her solution: Surveys have shown what people hate most is presenters reading the slides, that will be the most common. 4:53Ellen’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I have a technique or method that I call “tell-and-show” method. It's based on research by Michael Alley, who's a professor in the engineering school at Penn State. He tried different types of presentations and tested different groups of students with them. And he calls it "Assertion-Evidence", his more on science-based and he tells it a little bit snappier. But basically, what it is, is that you use the title of the slide to tell your point. And you use some type of graphic (photo, graph, diagram), whatever it is to show the point. For example, in terms of the telling part of it, you can have chart that shows first quarter sales or down. That might be your point but if you could just say "first quarter sales" and it doesn't tell people anything. But if you say on the top first quarter sales down 20%, then immediately they know what your point is, and they can listen to you and go along as you explain the chart a little bit more. This really helps people understand that.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to engage your audience when you do a PowerPoint presentation Learn how to use the technique “tell-and-show” method Tips to present online or on a webinar
Related Links and Resources:
Check out Ellen’s video training called "13 techniques to make designing your slides easy" and it shows these different types of how to use “tell-and-show” in various types of situation, but also some specific techniques in PowerPoint. You can go to www.ellenhelps.me/techniques, that's a redirect to her website www.ellenfinkelstein.com.
Summary: Ellen Finkelstein is a PowerPoint MVP. You may not have heard of that because there's only 18 of them in the United States. But that's a very prestigious professional Microsoft Award. Her well-known website is www.ellenfinkelstein.com and she offers many PowerPoint tips in the PowerPoint tips newsletters. She specializes in training speakers and presenters to convert Death by PowerPoint to Life by PowerPoint; communicate clearly and powerfully, and designed high-impact persuasive and professional looking slides. Ellen has done training for Citrix, Brainshark, Disney, Microsoft, Pennsylvania State Education Association, Maharishi International University, State University of New York at Buffalo, State University of Illinois, several law firms and many others. She's done onsite training, one-on-one virtual coaching, training and webinars. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:53 Ellen’s ideal Client: My ideal client is a professional who needs to present well, and somebody whose presentation is crucial for his or her success. 2:15Problem Ellen helps solve: I guess we can simply say "death by PowerPoint" but to expand what that means, the problem is that they don't engage their audience so they annoy their audience, they don't give their audience what their wants or needs when they present to them. So, I would say poor oral communication skills. 3:07Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Ellen: It depends on the type of presentation; some are sales presentation, other are training presentation, it could be different types. But in general, if your audience is falling asleep, isn't engaging with you, doesn't respond to your call of action is, then that's a very easy way of knowing. That's a symptom that your presentation is not ideal. One of the tricks is try to find out in advance what the audience needs. It's a really great tip. People who don't speak well, they speak at the audience instead of interacting with the audience. They read from the slides using it as a teleprompter, they add images to decorate the slides instead of using it to enhancing understanding, retention and persuasive impact. 4:30What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Ellen and her solution: Surveys have shown what people hate most is presenters reading the slides, that will be the most common. 4:53Ellen’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I have a technique or method that I call “tell-and-show” method. It's based on research by Michael Alley, who's a professor in the engineering school at Penn State. He tried different types of presentations and tested different groups of students with them. And he calls it "Assertion-Evidence", his more on science-based and he tells it a little bit snappier. But basically, what it is, is that you use the title of the slide to tell your point. And you use some type of graphic (photo, graph, diagram), whatever it is to show the point. For example, in terms of the telling part of it, you can have chart that shows first quarter sales or down. That might be your point but if you could just say "first quarter sales" and it doesn't tell people anything. But if you say on the top first quarter sales down 20%, then immediately they know what your point is, and they can listen to you and go along as you explain the chart a little bit more. This really helps people understand that.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to deal with missing process in your company Not to feel overwhelmed and trust your team Putting accountability to people
Related Links and Resources: Jason and Mary Sturgeon host a weekly peer group for construction companies and it's called builder chat. If you go to www.arcadewayfinding.com/builder-chat , every Thursday at 1PM Pacific and talk about contractor things, and work through construction problems and company problems. Also check out their personal podcast at www.arcadewayfinding.com/critpath/ were they talk about fun topics, light topics but also impacting and heavy-hitting construction topics as well. Summary: Jason and Mary Sturgeon are both ‘Principal Wayfinders’ at Arcade. Arcade Wayfinding is an organization based, first and foremost, on finding the best, most magnetic ways to help construction industry people to make beneficial changes to their habits and workflow, and to better understand the nature of their work. We lean into a hands-on approach, so our training series focus on workshops, games, interactive activities and keeping people talking, laughing and engaged. One of our core beliefs is that if you’re not engaged, you’re not learning. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:26 Jason and Mary’s ideal Client: The ideal client for us would be someone who is good at their business, they're good at their trade, and they are good people. It's really important to us that they are good people, the people you want to sit down and have dinner with. And there are people that need a little bit of help. Everybody doesn't know everything, and when you recognize that you are not an expert at everything under the sun, your first step would be to identify those resource experts and get them in your corners. So that you are better prepared to be able to deal with the challenges that life throws at you. 2:11Problem both of you helps solve: Mary: It's true that there are lot of little problems, but if you had to put it under one big heading, it will be missing process. We start building company out and we do the thing we do and we're good at it, we work with the people that we like and that works well. And at some point, the business will grow up to a point that we need processes to help us help our people get work done. Were a lot of construction owners is good in construction, but they're not good at process. Jason: So, they're very good at their trade, they're good at their discipline, but when it comes to building process where training to that process, that's where it all breaks down. 3:11Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Jason and Mary: Jason: The symptoms are pretty simple and we see them all the time. They feel like that they can't get away from the business, they feel like they can't take a vacation, they feel like there's no one around them that they can trust and delegate to. Mary: If they don't do it, it doesn't get done. Jason: And there is a sense that I wish we could just grow; I wish we could just scale. But you don't take a car that needs some engine work and make it go faster. You actually have to invest the time to make it run clean and then you can go as fast as you want. But we skip that step, it turns into frustration, friction, anger and turmoil within our team. 4:20What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding both of you and your solution: Mary: One of the first mistakes is that before they even start trying to solve the problem, they make the mistakes of thinking that they have a different problem than they have. Jason: They feel like it's special Mary: What people would tell us, their problem is, my team is not accountable; they don't have accountability. And they think that the problem is that they're hiring people who are not accountable people. And the truth is, accountability is an outcome, it's a thing that you have to build.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to deal with missing process in your company Not to feel overwhelmed and trust your team Putting accountability to people
Related Links and Resources: Jason and Mary Sturgeon host a weekly peer group for construction companies and it's called builder chat. If you go to www.arcadewayfinding.com/builder-chat , every Thursday at 1PM Pacific and talk about contractor things, and work through construction problems and company problems. Also check out their personal podcast at www.arcadewayfinding.com/critpath/ were they talk about fun topics, light topics but also impacting and heavy-hitting construction topics as well. Summary: Jason and Mary Sturgeon are both ‘Principal Wayfinders’ at Arcade. Arcade Wayfinding is an organization based, first and foremost, on finding the best, most magnetic ways to help construction industry people to make beneficial changes to their habits and workflow, and to better understand the nature of their work. We lean into a hands-on approach, so our training series focus on workshops, games, interactive activities and keeping people talking, laughing and engaged. One of our core beliefs is that if you’re not engaged, you’re not learning. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:26 Jason and Mary’s ideal Client: The ideal client for us would be someone who is good at their business, they're good at their trade, and they are good people. It's really important to us that they are good people, the people you want to sit down and have dinner with. And there are people that need a little bit of help. Everybody doesn't know everything, and when you recognize that you are not an expert at everything under the sun, your first step would be to identify those resource experts and get them in your corners. So that you are better prepared to be able to deal with the challenges that life throws at you. 2:11Problem both of you helps solve: Mary: It's true that there are lot of little problems, but if you had to put it under one big heading, it will be missing process. We start building company out and we do the thing we do and we're good at it, we work with the people that we like and that works well. And at some point, the business will grow up to a point that we need processes to help us help our people get work done. Were a lot of construction owners is good in construction, but they're not good at process. Jason: So, they're very good at their trade, they're good at their discipline, but when it comes to building process where training to that process, that's where it all breaks down. 3:11Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Jason and Mary: Jason: The symptoms are pretty simple and we see them all the time. They feel like that they can't get away from the business, they feel like they can't take a vacation, they feel like there's no one around them that they can trust and delegate to. Mary: If they don't do it, it doesn't get done. Jason: And there is a sense that I wish we could just grow; I wish we could just scale. But you don't take a car that needs some engine work and make it go faster. You actually have to invest the time to make it run clean and then you can go as fast as you want. But we skip that step, it turns into frustration, friction, anger and turmoil within our team. 4:20What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding both of you and your solution: Mary: One of the first mistakes is that before they even start trying to solve the problem, they make the mistakes of thinking that they have a different problem than they have. Jason: They feel like it's special Mary: What people would tell us, their problem is, my team is not accountable; they don't have accountability. And they think that the problem is that they're hiring people who are not accountable people. And the truth is, accountability is an outcome, it's a thing that you have to build.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Ways to increase the volume of their demand generation or outbound efforts Why LinkedIn is a good platform for digital presence Modern demand generation and optimizing
Related Links and Resources:
He’s going to offer a go-to playbook for any executive or company looking to get active for the first time, so follow the link: https://skaled.com/lp/linkedin-touchpoints
Summary: Jake Dunlap is the founder and CEO of Skaled Consulting and a recognized Sales Leader and B2B Sales and Marketing Thought Leader. Jake and the Skaled Team help executives around the world accelerate and scale business growth with data-backed sales solutions and a sustainable customer framework. Along with the list of enterprise clients Skaled has amassed in a few short years (read: The New York Jets, LinkedIn, Insightly, ADP, Microsoft), the majority of Skaled clients are Startups and Mid-Level businesses looking for accelerated growth with a scalable and sustainable path forward. In these uncertain times, Jake has naturally positioned himself and Skaled as an Expert in adaptability. Jake spends most days leading Executives and Teams through modern demand gen sequences and into the future of sales and marketing. You can consistently rely on him for sharing his true and honest thoughts and advice on any number of his social channels as well as participating in Virtual Speaking Events and Break Out Sessions around the globe. Before building Skaled, Jake held the roles of VP of Sales at Nowait (acquired by Yelp), Head of Sales + Customer Success at Chartbeat, and VP of Sales at Glassdoor (acquired by Recruit Holdings for $1.2 billion dollars in 2018) Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:41 Jake’s ideal Client: Our ideal clients are really CEOs and revenue leaders who are trying to either modernize a component of their sales engine. Whether it’s the demand generation from a marketing stand point, the sales process, the account growth process, or organizations that are looking to scale to new levels. So, organizations that are at 25-50 million and trying to figure out and wondering what are we going to need to do from a revenue engine stand point to get now to 100-150 million, etc. That can be a company going from 1-10, 30 to 100 (million). We really come in and support executive leadership through those changes. Think of this as a consulting firm plus an agency that actually gets into the transition and does a lot of tactical execution as well. 3:35Problem Jake helps solve: I think now, it evolves, right? As the needs of our market shifts and things changed. But I would say I can boil it down to a couple of criteria. First is modern demand generation; you focus on your SEO strategy, your paid media strategy, your outbound strategy. Well today this is more intertwined that ever. A lot of organizations wondering how are we going to mix our paid, our LinkedIn, organic strategies and create a modern inbound and outbound engine. So that's one. Every company wants more leads. That will be one core problem that we solve. The other is optimizing; really needing the customer where the customers at. Most sales engine is built from a sales organization efficiency first, and customer experience second. And what we're seeing is at B2B, customers are looking for an experience more similar to B2C, where I can learn about the company upfront, I can get to the information that I want, I can get information about the competition, the I can make an educated decision. 4:59Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Jake: There's ones that show on your dashboard or spreadsheet, and there's one that show up in your gut too. Usually what manifest is that they're looking for either ways to increase the volume of their demand generation or outbound efforts. Or, they are looking for ways to better increase their conversion percentages. A lot of sales process boils down into something very simple.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Ways to increase the volume of their demand generation or outbound efforts Why LinkedIn is a good platform for digital presence Modern demand generation and optimizing
Related Links and Resources:
He’s going to offer a go-to playbook for any executive or company looking to get active for the first time, so follow the link: https://skaled.com/lp/linkedin-touchpoints
Summary: Jake Dunlap is the founder and CEO of Skaled Consulting and a recognized Sales Leader and B2B Sales and Marketing Thought Leader. Jake and the Skaled Team help executives around the world accelerate and scale business growth with data-backed sales solutions and a sustainable customer framework. Along with the list of enterprise clients Skaled has amassed in a few short years (read: The New York Jets, LinkedIn, Insightly, ADP, Microsoft), the majority of Skaled clients are Startups and Mid-Level businesses looking for accelerated growth with a scalable and sustainable path forward. In these uncertain times, Jake has naturally positioned himself and Skaled as an Expert in adaptability. Jake spends most days leading Executives and Teams through modern demand gen sequences and into the future of sales and marketing. You can consistently rely on him for sharing his true and honest thoughts and advice on any number of his social channels as well as participating in Virtual Speaking Events and Break Out Sessions around the globe. Before building Skaled, Jake held the roles of VP of Sales at Nowait (acquired by Yelp), Head of Sales + Customer Success at Chartbeat, and VP of Sales at Glassdoor (acquired by Recruit Holdings for $1.2 billion dollars in 2018) Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:41 Jake’s ideal Client: Our ideal clients are really CEOs and revenue leaders who are trying to either modernize a component of their sales engine. Whether it’s the demand generation from a marketing stand point, the sales process, the account growth process, or organizations that are looking to scale to new levels. So, organizations that are at 25-50 million and trying to figure out and wondering what are we going to need to do from a revenue engine stand point to get now to 100-150 million, etc. That can be a company going from 1-10, 30 to 100 (million). We really come in and support executive leadership through those changes. Think of this as a consulting firm plus an agency that actually gets into the transition and does a lot of tactical execution as well. 3:35Problem Jake helps solve: I think now, it evolves, right? As the needs of our market shifts and things changed. But I would say I can boil it down to a couple of criteria. First is modern demand generation; you focus on your SEO strategy, your paid media strategy, your outbound strategy. Well today this is more intertwined that ever. A lot of organizations wondering how are we going to mix our paid, our LinkedIn, organic strategies and create a modern inbound and outbound engine. So that's one. Every company wants more leads. That will be one core problem that we solve. The other is optimizing; really needing the customer where the customers at. Most sales engine is built from a sales organization efficiency first, and customer experience second. And what we're seeing is at B2B, customers are looking for an experience more similar to B2C, where I can learn about the company upfront, I can get to the information that I want, I can get information about the competition, the I can make an educated decision. 4:59Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Jake: There's ones that show on your dashboard or spreadsheet, and there's one that show up in your gut too. Usually what manifest is that they're looking for either ways to increase the volume of their demand generation or outbound efforts. Or, they are looking for ways to better increase their conversion percentages. A lot of sales process boils down into something very simple.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Getting quality leads without spending ton of money How to professionally set-up your LinkedIn profile Strategic way to sell on LinkedIn
Related Links and Resources: Get your giveaway copy of John’s entire book "LinkedIn Riches." The audio book, the E-book, the PDF, the kindle, whatever version you want. Just visit www.Linkedinriches.com. Summary: John Nemo is a bestselling LinkedIn Author & Trainer who has been featured by LinkedIn's official marketing blog, Social Media Examiner, Entrepreneur on Fire, Inc. Magazine, Huffington Post, Business Insider and many others. John has personally rewritten the LinkedIn profiles of Chris Brogan, John Lee Dumas, Mari Smith, Dan Miller, Ray Edwards, Tom Ziglar (son of Zig Ziglar), Jairek Robbins (son of Tony Robbins) and many other A-List business names and entrepreneurs. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:48 John’s ideal Client: It's definitely business coaches, consultants, solopreneurs, small business owners and anyone who is in-charge of their own business, company or their own brand. 2:06Problem John helps solve: Lead generation. Getting people quality leads without spending a ton of money on advertising or playing professional footsie at network events, and all those other things we hate to do. Definitely the problem I solve is getting quality leads quickly with minimal expense. 2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: I think people come to me feeling frustrated, feeling like they've been pass-by. I used to do cold calls, I used to do ads, I used to do networking events and it's not working. I've been living of referrals and those went away, I'm obsolete, how do I get in the game here. And also, those inquisitive and curious wondering there's something going on with LinkedIn, I'm not quite sure how to capitalize on this. But I feel like there's an opportunity here, you seem someone who can help me. That's definitely the state people come to me in. 3:45What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: The biggest mistake that people make in approaching LinkedIn is treating it like it's still their resume, and not making a profile in what I called "client face-in", and not being about the problems that you solve or the audience that you serve. That's the number one mistake that people make. The other big mistake that people make on LinkedIn is to try to marry everyone in the first day; they immediately connect and try to sell you something. And you need to practice a little professional courtship and build some rapport. You wouldn't do that in real life, you wouldn't sit down across from me face-to-face meeting for the first time in a coffee shop and ask for a discovery session. You wouldn't do that. Those are the two big mistakes; profile set up wrong and trying to sell. 4:59John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): With you LinkedIn profile, the most important thing is your headline, right under your name and your photo. Change your headline from CEO (company name), your title, but, no one cares about themselves. Change it to the audience you serve and the service you provide. (example) It will be Business coaching for (blank) audience or SCO for (blank) audience, or lead generation for (blank) audience. Service + audience, that's one quick win you can write. 5:45John’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I'm going to giveaway copy of my entire book "LinkedIn Riches." The audio book, the E-book, the PDF, the kindle, whatever version you want. Go to www.Linkedinriches.com. You can download the entire book for free, and that's my whole playbook, scripts, for free, it's all those goodies. 6:27How do you actually sell on LinkedIn? One is client-facing profile and I talk all about that in the book, how to make it all about the audiences you serve. Two is build a rapport, treat it like a one-on-one coffee meeting, break the ice,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Getting quality leads without spending ton of money How to professionally set-up your LinkedIn profile Strategic way to sell on LinkedIn
Related Links and Resources: Get your giveaway copy of John’s entire book "LinkedIn Riches." The audio book, the E-book, the PDF, the kindle, whatever version you want. Just visit www.Linkedinriches.com. Summary: John Nemo is a bestselling LinkedIn Author & Trainer who has been featured by LinkedIn's official marketing blog, Social Media Examiner, Entrepreneur on Fire, Inc. Magazine, Huffington Post, Business Insider and many others. John has personally rewritten the LinkedIn profiles of Chris Brogan, John Lee Dumas, Mari Smith, Dan Miller, Ray Edwards, Tom Ziglar (son of Zig Ziglar), Jairek Robbins (son of Tony Robbins) and many other A-List business names and entrepreneurs. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:48 John’s ideal Client: It's definitely business coaches, consultants, solopreneurs, small business owners and anyone who is in-charge of their own business, company or their own brand. 2:06Problem John helps solve: Lead generation. Getting people quality leads without spending a ton of money on advertising or playing professional footsie at network events, and all those other things we hate to do. Definitely the problem I solve is getting quality leads quickly with minimal expense. 2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: I think people come to me feeling frustrated, feeling like they've been pass-by. I used to do cold calls, I used to do ads, I used to do networking events and it's not working. I've been living of referrals and those went away, I'm obsolete, how do I get in the game here. And also, those inquisitive and curious wondering there's something going on with LinkedIn, I'm not quite sure how to capitalize on this. But I feel like there's an opportunity here, you seem someone who can help me. That's definitely the state people come to me in. 3:45What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: The biggest mistake that people make in approaching LinkedIn is treating it like it's still their resume, and not making a profile in what I called "client face-in", and not being about the problems that you solve or the audience that you serve. That's the number one mistake that people make. The other big mistake that people make on LinkedIn is to try to marry everyone in the first day; they immediately connect and try to sell you something. And you need to practice a little professional courtship and build some rapport. You wouldn't do that in real life, you wouldn't sit down across from me face-to-face meeting for the first time in a coffee shop and ask for a discovery session. You wouldn't do that. Those are the two big mistakes; profile set up wrong and trying to sell. 4:59John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): With you LinkedIn profile, the most important thing is your headline, right under your name and your photo. Change your headline from CEO (company name), your title, but, no one cares about themselves. Change it to the audience you serve and the service you provide. (example) It will be Business coaching for (blank) audience or SCO for (blank) audience, or lead generation for (blank) audience. Service + audience, that's one quick win you can write. 5:45John’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I'm going to giveaway copy of my entire book "LinkedIn Riches." The audio book, the E-book, the PDF, the kindle, whatever version you want. Go to www.Linkedinriches.com. You can download the entire book for free, and that's my whole playbook, scripts, for free, it's all those goodies. 6:27How do you actually sell on LinkedIn? One is client-facing profile and I talk all about that in the book, how to make it all about the audiences you serve. Two is build a rapport, treat it like a one-on-one coffee meeting, break the ice,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why teaching is the new selling What you can do to not feel that the webinar is daunting How to present a webinar easily and effectively
Related Links and Resources: Check out the 7-part video course called "your webinar blueprint course" that will show you step-by-step on how to create your first webinar. Go to www.Webinarninja.com/course. Summary: Omar Zenhomis co-founder and CEO of WebinarNinja, and host of the popular podcast The $100 MBA Show. With over a million webinar attendees to date, WebinarNinja has grown rapidly since its founding in 2014; Academy Ocean named WebinarNinja one of the fastest growing SaaS companies of 2018. The $100 MBA Show consistently ranks among the best business podcasts in over 30 countries, with over 100 million downloads over 1,400 + episodes. An educator at the secondary and university level for over a dozen years, Omar decided to apply his natural passion for teaching and learning to the business world. Between teaching classes, he studied and worked to finally make the transition to full-time entrepreneurship. From brick-and-mortar to e-commerce to SaaS, Omar learned the art of entrepreneurship from real-world successes and failures, ultimately dropping out of Wharton’s MBA program to build and manage his own companies. Now, through the $100 MBA Show and WebinarNinja, Omar has made it his business to help others learn, teach, and grow as entrepreneurs. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:43 Omar’s ideal Client: My ideal client is somebody who's looking to use education to present and sell their product. They believe in teaching is the new selling. 2:59Problem Omar’s helps solve: The problem we solve is, we simplify, we make it easy for you to create webinars. Webinars can be daunting. So, our mission is to make sure it's easy to create webinars. 3:34Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Omar: Overwhelmed, there's so many things to do, there's so many moving parts. There's a feeling of don't know where to start. There's a feeling of, if I do it, it may not look professional, what if I choke.. all that kind of stuffs. That nervous angst of feeling, of getting on stage, the kind of butterflies or stage fright, all those things apply. 4:13What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Omar and his solution: One of the things I found is, they have analysis paralysis. They don't start because they find the technology daunting, and this is what we're trying to solve, we're trying to make it simple and easy. They feel like there's a lot of moving parts so therefore they feel like let me just do all these things first before I actually do my first webinar. One of the biggest mistakes is not understanding that it's not actually the technology that matters, what matters is the content of your delivery. 5:06Omar’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The first step that anybody can take to start running effective webinars is crafting a great topic for their webinar, which is the title for the webinar. The title of your webinar really has a big effect on your success, your attendance, your registration number and all those kinds of stuffs. Really, we need to focus on what your audience is struggling with the most, and how you can you solve it in a workshop. If you could really nail that, there's multiple ways you can do that. We speak about that in our community, whether it's asking people on social media, whether it's a survey or things like that. But the point here is that it's a really good step because once you nail that, everything kind of falls into place. You know exactly what to do, you know exactly the size you're going to put together, you know what your result should be. 6:24Omar’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): One of the best things I can give anybody is our 7-part video course called "your webinar blueprint course", it's 7 videos that will show you step-by-step on how to create y...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Why teaching is the new selling What you can do to not feel that the webinar is daunting How to present a webinar easily and effectively
Related Links and Resources: Check out the 7-part video course called "your webinar blueprint course" that will show you step-by-step on how to create your first webinar. Go to www.Webinarninja.com/course. Summary: Omar Zenhomis co-founder and CEO of WebinarNinja, and host of the popular podcast The $100 MBA Show. With over a million webinar attendees to date, WebinarNinja has grown rapidly since its founding in 2014; Academy Ocean named WebinarNinja one of the fastest growing SaaS companies of 2018. The $100 MBA Show consistently ranks among the best business podcasts in over 30 countries, with over 100 million downloads over 1,400 + episodes. An educator at the secondary and university level for over a dozen years, Omar decided to apply his natural passion for teaching and learning to the business world. Between teaching classes, he studied and worked to finally make the transition to full-time entrepreneurship. From brick-and-mortar to e-commerce to SaaS, Omar learned the art of entrepreneurship from real-world successes and failures, ultimately dropping out of Wharton’s MBA program to build and manage his own companies. Now, through the $100 MBA Show and WebinarNinja, Omar has made it his business to help others learn, teach, and grow as entrepreneurs. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:43 Omar’s ideal Client: My ideal client is somebody who's looking to use education to present and sell their product. They believe in teaching is the new selling. 2:59Problem Omar’s helps solve: The problem we solve is, we simplify, we make it easy for you to create webinars. Webinars can be daunting. So, our mission is to make sure it's easy to create webinars. 3:34Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Omar: Overwhelmed, there's so many things to do, there's so many moving parts. There's a feeling of don't know where to start. There's a feeling of, if I do it, it may not look professional, what if I choke.. all that kind of stuffs. That nervous angst of feeling, of getting on stage, the kind of butterflies or stage fright, all those things apply. 4:13What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Omar and his solution: One of the things I found is, they have analysis paralysis. They don't start because they find the technology daunting, and this is what we're trying to solve, we're trying to make it simple and easy. They feel like there's a lot of moving parts so therefore they feel like let me just do all these things first before I actually do my first webinar. One of the biggest mistakes is not understanding that it's not actually the technology that matters, what matters is the content of your delivery. 5:06Omar’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The first step that anybody can take to start running effective webinars is crafting a great topic for their webinar, which is the title for the webinar. The title of your webinar really has a big effect on your success, your attendance, your registration number and all those kinds of stuffs. Really, we need to focus on what your audience is struggling with the most, and how you can you solve it in a workshop. If you could really nail that, there's multiple ways you can do that. We speak about that in our community, whether it's asking people on social media, whether it's a survey or things like that. But the point here is that it's a really good step because once you nail that, everything kind of falls into place. You know exactly what to do, you know exactly the size you're going to put together, you know what your result should be. 6:24Omar’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): One of the best things I can give anybody is our 7-part video course called "your webinar blueprint course", it's 7 videos that will show you step-by-step on how to create y...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to work efficiently when suddenly your organization works virtually Having a uniform sales process by using effective CRM system The right execution of handling your sales team when working virtually
Related Links and Resources:
Get a 14-day free trial of the pipeliner by going to their homepage and get a feeling of how the product looks like and how it might work for your business. Visit www.pipelinersales.com.
Also, since people are working remotely right now, checkout John’s series of 1-minute remote working tips, it's a video and there's about 17 of them. Go to www.salespop.net.
Summary:
John Golden is an Amazon bestselling author of Winning the Battle for Sales: Lessons on Closing Every Deal from the World's Greatest Military Victories and Social Upheaval: How to Win at Social Selling.
He is a globally acknowledged Sales & Marketing thought leader, speaker, and strategist, and has conducted over 350 video interviews of thought leaders for Sales POP! online sales magazine and has a podcast channel on iTunes with over 287 audio interviews.
John is the CSMO at Pipeliner CRM. In his spare time, he is an avid Martial Artist.
Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:40 John’s ideal Client: It's anybody who has a sales team and who understands and believes in sales process, any size from small, medium to large. 2:25Problem John helps solve: It's visibility into your revenue, management of your sales organization, and you having a uniform sales process, predictability, and efficiency. We do it through visual CRM that actually Sales Manager and Sales people likes to use because it gives them all of the tools to self-manage as well. It provides all of the data, you can automate some of the process in there so you can get away from the mundane, the repetitive task that sucks up your time, and really focus on intelligent and informed prospecting and selling. 3:25Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: Right now, if ever you have a wakeup call, like in the crisis that we're in, is the wakeup call for people who don't have good digital process, who don't have good visibilities to their pipeline, who maybe have run their sales organization or business through a combination of I can pop over the bill, share the spreadsheet with me, is there something in the CRM so give me the extra information I need to fill-in the gaps.. that doesn't work when suddenly the organization is virtual. You need to be able to trust the data, you need to access the data, you need to have good digital processes, you need to have your sales people executing the sales process in a uniform manner, and you need to be able to access reporting both leading and lagging indicators of success. And just manage your business in a much more organize and efficient manner. And right now, a lot of people are realizing that when times are good and business is good, it really does cover up a lot of inefficiency and you tend to overlook things. And you say it maybe broke but I'm not interested in fixing it because business is good right now. But now if it's broke, it's broke, it's hurting you. Having digital process, having a CRM system and having everybody work properly and work within it and utilizing it properly is critical. 5:34What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: You don't have real time data, you constantly update spreadsheets, and getting information from multiple sources. Ultimately you are not getting a clear Realtime picture of what's going on with your sales organization, process and revenue. And you're working off out of date working information which is not a good thing and fundamentally, you are wasting an awful lot of time on manual processing. 6:20John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Review your sales process immediately, and find out if you have a sales process.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to work efficiently when suddenly your organization works virtually Having a uniform sales process by using effective CRM system The right execution of handling your sales team when working virtually
Related Links and Resources:
Get a 14-day free trial of the pipeliner by going to their homepage and get a feeling of how the product looks like and how it might work for your business. Visit www.pipelinersales.com.
Also, since people are working remotely right now, checkout John’s series of 1-minute remote working tips, it's a video and there's about 17 of them. Go to www.salespop.net.
Summary:
John Golden is an Amazon bestselling author of Winning the Battle for Sales: Lessons on Closing Every Deal from the World's Greatest Military Victories and Social Upheaval: How to Win at Social Selling.
He is a globally acknowledged Sales & Marketing thought leader, speaker, and strategist, and has conducted over 350 video interviews of thought leaders for Sales POP! online sales magazine and has a podcast channel on iTunes with over 287 audio interviews.
John is the CSMO at Pipeliner CRM. In his spare time, he is an avid Martial Artist.
Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:40 John’s ideal Client: It's anybody who has a sales team and who understands and believes in sales process, any size from small, medium to large. 2:25Problem John helps solve: It's visibility into your revenue, management of your sales organization, and you having a uniform sales process, predictability, and efficiency. We do it through visual CRM that actually Sales Manager and Sales people likes to use because it gives them all of the tools to self-manage as well. It provides all of the data, you can automate some of the process in there so you can get away from the mundane, the repetitive task that sucks up your time, and really focus on intelligent and informed prospecting and selling. 3:25Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to John: Right now, if ever you have a wakeup call, like in the crisis that we're in, is the wakeup call for people who don't have good digital process, who don't have good visibilities to their pipeline, who maybe have run their sales organization or business through a combination of I can pop over the bill, share the spreadsheet with me, is there something in the CRM so give me the extra information I need to fill-in the gaps.. that doesn't work when suddenly the organization is virtual. You need to be able to trust the data, you need to access the data, you need to have good digital processes, you need to have your sales people executing the sales process in a uniform manner, and you need to be able to access reporting both leading and lagging indicators of success. And just manage your business in a much more organize and efficient manner. And right now, a lot of people are realizing that when times are good and business is good, it really does cover up a lot of inefficiency and you tend to overlook things. And you say it maybe broke but I'm not interested in fixing it because business is good right now. But now if it's broke, it's broke, it's hurting you. Having digital process, having a CRM system and having everybody work properly and work within it and utilizing it properly is critical. 5:34What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding John and his solution: You don't have real time data, you constantly update spreadsheets, and getting information from multiple sources. Ultimately you are not getting a clear Realtime picture of what's going on with your sales organization, process and revenue. And you're working off out of date working information which is not a good thing and fundamentally, you are wasting an awful lot of time on manual processing. 6:20John’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Review your sales process immediately, and find out if you have a sales process.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Remove the gap between sales and marketing Connecting the dots to match what you’re selling to someone’s end goal How mental strength is a powerful characteristic to have
Related Links and Resources: Check the video on six ways to immediately close business and get some daily sales tips. You can check it out at: www.aleashabhar.com. Summary: Aleasha Bahr is a sales and marketing expert worldwide known as The Client Whisperer. She sold millions in revenue in the corporate world, but then got tired of the BS and transitioned to running her own business coaching solopreneurs and sales professionals to predictably have a 50% closing rate and 10x their sales. Aleasha firmly believes you don’t have to be a “bad person to be good at sales” and has the results to prove it. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:37 Aleasha’s ideal Client: I focus a lot on characteristics they have as people, so anybody that cares about the people they are serving and wants to do a quality job. In my bio when it said that I was tired of the BS, it's because there's a lot of people that are incompetent in positions of authority in the corporate world. And a lot of people that don't really care about doing a good job. I really like working with people that do and are ready to just get it done. And solopreneurs are those people and sales teams, so I help both. 2:19Problem Aleasha helps solve: Most people are trying too hard to sell. I help with sales and marketing and a lot of times, those two don't talk to each other. Sales is the frontline of your marketing, they hear the objections that the people are really having, the response to the products, and the things that they want. And a lot of times, the two are at odds with each other. Because marketing will pre-frame the client for a sales call. Also, what they understand about the product and service comes from the marketing. So, I definitely help with that piece of it and that is a big one, there's a lot of gaps there usually. It's a unique thing to do as a sales coach. But I also help sales team perform better. 3:32Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Aleasha: They should've closed, why didn't they close. That's the thing that they often saying. The Sales Manager are saying these people should've closed, they were perfect fit. Or the sales people are saying oh my gosh, these leads are so far off from our customer. Or the solopreneurs saying it make perfect sense, why didn't they close. 4:15What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Aleasha and his solution: I would say one of the biggest mistakes is not connecting what you're selling to the person's end goal. A lot of people will talk about features of their programs and benefits. For example, I was working for a paid search company, and they will tell people this audit that they did..it sounds boring already. You want to say something like it's an audit, so we want to make sure that you getting the most leads for the less amount of money. A lot of people just don't connect those dots. I have a metaphor, if you invited your friend to a game, they've never been to a game of basketball and they don't know anything about it, and you tried to explained the rules, they will be like I don't want to go anymore. Too many people are explaining the rules of the game instead of making it sound like a good time. 5:45Aleasha’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing you can do is to get out of your head; and understand the person across from you is a mother, brother, father, son.. human who's having a day, it might have been a good day or bad day, they've got stuffs going on later, and you are not a gross sales person, you are also a mother, brother, father, son. It's two people coming together to see if they can solve a problem that one of them is having. And this person hopes you're going to be able to solve it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Remove the gap between sales and marketing Connecting the dots to match what you’re selling to someone’s end goal How mental strength is a powerful characteristic to have
Related Links and Resources: Check the video on six ways to immediately close business and get some daily sales tips. You can check it out at: www.aleashabhar.com. Summary: Aleasha Bahr is a sales and marketing expert worldwide known as The Client Whisperer. She sold millions in revenue in the corporate world, but then got tired of the BS and transitioned to running her own business coaching solopreneurs and sales professionals to predictably have a 50% closing rate and 10x their sales. Aleasha firmly believes you don’t have to be a “bad person to be good at sales” and has the results to prove it. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:37 Aleasha’s ideal Client: I focus a lot on characteristics they have as people, so anybody that cares about the people they are serving and wants to do a quality job. In my bio when it said that I was tired of the BS, it's because there's a lot of people that are incompetent in positions of authority in the corporate world. And a lot of people that don't really care about doing a good job. I really like working with people that do and are ready to just get it done. And solopreneurs are those people and sales teams, so I help both. 2:19Problem Aleasha helps solve: Most people are trying too hard to sell. I help with sales and marketing and a lot of times, those two don't talk to each other. Sales is the frontline of your marketing, they hear the objections that the people are really having, the response to the products, and the things that they want. And a lot of times, the two are at odds with each other. Because marketing will pre-frame the client for a sales call. Also, what they understand about the product and service comes from the marketing. So, I definitely help with that piece of it and that is a big one, there's a lot of gaps there usually. It's a unique thing to do as a sales coach. But I also help sales team perform better. 3:32Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Aleasha: They should've closed, why didn't they close. That's the thing that they often saying. The Sales Manager are saying these people should've closed, they were perfect fit. Or the sales people are saying oh my gosh, these leads are so far off from our customer. Or the solopreneurs saying it make perfect sense, why didn't they close. 4:15What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Aleasha and his solution: I would say one of the biggest mistakes is not connecting what you're selling to the person's end goal. A lot of people will talk about features of their programs and benefits. For example, I was working for a paid search company, and they will tell people this audit that they did..it sounds boring already. You want to say something like it's an audit, so we want to make sure that you getting the most leads for the less amount of money. A lot of people just don't connect those dots. I have a metaphor, if you invited your friend to a game, they've never been to a game of basketball and they don't know anything about it, and you tried to explained the rules, they will be like I don't want to go anymore. Too many people are explaining the rules of the game instead of making it sound like a good time. 5:45Aleasha’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The biggest thing you can do is to get out of your head; and understand the person across from you is a mother, brother, father, son.. human who's having a day, it might have been a good day or bad day, they've got stuffs going on later, and you are not a gross sales person, you are also a mother, brother, father, son. It's two people coming together to see if they can solve a problem that one of them is having. And this person hopes you're going to be able to solve it.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Tips for effective management skillsThe difference between delegating responsibility and delegating a taskAnswer a question by answering backRelated Links and Resources:If you want to step up your game and improve your management skills, check out Mad’s free webinar directly from his site www.Madsingers.com , it focuses a lot on delegation, recruitment and so on.Summary:Mads Singers has more than 10 years of experience in Fortune 500 companies, such as Xerox and IBM, and more than 7 years of experience coaching and consulting online entrepreneurs.He has also spoken at many larger events such as CMSEO, TiECon, DCBKK & DMSS Bali, SEO Spring Training & the Survive and Thrive Ecommerce Summit.Mads currently owning and running 3 companies, and managing more than 100 people, he doesn't just talk the talk, he walks the walk.As well as being a management expert, Mads is also an expert on growing and scaling an online business, and he is one of the industry experts in the DISC methodology, which is a cornerstone in his management philosophy and he shares his knowledge through the Effective Management Mastery course & community.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:54 Mads’ ideal Client: Generally online business owners, that's pretty broad, in any industry all over the planet.2:14Problem Mads helps solve: At a large scale, it's ramp management. Unfortunately, so many companies are great at training everything except for management skills. Today I will talk specifically about delegation because that's somewhere a lot of people struggle.2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mads: Well, I work 80hrs a week or I spend working all my time in the business. Most people work too many hours, they work in the business. They're aren’t effectively growing the business.3:23What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mads and his solution: There's quite a few, but I will hold in to a specific one today. This is particularly in the online world where people always been told to build a process, write it down, and then take that task and give it to someone. Fundamentally the problem is, when you delegate task, instead of delegating responsibility, you take away ownership. And that leads to light of results, and a light of ability of effective delegation.4:19Mads’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): The difference between delegating responsibility and delegating a task, instead of telling someone do this thing this way, you basically talk to them and say here's the area of responsibility I need help with. Here is our process of what we do today, however, you're a smart guy/girl, I want you to own this thing. And then the most important aspect of giving people responsibility is to set clear deliverable, set clear outcomes. The problem when you delegate task is you tell them how many times the task have to be done, but that's not an outcome. When you delegate outcome, you look at what is the result of the person doing this work. And when you start delegating responsibility rather than task, you fundamentally grow your staffs much better and much faster.5:58Mads’ Valuable Free Resource (VFR): The free resource that I want to share is the free webinar that I want to share called Madsingers.com and it focuses a lot on delegation, recruitment and so on. But that's really a great place to get started if you really want to step up your game and improve your management skills and get ready to grow your business.7:00How do you grow your staffs effectively? It ties in with delegation again. One secret, for a business owner stand point, if you look at those business owners, if you look at their Skype or their Slack, they're always blinking with questions. One thing you need to learn, is never answer questions. If people ask you a question, you want them to answer it. So, the way you answer question, is basically ask them a question back. Such as what do you see the options being?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:Tips for effective management skillsThe difference between delegating responsibility and delegating a taskAnswer a question by answering backRelated Links and Resources:If you want to step up your game and improve your management skills, check out Mad’s free webinar directly from his site www.Madsingers.com , it focuses a lot on delegation, recruitment and so on.Summary:Mads Singers has more than 10 years of experience in Fortune 500 companies, such as Xerox and IBM, and more than 7 years of experience coaching and consulting online entrepreneurs.He has also spoken at many larger events such as CMSEO, TiECon, DCBKK & DMSS Bali, SEO Spring Training & the Survive and Thrive Ecommerce Summit.Mads currently owning and running 3 companies, and managing more than 100 people, he doesn't just talk the talk, he walks the walk.As well as being a management expert, Mads is also an expert on growing and scaling an online business, and he is one of the industry experts in the DISC methodology, which is a cornerstone in his management philosophy and he shares his knowledge through the Effective Management Mastery course & community.Here are the highlights of this episode:1:54 Mads’ ideal Client: Generally online business owners, that's pretty broad, in any industry all over the planet.2:14Problem Mads helps solve: At a large scale, it's ramp management. Unfortunately, so many companies are great at training everything except for management skills. Today I will talk specifically about delegation because that's somewhere a lot of people struggle.2:46Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Mads: Well, I work 80hrs a week or I spend working all my time in the business. Most people work too many hours, they work in the business. They're aren’t effectively growing the business.3:23What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Mads and his solution: There's quite a few, but I will hold in to a specific one today. This is particularly in the online world where people always been told to build a process, write it down, and then take that task and give it to someone. Fundamentally the problem is, when you delegate task, instead of delegating responsibility, you take away ownership. And that leads to light of results, and a light of ability of effective delegation.4:19Mads’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): The difference between delegating responsibility and delegating a task, instead of telling someone do this thing this way, you basically talk to them and say here's the area of responsibility I need help with. Here is our process of what we do today, however, you're a smart guy/girl, I want you to own this thing. And then the most important aspect of giving people responsibility is to set clear deliverable, set clear outcomes. The problem when you delegate task is you tell them how many times the task have to be done, but that's not an outcome. When you delegate outcome, you look at what is the result of the person doing this work. And when you start delegating responsibility rather than task, you fundamentally grow your staffs much better and much faster.5:58Mads’ Valuable Free Resource (VFR): The free resource that I want to share is the free webinar that I want to share called Madsingers.com and it focuses a lot on delegation, recruitment and so on. But that's really a great place to get started if you really want to step up your game and improve your management skills and get ready to grow your business.7:00How do you grow your staffs effectively? It ties in with delegation again. One secret, for a business owner stand point, if you look at those business owners, if you look at their Skype or their Slack, they're always blinking with questions. One thing you need to learn, is never answer questions. If people ask you a question, you want them to answer it. So, the way you answer question, is basically ask them a question back. Such as what do you see the options being?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
A simplify and strategic way to reach out to people in LinkedIn Why LinkedIn messaging is the best way to start a conversation How LinkedIn inside tag helps you identify your visitors
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.tedprodromou.com/messages and you get free access to his Masterclass called "LinkedIn messages that sell", which Ted usually charge 297USD for that course. Summary: Ted Prodromou, America’s Leading LinkedIn Coach, is the award-winning, best-selling author of 5 books including Ultimate Guide to LinkedIn for Business and Ultimate Guide to Twitter for Business (Entrepreneur Press). Ted is a social selling expert and the founder of Search Marketing Simplified, LLC, that's a full-service social media marketing agency. The SMS team creates advanced LinkedIn and social media lead-generation strategies for small to medium-sized businesses with over $100 million in revenue generated for his clients. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:48 Ted’s ideal Client: Anybody that really needs LinkedIn to generate business. People who asked what do I do on LinkedIn, I don’t know what to do or anything. Treat people like you're meeting face-to-face. Remember those old days when we used to go to conferences together, and meet each other, it's a person having a conversation with. 2:37Problem Ted helps solve: I really help simplify how to reach out to people on LinkedIn, to come up with that strategy. How to get on LinkedIn every day and spend 15-20 minutes and get clients. 3:06Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Ted: In the last two months have been a total shift on how businesses is working. CEOs are now going to LinkedIn every day to reach out to each other and say how are we going to get out of this mess. 3:40What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Ted and his solution: Remember the first time we met at the conference, if I came out to you and say "Hi I'm Ted. I'm the best-selling author of ultimate guide on LinkedIn for business" Would you like to hire me? That's pretty much what people are doing these days. 4:23Ted’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): LinkedIn messaging is the best way to start a conversation with people. Not to sell, but to start a casual conversation like what we're having here today. That leads into mail back and forth, and get to know if we can trust each other. 5:39Ted’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I just did recently "LinkedIn messages that sell", you don't really want to sell but you want to build-in relationships. Go to www.tedprodromou.com/messages and you get free access to that, which I charge 297USD for that course. 6:31How do you find the right people on LinkedIn? I get 30 to 50 invitations a day that people come to me. But when I go out and find people, there's a thing called a LinkedIn inside tag in the advertising section. You don't have to run ads, but you put this little code on your website. Every visitor that comes to your website, matches up with LinkedIn profile information. It told me that 60% of my website visitors are in Business Development & Sales, and all of my marketing materials and courses are for coaches, small business owners and consultants. It’s a whole new revenue stream. I consider myself a farmer, I'm planting a seed every day, I'm not going for the kill. I'm just planting seeds. People see my content all day long and they say "I need to hire Ted." My phone's ringing off the hook right now since this whole pandemic.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
A simplify and strategic way to reach out to people in LinkedIn Why LinkedIn messaging is the best way to start a conversation How LinkedIn inside tag helps you identify your visitors
Related Links and Resources: Go to www.tedprodromou.com/messages and you get free access to his Masterclass called "LinkedIn messages that sell", which Ted usually charge 297USD for that course. Summary: Ted Prodromou, America’s Leading LinkedIn Coach, is the award-winning, best-selling author of 5 books including Ultimate Guide to LinkedIn for Business and Ultimate Guide to Twitter for Business (Entrepreneur Press). Ted is a social selling expert and the founder of Search Marketing Simplified, LLC, that's a full-service social media marketing agency. The SMS team creates advanced LinkedIn and social media lead-generation strategies for small to medium-sized businesses with over $100 million in revenue generated for his clients. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:48 Ted’s ideal Client: Anybody that really needs LinkedIn to generate business. People who asked what do I do on LinkedIn, I don’t know what to do or anything. Treat people like you're meeting face-to-face. Remember those old days when we used to go to conferences together, and meet each other, it's a person having a conversation with. 2:37Problem Ted helps solve: I really help simplify how to reach out to people on LinkedIn, to come up with that strategy. How to get on LinkedIn every day and spend 15-20 minutes and get clients. 3:06Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Ted: In the last two months have been a total shift on how businesses is working. CEOs are now going to LinkedIn every day to reach out to each other and say how are we going to get out of this mess. 3:40What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Ted and his solution: Remember the first time we met at the conference, if I came out to you and say "Hi I'm Ted. I'm the best-selling author of ultimate guide on LinkedIn for business" Would you like to hire me? That's pretty much what people are doing these days. 4:23Ted’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): LinkedIn messaging is the best way to start a conversation with people. Not to sell, but to start a casual conversation like what we're having here today. That leads into mail back and forth, and get to know if we can trust each other. 5:39Ted’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I just did recently "LinkedIn messages that sell", you don't really want to sell but you want to build-in relationships. Go to www.tedprodromou.com/messages and you get free access to that, which I charge 297USD for that course. 6:31How do you find the right people on LinkedIn? I get 30 to 50 invitations a day that people come to me. But when I go out and find people, there's a thing called a LinkedIn inside tag in the advertising section. You don't have to run ads, but you put this little code on your website. Every visitor that comes to your website, matches up with LinkedIn profile information. It told me that 60% of my website visitors are in Business Development & Sales, and all of my marketing materials and courses are for coaches, small business owners and consultants. It’s a whole new revenue stream. I consider myself a farmer, I'm planting a seed every day, I'm not going for the kill. I'm just planting seeds. People see my content all day long and they say "I need to hire Ted." My phone's ringing off the hook right now since this whole pandemic.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
What to do and manage too much data How to avoid data dump by knowing 4 essential elements Get some insights of effective digital marketing training
Related Links and Resources: If you go to Matt Bailey’s website: www.sitelogic.com , you get prompted to download the paper and register in order to get his research paper called “Teaching Your Staffs New Skills." He has another thing coming up, some free, some not free. It’s a developing a Digital Marketing Masterclass. If you're interested in that, fill-out the form, there's no obligation, but you do get a free white paper research report on 21st Century marketing skills that are in demand. Visit the site: https://www.sitelogicmarketing.com/coached-dmcourse-interest/ Summary: Matt Bailey has over 20 years’ experience in digital marketing. He has taught Google employees how to use Google analytics, taught Data visualization at Experian, data storytelling at Disney, and digital marketing workshops at Microsoft, HP, Orange Telecom and Lenovo. He has a passion to produce confident and profitable marketers, who in turn, create profitable companies. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:20 Matt’s ideal Client: Anyone looking to train a team or themselves; to set a marketing strategy, develop coordinated communications, or simply improve their digital marketing skills 1:39Problem Matt helps solve: The core problem is that there's too much data. When someone asks how's the campaign doing, they get a 30-page PPT report and it doesn't answer any questions. All it does is copy and paste, charts and graphs, from one system into the PowerPoint presentation and you somehow need to figure out what to do from that. 2:25Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Matt: Anyone who has absolute frustration in dealing with data. In my workshops, I started out by asking people "what do you hate about data and analytics?". We spent about 15 minutes listing all the pain points! It's frustration and trust in the data, it's frustration with too much data. And the problem is, we get the data dumped, it gets dumped on us. And very few people can reduce the dumped into few essential measurements that actually answer the questions. And so that's what people wants, and that's a big pain point. 3:18What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Matt and his solution: They either ignore it hoping it will go away, they will magically acquire the knowledge somehow in order to figure it out, or they just accept it that this is the way it is. Either I need to get smarter or I wish it will change but no one knows what to do. 4:03Matt’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Stop the data dump! Don't accept it, reject it. First, set your business objective; what is profitability, market share, and increase customers. Now, how are you going to do that, that's your goal. If it's profitability, then your goal is to reduce cost and spend. Now you have a strategy. Establish and review your tactics that will evaluate your return on ad spend. Maybe your customer acquisition cost, cost per lead, and retention rate. By doing this, you've now replaced countless charts and graphs with 4 essential measurements that will immediately set a benchmark for evaluating and optimizing your campaigns to reduce ad spend which meets your business subjective of increasing profitability. Drop the hundreds of KPIs, find the four essential measurements. 5:25Matt’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have two research papers. One is called "Teaching Your Staffs New Skills", how to evaluate training programs and how to implement them. If you go to my website: www.sitelogic.com, you get prompted to download the paper and register. Now, I have another thing coming up, some free, some not free. I'm developing a Digital Marketing Masterclass. If you're interested in that, fill-out the form, there's no obligation,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
What to do and manage too much data How to avoid data dump by knowing 4 essential elements Get some insights of effective digital marketing training
Related Links and Resources: If you go to Matt Bailey’s website: www.sitelogic.com , you get prompted to download the paper and register in order to get his research paper called “Teaching Your Staffs New Skills." He has another thing coming up, some free, some not free. It’s a developing a Digital Marketing Masterclass. If you're interested in that, fill-out the form, there's no obligation, but you do get a free white paper research report on 21st Century marketing skills that are in demand. Visit the site: https://www.sitelogicmarketing.com/coached-dmcourse-interest/ Summary: Matt Bailey has over 20 years’ experience in digital marketing. He has taught Google employees how to use Google analytics, taught Data visualization at Experian, data storytelling at Disney, and digital marketing workshops at Microsoft, HP, Orange Telecom and Lenovo. He has a passion to produce confident and profitable marketers, who in turn, create profitable companies. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:20 Matt’s ideal Client: Anyone looking to train a team or themselves; to set a marketing strategy, develop coordinated communications, or simply improve their digital marketing skills 1:39Problem Matt helps solve: The core problem is that there's too much data. When someone asks how's the campaign doing, they get a 30-page PPT report and it doesn't answer any questions. All it does is copy and paste, charts and graphs, from one system into the PowerPoint presentation and you somehow need to figure out what to do from that. 2:25Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Matt: Anyone who has absolute frustration in dealing with data. In my workshops, I started out by asking people "what do you hate about data and analytics?". We spent about 15 minutes listing all the pain points! It's frustration and trust in the data, it's frustration with too much data. And the problem is, we get the data dumped, it gets dumped on us. And very few people can reduce the dumped into few essential measurements that actually answer the questions. And so that's what people wants, and that's a big pain point. 3:18What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Matt and his solution: They either ignore it hoping it will go away, they will magically acquire the knowledge somehow in order to figure it out, or they just accept it that this is the way it is. Either I need to get smarter or I wish it will change but no one knows what to do. 4:03Matt’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Stop the data dump! Don't accept it, reject it. First, set your business objective; what is profitability, market share, and increase customers. Now, how are you going to do that, that's your goal. If it's profitability, then your goal is to reduce cost and spend. Now you have a strategy. Establish and review your tactics that will evaluate your return on ad spend. Maybe your customer acquisition cost, cost per lead, and retention rate. By doing this, you've now replaced countless charts and graphs with 4 essential measurements that will immediately set a benchmark for evaluating and optimizing your campaigns to reduce ad spend which meets your business subjective of increasing profitability. Drop the hundreds of KPIs, find the four essential measurements. 5:25Matt’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): I have two research papers. One is called "Teaching Your Staffs New Skills", how to evaluate training programs and how to implement them. If you go to my website: www.sitelogic.com, you get prompted to download the paper and register. Now, I have another thing coming up, some free, some not free. I'm developing a Digital Marketing Masterclass. If you're interested in that, fill-out the form, there's no obligation,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to build and nurture your audience How Math and Mindset is crucial to your financial goal Why laser coaching is a fantastic coaching model
Related Links and Resources: Rob got a report that list 4 ways to bring in coaching revenue into your business. Get your free report copy from the website: www.innovativecoachingmodels.com Summary: Today’s guest, Rob Goyette, has always looked for a Better Way. While most people tend to adapt to this industry and then polish things up to the next level with the standard way of doing things, Rob constantly looks for better and better ways to get things done easier, faster and more profitably. Rob has been supporting leaders in the coaching industry since 2007 and is the creator of the innovative Fast Revenue Laser Coaching model. He lives in Puerto Rico with his wife and 8-year old son. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:35 Rob’s ideal Client: Coaches and Business Owners 1:45Problem Rob helps solve: I help them get clients and customers. The big problem, challenge or opportunity is that, a lot of them don't know how to build an audience or nurture that audience. What sell are two factors; it's trust and an irresistible offer. If anything is not working in your marketing, it's one of those two factors. People are either going to trust you or they don't trust as you as a person because you're the experts who can get them the results they want. Or your offer is not irresistible enough, they either don't understand it or it's a not a no brainer for the value you give compare to the relatively small amount of money you charge. You can troubleshoot any marketing with trust and irresistible offer. 3:09Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Rob: They symptoms is usually not enough clients or not enough money coming into their business. As far as emotions, some of its confidence and mindset is like do they deserve it, can they really do it, etc. I like to say that they can hit any financial goal with two factors; Math and mindset. Math is knowing how are you going to hit your goal, and the mindset is do you really deserve it and is your stuffs really worth it. If you don't think so, your audience is going to feel that. If you know absolutely your stuffs is worth it, they're going to feel that too. 4:30What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Rob and his solution: Thinking that building a website is going to bring them business. I've gone to business for years with over six figures without a website. Sure, it's where people should go if they don't know you're trustworthy and want to check you out. But what we really want to do is to drive people to go to your landing pages that have one main goal for them to do; opt-in to your email list, watch your webinar, buy a program. And so, a lot of people just fulfill their dreams, build it and it will come, they think that building a website is going to bring them business but it doesn't. 5:51Rob’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The big picture is you want to build and nurture an audience and then make irresistible offers to that audience. And I believe that the number one way to grow your list, and then nurture them and make an offer is by offering a giveaway. What you can do with the giveaways, is that you can identify your top 10-40 JVP (Joint Venture Partners) and invite them to give a gift or giveaway to your event and tell your list about it. If you can get 10 people with a nice-size list each, they're send their people to your front door which builds your list. And then people come to the front door and can choose the 10 most giveaways, what they want. But the even bigger impact it has, is that you will network between 10 to 40 of your ideal JV partners, meaning you started a relationship. And if you have a good relationship and now you have a list of the giveaways, you can start promoting each other.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to build and nurture your audience How Math and Mindset is crucial to your financial goal Why laser coaching is a fantastic coaching model
Related Links and Resources: Rob got a report that list 4 ways to bring in coaching revenue into your business. Get your free report copy from the website: www.innovativecoachingmodels.com Summary: Today’s guest, Rob Goyette, has always looked for a Better Way. While most people tend to adapt to this industry and then polish things up to the next level with the standard way of doing things, Rob constantly looks for better and better ways to get things done easier, faster and more profitably. Rob has been supporting leaders in the coaching industry since 2007 and is the creator of the innovative Fast Revenue Laser Coaching model. He lives in Puerto Rico with his wife and 8-year old son. Here are the highlights of this episode: 1:35 Rob’s ideal Client: Coaches and Business Owners 1:45Problem Rob helps solve: I help them get clients and customers. The big problem, challenge or opportunity is that, a lot of them don't know how to build an audience or nurture that audience. What sell are two factors; it's trust and an irresistible offer. If anything is not working in your marketing, it's one of those two factors. People are either going to trust you or they don't trust as you as a person because you're the experts who can get them the results they want. Or your offer is not irresistible enough, they either don't understand it or it's a not a no brainer for the value you give compare to the relatively small amount of money you charge. You can troubleshoot any marketing with trust and irresistible offer. 3:09Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Rob: They symptoms is usually not enough clients or not enough money coming into their business. As far as emotions, some of its confidence and mindset is like do they deserve it, can they really do it, etc. I like to say that they can hit any financial goal with two factors; Math and mindset. Math is knowing how are you going to hit your goal, and the mindset is do you really deserve it and is your stuffs really worth it. If you don't think so, your audience is going to feel that. If you know absolutely your stuffs is worth it, they're going to feel that too. 4:30What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Rob and his solution: Thinking that building a website is going to bring them business. I've gone to business for years with over six figures without a website. Sure, it's where people should go if they don't know you're trustworthy and want to check you out. But what we really want to do is to drive people to go to your landing pages that have one main goal for them to do; opt-in to your email list, watch your webinar, buy a program. And so, a lot of people just fulfill their dreams, build it and it will come, they think that building a website is going to bring them business but it doesn't. 5:51Rob’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): The big picture is you want to build and nurture an audience and then make irresistible offers to that audience. And I believe that the number one way to grow your list, and then nurture them and make an offer is by offering a giveaway. What you can do with the giveaways, is that you can identify your top 10-40 JVP (Joint Venture Partners) and invite them to give a gift or giveaway to your event and tell your list about it. If you can get 10 people with a nice-size list each, they're send their people to your front door which builds your list. And then people come to the front door and can choose the 10 most giveaways, what they want. But the even bigger impact it has, is that you will network between 10 to 40 of your ideal JV partners, meaning you started a relationship. And if you have a good relationship and now you have a list of the giveaways, you can start promoting each other.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to have an effective direct mail campaign A 200% guarantee of your mail being delivered and read by your leads Consistent way to find and convert customers and patients without the changing rules of the online platforms
Related Links and Resources:
Grab the “The Simple 3 Steps Process that Ensure Direct mail Success” book which is for FREE which includes a video companion training as well:
https://book.3dmailresults.com/3-step-process-book
Summary: Travis Lee is Internationally known as the expert in getting direct mail delivered, opened and read. As a Co-founder and President of 3D Mail Results, he generates huge returns for thousands of businesses each year who use his innovative and effective marketing strategies. His unique, yet tested marketing methods have helped add millions of dollars in sales to a wide variety of businesses, from “kitchen-table-run” sole-proprietors, to National and Multi-National businesses mailing millions of pieces of mail a year, consistently providing a positive returns of 200% to over 3500% for his clients. He is the “Go-To-Guy” to many of the top marketers in the country for 3D Mail ideas and implementation, including Dan Kennedy, and his company, GKIC, Bill Glazer, Chris Cardell, and his clients include a “Who’s Who List” of top direct marketers in the world. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:15 Travis’ ideal Client: We work mainly with small to medium size businesses who are looking to grow their businesses with direct mail. We are working mainly with service-based businesses and professional practices like doctors, dentist, auto repair shops. And the common thing a lot of them have is that they are commonly overwhelmed with all the new shiny objects available especially online. They're looking for more consistent way to find and convert customers and patients without the changing rules of the online platforms. They are looking for a medium with some less competition. The mail boxes is not fully as they used to be. And if they are in the B2B sector, if they're looking to shorten their sales cycle and tighten up that time from time of first contact to the money-changing hands. 3:35Problem Travis helps solve: We allow people to have more conversations with the right person, develop deep relationships, because every transaction that happens, every business transaction or even in our personal lives starts with a conversation. So, having that coherent conversation, getting to know the person building that relationship leads to any other thing that we want in life. Whether we are looking for funding, whether we were looking for a new client, or whether we are looking at it. 4:36Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Travis: The frustration with all the different things going on online. Ebbs and flows of sales, so high peaks when they turn the marketing on, and low values when they turn it off, that rollercoaster motion. And if they're living in the online world, their adds and cost are increasing, cost per click, cost per impression and all that stuff. Cost per acquisition is going up. and all that leads to one certainty which is what we don't want as a business owner. 5:46What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Travis and his solution: The biggest problem I see, is they do the random acts of marketing. They walk into the office one day and say "crap, I need customers, I need new ones, I need my old ones to come back" and they turned the marketing faucet on. Marketing is not about random acts of marketing; it needs to be about systems. Any business is built on system, and same with advertising and direct mail. If you have system set-up then you can avoid the random acts of marketing. 6:47Travis’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Especially right now given the circumstances that we're in, there's no better place to start than your lost customers and unconverted leads.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
How to have an effective direct mail campaign A 200% guarantee of your mail being delivered and read by your leads Consistent way to find and convert customers and patients without the changing rules of the online platforms
Related Links and Resources:
Grab the “The Simple 3 Steps Process that Ensure Direct mail Success” book which is for FREE which includes a video companion training as well:
https://book.3dmailresults.com/3-step-process-book
Summary: Travis Lee is Internationally known as the expert in getting direct mail delivered, opened and read. As a Co-founder and President of 3D Mail Results, he generates huge returns for thousands of businesses each year who use his innovative and effective marketing strategies. His unique, yet tested marketing methods have helped add millions of dollars in sales to a wide variety of businesses, from “kitchen-table-run” sole-proprietors, to National and Multi-National businesses mailing millions of pieces of mail a year, consistently providing a positive returns of 200% to over 3500% for his clients. He is the “Go-To-Guy” to many of the top marketers in the country for 3D Mail ideas and implementation, including Dan Kennedy, and his company, GKIC, Bill Glazer, Chris Cardell, and his clients include a “Who’s Who List” of top direct marketers in the world. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:15 Travis’ ideal Client: We work mainly with small to medium size businesses who are looking to grow their businesses with direct mail. We are working mainly with service-based businesses and professional practices like doctors, dentist, auto repair shops. And the common thing a lot of them have is that they are commonly overwhelmed with all the new shiny objects available especially online. They're looking for more consistent way to find and convert customers and patients without the changing rules of the online platforms. They are looking for a medium with some less competition. The mail boxes is not fully as they used to be. And if they are in the B2B sector, if they're looking to shorten their sales cycle and tighten up that time from time of first contact to the money-changing hands. 3:35Problem Travis helps solve: We allow people to have more conversations with the right person, develop deep relationships, because every transaction that happens, every business transaction or even in our personal lives starts with a conversation. So, having that coherent conversation, getting to know the person building that relationship leads to any other thing that we want in life. Whether we are looking for funding, whether we were looking for a new client, or whether we are looking at it. 4:36Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Travis: The frustration with all the different things going on online. Ebbs and flows of sales, so high peaks when they turn the marketing on, and low values when they turn it off, that rollercoaster motion. And if they're living in the online world, their adds and cost are increasing, cost per click, cost per impression and all that stuff. Cost per acquisition is going up. and all that leads to one certainty which is what we don't want as a business owner. 5:46What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Travis and his solution: The biggest problem I see, is they do the random acts of marketing. They walk into the office one day and say "crap, I need customers, I need new ones, I need my old ones to come back" and they turned the marketing faucet on. Marketing is not about random acts of marketing; it needs to be about systems. Any business is built on system, and same with advertising and direct mail. If you have system set-up then you can avoid the random acts of marketing. 6:47Travis’ Valuable Free Action (VFA): Especially right now given the circumstances that we're in, there's no better place to start than your lost customers and unconverted leads.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How can you sell and monetize from digital contentFiguring out your nicheBenefits of making to-do listRelated Links and Resources:If you go to www.Subscribeme.fm/ravisbooks , you will be taken to the Amazon page where it shows 7 of Ravi’s kindle books. Pick any one of those and send him an email to ravi@subscribeme.fm. And tell say that Bill sent you, and you want this certain E-book for free. And Ravi will give it for free! Summary:Ravi Jayagopal is a full-time Entrepreneur, 7-time Author, Speaker, Podcaster, Business Coach and Amateur Ventriloquist.His podcast is SubscribeMe.fm where he talks about Digital Marketing, creating Membership Sites and Online Courses, how to Create, Sell and Deliver Digital Content, Content Marketing, Creating Audio, Video and PDF's and Reports and Kindle books.He has been selling online since 1997. He is also the Co-Founder & Co-Developer of DigitalAccessPass.com, arguably the best membership plugin for WordPress.SubscribeMe.fm is where you can listen to his podcast, check out his products and services, and contact him.Here are the highlights of this episode:2:15 Ravi’s ideal Client: Somebody who wants to create, sell, and monetize digital content. Whether it's audio or video, so they are trying to create courses or podcast. They have a lot of skill, knowledge and experience in certain subject, they have niche experts. And they are trying to create something and now what's next? How do you sell it, how do you deliver it, how do you get traffic, how do you build an audience, how do you monetize it? That's where I'm expected.2:52Problem Ravi helps solve: Delivering and monetizing digital content.3:10Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Ravi: They usually know how to create different types of content, but they don't know where to get started, they don't know what to do with it after they created it. Whether it's a PDF, a podcast, or audio. They are able record, creating audio video is easy, but next step is how do I put it on the website, how do I make sure only authorized people can access it, how do I give access to it only after they paid. How do I sell my digital products? Then, when it's launch, where do I find an audience? I can't just go and spam my existing social Facebook feed over and over again. Building an audience is probably right there but how to create, deliver and monetize digital content.4:20What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Ravi and his solution: The don't know where to start. They started joining different Facebook groups. You ask one simple question such as "where do I host my podcast?". You will get 200 comments, where 100 of them is suggesting different options. So, you don't know whose recommendation to trust because everybody is telling you what they know. It may not be your best options. If you try to do it on your own, and try to outsource or crowd source your business advice then you go around a lot of the times. You need to follow people who have been there, done that. And that's why I am able to offer business coaching services, software, products and everything else. You don't need just the solution; you need the right solution and the right time. And also, to know what you should not be doing. Sometimes as an entrepreneur, there's always a shiny object and you tend to go down to all these rabbit holes. Stay focus.6:16Ravi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Figure out your niche; what niche you are going to go down in. There's something about what you are interested in. Let's say its gardening. But is it feasible to build an online business around gardening. If you know enough about gardening that's great. You can't just pick a hobby that you're good at and think you can make money with that. Try to figure out your niche, what is it that you are really strong at and then start putting a content to build an audience from day one.The beautiful thing is,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:How can you sell and monetize from digital contentFiguring out your nicheBenefits of making to-do listRelated Links and Resources:If you go to www.Subscribeme.fm/ravisbooks , you will be taken to the Amazon page where it shows 7 of Ravi’s kindle books. Pick any one of those and send him an email to ravi@subscribeme.fm. And tell say that Bill sent you, and you want this certain E-book for free. And Ravi will give it for free! Summary:Ravi Jayagopal is a full-time Entrepreneur, 7-time Author, Speaker, Podcaster, Business Coach and Amateur Ventriloquist.His podcast is SubscribeMe.fm where he talks about Digital Marketing, creating Membership Sites and Online Courses, how to Create, Sell and Deliver Digital Content, Content Marketing, Creating Audio, Video and PDF's and Reports and Kindle books.He has been selling online since 1997. He is also the Co-Founder & Co-Developer of DigitalAccessPass.com, arguably the best membership plugin for WordPress.SubscribeMe.fm is where you can listen to his podcast, check out his products and services, and contact him.Here are the highlights of this episode:2:15 Ravi’s ideal Client: Somebody who wants to create, sell, and monetize digital content. Whether it's audio or video, so they are trying to create courses or podcast. They have a lot of skill, knowledge and experience in certain subject, they have niche experts. And they are trying to create something and now what's next? How do you sell it, how do you deliver it, how do you get traffic, how do you build an audience, how do you monetize it? That's where I'm expected.2:52Problem Ravi helps solve: Delivering and monetizing digital content.3:10Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Ravi: They usually know how to create different types of content, but they don't know where to get started, they don't know what to do with it after they created it. Whether it's a PDF, a podcast, or audio. They are able record, creating audio video is easy, but next step is how do I put it on the website, how do I make sure only authorized people can access it, how do I give access to it only after they paid. How do I sell my digital products? Then, when it's launch, where do I find an audience? I can't just go and spam my existing social Facebook feed over and over again. Building an audience is probably right there but how to create, deliver and monetize digital content.4:20What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Ravi and his solution: The don't know where to start. They started joining different Facebook groups. You ask one simple question such as "where do I host my podcast?". You will get 200 comments, where 100 of them is suggesting different options. So, you don't know whose recommendation to trust because everybody is telling you what they know. It may not be your best options. If you try to do it on your own, and try to outsource or crowd source your business advice then you go around a lot of the times. You need to follow people who have been there, done that. And that's why I am able to offer business coaching services, software, products and everything else. You don't need just the solution; you need the right solution and the right time. And also, to know what you should not be doing. Sometimes as an entrepreneur, there's always a shiny object and you tend to go down to all these rabbit holes. Stay focus.6:16Ravi’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Figure out your niche; what niche you are going to go down in. There's something about what you are interested in. Let's say its gardening. But is it feasible to build an online business around gardening. If you know enough about gardening that's great. You can't just pick a hobby that you're good at and think you can make money with that. Try to figure out your niche, what is it that you are really strong at and then start putting a content to build an audience from day one.The beautiful thing is,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing your WHY is the essential first step of self-awareness How WHY Formula helped over 30,000 individuals and 500 companies When you know your WHY, what you do has more impact, meaning, and focus
Related Links and Resources: Get a free WHY discovery live event. If you can go to my website, you can discover your why by clicking on "I need to discover my WHY" and it will be 47$ for you to discover your WHY. But if you want to come this free event, go to the site (https://whyinstitute.com/livewhy/). Sign up and Gary will personally take you through discovering your WHY on this live webinar. Not only that, FREE 9WHYs eBook if you drop them an email at team@whyinstitute.com and informed that you listened to Bill Prater's podcast. Summary: Gary Sanchez is a dentist, author, inventor and speaker who is always in search of a better way. Struggling to stand out in the crowded dental marketplace led him on his quest to learn about the power of why. Many experts talk about the need to know your WHY. Unfortunately, none helped him discover his. His obsession with why led him to discovering his own why, as well as the process for helping others help theirs. He has worked with many types of clients, from school districts to Fortune 500 companies, and has seen powerful results from groups both big and small. As a founder of the WHY Institute, Dr. Sanchez is passionate about sharing what he has experienced and creating real change for groups of many sizes – from large conferences to small team-building workshops. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:17 Dr. Sanchez’ ideal Client: My ideal client would be a business coach or a consultant that believes that knowing your WHY is the essential first step of self-awareness. And then they believe that self-awareness is the first step to peak performance. You need know what you are and what you believe before you can perform at the highest level. 2:53Problem Dr. Sanchez helps solve: For every people, I've been talking about the value of knowing their WHY; from the Bible, to Mark Twain to Simon Sinek. People have been talking about this forever. Simon Sinek added the HOW and the WHAT, then it became more complex and complicated. And so when I saw that concept, I had already taken myself to what I believe was a very highly qualified dentist. I felt that I was an expert in dentistry but I wasn't getting the recognition. And when I saw that concept of WHY, it made so much sense to me, that's the part that I'm missing. I became obsessed with discovering my WHY. And once I figured out my WHY, then I figured out the process for helping others to help others discover their WHY. When you know your WHY, what you do has more impact, has more meaning, has more focus, has more direction when it comes from your WHY versus than just what you do. 4:30Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Dr. Sanchez: They have a lot of uncertainty and they don't have clarity. They're not sure why they're doing what they're doing, they're not sure if they found their passion. And so once you discover your why, all those things becomes clear for you. What you do is aligned with why you do what you do, and then you will have passion with what you do. Passion is the fuel that gives you the energy to pursue your dreams. Without passion, you don't have anything. 5:32What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Dr. Sanchez and his solution: I see two ways; If you are talking about the person discovering their why, sometimes they have a sense of it. But they don't have the words to go with that feeling. And when it becomes useful is when you can articulate. Now if we will be talking about coaches and consultants helping their clients to discover their why, often what they experience is fear. They need to sit down with their clients and try to them in discovering their why. We can very quickly help them get crystal clear on w...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Knowing your WHY is the essential first step of self-awareness How WHY Formula helped over 30,000 individuals and 500 companies When you know your WHY, what you do has more impact, meaning, and focus
Related Links and Resources: Get a free WHY discovery live event. If you can go to my website, you can discover your why by clicking on "I need to discover my WHY" and it will be 47$ for you to discover your WHY. But if you want to come this free event, go to the site (https://whyinstitute.com/livewhy/). Sign up and Gary will personally take you through discovering your WHY on this live webinar. Not only that, FREE 9WHYs eBook if you drop them an email at team@whyinstitute.com and informed that you listened to Bill Prater's podcast. Summary: Gary Sanchez is a dentist, author, inventor and speaker who is always in search of a better way. Struggling to stand out in the crowded dental marketplace led him on his quest to learn about the power of why. Many experts talk about the need to know your WHY. Unfortunately, none helped him discover his. His obsession with why led him to discovering his own why, as well as the process for helping others help theirs. He has worked with many types of clients, from school districts to Fortune 500 companies, and has seen powerful results from groups both big and small. As a founder of the WHY Institute, Dr. Sanchez is passionate about sharing what he has experienced and creating real change for groups of many sizes – from large conferences to small team-building workshops. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:17 Dr. Sanchez’ ideal Client: My ideal client would be a business coach or a consultant that believes that knowing your WHY is the essential first step of self-awareness. And then they believe that self-awareness is the first step to peak performance. You need know what you are and what you believe before you can perform at the highest level. 2:53Problem Dr. Sanchez helps solve: For every people, I've been talking about the value of knowing their WHY; from the Bible, to Mark Twain to Simon Sinek. People have been talking about this forever. Simon Sinek added the HOW and the WHAT, then it became more complex and complicated. And so when I saw that concept, I had already taken myself to what I believe was a very highly qualified dentist. I felt that I was an expert in dentistry but I wasn't getting the recognition. And when I saw that concept of WHY, it made so much sense to me, that's the part that I'm missing. I became obsessed with discovering my WHY. And once I figured out my WHY, then I figured out the process for helping others to help others discover their WHY. When you know your WHY, what you do has more impact, has more meaning, has more focus, has more direction when it comes from your WHY versus than just what you do. 4:30Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Dr. Sanchez: They have a lot of uncertainty and they don't have clarity. They're not sure why they're doing what they're doing, they're not sure if they found their passion. And so once you discover your why, all those things becomes clear for you. What you do is aligned with why you do what you do, and then you will have passion with what you do. Passion is the fuel that gives you the energy to pursue your dreams. Without passion, you don't have anything. 5:32What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Dr. Sanchez and his solution: I see two ways; If you are talking about the person discovering their why, sometimes they have a sense of it. But they don't have the words to go with that feeling. And when it becomes useful is when you can articulate. Now if we will be talking about coaches and consultants helping their clients to discover their why, often what they experience is fear. They need to sit down with their clients and try to them in discovering their why. We can very quickly help them get crystal clear on w...
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Be enforced by the "can-do" attitude To be able to say “I want to be able to lead my people” To have your team to really get on same page with you
Related Links and Resources:
You can get free opt-in access to 13 of the very greatest motivational trainers that we have in this world today, go to "World's Greatest Motivators" https://worldsgreatestmotivators.com/
Summary: My guest, Lynn Kitchen, is passionate about Mentorship, Motivation and Positive Media and is creating Positive Programs for us all to "binge-watch" instead of constantly negative news! She is an Executive Producer of a Nationally Televised Show called "World's Greatest Motivators", a series of 13 half-hour shows recently aired on WGN America National Cable Television and Fox Sports West, that features the very best motivators and inspired thought leaders of our nation today, including Bob Proctor, Jack Canfield, Les Brown, Lisa Nichols, John Assaraf, Brian Tracy, and more of the world's greatest! After 35 years in the investment world as an owner/partner of several investment advisory firms, and after a decade of coaching and consulting, Lynn became fascinated with giving back by inspiring others to live their highest potential, because now more than ever, the world needs us to bring our best selves to it! Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:24 Lynn’s ideal Client: My ideal client or viewer are entrepreneurs with their teams and employees. Or if you happen to be a coach, then it's your coaching clients. Or it can be anyone who has a passionate for being motivated to be our best selves going forward. 3:00Problem Lynn helps solve: The most typical problem is that they're feeling stuck. They're feeling overwhelmed by constant negative news. Why not put yourself in a position where you consume refreshing, consistent, persistent, positive news. And be enforced by the "can-do" attitude. And where are you going to find that? it's not really eminent. It's not on our national news. If you had to find all the different people who are teaching great motivational training now, you would probably go to 13 individual websites. Instead we are offering one place where you can receive all that. 4:22Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Lynn: They're experiencing some frustration on where can they find some really great, positive, can-do motivational programming. And maybe you are a coach that wants to gift to their clients, something that you can be an empowered person in their eyes. Or maybe you are an entrepreneur that you want to have some input to your team. What is it that they're watching? What can you watch together that your team can get motivated by? 5:37What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Lynn and her solution: I believe that in this time and environment, we are pulled to the bright lights online. There are so many people putting on great online summit for example. Some of them are 2 hours long, some of them are 2 days long. And at the end, you feel a little bit frustrated because you end up enduring some sales pitch of somebody's programs. What's going to be the best programming that I want for my team that will really motivate and help me direct the vibrational tone. I want to be able to lead my people. 7:04Lynn’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I invite to go to take one action, go to "World's Greatest Motivators" (https://worldsgreatestmotivators.com/) and it's free! You get free opt-in access to 13 of the very greatest motivational trainers that we have in this world today. Right in one place, and not only that, you will receive content that they have donated. 8:14Lynn’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): In addition (https://worldsgreatestmotivators.com/), at the very top of that website, an additional special thing that we can give to you, is that we are offering every Wednesday evening, a free access to a 30-minute mindset mastermind,
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:
Be enforced by the "can-do" attitude To be able to say “I want to be able to lead my people” To have your team to really get on same page with you
Related Links and Resources:
You can get free opt-in access to 13 of the very greatest motivational trainers that we have in this world today, go to "World's Greatest Motivators" https://worldsgreatestmotivators.com/
Summary: My guest, Lynn Kitchen, is passionate about Mentorship, Motivation and Positive Media and is creating Positive Programs for us all to "binge-watch" instead of constantly negative news! She is an Executive Producer of a Nationally Televised Show called "World's Greatest Motivators", a series of 13 half-hour shows recently aired on WGN America National Cable Television and Fox Sports West, that features the very best motivators and inspired thought leaders of our nation today, including Bob Proctor, Jack Canfield, Les Brown, Lisa Nichols, John Assaraf, Brian Tracy, and more of the world's greatest! After 35 years in the investment world as an owner/partner of several investment advisory firms, and after a decade of coaching and consulting, Lynn became fascinated with giving back by inspiring others to live their highest potential, because now more than ever, the world needs us to bring our best selves to it! Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:24 Lynn’s ideal Client: My ideal client or viewer are entrepreneurs with their teams and employees. Or if you happen to be a coach, then it's your coaching clients. Or it can be anyone who has a passionate for being motivated to be our best selves going forward. 3:00Problem Lynn helps solve: The most typical problem is that they're feeling stuck. They're feeling overwhelmed by constant negative news. Why not put yourself in a position where you consume refreshing, consistent, persistent, positive news. And be enforced by the "can-do" attitude. And where are you going to find that? it's not really eminent. It's not on our national news. If you had to find all the different people who are teaching great motivational training now, you would probably go to 13 individual websites. Instead we are offering one place where you can receive all that. 4:22Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Lynn: They're experiencing some frustration on where can they find some really great, positive, can-do motivational programming. And maybe you are a coach that wants to gift to their clients, something that you can be an empowered person in their eyes. Or maybe you are an entrepreneur that you want to have some input to your team. What is it that they're watching? What can you watch together that your team can get motivated by? 5:37What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Lynn and her solution: I believe that in this time and environment, we are pulled to the bright lights online. There are so many people putting on great online summit for example. Some of them are 2 hours long, some of them are 2 days long. And at the end, you feel a little bit frustrated because you end up enduring some sales pitch of somebody's programs. What's going to be the best programming that I want for my team that will really motivate and help me direct the vibrational tone. I want to be able to lead my people. 7:04Lynn’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): I invite to go to take one action, go to "World's Greatest Motivators" (https://worldsgreatestmotivators.com/) and it's free! You get free opt-in access to 13 of the very greatest motivational trainers that we have in this world today. Right in one place, and not only that, you will receive content that they have donated. 8:14Lynn’s Valuable Free Resource (VFR): In addition (https://worldsgreatestmotivators.com/), at the very top of that website, an additional special thing that we can give to you, is that we are offering every Wednesday evening, a free access to a 30-minute mindset mastermind,
What you’ll learn from this Episode:
Getting the "right kind" of clients that we enjoy working with How “Word-of-mouth” customers are incredible when you get them How LinkedIn is the number one way to get clients if it’s used correctly
Related Links and Resources: Get a FREE marketing survival guide during these times (Marketing Survival Guide for Entrepreneurs During COVID-19). It's an incredible free PDF download that you can get from their site: https://mojoglobal.com/ Summary: Cory Sanchez has cracked the code on business marketing on B2B LinkedIn prospecting. He's been featured in Forbes and considered as top 1% of Influencers in the entire world by LinkedIn Corporation. He has tried or helped over 100,000 entrepreneurs on how to create predictable leads, clients and revenue. Cory is a winner of the prestigious "Marketer of the Year" through the Phoenix Business Journal, he has partnered with best-selling authors, and have customers over 30 countries. He can show you how to tap into LinkedIn 26.2 billion gold mine to help you find prospects and close deals. He has help customers generate over 1 million appointments and also 100 million in revenue from LinkedIn. What could take your company 3-5 years to create, Cory can collapse that time and can get you there under 12 months. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:18 Cory’s ideal Client: My ideal customer is in B2B; they market to businesses. That typically includes consultants, business coaches, recruiters, insurance investment advisors, and experts. People that are the perceive authority in their industry. 2:46Problem Cory helps solve: The common problem is the revenue; it always comes down to clients. And beyond just getting clients, it's about getting the "right kind" of clients. Because you can certainly get the wrong kind of clients; clients that don't take action, hard to work with, you don't really enjoy working with. They don't have the mindset of abundance, more of having scarcity mindset, so we've all been there. So, we thought of a different way we like working with, that are agreeable, that actually has budget to spend, and I think that's the big part of it. We focus on getting clients we enjoy working with. 4:27Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Cory: If you're sitting there and your calendar is empty, you wake up Monday morning and you look up what you have going on during the week, two things you teach is actually how to make more money and how to save more money. Out there those business owners, as sales professionals, we go out there and look at on how we bring in clients, how to bring in revenue, how to bring in income. That way we can do the things we want to do, and how you can accomplish that? It comes down to getting clients. Money comes from people, that's what closing deals is all about. How do you know you have a problem? Is that you're sitting there, you're worried about your income, you're worried about your take-home pay, you're worried about your client deals, you're sitting having no idea what to do next. 7:14What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Cory and his solution: The biggest mistake that I see that people make is that, you're out there pushing. It comes down to two things, number one is Action. Most people are not doing anything. I love word-of-mouth, word-of-mouth is amazing. Word-of-mouth customers are incredible when you get them, they're easy to closed. They just feel so good but most people don't have that consistently. If you don't have enough clients, you know you won't have enough word-of-mouth. Secondly, you try to do things that alot of people tells you to do and it's not working. You are out there trying to message out, trying to cold calls, cold emails, and try to do all of these things to reach out to people. But when if you do the right things correctly, people should actually be reaching out to you because of your marketing efforts.
What you’ll learn from this Episode:
Getting the "right kind" of clients that we enjoy working with How “Word-of-mouth” customers are incredible when you get them How LinkedIn is the number one way to get clients if it’s used correctly
Related Links and Resources: Get a FREE marketing survival guide during these times (Marketing Survival Guide for Entrepreneurs During COVID-19). It's an incredible free PDF download that you can get from their site: https://mojoglobal.com/ Summary: Cory Sanchez has cracked the code on business marketing on B2B LinkedIn prospecting. He's been featured in Forbes and considered as top 1% of Influencers in the entire world by LinkedIn Corporation. He has tried or helped over 100,000 entrepreneurs on how to create predictable leads, clients and revenue. Cory is a winner of the prestigious "Marketer of the Year" through the Phoenix Business Journal, he has partnered with best-selling authors, and have customers over 30 countries. He can show you how to tap into LinkedIn 26.2 billion gold mine to help you find prospects and close deals. He has help customers generate over 1 million appointments and also 100 million in revenue from LinkedIn. What could take your company 3-5 years to create, Cory can collapse that time and can get you there under 12 months. Here are the highlights of this episode: 2:18 Cory’s ideal Client: My ideal customer is in B2B; they market to businesses. That typically includes consultants, business coaches, recruiters, insurance investment advisors, and experts. People that are the perceive authority in their industry. 2:46Problem Cory helps solve: The common problem is the revenue; it always comes down to clients. And beyond just getting clients, it's about getting the "right kind" of clients. Because you can certainly get the wrong kind of clients; clients that don't take action, hard to work with, you don't really enjoy working with. They don't have the mindset of abundance, more of having scarcity mindset, so we've all been there. So, we thought of a different way we like working with, that are agreeable, that actually has budget to spend, and I think that's the big part of it. We focus on getting clients we enjoy working with. 4:27Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Cory: If you're sitting there and your calendar is empty, you wake up Monday morning and you look up what you have going on during the week, two things you teach is actually how to make more money and how to save more money. Out there those business owners, as sales professionals, we go out there and look at on how we bring in clients, how to bring in revenue, how to bring in income. That way we can do the things we want to do, and how you can accomplish that? It comes down to getting clients. Money comes from people, that's what closing deals is all about. How do you know you have a problem? Is that you're sitting there, you're worried about your income, you're worried about your take-home pay, you're worried about your client deals, you're sitting having no idea what to do next. 7:14What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Cory and his solution: The biggest mistake that I see that people make is that, you're out there pushing. It comes down to two things, number one is Action. Most people are not doing anything. I love word-of-mouth, word-of-mouth is amazing. Word-of-mouth customers are incredible when you get them, they're easy to closed. They just feel so good but most people don't have that consistently. If you don't have enough clients, you know you won't have enough word-of-mouth. Secondly, you try to do things that alot of people tells you to do and it's not working. You are out there trying to message out, trying to cold calls, cold emails, and try to do all of these things to reach out to people. But when if you do the right things correctly, people should actually be reaching out to you because of your marketing efforts.
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:To get more out of business and life – even in the face of extreme uncertainlyHow introverts can get over their anxieties, shortcomings and build a meaningful relationshipWhy RELATIONSHIPS are the BEST investmentsRelated Links and Resources:Manuj had a tremendous success in investing in relationships. He wrote a fairly long case study If you have 20-25 minutes to go through it and you can reach it by going to the website: www.innerget.com.Summary:Manuj is an entrepreneur, investor, and CTO of TetraNoodle, a software consulting company that helps leaders, business owners, founders, CEOs build high-value networks. Especially if you are an introvert. Manuj started his career at the age of 15, working in a factory for twelve hours a day, six days a week, earning a cool $2 per day.While Manuj had no contacts or resources, he was determined to improve his life and realizededucation and the meaningful relationships were the only way for him to achieve his goals. Manuj managed to acquire a modest education and went on to become a technical leader in multiple companies including Fortune 100 names.While building his career, Manuj fought decades of anxiety, depression, and pessimism by indulging in meditation and mindfulness. He is deeply spiritual (not religious) and focuses onaccessing and training his subconscious mind to create the life of his dreams actively.Here are the highlights of this episode:2:55 Manuj’s ideal Client: Mostly we work with ambitious people. People who have already had some success or even if they're at the beginning of their journey, but they realize that especially talking about this pandemic situation, they realize things are changing in order to get through this tough time. You really need support and guidance of some really deep, meaningful relationships with people who have faced these kinds of challenges before.3:57Problem Manuj helps solve: We allow people to have more conversations with the right person, develop deep relationships, because every transaction that happens, every business transaction or even in our personal lives starts with a conversation. So, having that coherent conversation, getting to know the person building that relationship leads to any other thing that we want in life. Whether we are looking for funding, whether we were looking for a new client, or whether we are looking at it.4:40Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Manuj: Because I'm an introvert, I know it's so hard to muster up that courage and go to somebody and just say hello. And even if you can do that, what comes next? Introverts have a tough time carrying on a conversation. And if you cannot do that, even if you have the best of intentions, you cannot form a bond with the person. So, once again, you know, we help people to get over these anxieties, shortcomings and build a meaningful relationship.5:37What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Manuj and his solution: The biggest mistake is focusing on ourselves. Especially entrepreneurs, we are trying to look at what things about what to talk about. We started babbling about that I've done this, I've done that, it's all about us. But if you put the focus on the other person and we say, hey tell me a little bit about you, and get curious about their journey, their family, their experiences, then the conversations will flow very smoothly. And you don't have to think a lot about what to say because the other person is doing most of the talking.6:37Manuj’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Whether you are in a business or you're in a profession, building a high-value network is the best investment you can make right now. So, my advice to you will be to go on LinkedIn, connect with at least 10, 20 people of the right persona that you are trying to work with, and want to develop a relationship with. And I have conversations with them. Send them a message and generally ask them, how are you doing?
What You’ll Learn From This Episode:To get more out of business and life – even in the face of extreme uncertainlyHow introverts can get over their anxieties, shortcomings and build a meaningful relationshipWhy RELATIONSHIPS are the BEST investmentsRelated Links and Resources:Manuj had a tremendous success in investing in relationships. He wrote a fairly long case study If you have 20-25 minutes to go through it and you can reach it by going to the website: www.innerget.com.Summary:Manuj is an entrepreneur, investor, and CTO of TetraNoodle, a software consulting company that helps leaders, business owners, founders, CEOs build high-value networks. Especially if you are an introvert. Manuj started his career at the age of 15, working in a factory for twelve hours a day, six days a week, earning a cool $2 per day.While Manuj had no contacts or resources, he was determined to improve his life and realizededucation and the meaningful relationships were the only way for him to achieve his goals. Manuj managed to acquire a modest education and went on to become a technical leader in multiple companies including Fortune 100 names.While building his career, Manuj fought decades of anxiety, depression, and pessimism by indulging in meditation and mindfulness. He is deeply spiritual (not religious) and focuses onaccessing and training his subconscious mind to create the life of his dreams actively.Here are the highlights of this episode:2:55 Manuj’s ideal Client: Mostly we work with ambitious people. People who have already had some success or even if they're at the beginning of their journey, but they realize that especially talking about this pandemic situation, they realize things are changing in order to get through this tough time. You really need support and guidance of some really deep, meaningful relationships with people who have faced these kinds of challenges before.3:57Problem Manuj helps solve: We allow people to have more conversations with the right person, develop deep relationships, because every transaction that happens, every business transaction or even in our personal lives starts with a conversation. So, having that coherent conversation, getting to know the person building that relationship leads to any other thing that we want in life. Whether we are looking for funding, whether we were looking for a new client, or whether we are looking at it.4:40Typical symptoms that clients do before reaching out to Manuj: Because I'm an introvert, I know it's so hard to muster up that courage and go to somebody and just say hello. And even if you can do that, what comes next? Introverts have a tough time carrying on a conversation. And if you cannot do that, even if you have the best of intentions, you cannot form a bond with the person. So, once again, you know, we help people to get over these anxieties, shortcomings and build a meaningful relationship.5:37What are some of the common mistakes that folks make before finding Manuj and his solution: The biggest mistake is focusing on ourselves. Especially entrepreneurs, we are trying to look at what things about what to talk about. We started babbling about that I've done this, I've done that, it's all about us. But if you put the focus on the other person and we say, hey tell me a little bit about you, and get curious about their journey, their family, their experiences, then the conversations will flow very smoothly. And you don't have to think a lot about what to say because the other person is doing most of the talking.6:37Manuj’s Valuable Free Action (VFA): Whether you are in a business or you're in a profession, building a high-value network is the best investment you can make right now. So, my advice to you will be to go on LinkedIn, connect with at least 10, 20 people of the right persona that you are trying to work with, and want to develop a relationship with. And I have conversations with them. Send them a message and generally ask them, how are you doing?